UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)
¨REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
OR
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
OR
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
¨SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report
For the transition period from                                      to                                     .

Commission file number: 001-36535



 

GLOBANT S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not applicable

(Translation of Registrant’sRegistrant's name into English)

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

37A avenueAvenue J.F. Kennedy

L-1855, Luxembourg

Tel: + 352 20 30 15 96

(Address of principal executive offices)

Patricio Pablo Rojo

37A avenueAvenue J.F. Kennedy

L-1855, Luxembourg

E-Mail:pablo.rojo@globant.com

Tel: + 352 20 30 15 96

(Name, Telephone, E-Mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)



Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common shares value $ 1.20 per shareGLOBNYSE





Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’sissuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 34,208,40641,890,897 common shares.

shares of which 157,699 are treasury shares held by us.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
¨ Yesx No

If this report is an annual or transaction report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  ¨ Yesx  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  x  Yes¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). (*)¨  Yes¨ No

(*) This requirement does not apply to the registrant in respect of this filing.


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.

filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer¨
Accelerated filer  x
Non-accelerated filer  ¨
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

† The term "new or revised financial accounting standard" refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ Yes   No
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP  ¨ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x
 Other  ¨

If “Other”"Other" has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  ¨  Item 17  ¨  Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ¨ Yes  x No







TABLE OF CONTENTS

3
3
3
8
8
8
32
32
33
58
59
59
59
61
72
80
80
80
F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations81
G. Safe harbor81
85
87
90
92
92
92
94
96
96
96
97



98
98
98
98
98
98
99
99

99
99
105
105
105
109
109
109
109
110
111
111
112
112
112
112
112
112
113
113
113
114
114
114
114
115
116
116
116
116






CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, all statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this annual report, including, without limitation, those regarding our future financial position and results of operations, strategy, plans, objectives, goals and targets, future developments in the markets in which we operate or are seeking to operate or anticipated regulatory changes in the markets in which we operate or intend to operate. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “guidance,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “projected,” “should”"aim", "anticipate", "believe", "continue", "could", "estimate", "expect", "forecast", "guidance", "intend", "may", "plan", "potential", "predict", "projected", "should" or “will”"will" or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology.

You should carefully consider all the information in this annual report, including the information set forth under “Risk"Risk Factors." We believe our primary challenges are:


The extent to which the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak and measures taken in response thereto impact our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict.
If we are unable to maintain the current resource utilization rates and productivity levels, our revenues, profit margins and results of operations may be adversely affected;

If we are unable to manage attrition and attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, our operating efficiency and productivity may decrease, and we may not have the necessary resources to maintain client relationships and competition for such IT professionals could materially adversely affectexpand our business, financial condition and results of operations;business;

If the pricing structures we use for our client contracts are based on inaccurate expectations and assumptions regarding the cost and complexity of performing our work, our contracts could be unprofitable;unprofitable, which could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operations;

We may not be ableIf we are unable to achieve our anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects;

Weprospects may be adversely affected;
If we are unable to effectively manage ourthe rapid growth which could place significant strain onof our business, our management personnel, systems and resources;resources could face significant strains, which could adversely affect our operations;

If we were to lose the services of our senior management team or other key employees, our business operations, competitive position, client relationships, revenues and results of operation may be adversely affected.affected;

If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive, which could cause our results of operations to suffer;

If any of our largest clients terminates, decreases the scope of, or fails to renew its business relationship or short-term contract with us, our revenues, business and results of operations may be adversely affected;

We deriveGlobal economic and political conditions could have a significant portion of our revenues from clients located in the United States and, to a lesser extent, Europe. Worsening general economic conditions in the United States, Europe or globally could materially adversely affectmaterial adverse effect on our revenues, margins, results of operations and financial condition; and

Uncertainty concerning the instability in the current economic, political and social environment in ArgentinaLatin America may have an adverse impact on capital flows or other relevant variables and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;operations.

Argentina’s regulations on proceeds from the export of services may increase our exposure to fluctuations in the value of the Argentine peso, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our operations and the market price of our common shares. The imposition in the future of additional regulations on proceeds collected outside Argentina for services rendered to non-Argentine residents or of export duties and controls could also have an adverse effect on us;

Our greater than 5% shareholders, directors and executive officers and entities affiliated with them beneficially own approximately 47.81% of our outstanding common shares, of which approximately 19.53% of our outstanding common shares is owned by affiliates of WPP. These insiders therefore continue to have substantial control over us at the date of this annual report and could prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions, such as approval of key transactions, including a change of control; and

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are based on numerous assumptions. Our actual results of operations, financial condition and the development of events may differ materially from (and be more negative than) those made in, or suggested by, the forward-looking statements. Readers should read “Risk Factors”"Risk Factors" in this annual report and the description of our business under “Business”"Business Overview" in this annual report for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect us.

1


Unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.

1


CURRENCY PRESENTATION AND DEFINITIONS


In this annual report, all references to “U.S. dollars”“Globant”, “we”, “our”, “us” or the “Company” means Globant S.A. and “$” areits consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires, or where we make clear that such term refers only to the lawful currency of the United States, allGlobant S.A. and not to its subsidiaries.
In this annual report, references to “Argentine pesos”currencies are todefined in the lawful currency of the Republic of Argentina, all references to “Colombian pesos” are to the lawful currency of the Republic of Colombia, all references to “Uruguayan pesos” are to the lawful currency of the Republic of Uruguay, all references to “Mexican pesos” are to the lawful currency of Mexico, all references to “” or “Rupees” or “Indian rupees” are to the lawful currency of the Republic of India and all references to “euro” or “€” are to the single currency of the participating member states of the European and Monetary Union of the Treaty Establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time. All references to the “pound,” “British Sterling pound” or “£” are to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

following table:

"U.S. dollars" and "$"refer to the lawful currency of the United States
"Argentine pesos"refers to the lawful currency of the Republic of Argentina
"Colombian pesos"refers to the lawful currency of the Republic of Colombia
"Uruguayan pesos"refers to the lawful currency of the Republic of Uruguay
"Mexican pesos"refers to the lawful currency of Mexico
"Chilean pesos"refers to the lawful currency of Chile
"Rupees" or "Indian rupees"refer to the lawful currency of the Republic of India
"Reais" or "Brazilian Real"refer to the lawful currency of Brazil
"Peruvian Sol"refers to the lawful currency of Peru
"Romanian Leu"refers to the lawful currency of Romania
"Belarusian ruble"refers to the lawful currency of Belarus
"euro" or "€"refer to the single currency of the participating member states of the European and Monetary Union of the Treaty Establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time
"pound", "British Sterling pound" or "£"refer to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom
"Canadian dollars"refers to the lawful currency of Canada
Unless otherwise specified or the context requires otherwise in this annual report:

·“IT” refers to information technology;

·“ISO” means the International Organization for Standardization, which develops and publishes international standards in a variety of technologies and in the IT services sector;

·“ISO 9001:2008” means a quality management software developed by the ISO designed to help companies ensure they meet the standards of customers and other stakeholders;

·“Agile development methodologies” means a group of software development methods based on iterative and incremental development, where requirements and solutions evolve through collaboration between self-organizing, cross-functional teams;

·“Attrition rate,” during a specific period, refers to the ratio of IT professionals that left our company during the period to the number of IT professionals that were on our payroll on the last day of the period;

·“Globers” refers to the employees that work in our company; and

·“Digital journey” means a context-aware interaction between an end user and a brand or business whereby the interaction becomes a digital conversation in which technology establishes and builds a powerful experience with deep emotional connections through three key values: simplification, surprise, and anticipation. 

“GLOBANT”

"IT" refers to information technology;
"ISO" means the International Organization for Standardization, which develops and publishes international standards in a variety of technologies and in the IT services sector;
"Attrition rate," during a specific period, refers to the ratio of IT professionals that left our company during the period to the number of IT professionals that were on our payroll on the last day of the period; and
"Globers" refers to the employees that work for Globant.

"GLOBANT" and its logo are our trademarks. Solely for convenience, we refer to our trademarks in this annual report without the TM and ® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks. Other service marks, trademarks and trade names referred to in this annual report are the property of their respective owners.


PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”("IASB") and presented in U.S. dollars because the U.S. dollar is our functional currency.dollars. Our fiscal year ends on December 31 of each year. Accordingly, unless otherwise indicated, all references to a particular year are to the year ended December 31 of that year. Some percentages and amounts included in this annual report have been rounded for ease of presentation. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be an exact arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them.

PRESENTATION OF INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

In this annual report, we rely on, and refer to, information regarding our business and the markets in which we operate and compete. The market data and certain economic and industry data and forecasts used in this annual report were obtained from International Data Corporation (“IDC”), Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), Forrester Research, Inc. and/or one of its affiliates (collectively, “Forrester”), internal surveys, market research, governmental and other publicly available information,
2


independent industry publications and reports prepared by industry consultants. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We believe that these industry publications, surveys and forecasts are reliable, but we have not independently verified them and cannot guarantee their accuracy or completeness.


Certain market share information and other statements presented herein regarding our position relative to our competitors are not based on published statistical data or information obtained from independent third parties, but reflect our best estimates. We have based these estimates upon information obtained from our clients, trade and business organizations and associations and other contacts in the industries in which we operate.

2

3



PART I.

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS


Not applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE


Not applicable.

3


ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A. Selected Financial Data

The following summary consolidated financial and other data of Globant S.A. should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report. The summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Globant S.A. included elsewhere in this annual report and should be read in conjunction with those audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. Our summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 set forth below was derived from our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 filed with the SEC on July 18, 2014 in Registration Statement No. 333-190841 on Form F-1, which are not included in this annual report. Our summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2011 set forth below was derived from our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, which are not included in this annual report.

  Year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013  2012  2011 
  (in thousands, except for percentages and per share data) 
       
Consolidated Statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income:                    
Revenues(1) $253,796  $199,605  $158,324  $128,849  $90,073 
Cost of revenues(2)  (160,292)  (121,693)  (99,603)  (80,612)  (53,604)
Gross profit  93,504   77,912   58,721   48,237   36,469 
Selling, general and administrative expenses(3)  (71,594)  (57,288)  (54,841)  (47,680)  (26,538)
Impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries  1,820   1,505   (9,579)  -   - 
Profit (Loss) from operations  23,730   22,129   (5,699)  557   9,931 
Gain on transaction with bonds(4)  19,102   12,629   29,577   -   - 
Finance income  27,555   10,269   4,435   378   - 
Finance expense  (20,952)  (11,213)  (10,040)  (2,687)  (1,151)
Finance income (expense), net(5)  6,603   (944)  (5,605)  (2,309)  (1,151)
Other income and expenses, net(6)  605   380   1,505   291   (3)
Profit (Loss) before income tax  50,040   34,194   19,778   (1,461)  8,777 
Income tax(7)  (18,420)  (8,931)  (6,009)  160   (1,689)
Net Income (Loss) for the year  31,620   25,263   13,769   (1,301)  7,088 
Earnings (Loss) per share:                    
Basic  0.93   0.81   0.50   (0.06)  0.25 
Diluted  0.90   0.79   0.48   (0.06)  0.25 
Weighted average number of outstanding shares (in thousands)                    
Basic  33,960   30,926   27,891   27,288   27,019 
Diluted  35,013   31,867   28,884   27,288   27,019 

(1)Includes transactions with related parties for an amount of $6,655, $7,681 and $8,532 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(2)Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $4,441, $3,813, $3,215, $1,964 and $1,545 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also includes transactions with related parties for an amount of $2,901 and $1,169 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Finally, it includes share based compensation for $735, $35, $190 and $4,644 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(3)Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $4,860, $4,221, $3,941, $2,806 and $954 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also includes transactions with related parties for an amount of $1,381 and $931 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Finally, it includes share based compensation for $1,647, $582, $603 and $7,065 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(4)Includes gain on transactions with bonds of $19,102 and $12,629, and $29,577 acquired with funds from capitalizations and proceeds received by our Argentine subsidiaries as payments from exports for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See note 3.18 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

4
[Reserved]

(5)Includes foreign exchange loss of $10,136, $2,946, $4,238, $1,098 and $548 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(6)Includes the gain related to the valuation at fair value of the 22.75% of share interest held in Dynaflows S.A of $625 for the year ended December 31, 2015. Includes the gain related to the bargain business combination of Bluestar Peru of $472 for the year ended December 31, 2014. See note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements. Includes a gain of $1,703 on remeasurement of the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of TerraForum for the year ended December 31, 2013. See note 27.10.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
(7)Includes deferred tax charge of $370 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and a gain of $1,102, $529, $2,479 and $109 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

5

Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Data

  Year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013  2012  2011 
                
Reconciliation of adjusted gross profit                    
Gross profit $93,504  $77,912  $58,721  $48,237  $36,469 
Adjustments                    
Depreciation and amortization expense  4,441   3,813   3,215   1,964   1,545 
Share-based compensation expense  735   35   190   4,644   - 
Adjusted gross profit $98,680  $81,760  $62,126  $54,845  $38,014 
Reconciliation of adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses                    
Selling, general and administrative expenses $(71,594) $(57,288) $(54,841) $(47,680) $(26,538)
Adjustments                    
Acquisition-related costs  337   -   -   -   - 
Depreciation and amortization expense  4,860   4,221   3,941   2,806   954 
Share-based compensation expense  1,647   582   603   7,065   - 
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses $(64,750) $(52,485) $(50,297) $(37,809) $(25,584)
Reconciliation of adjusted profit from operations                    
Profit (Loss) from operations  23,730   22,129   (5,699)  557   9,931 
Adjustments                    
Acquisition-related costs  337   -   -   -   - 
Impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries  (1,820)  (1,505)  9,579   -   - 
Share-based compensation expense  2,382   617   793   11,709   - 
Adjusted profit from operations $24,629  $21,241  $4,673  $12,266  $9,931 
Reconciliation of adjusted net income for the year                    
Net income (loss) for the year $31,620  $25,263  $13,769  $(1,301) $7,088 
Adjustments                    
Acquisition-related costs  337   -   -   -   - 
Share-based compensation expense  2,382   617   793   11,709   - 
Adjusted net income for the year $34,339  $25,880  $14,562  $10,408  $7,088 
Other data:                    
Adjusted gross profit(1)  98,680   81,760   62,126   54,845   38,014 
Adjusted gross profit margin percentage(1)  38.9%  41.0%  39.2%  42.6%  42.2%
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses(1)  (64,750)  (52,485)  (50,297)  (37,809)  (25,584)
Adjusted profit from operations(2)  24,629   21,241   4,673   12,266   9,931 
Adjusted profit from operations margin percentage(2)  9.7%  10.6%  3.0%  9.5%  11.0%
Adjusted net income for the year(3)  34,339   25,880   14,562   10,408   7,088 
Adjusted net income margin percentage for the year(3)  13.5%  13.0%  9.2%  8.1%  7.9%

(1)To supplement our gross profit presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted gross profit, which is adjusted from gross profit, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues. We also present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted gross profit margin percentage, which reflects adjusted gross profit margin as a percentage of revenues. To supplement our selling, general and administrative expenses presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses, which is adjusted from selling, general and administrative expenses, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude depreciation and amortization expense, acquisition-related costs and share-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses. We believe that excluding such depreciation and amortization, acquisition-related costs and share-based compensation expense amounts from gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues from gross profit margin helps investors compare us and similar companies that exclude depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense from gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization expense and share-based compensation expense included in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues from gross profit margin. These non-IFRS financial measures are provided as additional information to enhance investors’ overall understanding of the historical and current financial performance of our operations. We believe these measures help illustrate underlying trends in our business and use such measures to establish budgets and operational goals, communicated internally and externally, for managing our business and evaluating its performance. These non-IFRS financial measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with IFRS, but should not be considered as substitutes for or superior to IFRS results. In addition, our calculation of these non-IFRS financial measures may be different from the calculation used by other companies, and therefore comparability may be limited.

6

(2)To supplement our profit (loss) from operations presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit from operations, which is adjusted from profit (loss) from operations the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude share-based compensation expense, acquisition-related costs and impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries. In addition, we present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted profit from operations margin percentage, which reflects adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of revenues. These non-IFRS financial measures are provided as additional information to enhance investors’ overall understanding of the historical and current financial performance of our operations. We believe these measures help illustrate underlying trends in our business and use such measures to establish budgets and operational goals, communicated internally and externally, for managing our business and evaluating its performance. These non-IFRS financial measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with IFRS, but should not be considered as substitutes for or superior to IFRS results. In addition, our calculation of these non-IFRS financial measures may be different from the calculation used by other companies, and therefore comparability may be limited.
(3)To supplement our net income (loss) presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted net income for the year, which is adjusted from net income (loss) for the year, the most comparable IFRS measure, to exclude share-based compensation expense and acquisition-related costs. In addition, we present the non-IFRS financial measure of adjusted net income margin percentage for the year, which reflects adjusted net income for the year as a percentage of revenues. These non-IFRS financial measures are provided as additional information to enhance investor’s overall understanding of the historical and current financial performance of our operations. We believe these measures help illustrate underlying trends in our business and use such measures to establish budgets and operational goals, communicated internally and externally, for managing our business and evaluating its performance. These non-IFRS financial measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with IFRS, but should not be considered as substitutes for or superior to IFRS results. In addition, our calculation of these non-IFRS financial measures may be different from the calculation used by other companies, and therefore comparability may be limited.

7

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position Data

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013  2012  2011 
    
Consolidated statements of financial position data:                    
Cash and cash equivalents $36,720  $34,195  $17,051  $7,685  $7,013 
Investments  25,660   27,984   9,634   914   2,234 
Trade receivables  45,952   40,056   34,418   27,847   19,865 
Other receivables (current and non-current)  38,692   15,169   12,333   17,997   13,735 
Deferred tax assets  7,983   4,881   3,117   2,588   109 
Investment in associates  300   750   -   -   - 
Other financial assets (current and non-current)  2,121   -   1,284   -   - 
Property and equipment  25,720   19,213   14,723   10,865   8,540 
Intangible assets  7,209   6,105   6,141   4,305   1,488 
Goodwill  32,532   12,772   13,046   9,181   6,389 
Total assets  222,889   161,125   111,747   81,382   59,373 
                     
Trade payables  4,436   5,673   8,016   3,994   2,848 
Payroll and social security taxes payable  25,551   20,967   17,823   13,703   9,872 
Borrowings (current and non-current)  548   1,285   11,795   11,782   8,936 
Other financial liabilities (current and non-current)  21,285   1,308   8,763   6,537   4,046 
Tax liabilities  10,225   3,446   5,190   1,440   584 
Other liabilities and provisions  659   967   295   988   338 
Total liabilities  62,704   33,646   51,882   38,444   26,624 
Total equity  160,185   127,479   59,865   42,938   32,749 
Total equity and liabilities  222,889   161,125   111,747   81,382   59,373 

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Summary Risk Factors

The following summarizes the principal factors that make an investment in our company speculative or risky, all of which are more fully described in the Risk Factors below. This summary should be read in conjunction with the Risk Factors below and should not be relied upon as an exhaustive summary of the material risks facing our business. The following factors could result in harm to our business, reputation, revenue, financial results and prospects, among other impacts:

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant and continuing adverse impact upon, and this or other pandemics may have a material adverse impact upon, our business, liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.
If we are unable to maintain the current resource utilization rates and productivity levels, our revenues, profit margins and results of operations may be adversely affected.
If we are unable to manage attrition and attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, our operating efficiency and productivity may decrease, and we may not have the necessary resources to maintain client relationships and expand our business.
If we are unable to achieve anticipated growth, our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects may be adversely affected.
If we are unable to effectively manage the rapid growth of our business, our management personnel, systems and resources could face significant strains, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
If the pricing structures we use for our client contracts are based on inaccurate expectations and assumptions regarding the cost and complexity of performing our work, our contracts could be unprofitable, which could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operations.
If we were to lose the services of our senior management team or other key employees, our business operations, competitive position, client relationships, revenues and results of operations may be adversely affected.
If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive, which could cause our revenues and results of operations to suffer.
If any of our largest clients terminates, decreases the scope of, or fails to renew its business relationship or short-term contract with us, our revenues, business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Global economic and political conditions could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, margins, results of operations and financial condition.
We face intense competition from technology and IT services providers, and an increase in competition, our inability to compete successfully, pricing pressures or loss of market share could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations and financial condition.
4


Our business depends on a strong brand and corporate reputation, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to expand our client base will be impaired and our business and operating results will be adversely affected.
Our labor costs and the operating restrictions that apply to us could increase as a result of collective bargaining negotiations and changes in labor laws and regulations, and disputes resulting in work stoppages, strikes, or disruptions could adversely affect our business.
Increased focus on our environmental, social, and governance ("ESG") responsibilities have and will likely continue to result in additional costs and risks, and may adversely impact our reputation, employee retention, and willingness of customers and partners to do business with us.

Risks Related to Operating in Latin America.

Latin America
Latin America has experienced adverse economic conditions that may impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Latin American governments have exercised and continue to exercise significant influence over the economies of the countries where we operate, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Inflation, and government measures to curb inflation in Latin America, may adversely affect the economies in the countries where we operate in Latin America, our business and results of operations.
Our business, results of operations, financial condition, costs and operating margins may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
We face the risk of political and economic crises, instability, terrorism, civil strife, expropriation and other risks of doing business in Latin America, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Argentina
Argentina continues to face considerable economic uncertainty.
The Argentine government, our Globers, and certain labor organizations may take actions that cause us to increase the amount of compensation we pay to our Globers, which could increase our operating costs and adversely affect our results of operations.
Argentine exchange controls and restrictions limit our access to the FX Market and impair the availability of foreign investments and international credit to us, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
Blue-chip swap transactions increase our exposure to fluctuations in the value of the Argentine peso, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our operations and the market price of our common shares.
If we do not maintain our registration under the Knowledge Economy promotional regime our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Colombia
Economic and political conditions in Colombia may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any additional taxes resulting from changes to laws regulations or the interpretation of such laws could adversely affect our consolidated results.
The Colombian government and the Colombian central bank exercise significant influence on the Colombian economy, which could have an impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to the Company and the Ownership of Our Common Shares

The price of our common shares may be highly volatile.
Holders of our common shares may experience losses due to increased volatility in the U.S. capital markets.
We may be classified by the Internal Revenue Service as a “passive foreign investment company,” which may result in adverse tax consequences for U.S. investors.
We may need additional capital and we may not be able to obtain it.
Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and principal shareholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions or adversely affect the trading price of our common shares.
Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by the increased strain on our resources from complying with the reporting, disclosure, and other requirements applicable to public companies in the United States.
5



You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the other information contained in this annual report, before making any investment decision. Any of the following risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, margins and financial condition. The market price of our common shares could decline due to any of these risks and uncertainties, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks described below are those that we currently believe may materially affect us.


Risks Related to Our Business and Industry


The COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant and continuing adverse impact upon, and this or other pandemics may have a material adverse impact upon, our business, liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

The ongoing global COVID-19 pandemic has caused and continues to cause significant loss of life and interruption to the global economy and has resulted in the curtailment of activities by businesses and consumers in much of the world as governments and others seek to limit the spread of the disease, including through business and transportation shutdowns and restrictions on people’s movement and congregation. The overall result has been a dramatic reduction in activity in the global economy, a reduction in demand for many products and services and significant adverse impacts to the financial markets.

The extent to which the COVID-19 outbreak impacts our business, results of operations and financial condition in the longer term will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, the duration, spread and severity of the outbreak, the actions taken to contain the virus or treat its impact, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions broadly resume.

In particular, we may experience reduced revenues and/or financial losses as a result of a number of operational factors, including:

Client pricing pressure, payment term extensions and insolvency risk - As our clients face reduced demand for their products and services, reduce their business activity and face increased financial pressure on their businesses, we may face downward pressure on our pricing and gross margins if we make pricing concessions to clients. In addition, in response to the requests of some of our clients, we have granted extended payment terms. We expect that some of our clients will continue to make such requests, which may have an adverse effect on our cash flows from operations. We may also face a significantly elevated risk of client insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidity challenges which may result in a failure to be paid for services we have performed and expenses we have incurred, which could in turn result in us having to take a charge in the period in which the related receivable was written down or written off.
Reduced client demand for services – As a result of the pandemic’s impact on our clients, we may experience reduced demand for our services. Among other things, our clients may postpone, cancel or scale back existing and potential projects with us.
Delivery challenges – Due to the closures of many of our and our clients’ facilities, including as a result of various orders from national, state or local governments, we have faced and may continue to face, in the near term or in future pandemics, challenges in delivering services to our clients and satisfying contractually agreed upon service levels. The pandemic, particularly in India, but also in Argentina and other countries where we have near-shore or offshore delivery operations for clients, has impacted and may continue to impact our ability to deliver services to clients. Our work-from-home arrangements for many of our employees may increase our exposure to security breaches or cyberattacks. A significant worsening of the pandemic could materially impair our ability to deliver services to clients to an extent that may have a material adverse impact to our business, liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve. The ultimate extent to which the pandemic impacts our business, liquidity, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the delivery and effectiveness of vaccines, future mutations of the COVID-19 virus and any resulting impact on the effectiveness of vaccines, the duration and extent of the pandemic and waves of infection, travel restrictions and social distancing, the duration and extent of business closures and business disruptions and the effectiveness of actions taken to contain, treat and prevent the disease. If we or our clients experience prolonged shutdowns or other business disruptions, our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and the trading price of our common stock may be materially adversely affected, and our ability to access the capital markets may be limited. To the extent that the pandemic harms our business and results of operations, many of the other risks described in this "Risk Factors" section may be heightened.

6


If we are unable to maintain the current resource utilization rates and productivity levels, our revenues, profit margins and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our profitability and the cost of providing our services are affected by our utilization rate of the Globers in our Studios. If we are not able to maintain appropriate utilization rates for our professionals, our profit margin and our profitability may suffer. Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:

8


our ability to transition Globers from completed projects to new assignments and to hire and integrate new employees;

our ability to forecast demand for our services and thereby maintain an appropriate headcount in each of our talent delivery centers;

our ability to manage the attrition of our IT professionals; and

our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other activities that cannot be billed to our clients.


Our revenue could also suffer if we misjudge demand patterns and do not recruit sufficient employees to satisfy demand. Employee shortages could prevent us from completing our contractual commitments in a timely manner and cause us to pay penalties or lose contracts or clients. In addition, we could incur increased payroll costs, which would negatively affect our utilization rates and our business.

Increases in our current levels of


If we are unable to manage attrition may increase our operating costs and adversely affect our future business prospects.

The total attrition rate among our Globers was 17.7%, 20.2%attract and 22.2% for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. If our attrition rate were to increase,retain highly-skilled IT professionals, our operating efficiency and productivity may decrease. We compete for talented individuals not only with other companies in our industry but also with companies in other industries, such as software services, engineering services and financial services companies, among others, and there is a limited pool of individuals who have the skills and training needed to help us grow our company. High attrition rates of qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business, as well as cause us to incur greater personnel expenses and training costs.

If the pricing structures that we use for our client contracts are based on inaccurate expectations and assumptions regarding the cost and complexity of performing our work, our contracts could be unprofitable, which could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operation.

We perform our services primarily under time-and-materials contracts (where materials costs consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses). We charge out the services performed by our Globers under these contracts at hourly rates that are agreed to at the time the contract is entered into. The hourly rates and other pricing terms negotiated with our clients are highly dependent on the complexity of the project, the mix of staffing we anticipate using on it, internal forecasts of our operating costs and predictions of increases in those costs influenced by wage inflation and other marketplace factors. Our predictions are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. Typically, we do not have the ability to increase the hourly rates established at the outset of a client project in order to pass through to our client increases in salary costs driven by wage inflation and other marketplace factors. Because we conduct the majority of our operations through our operating subsidiaries located in Argentina, we are subject to the effects of wage inflation and other marketplace factors in Argentina, which have increased significantly in recent years. If increases in salary and other operating costs at our Argentine subsidiaries exceed our internal forecasts, the hourly rates established under our time-and-materials contracts might not be sufficient to recover those increased operating costs, which would make those contracts unprofitable for us, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operations.

In addition to our time-and-materials contracts, we undertake some engagements on a fixed-price basis. Revenues from our fixed-price contracts represented approximately 3.7%, 9.3% and 15.2% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Our pricing in a fixed-price contract is highly dependent on our assumptions and forecasts about the costs we will incur to complete the related project, which are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. Any failure by us accurately to estimate the resources and time required to complete a fixed-price contract on time and on budget or any unexpected increase in the cost of our Globers assigned to the related project, office space or materials could expose us to risks associated with cost overruns and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any unexpected changes in economic conditions that affect any of the foregoing assumptions and predictions could render contracts that would have been favorable to us when signed unfavorable.

We may not be able to achieve anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects.

We intend to continue our expansion in the foreseeable future and to pursue existing and potential market opportunities. As we add new Studios, introduce new services or enter into new markets, we may face new market, technological and operational risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar,decrease, and we may not be able to mitigate these risks and challenges to successfully grow those services or markets. We may not be able to achieve our anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects.

If we are unable to effectively managehave the rapid growth of our business, our management personnel, systems andnecessary resources could face significant strains, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have experienced, and continue to experience, rapid growth in our headcount, operations and revenues, which has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and operational and financial infrastructure. Additionally, the longer-term transition in our delivery mix from Argentina-based staffing to increasingly decentralized staffing in other locations in Latin America (and, recently, the United States) has also placed additional operational and structural demands on our resources. Our future growth depends on recruiting, hiring and training technology professionals, growing our international operations, expanding our delivery capabilities, adding effective sales staff and management personnel, adding service offerings, maintaining existing clients and winning new business. Effective management of these and other growth initiatives will require us to continue to improve our infrastructure, execution standards and ability to expand services. Failure to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on the quality of the execution of our engagements, our ability to attract and retain IT professionals and our business, results of operations and financial condition.

9

If we were to lose the services of our senior management team or other key employees, our business operations, competitive position, client relationships, revenues and results of operation may be adversely affected.

Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key employees. We currently do not maintain key man life insurance for any of our founders, members of our senior management team or other key employees. If one or more of our senior executives or key employees are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily, on a timely basis or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives and key employees in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to retain our senior executives and key employees or attract and retain new senior executives and key employees in the future, in which case our business may be severely disrupted.

If any of our senior management team or key employees joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, suppliers, know-how and key IT professionals and staff members to them. Also, if any of our sales executives or other sales personnel, who generally maintain a close relationship with our clients, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients to that company, and our revenues may be materially adversely affected. Additionally, there could be unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, practices or procedures by such personnel. If any dispute arises between any members of our senior management team or key employees and us, any noncompetition, non-solicitation and nondisclosure agreements we have with our founders, senior executives or key employees might not provide effective protection to us in light of legal uncertainties associated with the enforceability of such agreements.

If we are unable to attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, we may not be able to maintain client relationships and grow effectively, which may adversely affectexpand our business, results of operations and financial condition.

business.

Our business is labor intensive and, accordingly, our success depends upon our ability to attract, develop, motivate, retain and effectively utilize highly-skilled IT professionals. We believe that there is significant competition for technology professionals in Latin America, the United States, Europe, Asia and elsewhere who possess the technical skills and experience necessary to deliver our services, and that such competition is likely to continue for the foreseeable future. As a result, the technology industry generally experiences a significant rate of turnover of its workforce. Our business plan is based on hiring and training a significant number of additional technology professionals each year in order to meet anticipated turnover and increased staffing needs. Our ability to properly staff projects, to maintain and renew existing engagements and to win new business depends, in large part, on our ability to hire and retain qualified IT professionals.

The total attrition rate among our Globers was 18.7%, 13.0% and 14.6% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. If our attrition rate were to continue increasing, our operating efficiency and productivity may decrease. We cannot assure you that we willcompete for talented individuals not only with other companies in our industry but also with companies in other industries, such as software services, engineering services and financial services companies, among others, and there is a limited pool of individuals who have the skills and training needed to help us grow our company. High attrition rates of qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business, as well as cause us to incur greater personnel expenses and training costs.
We may not be able to recruit and train a sufficient number of qualified professionals or that we will be successful in retaining current or future employees. Increased hiring by technology companies, particularly in Latin America, the United States, Asia and Europe, and increasing worldwide competition for skilled technology professionals may lead to a shortage in the availability of qualified personnel in the locations where we operate and hire. Failure to hire and train or retain qualified technology professionals in sufficient numbers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.


If we are unable to achieve anticipated growth, our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects may be adversely affected.

We intend to continue our expansion in the foreseeable future and to pursue existing and potential market opportunities. As we add new Studios, introduce new services or enter into new markets, we may face new market, technological and operational risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar, and we may not be able to mitigate these risks and challenges to successfully grow those services or markets. We may not be able to achieve our anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, business and prospects.

7


If we are unable to effectively manage the rapid growth of our business, our management personnel, systems and resources could face significant strains, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have experienced, and continue to experience, rapid growth in our headcount, operations and revenues, which has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and operational and financial infrastructure. Additionally, our decentralized staffing and the increasing number of employees that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations in Latin America, the United States, Europe and India have placed additional operational and structural demands on our resources.

Our future growth depends on recruiting, hiring and training technology professionals, growing our international operations, expanding our delivery capabilities, adding effective sales staff and management personnel, adding service offerings, maintaining existing clients and winning new business. Client demands, the availability of high-quality technical and operational personnel and their respective compensation rates, regulatory environments and other pertinent factors may vary significantly by region, and our experience in the markets in which we currently operate may not be applicable to other regions. As a result, we may not be able to leverage our experience to expand our delivery footprint effectively into other target markets. In addition, as we expand into new markets and expand our service offerings, we may face new risks and challenges with which we may not be familiar and which we may not be able to mitigate.

Effective management of these and other growth initiatives will require us to continue to improve our infrastructure, execution standards and ability to expand services. Failure to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on the quality of the execution of our engagements, our ability to attract and retain professionals and our business, results of operations, prospects and financial condition.

If the pricing structures we use for our client contracts are based on inaccurate expectations and assumptions regarding the cost and complexity of performing our work, our contracts could be unprofitable, which could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operations.
We perform our services primarily under time-and-materials contracts. We charge out the services performed by our Globers under these contracts at hourly rates that are agreed to at the time the contract is entered into. The hourly rates and other pricing terms negotiated with our clients are highly dependent on the complexity of the project, the mix of staffing we anticipate using on it, internal forecasts of our operating costs and predictions of increases in those costs influenced by wage inflation and other marketplace factors. Our predictions are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. Typically, we do not have the ability to increase the hourly rates established at the outset of a client project in order to pass through to our client increases in salary costs driven by wage inflation and other marketplace factors.

Because we conduct a substantial part of our operations through our operating subsidiaries located in Argentina, Colombia, México and India, we are subject to the effects of wage inflation and other marketplace factors in these countries, which have increased significantly in recent years. If increases in salary and other operating costs at those operating subsidiaries exceed our internal forecasts, the hourly rates established under our time-and-materials contracts might not be sufficient to recover those increased operating costs, which would make those contracts unprofitable for us, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows from operations.

In addition to our time-and-materials contracts, we undertake engagements on a fixed-price basis. Revenues from our fixed-price contracts represented 16.9%, 13.1% and 16.1% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our pricing in a fixed-price contract depends on our assumptions and forecasts about the costs we will incur to complete the related project, which are based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate.

We also rely, to a limited extent, on suppliers of goods and services. In some cases, we have contracts with such parties guaranteeing us favorable pricing terms. We cannot guarantee our ability to maintain such pricing terms beyond the date that pricing terms are fixed pursuant to a written agreement. Furthermore, should economic circumstances change, such that suppliers find it beneficial to change or attempt to renegotiate such pricing terms in their favor, we cannot assure you that we would be able to withstand an increase or achieve a favorable outcome in any such negotiation.

Any failure by us to accurately estimate the resources and time required to complete a fixed-price contract on time and on budget or any unexpected increase in the cost of our Globers assigned to the related project, office space or materials could expose us to risks associated with cost overruns and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any unexpected changes in economic conditions that affect any of the foregoing assumptions and predictions could render contracts that would have been favorable to us when signed unfavorable, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

8


If we were to lose the services of our senior management team or other key employees, our business operations, competitive position, client relationships, revenues and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key employees. If one or more of our senior executives or key employees are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily, on a timely basis or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives and key employees in our industry is intense. Our compensation policies include equity-based incentive compensation plans that are designed to reward high-performing personnel for their contributions and provide incentives for them to remain with us. If the anticipated value of such incentives does not materialize because of volatility or lack of positive performance in our share price, or if our total compensation package is not viewed as being competitive, we may be unable to retain our senior executives and key employees or attract and retain new senior executives and key employees in the future, in which case our business may be severely disrupted our ability to attract and retain personnel could be adversely affected.
If any of our senior management team or key employees joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, suppliers, know-how and key IT professionals and staff members to them. Also, if any of our sales executives or other sales personnel, who generally maintain a close relationship with our clients, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients to that company, and our revenues may be materially adversely affected. Additionally, there could be unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, practices or procedures by such personnel. If any dispute arises between any members of our senior management team or key employees and us, any non-competition, non-solicitation and nondisclosure agreements we have with our founders, senior executives or key employees might not provide effective protection to us in light of legal uncertainties associated with the enforceability of such agreements.
If we do not continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends, we may lose clients and not remain competitive, which could cause our revenues and results of operations to suffer.

Our success depends on delivering digital journeys that leverage emerging technologies and emerging market trends to drive increased revenues and effective communication with customers.

Technological advances and innovation are constant in the technology services industry. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in research and development to stay abreast of technology developments so that we may continue to deliver digital journeyssoftware products that our clients will wish to purchase. If we are unable to anticipate technology developments, enhance our existing services or develop and introduce new services to keep pace with such changes and meet changing client needs, we may lose clients and our revenues and results of operations could suffer. Our results of operations would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our clients, are not appropriately timed with market opportunities or are not effectively brought to market. Our competitors may be able to offer engineering, design and innovation services that are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar or better than those we offer. This may force us to compete on other fronts in addition to the quality of our services and to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive, which we may be unable to do.

If the current effective income tax rate payable by us in any country in which we operate is increased or if we lose any country-specific tax benefits, then our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions. Our consolidated effective income tax rate could be materially adversely affected by several factors, including changes in the amount of income taxed by or allocated to the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates; changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations of such tax laws in multiple jurisdictions; and the resolution of issues arising from tax audits or examinations and any related interest or penalties.

We report our results of operations based on our determination of the amount of taxes owed in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We have transfer pricing arrangements among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales and delivery functions. Transfer pricing regulations require that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be on arm’s-length terms. We consider the transactions among our subsidiaries to be on arm’s-length terms. The determination of our consolidated provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires estimation, judgment and calculations where the ultimate tax determination may not be certain. Our determination of tax liability is always subject to review or examination by authorities in various jurisdictions.

10


Under Argentina’s Law No. 25,922 (Ley de Promoción de la Industria de Software), as amended by Law No. 26,692 (the “Software Promotion Law”), our operating subsidiaries in Argentina benefit from a 60% reduction in their corporate income tax rate (as applied to income from promoted software activities) and a tax credit of up to 70% of amounts paid for certain social security taxes (contributions) that may be offset against value-added tax liabilities. Law No. 26,692, the 2011 amendment to the Software Promotion Law (“Law No. 26,692”), also allows such tax credits to be applied to reduce our Argentine subsidiaries’ corporate income tax liability by a percentage not higher than the subsidiaries’ declared percentage of exports and extends the tax benefits under the Software Promotion Law until December 31, 2019.

On September 16, 2013, the Argentine government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the implementation of the Software Promotion Law. Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 introduced specific requirements to qualify for the tax benefits contemplated by the Software Promotion Law. In particular, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 provides that from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2019, only those companies that are accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers (Registro Nacional de Productores de Software y Servicios Informaticos) maintained by the Secretary of Industry (Secretaria de Industria del Ministerio de Industria) will be entitled to participate in the benefits of the Software Promotion Law. On June 25, 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A. applied for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers.

On March 11, 2014, the Argentine Federal Administration of Public Revenue (Administración Federal de Ingresos Publicos, or “AFIP”) issued General Resolution No. 3,597 (“General Resolution No. 3,597”). This measure provides that, as a further prerequisite to participation in the benefits of the Software Promotion Law, exporters of software and related services must register in a newly established Special Registry of Exporters of Services (Registro Especial de Exportadores de Servicios). On March 14, May 21 and May 28, 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A., respectively, were accepted for registration in the Special Registry of Exporters of Services. In addition, General Resolution No. 3,597 states that any tax credits generated under the Software Promotion Law by a participant in the Software Promotion Law will only be valid until September 17, 2014.

On March 26, 2015, the Secretary and Subsecretary of Industry issued rulings approving the registration in the National Registry of Software Producers of Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. On April 17, 2015, the Secretary and Subsecretary of Industry issued rulings approving the registration in the National Registry of Software Producers of Huddle Group S.A. In each case, the ruling made the effective date of registration retroactive to September 18, 2014 and provided that the benefits enjoyed under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted were not extinguished until the ruling goes into effect (which have occurred upon its date of publication in the Argentine government’s official gazette on before mentioned dates).

On May 7, 2015, we applied to the Subsecretary of Industry for deregistration of Huddle Group S.A. from the National Registry of Software Producers, as the subsidiary had discontinued activities since January 1, 2015. Although resolution by the Subsecretary of Industry is still pending, as a result of the cessation of its activities, Huddle Group S.A. is subject to a 35% corporate income tax rate effective January 1, 2015.

Our subsidiary in Uruguay, which is situated in a tax-free zone, benefits from a 0% income tax rate and an exemption from value-added tax.

Our subsidiary in India is primarily export-oriented and is eligible for certain income tax holiday benefits granted by the government of India for export activities conducted within Special Economic Zones (a “SEZ”). Under the Special Economic Zones Act, 2005, our Indian software development center located in Pune currently operates in a SEZ. The services provided by our Pune development center are eligible for a deduction of 100% of the profits or gains derived from the export of services for the first five years from the financial year in which the center commenced the provision of services and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Certain tax benefits are also available for a further five years subject to the center meeting defined conditions. Indian profits ineligible for SEZ benefits are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 34.61%, including surcharges. In addition, all Indian profits, including those generated within SEZs, are subject to the Minimum Alternative Tax (“MAT”), at the current rate of approximately 21.34%, including surcharges. If the Indian government changes its policies affecting SEZs in a manner that adversely impacts the incentives for establishing and operating facilities in SEZs, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

If these tax incentives in Argentina, India and Uruguay are changed, terminated, not extended or made unavailable, or comparable new tax incentives are not introduced, we expect that our effective income tax rate and/or our operating expenses would increase significantly, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Operating Results — Certain Income Statement Line Items — Income Tax Expense” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Future Capital Requirements.”

If any of our largest clients terminates, decreases the scope of, or fails to renew its business relationship or short-term contract with us, our revenues, business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We generate a significant portion of our revenues from our ten largest clients. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, our largest customer based on revenues, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 12.3%10.9%, 8.7%11.0% and 6.4%11.2% of our revenues, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, our ten largest clients accounted for 46.7%39.1%, 43.9%42.2% and 39.7%39.5% of our revenues, respectively.

11


Our ability to maintain close relationships with these and other major clients is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. However, most of our client contracts are limited to short-term, discrete projects without any commitment to a specific volume of business or future work, and the volume of work performed for a specific client is likely to vary from year to year, especially since we are generally not our clients’clients' exclusive technology services provider. A major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenues for us in any subsequent year. The technology services we provide to our clients, and the revenues and income from those services, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of technology services we provide changes over time. In addition, our reliance on any individual client for a significant portion of our revenues may give that client a certain degree of pricing leverage against us when negotiating contracts and terms of service.

In addition, a number of factors, including the following, other than our performance could cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenues from a client and these factors are not predictable:

·our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other activities that cannot be billed to our clients.

·the business or financial condition of that client or the economy generally;

·a change in strategic priorities by that client, resulting in a reduced level of spending on technology services;

·a demand for price reductions by that client; and

·a decision by that client to move work in-house or to one or several of our competitors.


The loss or diminution in business from any of our major clients could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

Our

9


Global economic and political conditions could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, margins, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected if general economic conditions in the United States, Europe or the global economy worsen.

condition.

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from clients located in the United States, Latin America and to a lesser extent, Europe. The 2008-2009 crisis in the financial and credit markets in United States, Europe and Asia led to a global economic slowdown, with the economies of those regions, particularly the Eurozone, continuing to show significant signs of weakness. The technology services industry is particularly sensitive to the broader economic environment and tends to decline during general economic downturns. If the U.S., Latin American, or European economies further weaken or slow, inflation in the markets in which we operate, or a negative or uncertain political climate develops or persists, pricing for our services may be depressed and our clients may reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly, which may, in turn, lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.


The ongoing financial crisisUnited Kingdom formally left the European Union on January 31, 2020, which is commonly referred to as “Brexit,” but the United Kingdom remained in Europe (including concernsthe European Union’s customs union and single market during a transition period that expired on December 31, 2020. On December 24, 2020, the United Kingdom entered into a trade and cooperation agreement (the “Trade and Cooperation Agreement”), which was applied on a provisional basis beginning on January 1, 2021 and entered into force on May 1, 2021 following ratification by the European Union. While the economic integration does not reach the level that existed during the time the United Kingdom was a member state of the European Union, the Trade and Cooperation Agreement sets out preferential agreements in areas such as trade in goods and in services, digital trade and intellectual property. Negotiations between the United Kingdom and the European Union are expected to continue in regard to the relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union in certain other areas which are not covered by the Trade and Cooperation Agreement. The long-term effects of Brexit will depend on the effects of the implementation and application of the Trade and Cooperation Agreement and any other relevant agreements between the United Kingdom and the European Union. We face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and disruptions that may follow Brexit and the implementation and application of the Trade and Cooperation Agreement, including regulatory costs and challenges.

In 2018, the Trump administration initiated the imposition of tariffs on certain foreign products, including from China, that have resulted in and may result in future retaliatory tariffs on U.S. goods and products. While there has been a change in the U.S. presidential administration, we cannot predict whether these policies will continue, or if new policies will be enacted, or the impact, if any, that any policy changes could have on our business. In addition, the United States and other countries may defaultimplement actions, including trade actions, tariffs, export controls, and sanctions, against other countries or localities, including potentially against certain Russian government, government-related, or other entities or individuals related to actions in payments dueUkraine, which along with any retaliatory measures could lead to disruption, instability and volatility in the global markets. In connection with the current status of international relations with Russia, particularly in light of potential escalations in conflict between Russia and Ukraine, the U.S. government has stated it is considering imposing enhanced export controls on their national debt)certain products and sanctions on certain industry sectors and parties in Russia. The governments of other jurisdictions in which we operate, such as the resulting economic uncertaintyEuropean Union and Canada, may also implement additional sanctions or other restrictive measures. These potential sanctions and export controls, as well as any responses from Russia, could adversely impactaffect us and/or our operating results unless and untilbusiness partners or customers. If economic conditions worsen or new legislation is passed related to trade, fiscal or tax policies, customer demand may not materialize to levels we require to achieve our anticipated financial results, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Recently, inflation has increased in Europe improvethe United States and throughout the prospect of national debt defaultsworld. Inflation has an impact in Europe decline.the costs we incur in providing our services, which, if cannot be transferred to our prices may impact negatively our margins. To the extent that these adverse economic conditions continuesuch inflation continues, increases, or worsen, they will likelyboth, it may reduce our margins and have a negativematerial adverse effect on our business.

results of operations.


If we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and political conditions affecting the markets in which we operate, we may be unable to effectively plan for or respond to those changes, and our revenues, margins, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.


We face intense competition from technology and IT services providers, and an increase in competition, our inability to compete successfully, pricing pressures or loss of market share could materially adversely affect our revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

The market for technology and IT services is intensely competitive, highly fragmented and subject to rapid change and evolving industry standards and we expect competition to intensify. We believe that the principal competitive factors that we face are the ability to innovate; technical expertise and industry knowledge; end-to-end solution offerings; reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work; effective employee recruiting; training and retention; responsiveness to clients’clients' business needs; scale; financial stability; and price.

We face competition primarily from large global consulting and outsourcing firms, digital agencies and design firms, traditional technology outsourcing providers, and the in-house product development departments of our clients and potential
10


clients. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources and greater name recognition than we do. As a result, they may be able to compete more aggressively on pricing or devote greater resources to the development and promotion of technology and IT services. Companies based in some emerging markets also present significant price competition due to their competitive cost structures and tax advantages.

12


In addition, there are relatively few barriers to entry into our markets and we have faced, and expect to continue to face, competition from new technology services providers. Further, there is a risk that our clients may elect to increase their internal resources to satisfy their services needs as opposed to relying on a third-party vendor, such as our company. The technology services industry is also undergoing consolidation, which may result in increased competition in our target markets in the United States and Europe from larger firms that may have substantially greater financial, marketing or technical resources, may be able to respond more quickly to new technologies or processes and changes in client demands, and may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can. Increased competition could also result in price reductions, reduced operating margins and loss of our market share. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully with existing or new competitors or that competitive pressures will not materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business depends on a strong brand and corporate reputation, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our ability to expand our client base will be impaired and our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

Since many of our specific client engagements involve highly tailored solutions, our corporate reputation is a significant factor in our clients’clients' and prospective clients’clients' determination of whether to engage us. We believe the Globant brand name and our reputation are important corporate assets that help distinguish our services from those of our competitors and also contribute to our efforts to recruit and retain talented IT professionals. However, our corporate reputation is susceptible to damage by actions or statements made by current or former employees or clients, competitors, vendors, adversaries in legal proceedings and government regulators, as well as members of the investment community and the media. There is a risk that negative information about our company, even if based on false rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect our business. In particular, damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential or existing clients reluctant to select us for new engagements, resulting in a loss of business, and could adversely affect our recruitment and retention efforts. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the value and effectiveness of our Globant brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us and result in a decline in the price of our common shares.

We are seeking


Our labor costs and the operating restrictions that apply to expand our presenceus could increase as a result of collective bargaining negotiations and changes in the United States, which entails significant expenseslabor laws and deployment of employees on-site with our clients. If we are unable to manage our operational expansion into the United States, it mayregulations, and disputes resulting in work stoppages, strikes, or disruptions could adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects.

A key element of Globant’s strategy is to expand our delivery footprint, including by increasing the number of employees that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations. In particular, we intend to focus our recruitment efforts on the United States. Client demands, the availability of high-quality technical and operational personnel at attractive compensation rates, regulatory environments and other pertinent factors may vary significantly by region and our experience in the markets in which we currently operate may not be applicable to other regions. As a result, we may not be able to leverage our experience to expand our delivery footprint effectively into our target markets in the United States. If we are unable to manage our expansion efforts effectively, if our expansion plans take longer to implement than expected or if our costs for these efforts exceed our expectations, our business, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

If a significant number of our Globers were to join unions, our labor costs and our business could be negatively affected.

business.  

As of December 31, 2015, we had 792021, 5.77% of our Globers 73 working atare covered by collective bargaining agreements, including all Globers from our delivery center located in RosarioBrazilian, French and Santa Fe City, Argentina, who areSpanish subsidiaries, as well as some Globers from our Argentinean subsidiaries. For complete details of the covered employees see "Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Employees". There can be no assurance that our non-unionized employees will not become members of a union or become covered by a collective bargaining agreement, withincluding through an acquisition of a business whose employees are subject to such an agreement.

We cannot assure you that we or our operating subsidiaries will not experience work disruptions or stoppages in theFederación Argentina de Empleados de Comercio y Servicios (“FAECYS”), future, which is renewedcould have a material adverse effect on an annual basis.our business and revenues. In addition, our primary Argentine subsidiary is defending a lawsuit filed by FAECYS in which FAECYS is demanding the application of itswe cannot assure you that we will be able to negotiate new collective labor agreement to unspecified categories of employees of that subsidiary. According to FAECYS’s claim, our principal Argentine subsidiary would have been required to withhold and transfer to FAECYS an amount equal to 0.5% of the gross monthly salaries of that subsidiary’s payroll from October 2006 to October 2011. Furthermore, FAECYS’ claim may be increased to cover withholdings from October 2006 through the date of a future judgment. Several Argentine technology companies are facing similar lawsuits filed by FAECYS which have been decided in favor of both the companies and FAECYS. Under Argentine law, judicial decisions only apply to the particular case at hand. There is nostare decisis and courts’ decisions are not bindingbargaining agreements on lower courts even in the same jurisdiction although they mayterms as those currently in effect, or that we will not be used as guidelines on other similar cases. See “Financial Information — Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information — Legal Proceedings”subject to strikes or work stoppages before or during the negotiation process. If we are unable to negotiate salary agreements or if we are subject to strikes or work stoppages, our results of operations, financial condition and the notesmarket value of our shares could be materially adversely affected.

Increased focus on our environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) responsibilities have and will likely continue to result in, additional costs and risks, and may adversely impact our consolidated financial statements. Ifreputation, employee retention, and willingness of customers and partners to do business with us.

Governmental bodies, investors, clients, consumers, communities, businesses and other stakeholders are increasingly focused on ESG practices. As we look to respond to evolving standards for identifying, measuring, complying and reporting ESG metrics, our efforts may result in a significant additional number of our Globers were to join unions, our laborincrease in costs and may nevertheless not meet investors or other stakeholders expectations and evolving standards or regulatory requirements, what may have an adverse impact on our business could be negatively affected.

financial results, reputation, our attractiveness as a service provider, or expose us to government enforcement actions or other litigation and private actions.


11


Our revenues are dependent on a limited number of industries, and any decrease in demand for technology services in these industries could reduce our revenues and adversely affect our results of operations.

A substantial portion of our clients are concentrated in the following industries: professional services; media and entertainment; technology and telecommunications; and banks, financial services and insurance, whichinsurance; travel and hospitality; technology and telecommunications; consumer retail and manufacturing; healthcare and professional services. Such industries, in the aggregate, constituted 71.8%99.2%, 75.1%99.2% and 78.5%97.1% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, respectively. Our business growth largely depends on continued demand for our services from clients in these industries and other industries that we may target in the future, as well as on trends in these industries to purchase technology services or to move such services in-house.

A downturn in any of these or our targeted industries, or a slowdown or reversal of the trend to spend on technology services in any of these industries could result in a decrease in the demand for our services and materially adversely affect our revenues, financial condition and results of operations. For example, a worsening of economic conditions in the media and entertainment industry and significant consolidation in thatsuch industry may reduce the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.

Other developments in the industries in which we operate may also lead to a decline in the demand for our services, in these industries, and we may not be able to successfully anticipate and prepare for any such changes. For example, consolidation in any of these industries or acquisitions, particularly involving our clients, may adversely affect our business. Our clients may experience rapid changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressure on their profitability. This, in turn, may result in increasing pressure on us from clients in these key industries to lower our prices, which could adversely affect our revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

13

We have a relatively short operating history and operate in a rapidly evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects, may increase the risk that we will not continue to be successful and, accordingly, increases the risk of your investment.

Our company was founded in 2003 and, therefore, has a relatively short operating history. In addition, the

The technology services industry itself is continuously evolving. Competition, fueled by rapidly changing consumer demands and constant technological developments, renders the technology services industry one in which success and performance metrics are difficult to predict and measure. Because services and technologies are rapidly evolving and each company within the industry can vary greatly in terms of the services it provides, its business model, and its results of operations, it can be difficult to predict how any company’smany company's services, including ours, will be received in the market. While enterprises have been willing to devote significant resources to incorporate emerging technologies and related market trends into their business models, enterprises may not continue to spend any significant portion of their budgets on our services in the future. Neither our past financial performance nor the past financial performance of any other company in the technology services industry is indicative of how our company will fare financially in the future. Our future profits may vary substantially from those of other companies, and those we have achieved in the past, making investment in our company risky and speculative. If our clients’clients' demand for our services declines, as a result of economic conditions, market factors or shifts in the technology industry, our business would suffer and our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

We are investing substantial cash in new facilities and physical infrastructure, and our profitability and cash flows could be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately.

We have made and continue to make significant contractual commitments related to capital expenditures on construction or expansion of our delivery centers. We may encounter cost overruns or project delays in connection with opening new facilities. These expansions will likely increase our fixed costs and if we are unable to grow our business and revenues proportionately, our profitability and cash flows may be negatively affected.

If we cause disruptions in our clients’clients' businesses or provide inadequate service,services, our clients may have claims for substantial damages against us, which could cause us to lose clients, have a negative effect on our corporate reputation and adversely affect our results of operations.

If our Globers make errors in the course of delivering services to our clients or in the development of software solutions for our clients, or fail to consistently meet service requirements of a client, these errors, software defects or failures could disrupt the client’sclient's business, which could result in a reduction in our revenues or a claim for substantial damages against us. In addition, a failure or inability to meet a contractual requirement could seriously damage our corporate reputation and limit our ability to attract new business.

The services we provide and the software solutions we develop are often critical to our clients’clients' businesses. Certain of our client contracts require us to comply with security obligations including maintaining network security and backup data, ensuring our network is virus-free, maintaining business continuity planning procedures, and verifying the integrity of employees that work with our clients by conducting background checks. Any failure in a client’sclient's system or breach of security relating to the services we provide to the client could damage our reputation or result in a claim for substantial damages against us. Any significant failure of our equipment or systems, or any major disruption to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications in the locations in which we operate, could impede our ability to provide services to our clients, have a negative impact on our reputation, cause us to lose clients, and adversely affect our results of operations.

12


Under our client contracts, our liability for breach of our obligations is, in some cases, limited pursuant to the terms of the contract. Such limitations may be unenforceable or otherwise may not protect us from liability for damages. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, may not be limited under our contracts.

If client damages are generally not limited under the terms of our contracts. The successful assertion of one or more large claimscontracts and are deemed recoverable against us in amounts greater than those coveredin excess of our insurance coverage, or if our claims for insurance coverage are denied by our current insurance policiescarriers for any reason, there could materially adversely affectbe a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and/or our reputation, which could, in turn, have an adverse effect in our business, result of operations and results of operations. Even if such assertions against us are unsuccessful, we may incur reputational harm and substantial legal fees.

financial condition.

We may face losses or reputational damage if our software solutions turn out to contain undetected software defects.

A significant amount of our business involves developing software solutions for our clients as part of our provision of technology services. We are required to make certain representations and warranties to our clients regarding the quality and functionality of our software. Any undetected software defects could result in liability to our clients under certain contracts as well as losses resulting from any litigation initiated by clients due to any losses sustained as a result of the defects. Any such liability or losses could have an adverse effect on our financial condition as well as on our reputation with our clients and in the technology services market in general.

generally.

Our client relationships, revenues, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected if we experience disruptions in our Internet infrastructure, telecommunications or IT systems.

business.

Disruptions in telecommunications, system failures, Internet infrastructure, or computer virus attacks or other operational disruptions caused by factors outside of our control, such as hostilities, political unrest, terrorist attacks, natural disasters, and public health emergencies could damage our reputation and harmadversely impact our ability to deliver services to our clients, which could result in client dissatisfaction, harm to our reputation, and a loss of business and related reduction of our revenues. WeOur business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not be effective at preventing or mitigating the effects of such disruptions, and we may not be able to consistently maintain active voice and data communications between our various global operations and with our clients due to disruptions in telecommunication networks and power supply, system failures, or computer virus attacks.attacks or other operational disruptions. Any significant failure in our ability to communicate could result in a disruption in business, which could hinder our performance and our ability to complete projects on time. Such failure to perform on client contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

14


If our computer system issystems or becomes vulnerabledata, or our service providers’ systems or data, are subject to security incidents or breaches, or if any of our employees misuses or misappropriates data, it may disrupt our operations, and we may face reputational damage, lose clients and revenues, or incur losses.

Our business is heavily dependent on the security of our IT networks and those of our clients, as well as our third-party providers. We often have access to, or are required toand we collect, transmit and store data, including confidential client and client customer data, intellectual property, and personal data. Despite our efforts, threats to network and data security are increasingly diverse and sophisticated, and have increased in number. Internal or external attacks on our IT servers and networks, or those of our third party processors, providers or clients, are vulnerable to cybersecurity risks, including viruses and worms, phishing attacks, ransomware attacks, denial-of-service attacks, physical or electronic break-ins, third party or employee theft or misuse, and similar disruptions, which could disrupt the normal operations of our engagements and impede our ability to provide critical services to our clients, thereby subjecting us to liability under our contracts and applicable data protection laws. Our business involves the collection, use, storage and transmission of confidential information and personal data about our employees, vendors, clients and client customers. While we take measures designed to protect the security of, and unauthorized access to, our systems and data, and the privacy of confidential information and personal data, our security controls over our systems and the systems of our processors, vendors and clients with which we operate and rely upon, as well as any other security practices we follow, may not prevent the improper access to or the unauthorized acquisition, use or disclosure of data, including confidential information, personal data, intellectual property and proprietary information. We do not control the operations or facilities of our service providers that collect, store, and process data on our behalf. If any of our service providers that process data on our behalf is subject to a security incident, we may not initially be aware of it, and we may not be able to control the investigation into the incident. In addition, we may be required to notify our clients if one of our service providers is subject to a security incident that affects our clients’ data, and it may disrupt our operations and impede our ability to provide our services. Many of our client contracts do not limit our potential liability for breaches of confidentiality. If any person, including any of our Globers or former Globers, penetrates our network security or misappropriates data or code that belongs to us, our clients, or our clients’clients' customers, we could be subject to significant liability from our clients or from our clients’clients' customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or violating privacy and/or data protection laws.

13


Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and client customer data, intellectual property or personal data, whether through breach of our or others' computer systems, systems failure, loss or theft of confidential information or intellectual property belonging to our clients or our clients’clients' customers, or otherwise, could damage our reputation, disrupt our operations, cause us to lose clients and revenues, and result in financial and other potential losses by us.

us, as well as require us to expend significant resources to protect against further incidents and to rectify any problems caused by these events. In addition, we may not be able to obtain insurance coverage for, or full insurance coverage for, all such risks. Any unauthorized access, acquisition, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability and damages under applicable laws, regulatory investigations or penalties, breach notification obligations, a requirement to provide credit monitoring services, breach of contract claims, significant fines, administrative sanctions, and could adversely affect our business, revenues, reputation, brand and competitive position.


Our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by the various conflicting and/or onerous legal and regulatory requirements imposed on us byobligations required in the countries where we operate.


We have a presence in many countries and plan to continue expanding our international operations, which may subject us to increased business and economic risks that could affect our financial results.
Since we provide services to clients throughout the world, and we collect, store, process and use personal data, we are subject to laws and regulations related to security and privacy, in addition to other numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal requirements on matters as diverse asrequirements. Compliance with complex international and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations increases our cost of doing business. These numerous, and sometimes conflicting laws, and regulations include, among others, import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, government affairs, anti-bribery,anti-corruption laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, whistle blowing, internal control and disclosure control obligations,rules, data protection and privacy and labor relations.requirements. Our real or perceived failure to comply with these regulations in the conduct of our business could result in fines, penalties, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, disgorgement of profits, prohibitions on doing business and adverse impact on our brand and reputation. OurIn addition, our failure to comply with these regulations in connection with the performancecontext of our obligations to our clients could also result in liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degree of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to defend us and preserve our rights.

Due to our operating in


In addition, because we operate from a number of countriescities in Latin America, the United States, the United KingdomNorth America, Europe and India,Asia, we are also subject to risks relating to compliance with a variety of national and local labor laws including, multiple tax regimes, labor laws, employee health safety and wages and benefits laws. We may, from time to time, be subject to litigation or administrative actions resulting from claims against us by current or former Globers, individually or as part of class actions, including claims of wrongful terminations,termination, discrimination, misclassification or other violations of labor law or other alleged conduct. We may also, from time to time, be subject to litigation resulting from claims against us by third parties, including claims of breach of noncompetenon-compete and confidentiality provisions of our employees’employees' former employment agreements with such third parties. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property and our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to protect our business, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition.

Our success depends in part on certain methodologies, practices, tools and technical expertise our company utilizes in designing, developing, implementing and maintaining applications and other proprietary intellectual capital. In order to protect our rights in this intellectual capital, we rely upon a combination of nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements as well as trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws. We also generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, clients and potential clients and limit access to and the distribution of our proprietary information.

We hold several trademarks and intend to submit additional U.S. federal and foreign trademark applications for developments relating to additional service offerings in the future. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in maintaining existing or obtaining future, intellectual property rights or registrations. There can be no assurance that the current or future laws, rules, regulations and treaties inof the countries in which we operate in effect now or in the future or the contractual and other protective measures we take are adequate to protect us from misappropriation or unauthorized use of our intellectual capital, or that such laws, rules, regulations and treaties will not change.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property and take appropriate steps to enforce our rights, or that any such steps will be successful. We cannot assure you that we have taken all necessary steps to enforce our intellectual property rights in every jurisdiction in which we operate and we cannot assure you that the intellectual property laws of any jurisdiction in which we operate are adequate to protect our interest or that any favorable
14


judgment obtained by us with respect thereto will be enforced in the courts. Misappropriation by third parties of, or other failure to protect, our intellectual property, including the costs of enforcing our intellectual property rights, could have a material adverse effect on our business, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition.

If we incur any liability for a violation of the intellectual property rights of others, our reputation, business, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected.

Our success largely depends on our ability to use and develop our technology, tools, code, methodologies and services without infringing on the intellectual property rights of third parties, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. We may be subject to litigation involving claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights of third parties. In such cases, litigation may be necessary to determine the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. However, given that litigation could be costly and time consuming and could divert the attention of management and key personnel from our business operations, we may elect to settle these claims from time to time.

We typically indemnify clients who purchase our services and solutions against potential infringement of intellectual property rights, which subjects us to the risk of indemnification claims. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our clients, regardless of the merits of these claims and are often not subject to liability limits or exclusion of consequential, indirect or punitive damages. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our clients, redesign or cease offering our allegedly infringing services or solutions, or obtain licenses for the intellectual property such services or solutions allegedly infringe. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our clients may stop using our services or solutions.

15

Further, our current and former Globers could challenge our exclusive rights to the software they have developed in the course of their employment. In certain countries in which we operate, an employer is deemed to own the copyright work created by its employees during the course, and within the scope, of their employment, but the employer may be required to satisfy additional legal requirements in order to make further use and dispose of such works. While we believe that we have complied with all such requirements, and have fulfilled all requirements necessary to acquire all rights in software developed by our independent contractors, these requirements are often ambiguously defined and enforced. As a result, we cannot assure you that we would be successful in defending against any claim by our current or former Globers or independent contractors challengingthat challenges our exclusive rights over the use and transfer of works those Globers or independent contractors created or requestingrequests additional compensation for such works.

We are subject to additional risks as a result of our recent and possible future acquisitions and the hiring of new employees who may misappropriate intellectual property from their former employers. The developers of the technology that we have acquired or may acquire may not have appropriately created, maintained or enforced intellectual property rights in such technology. Indemnification and other rights under acquisition documents may be limited in term and scope and may therefore provide little or no protection from these risks. Parties making infringement claims may be able to obtain an injunction to prevent us from delivering our services or using technology involving the allegedly infringing intellectual property. Intellectual property litigation is expensive and time-consuming and could divert management’smanagement's attention from our business. A successful infringement claim against us, whether with or without merit, could, among othersother things, require us to pay substantial damages, develop substitute non-infringing technology, or rebrand our name or enter into royalty or license agreements that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and would require us to cease making, licensing or using products that have infringed a third party’sparty's intellectual property rights. Protracted litigation could also result in existing or potential clients deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our software product development services or solutions until resolution of such litigation, or could require us to indemnify our clients against infringement claims in certain instances. Any intellectual property claim or litigation, whether we ultimately win or lose, could damage our reputation and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to recognize revenues in

Revenue recognition from our fixed-price contracts involves estimations regarding the period in which our services are performed and the costs of those services are incurred, which may cause our margins to fluctuate.

We perform our services primarily under time-and-materials contracts (where our materials costs consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses) and, to a lesser extent, fixed-price contracts. All revenues are recognized pursuant to applicable accounting standards.

Unlike our time-and-materials contracts, for which revenue is recognized as services are provided, our fixed-priced contracts require the use of certain accounting estimates. We recognize revenues when realized or realizableutilize the input and earned, which is whenoutput methods, depending on the following criteria are met: persuasive evidencenature of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. If there is uncertainty about the project completion or receiptand the agreement with the customer, to account for these contracts. Under the input method, as labor costs represent the primary cost component under such contracts, we estimate each of payment forour fixed-price contract's total labor cost to date as a proportion of its total expected labor cost. Under the output method, we recognize revenue on the basis of direct measurements
15


of the value of the services revenues are deferred untiltransferred to date relative to the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved.

remaining services promised under the contract. We recognize revenues frommonitor these factors and continuously revise and refine our estimates during the term of our fixed-price contracts based on the percentage of completion method. In instances where final acceptance of the product, system or solution is specified by the client, revenues are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. In the absence of a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, revenues are recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client.

contracts.

Uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for our services or our failure to meet all the acceptance criteria, or otherwise meet a client’sclient's expectations, may result in ourus having to record the cost related to the performance of services in the period that services were rendered, but delay the timing of revenue recognition to a future period in which all acceptance criteria have been met, which may cause our margins to fluctuate.

Our cash flows and results of operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to collect on billed and unbilled receivables from clients.

Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. We evaluate the financial condition of our clients and usually bill and collect on relatively short cycles. We maintain provisions against receivables. Actual losses on client balances could differ from those that we currently anticipate and, as a result, we may need to adjust our provisions. We cannot assure you that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Macroeconomic conditions, such as a potential credit crisis in the global financial system, could also result in financial difficulties for our clients, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency or bankruptcy. Such conditions could cause clients to delay payment, request modifications of their payment terms, or default on their payment obligations to us, all of which could increase our receivables balance. Timely collection of fees for client services also depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments and subsequently bill for and collect our contractual service fees. If we are unable to meet our contractual obligations, we might experience delays in the collection of or be unable to collect our client balances, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. In addition, if we experience an increase in the time required to bill and collect for our services, our cash flows could be adversely affected, which could affect our ability to make necessary investments and, therefore, our results of operations.

16


If the current effective income tax rate payable by us in any country in which we operate is increased or if we lose any country-specific tax benefits, then our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions. Our consolidated effective income tax rate could be materially adversely affected by several factors, including changes in the amount of income taxed by or allocated to the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates; changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations of such tax laws in multiple jurisdictions; and the resolution of issues arising from tax audits or examinations and any related interest or penalties.
We report our results of operations based on our determination of the amount of taxes owed in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We have transfer pricing arrangements among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales and delivery functions. Transfer pricing regulations require that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be on arm's-length terms. We consider the transactions among our subsidiaries to be on arm's-length terms. The determination of our consolidated provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires estimation, judgment and calculations where the ultimate tax determination may not be certain. Our determination of tax liability is always subject to review or examination by authorities in various jurisdictions. 

Currently, we benefit from promotion regimes and tax benefits in Uruguay, India, Belarus and Argentina. For detailed explanations and further discussion, see "Business Overview  — Government Support and Incentives". If these tax incentives in Argentina, Uruguay, India and Belarus are changed, terminated, not extended or made unavailable, or comparable new tax incentives are not introduced, we expect that our effective income tax rate and/or our operating expenses would increase significantly, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. See "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Operating Results — Certain Income Statement Line Items — Income Tax Expense".

The OECD announced an initiative on January 29, 2019, to create an international consensus on new rules (referred to as “BEPS 2.0”) for the framework governing international taxation, which was supported by the publication of the Pillar One and Pillar Two Blueprint Reports on October 12, 2020. On October 8, 2021, 136 countries, including Ireland, approved a statement (known as the OECD BEPS Inclusive Framework (“IF”)) providing a framework for BEPS 2.0, which builds upon the Blueprints and a prior iteration of the IF signed by 130 countries on July 1, 2021. The revised Pillar Two Blueprint includes a global minimum tax rate of 15% for groups with a global turnover in excess of €750 million, subject to certain exclusions. On December 20, 2021, the OECD published model rules on the Pillar Two global minimum tax, containing additional details that the jurisdictions of the Inclusive Framework are to implement in their local legislation. Although it is difficult to determine the degree to which these changes may impact on the business, the company is working on assessing whether those rules might affect its both the effective tax rates and tax liabilities in the future.

16


If we are faced with immigration or work permit restrictions in any country where we currently have personnel onsite at a client location or would like to expand our delivery footprint, then our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

A key part of Globant’sour strategy is to expand our delivery footprint, including by increasingthrough an increase in the number of employees that are deployedwe deploy onsite at our clients orand near client locations. Therefore, we must comply with the immigration, work permit and visa laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate or plan to operate. Our future inability to obtain or renew sufficient work permits and/or visas due to the impact of these regulations, including any changes to immigration, work permit and visa regulations in jurisdictions such as the United States and Europe, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 8 – Legal proceedings”.

If we are unable to maintain favorable pricing terms with current or new suppliers, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

We rely, to a limited extent, on suppliers of goods and services. In some cases, we have contracts with such parties guaranteeing us favorable pricing terms. We cannot guarantee our ability to maintain such pricing terms beyond the date that pricing terms are fixed pursuant to a written agreement. Furthermore, should economic circumstances change, such that suppliers find it beneficial to change or attempt to renegotiate such pricing terms in their favor, we cannot assure you that we would be able to withstand an increase or achieve a favorable outcome in any such negotiation. Any change in our pricing terms would increase our costs and expenses, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

If our current insurance coverage is or becomes insufficient to protect against losses incurred, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We provide technology services that are integral to our clients’ businesses. If we were to default in the provision of any contractually agreed-upon services, our clients could suffer significant damages and make claims upon us for those damages. Although we believe that we have adequate processes in place to protect against defaults in the provisions of services, errors and omissions may occur. We currently carry $10 million in errors and omissions liability coverage for all of the services we provide. To the extent client damages are deemed recoverable against us in amounts substantially in excess of our insurance coverage, or if our claims for insurance coverage are denied by our insurance carriers for any reason including, but not limited to a client’s failure to provide insurance carrier-required documentation or a client’s failure to follow insurance carrier-required claim settlement procedures, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Strategic acquisitions to complement and expand our business have been and will likely remain an important part of our competitive strategy. If we fail to acquire companies whose prospects, when combined with our company, would increase our value, or if we acquire and fail to efficiently integrate such other companies, then our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We have expanded, and may continue to expand, our operations through strategically targeted acquisitions focused on deepening our relationships with key clients, extending our technological capacities including services over platforms, broadening our service offering and expanding the geographic footprint of our delivery centers, including beyond Latin America. We completed twothree acquisitions in 2008, one2019, four in 2011, two2020 and five in 2012, one in 2013, two in 2014 and two in 2015.2021. Financing of any future acquisition could require the incurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of equity or a combination of both. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify, acquire or profitably manage additional businesses or successfully integrate any acquired businesses without substantial expense, delays or other operational or financial risks and problems. Furthermore, acquisitions may involve a number of special risks, including diversion of management’smanagement's attention, failure to retain key acquired personnel, unanticipated events or legal liabilities and amortization of acquired intangible assets. In addition, any client satisfaction or performance problems within an acquired business could have a material adverse impact on our company’scompany's corporate reputation and brand. We cannot assure you that any acquired businesses would achieve anticipated revenues and earnings. Any failure to manage our acquisition strategy successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have incurred significant share-based compensation expense in the past, and may in the future continue to incure share-based compensation expense, which could adversely impact our profits or the trading price of our common shares.

On July 3, 2014, our board of directors and shareholders approved and adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. From the adoption of the plan until the date of this annual report we have granted to members of our senior management and certain other employees 30,000 stock awards, as well as options to purchase 1,638,948 common shares. Most of the options were granted with a vesting period of four years, 25% of the options becoming exercisable on each anniversary of the grant date. The remaining options were granted with a vesting period agreed with those employees. Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments is determined based on the fair value of the awards at the grant date. Upon exercise of the option, each employee share option converts into one common share of Globant. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of the option. The options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiration (ten years after the grant date).

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we recorded $2.4, $0.6 and $0.8 million of share-based compensation expense related to these share option agreements, respectively.

17

The expenses associated with share-based compensation may reduce the attractiveness of issuing equity awards under our equity incentive plan. However, if we do not grant equity awards, or if we reduce the number of equity awards we grant, we may not be able to attract and retain key personnel. If we grant more equity awards to attract and retain key personnel, the expenses associated with such additional equity awards could materially adversely affect our results of operations and the trading price of our common shares.

Our ability to expand our business and procure new contracts or enter into beneficial business arrangements could be affected to the extent we enter into agreements with clients containing noncompetitionnon-competition clauses.

We are a party to an agreement with one client that restricts

Some of our services agreements restrict our ability to perform similar services for its competitors.certain of our clients' competitors under specific circumstances. We may in the future enter into additional agreements with clients that restrict our ability to accept assignments from, or render similar services to, those clients’clients' customers, require us to obtain our clients’clients' prior written consent to provide services to their customers or restrict our ability to compete with our clients, or bid for or accept any assignment for which those clients are bidding or negotiating. These restrictions may hamper our ability to compete for and provide services to other clients in a specific industry in which we have expertise and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


The terms of our credit facility place restrictions on our operating and financial flexibility.

On February 6, 2020, Globant, LLC, our U.S. subsidiary (the "Borrower"), entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended on October 1, 2021, the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”), by and among certain financial institutions listed therein, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender. Under the Second A&R Credit Agreement, the Borrower may borrow (i) up to $100 million in up to four borrowings on or prior to April 1, 2022 under a delayed-draw term loan facility and (ii) up to $250 million under a revolving credit facility. In addition, the Borrower may request increases of the maximum amount available under the revolving facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100 million. The maturity date of each of the facilities is February 5, 2025.
17


Pursuant to the terms of the Second A&R Credit Agreement, interest on the loans extended thereunder shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to either (i) LIBOR plus 1.50%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 1.75%, determined based on the Borrower’s Maximum Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement). The Borrower’s obligations under the Second A&R Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiary Globant España S.A., and are secured by substantially all of the Borrower’s now owned and after-acquired assets. The Second A&R Credit Agreement also contains certain customary negative and affirmative covenants, which compliance may limit our flexibility in operating our business and our ability to take actions that might be advantageous to us and our shareholders. As of December 31, 2021, no amounts were outstanding under the Second A&R Credit Agreement.

Indebtedness under our credit facilities bear interest based on LIBOR, which has been subject to regulatory guidance and/or reform that could cause interest rates under our current or future debt agreements to perform differently than in the past or cause other unanticipated consequences.

On March 5, 2021, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced that 35 LIBOR settings will cease to exist or will no longer be representative as from 2022. LIBOR cannot be used in new derivative contracts and credit agreements, and will continue to exist, to a lesser extent, for existing contracts bearing interest based on LIBOR.

FCA’s announcement sets forth a series of definitive resolutions regarding LIBOR rate transition and confirms that all LIBOR settings will either cease to be provided by any administrator or no longer be representative immediately after December 31, 2021, in the case of all sterling, euro, Swiss franc and Japanese yen settings, and immediately after June 30, 2023, in the case of U.S. dollar settings.

Those who have not switched their contracts will be relying on the temporary versions of LIBOR, which will be based on a set formula, and their fallbacks, which track the difference between the new risk-free rates and LIBOR.

The FCA has not decided whether it will continue with synthetic versions of U.S. dollar LIBOR after June 2023, and will make a decision towards the end of next year.

Our current credit facilities or instruments already provide for alternative interest rates to replace LIBOR. As of the date of this annual report we cannot reasonably estimate the expected impact on our business of these new interest rates.

The transition away from and discontinuation of LIBOR and other interest rate benchmarks, uncertainty as to the availability and/or suitability of alternative reference rates, and differences between LIBOR and other interest rate benchmarks and alternative reference rates may affect financial markets and market participants, including us. In response, we have taken, and are continuing to take, necessary steps to proactively address the transition, including monitoring external developments, negotiating successor reference rates with relevant counterparties, planning for the circumstances where the transition results in a mismatch with the fallback reference rates used, and evaluating the potential impact on our financial results and condition. However, we remain subject to the risks that our actions to address the transition may be delayed or may not be successful, which could adversely affect our financial condition and the results of our business.

Risks Related to Operating in Latin America and Argentina

America.


Our two largest operating subsidiary isdelivery centers are based in Colombia and Argentina, and we have subsidiaries in other countries of Latin America, such as Uruguay, Chile, Colombia, Uruguay, Peru, Mexico, Brazil, Ecuador and the United States.Costa Rica. There are significant risks to operating in those countries that should be carefully considered before making an investment decision.


Latin America

Latin America has experienced adverse economic conditions that may impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is dependent, to a certain extentin part, upon the economic conditions prevalent in Argentina and Colombia as well as the other Latin American countries in which we operate, such as Chile, Colombia, Uruguay, Peru, Mexico and Brazil.operate. Latin American countries have historically experienced uneven periods of economic growth, as well as recession, periods of high inflation and economic instability. Currently, asAs a consequence of adverse economic conditions in global markets and diminishing commodity prices, the economic growth rates of the economies of many Latin American countries have slowed and some have entered mild recessions. Adverse economic conditions in any of these countries could have a material adverse effect on our business, margins, financial condition and results of operations.

18


Latin American governments have exercised and continue to exercise significant influence over the economies of the countries where we operate, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Historically, governments in Latin America have frequently intervened in the economies of their respective countries and have occasionally made significant changes in policy and regulations. Governmental actions to control inflation and other policies and regulations have often involved, among others, price controls, currency devaluations, capital controls and tariffs. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected by:

changes in government policies or regulations, including such factors as exchange rates and exchange control policies;

inflation rates;

interest rates;

tariff and inflation control policies;

price control policies;

liquidity of domestic capital and lending markets;

electricity rationing;

tax policies, royalty and tax increases and retroactive tax claims; and

other political, diplomatic, social and economic developments in or affecting the countries where we operate.


Inflation, and government measures to curb inflation in Latin America, may adversely affect the economies in the countries where we operate in Latin America, our business and results of operations.

Some of the countries in which we operate in Latin America have experienced, or are currently experiencing, high rates of inflation. Although, other than Argentina, inflation rates in many of these countries have been relatively low in the recent past, we cannot assure you that this trend willmay not continue. The measuresMeasures taken by the governments of theseLatin American countries to control inflation have often included maintaining a tight monetary policy with high interest rates, thereby restricting the availability of credit and retardingimpeding economic growth. Inflation, measuresMeasures to combat inflation and public speculation about possible additional actions have also contributed significantly to economic uncertainty in many of these countries and to heightened volatility in their securities markets. Periods of higher inflation may also slow the growth rate of local economies. Inflation is also likely to increase some of our costs and expenses, which we may not be able to fully pass on to our clients, which could adversely affect our operating margins and operating income.

18

Our business, results of operations, financial condition, costs and operating margins may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
We conduct a substantial portion of our operations outside the United States, and our businesses may be impacted by significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Our consolidated financial statements and those of most of our subsidiaries are prepared in U.S. dollars as their functional currency, whereas some of our subsidiaries' operations are performed in local currencies. Therefore, the resulting exchange differences arising from the translation to our presentation currency are recognized as finance gain or expense, or as a separate component of equity depending on the functional currency for each subsidiary. Fluctuations in exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar could impair the comparability of our results from period to period and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, our results of operations, financial condition, costs and operating margins are particularly sensitive to changes in the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Mexican peso and Colombian peso/U.S. dollar exchange rates because a significant part of our operations are conducted in these countries where our costs are incurred in local currency, while the substantial portion of our revenues generated outside of these countries are in U.S. dollars. Consequently, appreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Mexican peso and Colombian peso, to the extent not offset by inflation in these countries, could result in favorable variations in our operating margins and, conversely, depreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Mexican peso and Colombian peso could impact our operating margins negatively.
In recent years, the Argentine peso has suffered significant devaluations against the U.S. dollar and has continued to devaluate against the U.S. dollar. As a result of this economic instability, Argentina's foreign debt rating has been downgraded on multiple occasions based upon concerns regarding economic conditions and rising fears of increased inflationary pressures. This uncertainty may also adversely impact Argentina's ability to attract capital.
19


Our business is dependent to a certain extent on maintaining our labor and other costs competitive with those of companies located in other regions around the world from which technology and IT services may be purchased by clients in the United States and Europe. We periodically evaluate the need for hedging strategies, including the use of such instruments to mitigate the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 our Argentine, Colombian, Chilean, Indian, Uruguayan, Peruvian, Brazilian, Mexican, European Community Countries and United Kingdom operating subsidiaries entered into foreign exchange contracts for the purpose of hedging the risk of exposure to fluctuations in the Argentine peso, Colombian peso, Chilean peso, Indian rupee, Uruguayan peso, Peruvian sol, Brazilian real, Mexican peso, European Community Countries Euro and United Kingdom pounds sterling against the U.S. dollar. If we do not hedge such exposure or we do not do so effectively, an appreciation of the Argentine peso, Colombian peso, Chilean peso, Indian rupee or the Uruguayan peso against the U.S. dollar may raise our costs, which could adversely impact our margins and increase the prices of our services for our customers, which, in turn, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face the risk of political and economic crises, instability, terrorism, civil strife, expropriation and other risks of doing business in Latin America, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We conduct our operations primarily in Latin America. Economic and political developments in Latin America, including future economic changes or crises (such as inflation, currency devaluation or recession), government deadlock, political instability, terrorism, civil strife, changes in laws and regulations, restrictions on the repatriation of dividends or profits, expropriation or nationalization of property, restrictions on currency convertibility, volatility of the foreign exchange market and exchange controls could impact our operations or the market value of our common shares and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Argentina

Our business, results of operations

Argentina continues to face considerable economic uncertainty.
Historically, inflation and financial condition may be adversely affected bystrong fluctuations in currency exchange rates (most notably between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso).

We conduct a substantial portion of our operations outside the United States, and our businesses may be impacted by significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Our consolidated financial statements and those of most of our subsidiaries are presented in U.S. dollars, whereas some of our subsidiaries’ operations are performed in local currencies. Therefore, the resulting exchange differences arising from the translation to our presentation currency are recognized in the finance gain or expense item or as a separate component of equity depending on the functional currency for each subsidiary. Fluctuations in exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar could impair the comparability of our results from period to period and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, our results of operations and financial condition are particularly sensitive to changes in the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate because the majority of our operations are conducted in Argentina and therefore our costs are incurred, for the most-part, in Argentine pesos, while the substantial portion of our revenues are generated outside of Argentina in U.S. dollars. Consequently, appreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to the Argentine peso, to the extent not offset by inflation in Argentina, could result in favorable variations in our operating margins and, conversely, depreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to the Argentine peso could impact our operating margins negatively.

In 2002, the enactment of Argentine Law No. 25,561 ended more than a decade of uninterrupted Argentine peso/U.S. dollar parity, and the value of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar has fluctuated significantly since then. As a result of this economic instability, the Argentine peso has been subject to significant devaluation against the U.S. dollar and Argentina’s foreign debt rating has been downgraded on multiple occasions based upon concerns regarding economic conditions and rising fears of increased inflationary pressures. This uncertainty may also adversely impact Argentina’s ability to attract capital.

The increasing level of inflation in Argentina has generated pressure for further depreciation of the Argentine peso. The Argentine peso depreciated 10.1% against the U.S. dollar in 2009, 4.7% in 2010, 8.0% in 2011, 14.4% in 2012, 32.5% in 2013, 31.2% in 2014 and 52.1% in 2015.

The significant restrictions on the purchase of foreign currency gave rise to the development of an implied rate of exchange. See “— Restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation of capital from Argentina may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina.” Given the recent change in the government´s currency policy by the newly elected government, which resulted in an official depreciation of the Argentine peso, the gap between the official rate and the implied rate is relatively small compared to the previous years. However, the implied rate of exchange may increase or decrease in the future. We cannot predict future fluctuations in the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate. As a result, fluctuations in the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar may have a material impact on the value of an investment in our common shares. Because most of our operations are located in Argentina, large variations in the comparative value of the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our business.

Despite the positive effects of the depreciation of the Argentine peso on the competitiveness of certain sectors of the Argentine economy, including our business, it has also had a negative impact on the financial condition of many Argentine businesses and individuals. The devaluation of the Argentine peso has had a negative impact on the ability of certain Argentine businesses to honor their foreign currency-denominated debt, and has also led to very high inflation initially and significantly reduced real wages. The devaluation has also negatively impacted businesses whose success is dependent on domestic market demand, and adversely affected the Argentine government’s ability to honor its foreign debt obligations. If the Argentine peso is significantly devalued, the Argentine economy and our business could be adversely affected.

19

A significant appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar could also adversely affect the Argentine economy as well as our business. Our results of operations are sensitive to changes in the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate because the majority of our operations are conducted in Argentina and therefore our costs are incurred, for the most-part, in Argentine pesos. In the short term, a significant appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar would adversely affect exports and the desire of foreign companies to purchase services from Argentina. Our business is dependent to a certain extent on maintaining our labor and other costs competitive with those of companies located in other regions around the world from which technology and IT services may be purchased by clients in the United States and Europe. We periodically evaluate the need for hedging strategies with our board of directors, including the use of such instruments to mitigate the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, our Argentine operating subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A., entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce their risk of exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency. We may in the future, as circumstances warrant, decide to enter into derivative transactions to hedge our exposure to the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate. If we do not hedge such exposure or we do not do so effectively, an appreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar may raise our costs, which would increase the prices of our services to our customers, which, in turn, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Government intervention in the Argentine economy, particularly expropriation policies, could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

The Argentine government has assumed substantial control over the Argentine economy and it may increase its level of intervention in certain areas, particularly expropriation policies. For example, on April 16, 2012, the Argentine government sent a bill to the Argentine Congress to expropriate 51% of the Class D Shares of YPF S.A. (“YPF”), the main Argentine oil company. The expropriation law was passed by Congress on May 3, 2012 and provides for the expropriation of 51% of the share capital of YPF, represented by an identical stake of Class D shares owned, directly or indirectly, by Repsol, S.A. and its affiliates. The Argentine government and the Argentine provinces that are members of the Federal Organization of Hydrocarbon Producing Provinces own 51% and 49%, respectively, of the YPF shares subject to seizure. However, during February 2014, the Argentine government agreed to pay Repsol S.A. $5.0 billion in Argentine sovereign bonds to compensate them for the seizure of the YPF shares. This agreement has been ratified by Repsol S.A.’s shareholders and by the Argentine Congress through Law No. 26,932, which was passed on April 24, 2014 and Argentine sovereign bonds have been delivered to Repsol S.A.

There are other recent examples of government intervention. In December 2012 and August 2013, the Argentine Congress established new regulations relating to domestic capital markets. The new regulations generally provide for increased intervention in the capital markets by the government, authorizing, for example, the Comisión Nacional de Valores (“CNV”) to appoint observers with the ability to veto the decisions of the board of directors of companies admitted to the public offering regime under certain circumstances and suspend the board of directors for a period of up to 180 days.

Supply Law No. 26,991 became effective on September 28, 2014 (the “Supply Law”). The Supply Law applies to all economic processes linked to goods, facilities and services which, either directly or indirectly, satisfy basic needs destined to the general welfare of the population, and grants broad delegations of powers to the Trade Secretariat, dependent on the Ministry of Economy and Public Finance (the “Enforcement Authority”) to regulate such processes. The Supply Law also provides that in a situation of shortage or scarcity of goods or services which satisfy basic needs destined to the general welfare of the population, the Enforcement Authority may order their sale, production, distribution and delivery throughout the Argentine territory.

Expropriations and other interventions by the Argentine government such as the one relating to YPF can have an adverse impact on the level of foreign investment in Argentina, the access of Argentine companies to the international capital markets and Argentina’s commercial and diplomatic relations with other countries.

Argentine presidential, congressional, municipal and state government elections were held in October 2015. Presidential elections were won by the opposing political party, led by Mauricio Macri. The president of Argentina and its Congress each have considerable power to determine governmental policies and actions that relate to the Argentine economy and, consequently, affect our results of operations or financial condition. The newly elected government, in office since December 10, 2015, has announced and adopted several significant economic and policy reforms:

National Institute of Statistics and Census Information (Instituto Nacional de Estadísticas y Censos, or “INDEC”) Reforms: The newly elected government has appointed a former director of a private consulting firm to conduct the INDEC. It is expected that the INDEC will implement certain methodological reforms and adjust certain indices based on these reforms. There is uncertainty regarding the effects that these reforms will have on the Argentine economy.

Foreign Exchange Reforms: The newly elected government has also introduced substantial changes to the foreign exchange restrictions reverting most of the measures adopted since 2011, thus providing greater flexibility and access to the foreign exchange market. See “Item 4.B — Business overview — Regulatory Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls — Argentina”. As of the date of this annual report, the main measures adopted include (i) eliminating AFIP´s official approval to buy U.S. dollars, which approval was contingent on previous tax declarations proving the necessary income, (ii) eliminating the requirement to transfer and settle through the foreign exchange market the proceeds of new foreign financial indebtedness and reducing to 120 days the minimum term for keeping in Argentina the proceeds of new financial indebtedness when transferred and settled through the foreign exchange market; (iii) reducing to 0% the non-interest bearing deposit of formerly 30% for certain foreign exchange transactions; (iv) reestablishing a $2 million monthly limit for the creation of foreign assets; and (v) eliminating the minimum holding period for purchase and subsequent sales of securities. As a consequence of these reforms, the Argentine peso depreciated against the U.S. Dollar.

20

Foreign Trade Reforms: The newly elected government has suppressed farm export taxes on corn, wheat and local products and reduced soy export taxes by 5%. Export taxes on most industrial products were further eliminated.

We can offer no assurances or predictions as to the impact that these policies or any future polices implemented by the newly elected government will have on the Argentine economy as a whole or on our business, results of operation or financial condition, in particular. Moreover, there is uncertainty as to which other measures announced during the presidential campaign will be actually implemented and when. Some of the measures proposed by the newly elected government may also generate political and social opposition, which may in turn prevent the new government from adopting such measures as proposed. In addition, political parties opposed to the new government retained a majority of the seats in the Argentine Congress in the recent elections, which will require the new government to seek political support from the opposition for its economic proposals and creates further uncertainty in the ability of the new government to pass these or other measures.

The approval of judicial reforms proposed by the Argentine government could adversely affect our operations.

On April 8, 2013, the Argentine government submitted to the Argentine Congress three bills relating to: (a) the creation of three courts of cassation and the amendment of the Civil and Commercial Procedure Code, which was passed by the Argentine Congress on April 24, 2013 (the “Courts of Cassation Law”); (b) amendments to Law No. 24,937, which governs the Council of the Judiciary, which was passed by the Argentine Congress on May 8, 2013 (the “Council of the Judiciary Law”); and (c) a new regulation providing for precautionary measures in proceedings involving the federal government or any of its decentralized entities, which was passed by the Argentine Congress on April 24, 2013 (the “Precautionary Proceedings Law”).

The Courts of Cassation Law creates: (1) a federal court of cassation to review administrative law matters; (2) a federal court of cassation to review labor and social security law matters; and (3) a federal court of cassation to review civil and commercial law matters. These three new federal courts (collectively, the “Cassation Courts”) will have jurisdiction to review appeals of decisions rendered by the Argentine federal Courts of Appeals on administrative law, labor and social security, and civil and commercial matters, respectively, and to decide the constitutionality of those appeals. Appointees to the Cassation Courts must satisfy the same conditions as Supreme Court judicial candidates in order to be named to the Cassation Courts. Abbreviated designation procedures may be implemented to expedite the appointment process. Finally, the Courts of Cassation Law reduces the number of members of the Supreme Court of Argentina from seven to five. As a result of the passing of this law, judicial proceedings before federal and national courts may require more time and cost to pursue because there will be a new level of judicial review before having access to the Argentine federal Supreme Court.

The Council of the Judiciary Law increases the number of members of the Council of the Judiciary from 13 to 19, including three judges, three lawyers’ representatives, six academic representatives, six congressmen (four from the majority party and two from the minority party) and a member of the federal executive branch. Furthermore, the Council of the Judiciary Law changes the methodology for appointing members to the Council. Members of the Council were previously appointed by their peers. According to the Council of the Judiciary Law, members will be appointed concurrently with the general presidential elections by means of the existing open, compulsory and simultaneous primary elections. The Council of the Judiciary is entrusted with broad powers to: (1) organize and run the judicial system, including the training, appointment and removal of judges; (2) approve the draft proposal for the judicial annual budget, establish the system of compensation and provide for the administration of all judicial personnel; (3) sanction judges and retired judges; and (4) amend the regulatory regime applicable to the judiciary system. Consequently, the election of the members of the Council of the Judiciary is expected to be politically influenced, and non-political constituencies for the removal of judges would have less impact.

Under the Precautionary Proceedings Law, judges will need to establish a period of effectiveness of precautionary measures, under penalty of nullity, against the Argentine government and its agencies of no longer than six months in normal proceedings, and three months in abbreviated proceedings and in cases of “amparo”. The term of precautionary measures may be extended for six months if it is in the public interest. Consideration will be given to any dilatory tactics or proactive measures taken by the party that was awarded the precautionary measures. In addition, judges are not allowed to grant precautionary measures that would affect or disrupt the purposes, properties or revenues of the Argentine federal government, nor could judges impose personal monetary charges on public officers. Moreover, precautionary measures against the Argentine federal government or its decentralized entities will be effective once the requesting party posts an injunction bond for the expenditures or damages that the measure may cause. The injunction bond will not be required when the precautionary measures are granted to the federal government or any of its decentralized entities. Finally, the law does not permit precautionary measures that concur with the purpose of the substantive litigation.

On June 18, 2013, the Supreme Court declared certain sections of the Council of the Judiciary Law unconstitutional, in particular those sections referring to the increase in the number of members of the Council of the Judiciary and the methodology for appointing such members. The Court of Cassation Law and the Precautionary Proceedings Law have also been challenged before the Argentine courts. In regards to the Precautionary Proceedings Law, the Supreme Court has not admitted the claim, based on formal defects contained in the lawsuit, therefore validating the enforcement of the Law. As for the Court of Cassation Law, final resolution by the Supreme Court is still pending as of April 15, 2016.

These laws may have an effect on our operations in Argentina, since it may become more difficult to guarantee our right to a timely and unbiased judicial review of administrative decisions.

21

Our results of operations may be adversely affected by high and possibly increasing inflation in Argentina.

Since 2007, the inflation index has been extensively discussed in the Argentine economy. The intervention of the Argentine government in the INDEC and the change in the way the inflation index is measured have resulted in disagreements between the Argentine government and private consultants as to the actual annual inflation rate. The former Argentine government imposed fines on private consultants reporting inflation rates higher than the INDEC data. As a result, private consultants typically shared their data with Argentine lawmakers who opposed the previous government, who released such data from time to time. This could result in a further decrease in confidence in Argentina’s economy.

According to the INDEC, the consumer price index increased 23.9%, 21.7% and 10.9% in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Uncertainty surrounding future inflation rates has slowed the rebound in the long-term credit market. Private estimates, on average, refer to annual rates of inflation substantially in excess of those published by the INDEC. For example, opposition lawmakers in Argentina reported an inflation rate of 25.0%, 38.5% and 28.3% for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In the past, inflation has materially undermined the Argentine economy and the government’sArgentine government's ability to create conditions that would permit stable growth. The Argentine economy is also highly reliant on exports of commodities, such as soy, and, therefore, it is more vulnerable to fluctuations in the prices of commodities.


According to the National Institute of Statistics and Census (“INDEC”), the customer price index ("CPI") was 53.8% in 2019, 36.1% in 2020 and 50.9% in 2021. Since June 2018, the Practice Task Force of the Center for Quality, which monitors “highly inflationary countries”, categorized Argentina as a hyperinflationary country. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the three-year trailing cumulative CPI increase was 189% and 204%, respectively. High inflation may also undermine Argentina’sArgentina's foreign competitiveness in international markets and adversely affect economic activity and employment, as well as our business and results of operation. In particular, the margin oncosts we incur in providing our services, is impacted by the increase inwhich impact our costs in providing those services, which ismargins, are influenced by wage inflation in Argentina.

During 2019, the Argentine government adopted measures intended to control inflation. Those measures contributed to a deep recession in which GDP decreased 2.02% that same year. In 2020, macroeconomic conditions worsened as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Argentine government has been financing all economic assistance related to the COVID-19 pandemic through a significant issuance of currency, which has led to inflation, increased demand for U.S. dollars and the devaluation of the Argentine peso. According to the INDEC, the GDP declined by 9.9% in 2020 (one of the most significant declines of the GDP in Argentine history). Further, economic activity declined by 2.2% in 2020 and increased 10.7% as of November 2021. These conditions contributed to an increase in poverty, which, according to INDEC, as of June 30, 2021 affected more than 40.9% of the population.

In an effort to contain the escalation of the currency exchange rate, the Argentine Central Bank has been selling its reserves of U.S. dollars, which has resulted in a decrease in the Argentine Central Bank's international reserves from $65.7 billion as of December 31, 2018 to $39.6 billion as of January 5, 2022. Despite these efforts, the Argentine peso continued to depreciate against the U.S. dollar by 59.02% in 2019, 40.49% in 2020 and 22,11% in 2021, based on the official exchange rates published by the Argentine Central Bank. In order to control the increasing depreciation of the Argentine peso and the reduction in the Argentine Central Bank's reserves the Argentine government instated rigid restrictions and foreign exchange controls in September 2019, which, among other things, significantly curtailed access to the official foreign exchange market (the "FX Market") (see "Information of the Company - Business Overview — Regulatory Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls — Argentina"). As a consequence of these restrictions, an unofficial U.S. dollar trading market developed where the Argentine peso/U.S. dollar exchange rate is significantly higher than the official rate in the FX Market.

20


Historically, the Argentine government and provinces have defaulted on debt payments, which has limited their access, as well as other factors.

that of private companies, to the international financial markets, and it has substantially increased their respective financing costs.


In June 2008, the INDEC published a new consumer price index, which has been criticized by economists and investors after its initial report found prices rising below expectations. These events have affected the credibility of the consumer price index published by the INDEC, as well as other indices published by the INDEC that use the consumer price index in their calculation, including the poverty index, the unemployment index and real Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”). On November 23, 2010, the Argentine government consulted with2018, the International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”("IMF") approved a financial support plan for technical assistanceArgentina in orderthe form of a stand-by arrangement for $50 billion, which was increased to prepare a new national consumer price index,$57.1 billion in September 2018. As of the date of this annual report, the IMF disbursed an aggregate of $44.70 billion under the stand-by arrangement. The Argentine government is currently negotiating an extension with the aim of modernizingIMF for repayments under the current statistical system. During the first quarter of 2011, a team fromstand-by arrangement that mature in 2022. On January 28, 2022, the IMF started working in conjunction withstaff and the INDECArgentine government reached an understanding on key policies as part of the IMF support program; however, a final agreement will be subject to create this index. Notwithstanding the foregoing, reports publishedapproval by the IMF state that their staff also uses alternative measuresIMF's executive board and by the Argentine Congress, both of inflation for macroeconomic surveillance, including data produced by private sources, which have shown inflation rates considerably higher than thoseapprovals are pending as of the date of this report.

According to a report issued by the INDEC since 2007, andSecretary of Finance of Argentina, in December 2019, Argentina’s foreign debt amounted to $323.1 billion, which represented 89.5% of Argentina’s GDP. Under the IMF has called on Argentina to adopt remedial measures to address the quality of official data. In its meeting held on February 1, 2013, the Executive Boardterms of the IMF found that Argentina’s progressArgentine government’s then-existing debt instruments, approximately $69.7 billion of sovereign debt in implementing remedial measures since September 2012foreign currency and Argentine pesos had not been sufficient, and, as a result, the IMF issued a declaration of censure against Argentinamatured in connection with the breach of its related obligations to the IMF under the Articles of Agreement and called2020. After several attempts, on Argentina to adopt remedial measures to address the inaccuracy of inflation and GDP data without further delay. On February 14, 2013,August 28, 2020, the Argentine government announcedrestructured 99.01% of the aggregate principal amount of all series of approximately $64.8 billion eligible bonds.

As a new consumer priceconsequence of the foregoing, on March 20, 2020, the country risk index calledpublished by J.P. Morgan reached a peak of 4,269 basis points since the Indice de Precios al Consumidor Nacional Urbano (the “IPCNU”), which was 21.7% forsuccessful restructuring of the year ended December 31, 2014. The IMF acknowledgedArgentine international sovereign bonds in August 2020.

If the new index and indicated it will review the same to confirm that it satisfies IMF requirements. In addition, in February 2014, the INDEC released a new GDP index for 2013, equal to 3.0%, which differs from the GDP index originally released by the INDEC for the same period of 5.5%. As of December 2015, the newly electedArgentine government appointed Mr. Jorge Todesca, a former director of a private consulting firm, to oversee the INDEC. One of Mr. Todesca’s first measures was to suspend the publication of any official data prepared by the INDEC. It is expected that the INDEC will implement certain methodological reforms and adjust certain indices based on these reforms. The lack of accuracycontinues its intervention in the INDEC’s indices could result in a further decrease in confidence in Argentina’s economy, which could, in turn, have an adverse effect on our ability to access the international credit markets at market rates to finance our operations and growth.

Argentina’s defaults with respect to the payment of its foreign debt could prevent the government and the private sector from accessing the international capital markets, which could adversely affect our financial condition, including our ability to obtain financing outside of Argentina.

As of December 31, 2001, Argentina’s total public debt amounted to $144.5 billion. In December of 2001, Argentina defaulted on over $81.8 billion in external debt to bondholders. In addition, since 2002, Argentina suspended payments on over $15.7 billion in debt to multilateral financial institutions (such as the IMF and the “Paris Club” — an informal intergovernmental group of creditors from 19 different countries that convenes to renegotiate debts to sovereign creditors) and other financial institutions. In 2006, Argentina cancelled all ofdoes not restructure its outstanding debt with the IMF totalling approximately $9.5 billion, and through various exchange offers madecontinues to bondholders between 2004 and 2010, restructured over $74.4 billion of its defaulted debt. Law 26,017 setfail to urgently address the main conditionsnecessary measures to improve the macroeconomic condition of the exchange offerscountry and expressly determined thatreduce the Argentine government could not re-open such negotiations infiscal deficit and inflation, the future. On September 2, 2008, pursuant to Decree No. 1,394/08, Argentina officially announced a decision to pay its outstanding debt to the Paris Club, which offer was accepted. As of September 30, 2013, Argentina’s total public debt (including amounts owed to the Paris Club) amounted to $201 billion and the amount owed specifically to the Paris Club, as of September 30, 2013, equaled $5.9 billion. On May 29, 2014, the Paris Club announced that it had reached an agreement to clear Argentina’s debt in arrears due to the Paris Club in the amount of $9.7 billion, as of April 30, 2014. The agreement provides for repayment of the debt within five years, including a minimum of $1.2 billion to be paid during May 2015 and an additional payment during May 2016.

22

The foreign shareholders of several Argentine companies, including public utilities and bondholders that did not participate in the exchange offers described above, have filed claims in excess of $16 billion with the International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (the “ICSID”) alleging that the emergency measures adopted by the government differ from the just and equal treatment dispositions set forth in several bilateral investment treaties to which Argentina is a party. As of December 31, 2011, the ICSID has ruled that the Argentine government must pay an amount of approximately $1 billion, plus interest and incurred expenses, in respect of such claims. Furthermore, in connection with the same matter, the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law has issued two judgments requiring the Argentine government to pay $240 million, plus interest and expenses, to these entities. In addition, on August 4, 2011, the ICSID held that it had jurisdiction to hear claims brought by 60,000 Italian holders of Argentine sovereign debt who did not participate in the exchange offers and filed a request for arbitration with the ICSID for a claim totaling $4.4 billion. The tribunal also issued a procedural order to examine how the proceedings were conducted and how the procedural calendar was developed. On July 11, 2013, the arbitration tribunal was constituted in accordance with ICSID convention. From August 9–13, 2013, certain ICSID judgment creditors, including Blue Ridge Investments L.L.C., CC-WB Holdings LLC, Vivendi Universal S.A., Compañía Aguas de Aconquija S.A., Azurix Corp. and NG-UN Holdings LLC, sent letters to the Argentine Ministry of Economy proposing settlement of their claims. On October 18, 2013, the Argentine Ministry of Economy issued Resolution No. 598/2013, which approved a form of a transactional agreement to be entered into with such creditors. The transactional agreement provided for a 25% reduction of the creditors’ claims and payment in kind through Argentine BODEN and Bonos de la Nación Argentina en Dólares Estadounidenses 7% 2017. In addition, the creditors would subscribe for Argentine Bono Argentino de Ahorro para el Desarrollo Económico — Registrable in an amount equal to 10% of their claims. By entering into these transactional agreements, the creditors and the Argentine government would waive all of their respective claims in regard to any awards and any other judicial or administrative actions seeking to obtain recognition and enforcement of such awards. On March 20, 2014, the ICSID proceeding filed by Repsol S.A. on December 18, 2012 in connection with YPF’s expropriation was suspended pursuant to an agreement between Repsol and the Argentine government, which was ratified by the Argentine Congress on April 24, 2014.

In litigation brought before the U.S. federal district court for the Southern District of New York, certain holders of Argentina’s bonds that did not participate in the exchange offers conducted in 2005 and 2010 have challenged Argentina’s decision to pay bondholders who agreed to participate in those exchange offers even as it refuses to pay the nonparticipating bondholders. Pursuant to an order dated February 23, 2012, as amended by an order dated November 21, 2012, based on the equal treatment provision under the defaulted debt, the district court granted an injunction requiring Argentina to pay holders of the defaulted debt as a precondition to making a single interest payment under the restructured debt. The injunction further required Argentina to pay into an escrow account over $1.3 billion prior to making the December 15 scheduled payment of the restructured debt. In its decision issued on October 26, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) affirmed the U.S. federal district court’s ruling that Argentina’s actions violate contractual provisions in the Fiscal Agency Agreement under which the bonds were issued that require the issuer to treat bondholders equally. The Second Circuit’s decision also largely upheld injunctions in favor of the nonparticipating bondholders that the U.S. federal district court issued in February 2012 but stayed pending appeal. The injunctions bar Argentina from paying $3.41 billion that is due to the bondholders on the restructured debt that was issued to them in the 2005 and 2010 exchange offers unless it also makes arrangements to deposit $1.33 billion into escrow to pay the nonparticipating bondholders on the bonds held by them. In an order issued on November 21, 2012, the U.S. federal district court lifted its stay on those injunctions and, as per the Second Circuit’s prior request, clarified the injunction payment formula. However, on November 28, 2012, the Second Circuit granted a stay on the above injunctions and scheduled oral arguments by the parties for February 27, 2013. Following a hearing on March 29, 2013, Argentina submitted an alternative payment formula that included two options. Under the first option, individual investors would receive par bonds due in 2013, plus cash payment for past-due interest and GDP-linked securities. Under the second option, institutional investors would receive discount bonds due in 2033, along with bonds due 2017 for past-due interest and GDP-linked securities. On April 19, 2013, the plaintiffs filed a response rejecting the Argentine offer. On June 24, 2013, Argentina filed a petition for a writ of certiorari in the United States Supreme Court asking it to review the October 26, 2012 decision of the Second Circuit. On August 23, 2013, the Second Circuit affirmed the district court ruling of November 21, 2012 with respect to the injunction payment formula, but stayed enforcement of the injunctions pending resolution of Argentina’s petition before the Supreme Court. On September 20, 2013, Argentina passed Law No. 26,886, which approved a new exchange offer to those bondholders that did not participate in the 2005 and 2010 exchange offers. On September 30, 2013, the Supreme Court decided not to include the review of the October 26, 2012 decision in its docket for the coming term. On February 17, 2014, Argentina filed a petition for a writ of certiorari in the Supreme Court asking it to review the August 23, 2013 decision of the Second Circuit. On April 21, 2014, the Supreme Court held a hearing with the nonparticipating bondholders and Argentina. On June 16, 2014, the Supreme Court decided not to hear Argentina’s appeal on the August 23, 2013 decision of the Second Circuit. Subsequently, the District Court lifted the stay on enforcement of the injunction on June 18, 2014, and on June 26, 2014, it denied an additional request for a stay of the injunctions. Additionally, on June 23, 2014, the District Court appointed Daniel A. Pollack as Special Master to mediate settlement negotiations between Argentina and the litigating bondholders. On June 26, 2014, Argentina announced that it had deposited $539 million with the Bank of New York Mellon, the trustee which manages bond payments for Argentina’s main, not litigating, bondholders and, on June 27, 2014, Judge Thomas Griesa, the U.S. federal judge in charge of the case, issued a statement saying he would nullify any payment made to the main bondholders and order that the amounts corresponding to said payment remain deposited with The Bank of New York Mellon. The negotiations between Argentina and the litigating bondholders with the Special Master ended on July 30, 2014 without reaching an agreement. Since that date, Argentina entered into default vis-à-vis the bondholders that benefited from such judicial ruling. This resulted in a portion of Argentina’s sovereign debt being considered in “technical default,” upon which Standard & Poor’s reduced its credit rating on Argentina’s foreign-currency sovereign debt to “selective default”. Judge Griesa authorized limited exceptions to the injunction allowing certain paying agents of Argentine law-governed bonds denominated in foreign currency to process payments in August 2014, September 2014, December 2014, March 2015 and June 2015. Payments on the remaining restructured bonds governed by foreign law have not been processed as a consequence of the injunction and various restructured bondholders have been seeking the release of such payments in court. As of the date hereof, Judge Griesa has not authorized any other such releases or payments under the exchange bonds; and Argentina and the holdout plaintiffs have not yet reached an agreement. On September 12, 2014, Law No. 26,984 was published in the Official Gazette establishing, inter alia, the removal of The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee under the 2005 and 2010 restructurings and its replacement by Nación Fideicomisos S.A., an entity within the Banco de la Nación Argentina. Additionally, Law No. 26,984 sets forth that payments under the 2005 and 2010 restructurings shall be made in Argentina in a special account to be held by the new trustee in the Central Bank and, if requested by the bondholders of the restructured debt, Argentina shall launch a new exchange offer for bonds governed by Argentine and French law in exchange for those bonds affected by the judicial decisions referred to above. On September 29, 2014, Judge Griesa held Argentina in contempt of court for attempting to pay bondholders in defiance of his rulings, but declared that he would not issue sanctions until a later date. The appeal filed by Argentina against Judge Griesa’s resolution was denied in April 2015.

23

Certain investment fund holders of Argentine bonds governed by French law filed lawsuits against The Bank of New York Mellon in London for breach of its fiduciary duties as a result of not transferring the amounts deposited by Argentina on June 30, 2013. On February 13, 2015, London courts ruled that interest payments under euro-denominated Argentine bonds are governed by English law, but declined to order that the funds held by the Bank of New York Mellon be distributed to the bondholders. On May 11, 2015, the plaintiffs in this case that obtained pari passu injunctions requested the District Court to amend their complaints to include claims alleging that Argentina’s issuance and servicing of its 2024 dollar-denominated bonds (BONAR 2024), and all its external indebtedness to be issued in the future, would violate the pari passu clause. They also requested to extend the ratable payment injunction (which applied to the exchange bonds) to the BONAR 2024. On June 16, 2015 the District Court granted the order to amend the plaintiffs’ complaints, and the final resolution is still pending before the U.S. courts. In addition, on June 5, 2015, the Second Circuit granted partial summary judgment to a group of 526 holdout creditors who requested the Court to be granted the same treatment as the NML plaintiff (the so-called ‘‘me-too plaintiffs”) in 36 separate lawsuits, finding that, consistent with the previous ruling of such court, Argentina violated the pari passu clause in bonds issued to the ‘‘me-too’’ bondholders. The final resolution of the “me-too” claims is also still pending before the U.S. courts. As of December 17, 2015 the newly elected government has re-opened negotiations with the plaintiffs conducted by Special Master Daniel Pollack. On February 5, 2016 Argentina filed a proposal to resolve the claims of all holders of Argentina’s defaulted debt that, if accepted by plaintiffs, would result in a total payment to plaintiffs of approximately $6.5 billion in cash. On February 19, 2016 the District Court issued an indicative ruling vacating the injunctions upon the occurrence of the followingcurrent economic conditions precedent: (i) that Argentina takes action necessary to repeal Law 26,017 and Law 26,984 and (ii) that any payment is made to the plaintiffs as well as to the “me-too” plaintiffs in virtue of a settlement agreement entered into between the parties on or before February 29, 2016. In order to comply with these conditions, on March 31, 2016 the Argentine Congress passed Law 27,249 which: (i) abrogated Law 26,017 and Law 26,984, (ii) approved the issuance of new bonds for up to $12.5 billion to finance the execution of the settlement agreements, and (iii) conditioned the effective payment to the bondholders to the lifting of the injunctions by the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. On April 13, 2016 the Court of Appeals confirmed Judge Griesa’s indicative ruling of February 19, 2016.  In order for the injunctions to be effectively lifted, Judge Griesa must certify that all conditions for the lifting of the injunction have been fulfilled, which was expected to take place on April 22, 2016. According to the last information provided by the government, Argentina has reached agreements with 93% of the litigating bondholders, including some of the “me-too” plaintiffs.  However, certain claims are still on-going in several jurisdictions by those bondholders that have not accepted Argentina’s settlement proposal.

Argentina’s default with respect to the payment of its foreign debt, its delay in completing the debt restructuring process with creditors that did not participate in the related exchange offers, the aforementioned complaints filed against Argentina and the Supreme Court’s decision not to hear Argentina’s appeal and the declaration of contempt, could prevent the government from obtaining international private financing or receiving direct foreign investment as well as private sector companies in Argentina from accessing the international capital markets. Without access to international private financing, Argentina may not be able to finance its obligations, and financing from multilateral financial institutions may be limited or not available. Without access to direct foreign investment, the government may not have sufficient financial resources to foster economic growth.

Our ability to obtain U.S. dollar-denominated financing has been adversely impacted by these factors. During the first half of 2011, we were able to obtain export lines of credit from our Argentine lenders in U.S. dollars at interest rates of 2 – 3% per year. Toward the end of 2011, the interest rates on our export lines from those lenders increased to 5 – 6% per year. During 2013, 2014 and 2015, it became increasingly difficult to obtain financing in U.S. dollars, and loans in local currencies carry significantly higher interest rates. As a result, we expect to incur higher financing costs in future periods, which may have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

The lack of financing available for Argentine companies may have an adverse effect on the results of our operations, our ability to access capital and the market price of our common shares.

The prospects for Argentine enterprises accessing financial markets are limited in terms of the amount of financing available and the conditions and costs of such financing. In addition to the default on the Argentine sovereign debt and the global economic crisis that have significantly limited the ability of Argentine enterprises to access international financial markets, in November 2008, the Argentine congress passed a law eliminating the private pension fund system and transferring all retirement and pension funds held by the pension fund administrators (Administradoras de Fondos de Jubilaciones y Pensiones , or “AFJPs”) to the National Social Security Administrative Office (Administración Nacional de la Seguridad Social). Because the AFJPs had been the major institutional investors in the Argentine capital markets, the nationalization of the pension fund system has led to a reduction of the liquidity available in the local Argentine capital markets. In addition, the Argentine government, through its assumption of the AFJP’s equity investments in a variety of the country’s main private companies, became a significant shareholder in such companies. The nationalization of the AFJPs has adversely affected investor confidence in Argentina, which may impact our ability to access the capital markets in the future.

Lack of access to international or domestic financial markets could affect the projected capital expenditures for our operations in Argentina, which, in turn, may have an adverse effect on the results of our operations and on the market price of our common shares.

Argentine exchange controls on the acquisition of foreign currency and on transfers abroad and capital inflows have limited, and may continue to limit, the availability of international credit and access to capital markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business.

In 2001 and 2002, Argentina imposed exchange controls and transfer restrictions substantially limiting the ability of enterprises to retain or obtain foreign currency or make payments abroad. Although some of these restrictions were subsequently eased, in June 2005, the Argentine government issued Decree No. 616/2005, which established new controls on capital inflows that could result in reduced availability of international credit, including the requirement, subject to certain exceptions, that 30% of all funds remitted to Argentina remain deposited in a domestic financial institution for 365 days in a non-interest bearing account. In addition, since the second half of 2011, the Argentine government increased certain controls on the incurrence of foreign currency-denominated indebtedness, the acquisition of foreign currency and foreign assets by local residents. For example, the Argentine Central Bank adopted regulations that (i) shortened the period for a borrower to convert foreign currency-denominated indebtedness into Argentine pesos, (ii) shortened a borrower’s window of access to the local foreign exchange market in connection with a prepayment of scheduled interest payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated indebtedness and (iii) suspended the ability of local residents to access the local exchange market for the acquisition of foreign currency.

24

Furthermore, AFIP regulations required that all foreign exchange transactions be registered with AFIP.

Recently, the newly elected government has introduced substantial changes to the foreign exchange restrictions reverting most of the measures adopted since 2011 providing greater flexibility and access to the foreign exchange market. See “Information on the Company — Business Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls” below.

Notwithstanding these measures, the Argentine government may impose or increase exchange controls or transfer restrictions in the future in response to capital flight or a significant depreciation of the Argentine peso. Moreover, legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming. Additional controls could have a negative effect on the ability of Argentine entities to access the international credit or capital markets, the Argentine economy and our financial condition and business.

Restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation of capital from Argentina may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina.

Argentine law currently permits the Argentine government to impose restrictions on the conversion of Argentine currency into foreign currencies and on the remittance to foreign investors of proceeds from their investments in Argentina (including dividend payments) in circumstances where a serious imbalance develops in Argentina’s balance of payments or where there are reasons to foresee such an imbalance. Beginning in December 2001, the Argentine government implemented a number of monetary and foreign exchange control measures that included restrictions on the free disposition of funds deposited with banks and on the transfer of funds abroad without prior approval by the Argentine Central Bank, some of which are still in effect.

Although the transfer of funds abroad by local companies in order to pay annual dividends only to foreign shareholders, based on approved and fully audited financial statements, does not require formal approval by the Argentine Central Bank, the recent decrease in availability of U.S. dollars in Argentina has led the Argentine government in the past to impose informal restrictions on certain local companies and individuals for purchasing foreign currency for the purpose of making payments abroad, such as dividends, capital reductions, and payment for importation of goods and services.

Although the newly elected government has introduced substantial changes to the foreign exchange providing greater flexibility and access to the foreign exchange market, the imposition of future exchange controls could impair or prevent the conversion of anticipated dividends, distributions, or the proceeds from any sale of equity holdings in Argentina, as the case may be, from Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars and the remittance of the U.S. dollars abroad. These restrictions and controls could interfere with the ability of our Argentine subsidiaries to make distributions in U.S. dollars to us and thus our ability to pay dividends in the future. The domestic revenues of our Argentine subsidiaries (excluding intercompany revenues to other Globant subsidiaries, which are eliminated in consolidation) were $7.6 million in 2015, $4.2 million in 2014 and $5.5 million in 2013, representing 3.0%, 2.1% and 3.5% of our annual consolidated revenues, respectively.

Also, if payments cannot be made in U.S. dollars abroad, the repatriation of any funds collected by foreign investors in Argentine pesos in Argentina may be subject to restrictions. Although as of December 17, 2015 it is no longer required to prove that the investment funds were originally transferred and settled in the Argentine Single Free Foreign Exchange Market (Mercado Único y Libre de Cambios, or “FX Market”) for the repatriation of “foreign direct investments” (i.e., represent at least 10% of the Argentine company’s capital stock), such proof of transfer is still required. In the case of equity positions below the 10% threshold, the repatriation ofworsen, which is also subject to a 120-days waiting period from the date the funds were settled in the FX Market. See “Information on the Company — Business Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls” below. The Argentine government could adopt restrictive measures in the future. If that were the case, a foreign shareholder, such as ourselves, may be prevented from converting the Argentine pesos it receives in Argentina into U.S. dollars. If the exchange rate fluctuates significantly during a time when we cannot convert the foreign currency, we may lose some or all of the value of the dividend distribution or sale proceeds.

These restrictions and requirements could adversely affect our financial condition and the results of our operations, or the market price of our common shares.

Argentina’s regulations on proceeds from the export of services increase our exposure to fluctuations in the value of the Argentine peso, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our operationsfinancial condition, results and the market pricecosts of our common shares. The imposition in the future of additional regulations on proceeds collected outside Argentina for services rendered to non-Argentine residents or of export duties and controls could also have an adverse effect on us.

Prior to February 4, 2016 Argentine law, including Communication “A” 5264 of the Argentine Central Bank, as amended, required Argentine residents to transfer the foreign currency proceeds received for services rendered to non-Argentine residents into a local account with a domestic financial institution and to convert those proceeds into Argentine pesos through the FX Market, which is administered by the Argentine Central Bank within 15 business days from the date the foreign currency proceeds are collected. Since February 4, 2016, foreign currency proceeds received for services rendered to non-Argentine residents still have to be transferred to Argentina, but they no longer need to be converted into Argentine pesos through the FX Market. However, this benefit is limited to $2,000,000 per month, and for every non-converted U.S. Dollar, the opportunity to form external assets (i. e. purchase foreign currency bills) is reduced accordingly.

25
operations.

Argentine law does not require exporters of services to be paid only in foreign currency. The applicable regulations do not prohibit or regulate the receipt of in-kind payments by such exporters. During 2013, our U.S. subsidiary agreed to make payment for a portion of the services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries by delivery of U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN purchased in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars). The BODEN were then delivered to our Argentine subsidiaries as payment for a portion of the services rendered and, after being held by our Argentine subsidiaries for between, on average, 10 to 30 days, were sold in the Argentine market for Argentine pesos. Because the fair value of the BODEN based on the quoted Argentine peso price in the Argentine markets during the year ended December 31, 2013 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price for the BODEN in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert transactions in foreign currency into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency), we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value (expressed in Argentine pesos) of the BODEN into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we did not participate in any BODEN transactions in connection with payment by our U.S. subsidiary for services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries. If in the future we decide to resume those transactions, we cannot assure you that the Argentine government will not restrict exporters from receiving in-kind payment, require them to repatriate those payments received through the FX Market, or make any other legislative, judicial, or administrative changes or interpretations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See note 3.18 to our audited consolidated financial statements, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — 2014 Compared to 2013,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — 2013 Compared to 2012” and “Certain Income Statement Line Items — Gain on Transaction with Bonds.”

Transactions with bonds acquired as proceeds from the capitalization of our Argentine subsidiaries increase our exposure to fluctuations in the value of the Argentine peso, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our operations and the market price of our common shares. The imposition in the future of additional regulations on proceeds collected outside Argentina for capitalization of our Argentine subsidiaries could also have an adverse effect on us.

During the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries, through cash received from capital contributions, acquired Argentine sovereign bonds, including BODEN and Bonos Argentinos (“BONAR”), in the U.S. market denominated in U.S. dollars.

After acquiring these bonds and after holding them for a certain period of time, our Argentine subsidiaries sold those bonds in the Argentine market. The fair value of these bonds in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was higher than its quoted price in the U.S. market (in U.S dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina, which is the rate used to convert these transactions in foreign currency into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency, thus, as a result, we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the bonds in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

We cannot assure you that the quoted price of the BODEN and/or BONAR in Argentine pesos in the Argentine markets will continue to be higher than the quoted price in the U.S. debt markets in U.S. dollars converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

Although as of the date of this annual report, we are not obliged to settle proceeds received from capitalizations abroad through the FX Market, we cannot assure you that the Argentine government will not require Argentine companies to repatriate such proceeds through the FX Market, or make any other legislative, judicial, or administrative changes or interpretations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See note 3.18 to our audited consolidated financial statements, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — 2015 Compared to 2014”, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Results of Operations — 2014 Compared to 2013” and “Certain Income Statement Line Items — Gain on Transaction with Bonds.”

The Argentine government, our Globers, and certain labor organizations may order salary increasestake actions that cause us to be paidincrease the amount of compensation we pay to employees in the private sector,our Globers, which could increase our operating costs and adversely affect our results of operations.


In the past, the Argentine government has passed laws, regulations and decrees requiring companies in the private sector to increase wages and provide specified benefits to employees, and may do so again in the future. For example, the Argentine government has required companies to double severance payments, prohibited companies from terminating employees without cause or based on a reduced utilization, and imposed mandatory salary increases and extraordinary bonus. In addition, Argentine employers, both in the public and private sectors, have experienced significant pressure, enhanced by high levels of inflation and intense competition for talent in the technology industry, from their employees and labor organizations to increase wages and to provide additional employee benefits. Due

The foregoing factors may cause us to increase the amount of the compensation we pay to our Globers in Argentina, which could increase our operating costs and adversely affect our results of operations.
Argentine exchange controls and restrictions limit our access to the high levelsFX Market and impair the availability of inflation, employeesforeign investments and labor organizations are demanding significant wage increases. In August 2012,international credit to us, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

The Argentine government has imposed rigid exchange controls and transfer restrictions, substantially limiting the ability of entities to obtain foreign currency and make certain payments and distributions out of Argentina. For example, the Argentine government established a 25% increase in minimum monthly salaryrequires receivables for export services to 2,875be repatriated and converted into Argentine pesos effective as of February 2013. Thethrough the FX Market. In addition, the Argentine government increasedrestricted the minimum salarypayment of dividends and distribution of earnings from Argentine entities. For more information, see Information on the Company — Business Overview — Regulatory Overview —Foreign Exchange Controls — Argentina”. Although access to 3,300foreign currency and transfers out of Argentina can be achieved through capital markets transactions called blue-chip swaps, subject to certain restrictions, such transactions are significantly more expensive than foreign exchange through the FX Market.

These measures, and those that may be adopted by the Argentine pesos in August 2013, to 3,600 Argentine pesos in January 2014, to 4,400 Argentine pesos in September 2014 and to 4,716 Argentine pesos in January 2015. Due to the high levels of inflation, and a continuous perspective of full employmentgovernment in the high tech industry,future, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

21


Blue-chip swap transactions increase our exposure to fluctuations in the company is expected to raise salaries following market percentages. During the year ended December 31, 2014, various unions have agreed with employers’ associations on salary increases between 25% and 30%. During 2015, labor unions agreed on salary increases between 27% and 32%. If as a result of such measures future salary increases in Argentine peso exceed the pace of the devaluationvalue of the Argentine peso, theywhich, in turn, could have a material andan adverse effect on our expensesoperations and the market price of our common shares.

During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, our Argentine subsidiaries used cash received from repayments of intercompany loans and capital contributions to acquire Argentine sovereign bonds, in the U.S. market denominated in U.S. dollars.

After acquiring these bonds and after holding them for a certain period of time, our Argentine subsidiaries sold those bonds in the Argentine market. The fair values of the bonds in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were higher than their quoted prices in the U.S. market (in U.S dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert these transactions in foreign currency into our Argentine subsidiaries' functional currency). We recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the bonds in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina where such bonds are sold in the Argentine market.

If we decide to engage in blue-chip swap transactions in the future, we cannot assure you that the quoted price of the Argentine sovereign bonds in Argentine pesos in the Argentine markets will be higher than the quoted price in the U.S. debt markets in U.S. dollars converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina or that the Argentine government will not make any legislative, judicial, or administrative changes or interpretations, any of which could impair our Argentine subsidiaries to pursue such transactions, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and, thus, oncondition.

If we do not maintain our registration under the trading prices forKnowledge Economy promotional regime our common shares.

26

Our operating cash flows mayresults of operations could be adversely affected if there is affected.


In May 2019, the Argentine Congress enacted Law No. 27,506 ("Ley de Economía delay in obtaining reimbursement of value-added tax creditsdel Conocimiento"), as amended by Law No. 27,570 (the "Knowledge Economy Law"). The Knowledge Economy Law was intended to promote digital, information and communication technologies and the highly-skilled human capital that creates and advances those technologies. The Knowledge Economy Law took effect as from AFIP.

In 2015, our Argentine operating subsidiary IAFH Global S.A. has recognized an aggregate of $5.3 million in value-added tax credits. These tax credits may be monetized by way of cash reimbursement from AFIP. Obtaining this cash reimbursement requires submission of a written request to AFIP, which is subject to its approval. InJanuary 1, 2020 for the event that AFIP delays its approvallegal entities eligible under the Software Promotion Law No. 25,922 (the “Software Promotion Law”), and for other eligible entities since the publication of the requestKnowledge Economy Law, and will be effective until December 31, 2029. In order to receive the tax benefits beneficiaries must obtain proper registration before the Registry of Beneficiaries of the Knowledge Based Economy Promotional Regime. If the applicable conditions are met, an entity’s registration under the new regime is applied retroactively from January 1, 2020. Duties on export services are taxed at a 0% tax rate when such services are exported by entities registered under the Registry of Beneficiaries of the Knowledge Based Economy Promotional Regime. Additionally, this tax benefit applies to services exported by beneficiaries of the regime since their registration in the relevant registry. However, for reimbursement of these value-addedthose entities that were registered under the Software Promotion Law, the registration under the Knowledge Economy Law is granted as from January 1, 2020 and the 0% tax credits,rate is applicable for services exported from the date in which Decree 1034/2020 entered into force (December 22, 2020).


Beneficiaries must prove, every two years, that they meet certain requirements to maintain their registration. Thus, if for any reason we do not maintain our ability to monetizeregistration under the value of those credits wouldKnowledge Based Economy Promotional Regime our results might be delayed, which could adversely affect the timing ofaffected.
Colombia

Economic and political conditions in Colombia may have an adverse effect on our cash flows from operations.

Changes in Argentine tax laws may adversely affect the results of our operations,business, financial condition and cash flows.

In 2012,results of operations.


Colombia has a proposal made by the Argentine tax authorities to amend various aspectshistory of the Argentine income tax law was made public. Pursuant to the proposed bill, among other things, deductible losses (that can be deducted within the next five years) would be limited to 30% of the income earned in each fiscal year;economic instability and payments made to individualscrises (such as inflation or entities located or incorporated in countries with low or no taxation would berecession). While there is current political stability, laws and regulations are subject to a withholding tax at a rate of 35% and would not be deductible. As of the date of this annual report, this proposal has not yet been introducedchange in the Argentine Congress. If this bill is passed into law, the limitations on deductions may adversely affect the results of our Argentine subsidiaries’ operations.

In addition, in 2012, the Argentine government terminated the application of the treaties for the avoidance of double taxation that were in force with the Republic of Chilefuture and Spain. Pursuant to these treaties, shares and other equity interests in local companies owned by Chilean or Spanish residents enjoyed a preferential tax treatment by which taxes on personal assets were not applicable. The decision to denounce and therefore terminate the above-mentioned taxation treaties was published in the Argentine Official Gazette (Boletín Oficial de la República Argentina) on July 13 and July 16, 2012. In accordance with the denouncement provisions set forth in both treaties, in most cases, the treaties ceased to be in effect as of January 1, 2013, and personal assets of certain Chilean and Spanish residents became subject to taxation. The termination of the treaty with Spain resulted in the imposition of Argentine withholding tax at a rate of 35%, effective January 1, 2013, on the distribution of dividends by our Argentine subsidiaries to our Spanish subsidiary, Spain Holdco, in excess of their taxable income accumulated by the end of the fiscal year immediately prior to the distribution of such dividends. In addition, interest paid by our Argentine subsidiaries on any indebtedness owed to Spain Holdco became subject to Argentine withholding tax at that same rate. In February 2013, the Spanish cabinet approved the execution of a new double taxation treaty with Argentina. On November 27, 2013, the Argentine Congress approved the aforementioned treaty, which was published in the Argentine Official Gazette on December 18, 2013. This new treaty with Spain entered into force on December 23, 2013. This treaty replaces the previous double taxation treaty between Argentina and Spain that was terminated on July 16, 2012.

On May 15, 2015, Argentina and Chile signed a new treaty to avoid double taxation. This has not yet been approved by the Argentine Congress. This treaty will replace the previous double taxation treaty between Argentina and Chile that was terminated on July 13, 2012.

As a result of the termination of the double taxation treaties in force with Spain and the Republic of Chile, as well as the decision to end the provisional application of the double taxation treaty in force with Switzerland, the exemption from the personal assets tax that was available pursuant to those treaties for shares and other equity interests in local companies owned by Chilean, Spanish or Swiss residents will no longer be applicable after each of the corresponding dates of termination. New double taxation treaties with these countries do not include a similar exemption.

On September 23, 2013, Argentine Law No. 26,893 amending the income tax law was enacted. According to the amendments, the distribution of dividends by Argentine companies is subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10% unless dividends are distributed to Argentine corporate entities, and the sale, exchange or disposition of shares and other securities not trading in, or listed on, capital markets and securities exchanges is subject to withholding tax at a rate of 13.5% over the gross amount or 15% over the net amount when gains are recognized by any Argentine resident individual or foreign beneficiary. However, a procedure has not been enacted to calculate the 15% over the net amount, thus, in practice, the 13.5% rate is normally applied. The distribution of dividends by our Argentine subsidiaries to Spain Holdco is subject to this withholding tax. These dividend distributions are treated as income tax credits for Spain Holdco. As a holding company, Spain Holdco does not generate significant revenues and may be unable to recover the tax credits generated by the distributions, which might then need to be written off. These amendments may adversely affect the results of our operations.

Argentina’s economic recovery since the 2001 – 2002 economic crisis has undergone a significant slowdown, and any further decline in Argentina’s rate of recovery could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although general economic conditions In particular, fluctuations in Argentinathe Colombian economy and actions adopted by the government of Colombia have recovered significantly since the 2001 – 2002 economic crisis, an ongoing slowdown suggests uncertainty ashad and may continue to whether the growth experienced during this period is sustainable. This is mainly because the economic growth was initially dependent onhave a significant devaluationimpact on companies operating in Colombia. Specifically, we may be affected by inflation, foreign currency fluctuations, regulatory policies, business and tax regulations and, in general, by the political, social and economic scenarios in Colombia and in other countries that may directly or indirectly affect, among other, our ability to export from Colombia. Presidential 2022 elections in Colombia may impact regular proceedings with regulators, which may affect, among other, timings in required certifications, permits and even quota allocations.


22


Colombia’s fiscal deficit and increasing public debt could adversely affect the Colombian economy. According to a preliminary estimation of the Argentine peso, excess production capacityMinistry of Finance, Colombia’s fiscal deficit was 7.1% of its GDP in 2021, 8.9% of its GDP in 2020 and 2.4% of its GDP in 2019. The Colombian government frequently intervenes in Colombia’s economy and, from time to time, makes significant changes in monetary, fiscal and regulatory policy. A downgrade of Colombia’s credit rating could adversely affect the Colombian economy and our results of operations. If the condition of the Colombian economy were to deteriorate, we would likely be adversely affected.

We may be adversely affected by changes in government or fiscal policies, and other political, diplomatic, social and economic developments that may affect Colombia. We cannot predict what policies will be adopted by the Colombian government and whether those policies would adversely affect the Colombian economy and, consequently, us.

Any additional taxes resulting from a long periodchanges to tax laws or the interpretation of deep recessionsuch laws could adversely affect our consolidated results.

Colombia underwent several tax reforms during the last ten years (see, "B - Business Overview- Regulatory Overview - Colombian Taxation"). On September 14, 2021, the Colombian Congress enacted Law No. 2,155, which is intended to generate tax revenue to cover COVID-19-related expenditures. Although the income tax withholding rates and high commodity prices. Furthermore,general regime for payments made to foreign entities were not modified, the economy has suffered a sustained erosion of direct investment and capital investment. The global economic crisis of 2008 ledgeneral corporate income tax rate was increased to a sudden economic decline in Argentina during 2009, accompanied by political and social unrest, inflationary and Argentine peso depreciation pressures and a lack of consumer and investor confidence. According to the INDEC, Argentina’s real GDP increased by 1.2% year-over-year35%.

Changes in the second quartertax laws that impose additional taxes on us in Colombia could negatively affect our results of 2015, decreased by 0.8%operations and cash flow. In addition, national or local taxing authorities may not interpret tax regulations in 2014the same way that we do, which could result in future tax litigation and grew by 3.0% in 2013, 1.9% in 2012, 8.9% in 2011, 9.2% in 2010, 0.9% in 2009associated costs.

The Colombian government and 6.8% in 2008. There is uncertainty as to whether Argentina will suffer a further decline in growth rate or as to the timing of more robust growth or even be able to maintainColombian central bank exercise significant influence on the current level of economic growth.

27

Economic conditions in Argentina during 2013, 2014 and 2015 have included increased inflation, continued demand for wage increases, a rising fiscal deficit, the legally required repayment of Argentina’s foreign debt and a decrease in commercial growth.

A decline in international demand for Argentine products, a lack of stability and competitiveness of the Argentine peso against other currencies, a decline in confidence among consumers and foreign and domestic investors, a higher rate of inflation and future political uncertainties, among other factors, may affect the development of the ArgentineColombian economy, which could lead to reduced demand for our services, which could adversely affecthave an impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Exposure


The Colombian government and the Colombian central bank could intervene in Colombia’s economy and make changes in monetary, fiscal and regulatory policy, which could result in currency devaluation and the changes in international reserves.

Although the Colombian government has not imposed foreign exchange restrictions since 1990, Colombia’s foreign currency markets are highly regulated. Colombian law permits the Colombian central bank to multiple provincialimpose foreign exchange controls to regulate the remittance of dividends and/or foreign investments in the event that the foreign currency reserves of the Colombian central bank fall below a level equal to the value of three months of imports of goods and municipal legislation and regulationsservices into Colombia. An intervention that precludes us from possessing, utilizing or remitting dollars could adversely affectimpact our business orfinancial condition and results of operations.

Argentina is a federal country with 23 provinces


During 2021, the Colombian peso declined approximately 16% against the U.S. dollar, almost 11 percentage points more than during 2020. The Colombian government may seek to implement new policies aimed at controlling further fluctuation of the Colombian peso against the U.S. dollar and one autonomous city (Buenos Aires), eachfostering domestic price stability.The president of which, under the Argentine national constitution,Colombia has fullconsiderable power to enact legislation concerning taxesdetermine governmental policies and other matters. Likewise, within each province, municipal governments have broad powers to regulate such matters. Dueactions relating to the facteconomy and may adopt policies that our delivery centers are located in multiple provinces, we are also subject to multiple provincial and municipal legislation and regulations. Although we have not experienced any material adverse effects from this, future developments in provincial and municipal legislation concerning taxes, provincial regulationsinconsistent with those of the prior government or other matters may adverselythat negatively affect our business or results of operations.

us.


Risks Related to the Company and the Ownership of Our Common Shares

The price of our common shares may be highly volatile.

The market price of our common shares may be volatile and may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

·the failure of financial analysts to cover our common shares or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

·actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

·changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our common shares or the shares of our competitors;

·announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

·future sales of our common shares; and

·investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate.

the failure of financial analysts to cover our common shares or changes in financial estimates by analysts;
actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;
changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our common shares or the shares of our competitors;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;
future sales of our common shares; and
investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate.

23


In addition, the equity markets in general have experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’companies' securities, securities class action litigation has been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.


Holders of our common shares may experience losses due to increased volatility in the U.S. capital markets.

The U.S. capital markets have recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance or results of operations of those companies. These broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, as well as volatility in international capital markets, may cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

In addition, on August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor's Ratings Services (“S&P”) lowered the long-term sovereign credit rating of the U.S. government debt obligations from AAA to AA+. On November 28, 2011, Fitch Ratings downgraded its U.S. Government rating outlook to negative and stated that a downgrade of the U.S. sovereign credit rating would occur without a credible plan in place by 2013 to reduce the U.S. Government's deficit. These actions initially have had an adverse effect on capital markets in the United States and elsewhere, contributing to volatility and decreases in prices of many securities trading on the U.S. national exchanges, such as the NYSE. Further downgrades to the U.S. Government'sgovernment's sovereign credit rating by any rating agency, as well as negative changes to the perceived creditworthiness of U.S. Government-relatedgovernment-related obligations, could have a material adverse impact on financial markets and economic conditions in the United States and worldwide. Any volatility in the capital markets in the United States or in other developed countries, whether resulting from a downgrade of the sovereign credit rating of U.S. debt obligations or otherwise, may have an adverse effect on the price of our common shares.

28

We may be classified by the Internal Revenue Service as a “passive"passive foreign investment company”company" (a “PFIC”"PFIC"), which may result in adverse tax consequences for U.S. investors.

We believe that we will not be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year and do not expect to become one in the foreseeable future. However, because PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets (including, among others, less than 25% owned equity investments) from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. Because we have valued goodwill based on the market value of our equity for purposes of taxation, a decrease in the price of our common shares may also result in ourus becoming a PFIC. The composition of our income and our assets will also be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash. Under circumstances where the cash is not deployed for active purposes, our risk of becoming a PFIC may increase. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. investor held common shares, certain adverse tax consequences could apply to such U.S. investor. See “Additional"Additional Information — Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive foreign investment company rules.”

rules."

We may need additional capital and we may not be able to obtain it.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operations, including the cash available under our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain another credit facility.facility or expand the existing one. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to additional operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations.

Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including:

investors’
investors' perception of, and demand for, securities of technology services companies;

conditions of the U.S. capital markets and other capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds;

our future results of operations and financial condition;

government regulation of foreign investment in the United States, Europe, and Latin America; and

global economic, political and other conditions in jurisdictions in which we do business.


Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and principal shareholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions or adversely affect the trading price of our common shares.

Our

As of February 11, 2022, our directors and executive officers, entities affiliated with them and greater than 5% shareholders, beneficially own an aggregate of approximately 47.81%22.44% of our outstanding common shares, and ownof which 0.59% represents common shares subject to options that enable them to own, in the aggregate, approximately 0.85%currently are exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days of our outstandingFebruary 11,
24


2022 as well as common shares.shares issuable upon settlement of restricted stock units that have vested or will vest within 60 days of February 11, 2022. As a result, these shareholders continue to have substantial control over us and be able tomay exercise significant influence over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and willmay have significant influence over our management and policies. This concentration of influence could be disadvantageous to other shareholders with interests different from those of our officers, directors and principal shareholders. For example, our officers, directors and principal shareholders could delay or prevent an acquisition or merger even if the transaction would benefit other shareholders. In addition, this significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common shares because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning shares in companies with principal shareholders.

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by the increased strain on our resources from complying with the reporting, disclosure, and other requirements applicable to public companies in the United States promulgated by the U.S. government, NYSE or other relevant regulatory authority.

States.

Compliance with existing, new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance. Changing laws, regulations and standards include those relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, includingdisclosure; these include but are not limited to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations and New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") listing guidelines that result out of the NYSE listing guidelines.listing. These laws, regulations and guidelines may lack specificity and are subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. In particular, our efforts to comply with certain sections of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“("Section 404”404") and the related regulations regarding required assessment of internal controls over financial reporting and when we cease being an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act and become subject to Section 404(b), our external auditor’sindependent registered public accounting firm audit of that assessment requires the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’smanagement's attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. We also expect the regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly.

29

Existing, new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. In addition, new laws, regulations and standards regarding corporate governance may make it more difficult for our company to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Further, our board members and senior management could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with their performance of duties. As a result, we may face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified board members and senior management, which could harm our business. If we fail to comply with new or changed laws or regulations and standards differ, our business and reputation may be harmed.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 could have a material adverse effect on our business and common share price.

As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which will requirerequires management assessments and certifications of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. During the courseAlthough we have concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2021 (see Item15. Controls and Procedures for additional information), we, or our testing, weindependent registered public accounting firm, may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remedyexisting or new material weaknesses in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. Wethe future and, accordingly, may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. In addition, when we cease being an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act and become subject to Section 404(b), our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting but may not be able or willing to issue an unqualified report.is effective in future periods as required by Section 404. If we conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we cannot be certain as to the timing, ofcost or management attention that would be required with respect to remediation actions and testing or their effect on our operations because there is presently no precedent available by which to measure compliance adequacy.

operations.

If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, our independent auditors (when we become subject to Section 404(b)) areregistered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report as required by Section 404, or we are required to restate our financial statements for errors resulting from material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may fail to meet our public reporting obligations and investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common shares.

25


Our exemption as a “foreign"foreign private issuer”issuer" from certain rules under the U.S. securities laws may result in less information about us being available to investors than for U.S. companies, which may result in our common shares being less attractive to investors.

As a “foreign"foreign private issuer”issuer" in the United States, we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than U.S. companies. As a “foreign"foreign private issuer," we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”"Exchange Act"), that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing”"short-swing" profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our common shares. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as companies that are not foreign private issuers whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to information they may deem important, which may result in our common shares being less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common shares could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 including the additional level of review of our internal controls over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest to those controls over financial reporting.

As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We will remain an emerging growth company until the end of the fiscal year 2019, though we may cease to be an emerging growth company earlier under certain circumstances. If the market value of our common shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time and we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 12 months and have filed at least one annual report pursuant to such reporting requirements or if our revenues exceed $1 billion in a fiscal year, we would cease to be “emerging growth company” as of December 31 of that year. We would also cease to be an “emerging growth company” on the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period. If we take advantage of any of these exemptions, investors may find our common shares less attractive as a result, which, in turn, could lead to a less active trading market for our common shares and volatility in our share price.

We do not plan to declare dividends, and our ability to do so will be affected by restrictions under Luxembourg law.

We have not declared dividends in the past and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future. In addition, both our articles of association and the Luxembourg law of August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time (loi du 10 août 1915 sur les sociétés commerciales telle que modifiée) (“Luxembourg Corporate Law”(the "Luxembourg Companies Law"), require a general meeting of shareholders to approve any dividend distribution except as set forth below.

30

Our ability to declare dividends under Luxembourg law is subject to the availability of distributable earnings or available reserves, including share premium. Moreover, if we declare dividends in the future, we may not be able to pay them more frequently than annually. As permitted by Luxembourg CorporateCompanies Law and subject to the provisions thereof, our articles of association authorize the declaration of dividends more frequently than annually by our board of directors in the form of interim dividends so long as the amount of such interim dividends does not exceed total net income made since the end of the last financial year for which the standalone annual accounts have been approved, plus any net income carried forward and sums drawn from reserves available for this purpose, less the aggregate of the prior year’syear's accumulated losses, the amounts to be set aside for the reserves required by law or by our articles of association for the prior year, and the estimated tax due on such earnings.

We are a holding company and depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments, which they may not be able to do.

We are a holding company and our

Our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations. We have no relevant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by covenants in our or their financing agreements or by the law of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we will be unable to distribute dividends. We do not intend to seek to obtain funds from other sources to pay dividends. See “— Risks Related to Operating in Latin America, Argentina and India — Argentina — Restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation of capital from Argentina may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina.”

Our shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests than they would as shareholders of a U.S. corporation, which could adversely impact trading in our common shares and our ability to conduct equity financings.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association and the laws of Luxembourg, including the laws governing joint stock companies. The rights of our shareholders and the responsibilities of our directors and officers under Luxembourg law are different from those applicable to a corporation incorporated in the United States. There may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about U.S. issuers. In addition, Luxembourg law governing the securities of Luxembourg companies may not be as extensive as those in effect in the United States, and Luxembourg law and regulations in respect of corporate governance matters might not be as protective of minority shareholders as state corporation laws in the United States. Therefore, our shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in connection with actions taken by our directors and officers or our principal shareholders than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States.

Neither our articles of association nor Luxembourg law provides for appraisal rights for dissenting shareholders in certain extraordinary corporate transactions that may otherwise be available to shareholders under certain U.S. state laws. As a result of these differences, our shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests than they would as shareholders of a U.S. issuer.

26


Holders of our common shares may not be able to exercise their pre-emptive subscription rights and may suffer dilution of their shareholding in the event of future common share issuances.

Under Luxembourg CorporateCompanies Law, our shareholders benefit from a pre-emptive subscription right on the issuance of common shares for cash consideration. However, in accordance with Luxembourg law, our articles of association authorize our board of directors to suppress, waive or limit any pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders provided by Luxembourg law to the extent our board deems such suppression, waiver or limitation advisable for any issuance or issuances of common shares within the scope of our authorized share capital. Such common shares may be issued above, at or below market value as well as by way of incorporation of available reserves (including a premium). This authorization is valid from the date of the publication in the Luxembourg official gazette (Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations) of the decision of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders, which was held on May 4, 2015, which publication occurred on July 15, 2015,April 3, 2020, and ends on July 15, 2020.April 3, 2025, the fifth anniversary of the date of such meeting. In addition, a shareholder may not be able to exercise the shareholder’sshareholder's pre-emptive right on a timely basis or at all, unless the shareholder complies with Luxembourg CorporateCompanies Law and applicable laws in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder is resident, particularly in the United States. As a result, the shareholding of such shareholders may be materially diluted in the event common shares are issued in the future. Moreover, in the case of an increase in capital by a contribution in kind, no pre-emptive rights of the existing shareholders exist.

We are organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and it may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce judgments or bring original actions against us or our executive officers and directors in the United States.

We are organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. The majority of our assets are located outside the United States. Furthermore, the majority of our directors and officers and some experts named in this annual report reside outside the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. Investors may not be able to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons or to enforce judgments obtained against us or these persons in U.S. courts, including judgments in actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Likewise, it may also be difficult for an investor to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against us or these persons in courts located in jurisdictions outside the United States, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. It may also be difficult for an investor to bring an original action in a Luxembourg court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us or these persons. Furthermore, Luxembourg law does not recognize a shareholder’sshareholder's right to bring a derivative action on behalf of the company except in limited cases.

31

As there is no treaty in force on the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters between the United States and the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, courts in Luxembourg will not automatically recognize and enforce a final judgment rendered by a U.S. court. A valid judgment in civil or commercial matters obtained from a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States may be entered and enforced through a court of competent jurisdiction in Luxembourg, subject to compliance with the enforcement procedures (exequatur). The enforceability in Luxembourg courts of judgments rendered by U.S. courts will be subject prior any enforcement in Luxembourg to the procedure and the conditions set forth in the Luxembourg procedural code, which conditions may include the following as of the date of this annual report (which may change):

·the judgment of the U.S. court is final and enforceable (exécutoire ) in the United States;

·the U.S. court had jurisdiction over the subject matter leading to the judgment (that is, its jurisdiction was in compliance both with Luxembourg private international law rules and with the applicable domestic U.S. federal or state jurisdictional rules);

·the U.S. court has applied to the dispute the substantive law that would have been applied by Luxembourg courts;

·the judgment was granted following proceedings where the counterparty had the opportunity to appear and, if it appeared, to present a defense, and the decision of the foreign court must not have been obtained by fraud, but in compliance with the rights of the defendant;

·the U.S. court has acted in accordance with its own procedural laws;

·the judgment of the U.S. court does not contravene Luxembourg international public policy; and

·the U.S. court proceedings were not of a criminal or tax nature.

the judgment of the U.S. court is final and enforceable (exécutoire) in the United States;
the U.S. court had jurisdiction over the subject matter leading to the judgment (that is, its jurisdiction was in compliance both with Luxembourg private international law rules and with the applicable domestic U.S. federal or state jurisdictional rules);
the U.S. court has applied to the dispute the substantive law that would have been applied by Luxembourg courts;
the judgment was granted following proceedings where the counterparty had the opportunity to appear and, if it appeared, to present a defense, and the decision of the foreign court must not have been obtained by fraud, but in compliance with the rights of the defendant;
the U.S. court has acted in accordance with its own procedural laws;
the judgment of the U.S. court does not contravene Luxembourg international public policy; and
the U.S. court proceedings were not of a criminal or tax nature.

Under our articles of association and also pursuant to separate indemnification agreements, we indemnify our directors for and hold them harmless against all claims, actions, suits or proceedings brought against them, subject to limited exceptions. The rights and obligations among or between us and any of our current or former directors and officers are generally governed by the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and subject to the jurisdiction of the Luxembourg courts, unless such rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of their capacities listed above. Although there is doubt as to whether U.S. courts would enforce such provision in an action brought in the United States under U.S. federal or state securities laws, such provision could make enforcing judgments obtained outside Luxembourg more difficult to enforce against our assets in Luxembourg or jurisdictions that would apply Luxembourg law.

27


Luxembourg insolvency laws may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws.

As a company organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and with its registered office in Luxembourg, we are subject to Luxembourg insolvency laws in the event any insolvency proceedings are initiated against us including, among other things, Council Regulation (EC)(EU) No. 1346/20002015/848 of the European Parliament and the Council of May 29, 200020, 2015 on insolvency proceedings.proceedings (recast). Should courts in another European country determine that the insolvency laws of that country apply to us in accordance with and subject to such EU regulations, the courts in that country could have jurisdiction over the insolvency proceedings initiated against usus. Insolvency laws in Luxembourg or the relevant other European country, if any, may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws and make it more difficult for them to recover the amount they could expect to recover in a liquidation under U.S. insolvency laws.

28


ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY


A. History and Development of the Company

Globant is a Luxembourgsociété anonyme (a joint stock company). The company’s legal name is “Globant S.A.”

We were founded in 2003 by Martín Migoya, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,Officer; Guibert Englebienne, our Chief Technology Officer,President of Globant X, Globant Ventures and Latin America; Martín Umaran, our Chief Corporate Development Officer and President of Staff,EMEA; and Nestor Nocetti, our Executive Vice President of Corporate Affairs. Our founders’founders' vision was to create a global company starting in Latin America that would dreamsucceeds by transforming organizations and build digital journeys that matter to millions of users, while also generating world-class careerproviding opportunities for IT professionals, not justtalent around the world to make a positive global impact.
Since we were founded in metropolitan areas but also in outlying cities and countries.

Since our inception,2003, we have benefited from strong organic growth and have built a blue chip client base comprisedroster of leading global companies.world-class clients, many of which are at the forefront of emerging technologies. Over that same period, we have expanded our network of locations, from one to 33.and we are now present in 18 different countries. In addition, we have garnered several awards and recognition from organizations such as Endeavor, the IDC MarketScape, Global Services, the International Association of Outsourcing Professionals, InfoWorld and Fast Company, and we have been the subject of business-school case studies on entrepreneurship at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Harvard University and Stanford University in conjunction with the World Economic Forum.


In 2006,2009, we started workingcreated our Studio Model. Our Studios have deep pockets of expertise across industries and in the latest technologies and trends. We believe our Studio model helps us foster creativity and innovation while allowing us to build, enhance and consolidate expertise around a variety of emerging technologies. Our Studios leverage specific expertise to deliver tailored solutions to address our clients' technological challenges. Our Digital Studios have been our trademark for delivering quality services over the years, and we have added new Studios to better serve our ever-evolving industry and assist our customers in transforming their organizations.

In July 2014, we closed the initial public offering of our common shares in the United States. Since then, we have closed five follow-on offerings in the United States, with Google. We were chosen due to our cultural affinity and innovation. the most recent offering occurring in May 2021.

While our growth has largelyprimarily been organic, since 2008 we have made ten complementary acquisitions.acquisitions since 2008. Our acquisition strategy is focused on deepening our relationship with key clients, extending our technology capabilities, broadening our service offering and expanding the geographic footprint of our delivery centers including beyond Latin America, rather than building scale.

32

Globant’s growth has been primarily organic. We expect to continue with this strategy to maintain and reinforce our culture. At the same time, during the life of the company, we have made a number of small, strategic acquisitions. 

worldwide. In 2008,recent years, we acquired Accendra, a Buenos Aires-based providerPointSource and Small Footprint Inc, with the purpose of software development services, in order to deepenexpanding our relationship with Microsoft and broaden our technology expertise to include Sharepoint and other Microsoft technologies. That same year we also acquired Openware, a company specializing in security management based in Rosario, Argentina.

In 2011, we acquired Nextive. The Nextive acquisition expanded our geographic presencecapabilities in the United States, and enhancedwhile opening our U.S. engagement and delivery management team as well as our ability to provide comprehensive solutions in mobile technologies.

In 2012, we acquired TerraForum, an innovation consulting and software development firm in Brazil. The acquisition of TerraForum allows us to expandexpansion into one of the largest economies in the world and to broaden our services to our clients, strengthening our position as a leader in the creation of innovative software products.

In August 2013, we acquired 22.75% of Dynaflows S.A. In October 2015, we obtained the control over Dynaflows through acquiring an additional number of shares. This additional acquisition allowed us to broaden our Services over Platforms strategy.

In October 2013, we acquired a majority stake in the Huddle Group, a company specializing in the media and entertainment industries,Eastern Europe with operations in Belarus and Romania. Also, with the acquisition of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited ("Avanxo") and Belatrix Global Corporation S.A. ("Belatrix"), we extended our technology capabilities and also expand our presence in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Peru, Argentina, ChileSpain and the United States. In 2020, we acquired Grupo Assa Worldwide S.A. ("Grupo Assa") to reinforce leadership in digital and cognitive transformation, and Spain-based BlueCap Management Consulting S.L. ("BlueCap"), to expand our footprint in the EMEA region and strengthen consulting services in the financial and investment sector.


In 2021, we acquired Cloudshift, a leading Salesforce partner in the UK that specializes in multi-cloud digital transformation. Also, we acquired Hybrido Worldwide, S.L. ("Habitant") to reinforce our capabilities in digital marketing, MadTech and digital sales, and enhance our footprint in Europe. We also acquired the remaining 13.75% minorityan 80% stake in Huddle InvestmentWalmeric Soluciones S.L. ("Walmeric"), a company that specializes in October 2014.

marketing automation technology, combining lead management, online marketing and sales enablement. The Walmeric transaction represents our first product-oriented acquisition and is expected to strengthen our capabilities with respect to digital marketing and digital sales. To expand and further improve our blockchain and crypto-related solutions, we acquired Atix Labs S.R.L. and Atix Labs LLC ("Atix"), a professional services company that specializes in blockchain. Most recently, we acquired Navint Partners, LLC and certain of its affiliated entities (collectively "Navint Group"), a leading lead-to-revenue Salesforce partner to strengthen our Salesforce Studio's end-to-end business transformation capabilities and expand our service footprint in the United States, Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"), and India. For a further description of important corporate developments since January 1, 2020, see “Financial Statements —Note 26. Business Combinations.”


In July 2014,2019, we closed the initial public offeringlaunched Be Kind, our long-term sustainability framework. Be Kind is an essential part of our common shares.

culture in which we encourage everyone to be kind to themselves, their peers, the planet and humanity.


In October 2014,2020, we acquired 100% oflaunched Augmented Coding, our cutting-edge AI powered tool for software development. It is a product that accelerates the capital stock of BlueStar Holdings.

software development process and improves the coding experience for developers by using AI as a code-understanding and code-suggestion source. As a result, the time-to-market for new products is shortened, improving team collaboration, performance and capacity.


29


We were recognized as a 2020 Worldwide Leader in CX Improvement by IDC MarketSpace. This recognition highlights our efforts to deliver a better experience for clients around the world.

In April 2015,2021, we closed a follow-on secondary offeringestablished Globant X, an incubator focused on nurturing and cultivating our homegrown innovation. Globant X aims to productize our most transformative technology into platforms.

In November 2021, we expanded our signature Studio model with the launch of our common shares through which certain selling shareholders sold 3,994,390 common shares previously held by them. Subsequently, in July 2015, we closed another follow-on secondary offering through which certain selling shareholders sold 4,025,000 common shares previously held by them.

In May, 2015 we acquired Clarice Technologies which allowed us to establishReinvention Studios. This new breed of studios lean on the technological expertise of our presence in India. We now have coverage in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

Also, in 2015 we launched newDigital Studios to complementdrive transformation in specific industries, including gaming, media and entertainment, life sciences, finance, travel and hospitality and airlines.


In 2021, in connection with our offerings, including one focused on Cognitive Computing,Be Kind to the Planet commitment, we became carbon neutral and we incorporatedsigned the Science-Based Targets commitment to reinforce our mission to fight climate change. Our efforts to become a complementary approachnet-zero company are aligned with our commitment to build digital journeys fast and in an innovative manner though: our service-over-platform offering.

make the world a better place.


Corporate Information

Our head corporate offices areprincipal executive office is located at 37A avenueAvenue J.F. Kennedy L-1855, Luxembourg, and our telephone number is + 352 20 30 15 96.96 . We maintain a website athttp://www.globant.com. Our website and the information accessible through it are not incorporated into this annual report.


The SEC maintains an internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

B. Business overview

Overview

Overview
Established less than 20 years ago by four friends in Argentina, we have evolved to become a leading global technology service provider. Today, we are a publicly-traded company, with our common shares listed on the NYSE under the ticker symbol "GLOB". We continue to maintain the entrepreneurial spirit of our founders throughout our business.

We were one of the first companies to deliver engineering, innovation and design at scale, and we believe that professional services organizations must evolve with technological advances. We have had success facilitating digital transformations while many traditional IT outsourcing vendors and consulting companies have and continue to struggle.

Our clients are facing an accelerated need to bridge their digital business gaps to better support their customers and employees. We leverage our cross-industry expertise and deep understanding of technology to focus on key areas of our clients' businesses to facilitate their digital transformations.

We strive to make the world a better place and, in furtherance of that objective, we focus on three key areas: our Be Kind initiative, our talent and culture, and our services. We believe our focus on these areas has contributed to our success and our clients’ success.

We take pride in our people, and consider them to be our greatest strength. We are a digitally native technology services company.committed to growing our community with an emphasis on diversity and inclusion. We dreamhave development centers in North America, Latin America, Europe and build digital journeys that matterAsia, where we have established initiatives to millionspromote and assist individuals who wish to join the IT industry. As of users. We are the place where engineering, design, and innovation meet scale. December 31, 2021, we had 23,526 Globers across 18 countries.

Our principal operating subsidiary is basedsubsidiaries are located in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Argentina, Chile, Colombia, India, Mexico, Peru, Spain, United Kingdom, United States and Uruguay.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, 83.7%2021, 64.1% of our revenues were generated by clients in North America, 10.4%22.6% in Latin America 0.6% in Asia and 5.3%Others, 11.7% in Europe including many leading global companies.

Today, consumers haveand 1.6% in their hands more technology than ever. As a consequence they are disrupting how brands should connect with them. Consumers expect a new kind of content from companies. They want a deep, unique, technology-empowered experience that is simple, seamless, context-aware, and smart enough to anticipate and surprise. They want a lasting emotional connection. Conveying messages and creating effective engagements between brands and their consumers is no longer limited to traditional, online, social or viral marketing campaigns.

To address this paradigm shift, companies need deep technological experiences, which we call “seamless digital journeys”. These experiences are the new kind of content that is being adopted by consumers, and they are stealing screen time from traditional content like movies, TV shows, music, or games and creating similar lasting emotional connections.

Digital services is becoming the hottest topic for technology organizations, and it is expected to continue growing in the months to come. According to Gartner, IDC and Cantor Fitzgerald Research, the Digital Services market presents a significant opportunity, with an estimated size of $71 billon for services and a compelling 25% CAGR for the next five years. Gartner states that 125,000 large organizations are currently launching a digital business initiative, while Forrester projects 65% of all businesses will be using big data analytics to optimize digital experiences by the halfway mark of 2016.

33
Asia.


At Globant, we are experts in creating these digital journeys. A successful digital journey is composed of different software products including mobile apps, web apps, sensors and other hardware appliances orchestrated by a smart backend that uses big data and fast data, and that connects to all of our client’s system. This approach creates a deep understanding of each end user and assists our clients in creating customized responses for each end user.

A digital journey starts very early in a company’s process and it is necessary to have an holistic view of the challenge and solution. To create them, we have implemented a model that includes three pillars:

·Stay relevant: Our thought leaders help our customers stay relevant within their industries. We show them how other companies are creating emotional experiences so they can see how they might revolutionize their own markets.

·Discover: We envision strategic digital journeys to optimize the interactions with customers in a sustainable way. We collaborate with them to conceive digital journeys for their users based on consumer behaviors and technologies.

·Build: Once the digital journey is defined, we develop and build the experience by leveraging our three key pillars: our studios, deep pockets of innovation; our own proprietary agile pods model and Services over Platforms.

 To create these digital journeys, it is critical that each and every one of our Globers be an innovator. We believe that working on a variety of technologies for sophisticated and demanding clients keeps our Globers open-minded and gives them the flexibility needed to visualize new possibilities and transform ideas into everyday technology. We actively seek to promote and sustain innovation in our company through “ideation” sessions, our Globant Labs, “flip-thinking” events, hackathons and through the cross-pollination of knowledge and ideas.

Our Globers are our most valuable asset. As of December 31, 2015, we had 5,041 Globers and 33 locations across 22 cities in Argentina, Uruguay, Chile, Colombia, Brazil, Mexico, Peru, India, Europe and the United States, supported by three client management locations in the United States, and one client management location in each of United Kingdom, Colombia, Uruguay, Argentina and Brazil. Our reputation for cutting-edge work for global blue chip clients and our footprint across Latin America provide us with the ability to attract and retain well-educated and talented professionals in the region. We are culturally similar to our clients and we function in similar time zones. We believe that these characteristics have helped us build solid relationships with our clients in the United States and Europe and facilitate a high degree of client collaboration.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, 83.7%, 11.0% and 5.3% of our revenues were generated by clients in North America, Latin America and Asia, and Europe, respectively.

Our clients include leading global companies such as Google, Electronic Arts, JWT, Orbitz and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, each of which was among our top ten clients by revenues for at least one Studio in the year ended December 31, 2015. 92.3%2021. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2021, 91.9% of our revenues for 2015 were attributable to repeatcame from existing clients who had used our services in the prior year. We believe our success in building our attractive client base in one of the most sophisticated and competitive markets for IT services demonstrates the superiorstrength of our value proposition, of our offering and the quality of our execution as well asand the value of our culture of innovation and entrepreneurial spirit.

Our revenues increased from $158.3 million

30


The market opportunity
We are witnessing a transcendental time for 2013 to $253.8 million for 2015, representing a CAGR of 26.6% over the two-year period. Our revenues for 2015 increased by 27.2% to $253.8 million, from $199.6 million for 2014. Our net income for 2015 was $31.6 million, compared to a net income of $25.3 million for 2014. The $6.3 million increase in net income from 2014 to 2015 was primarily driven by strong revenue growthtechnology. Significant technological advancements and improved operating marginssocietal shifts occurred during the year. In 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, we made several acquisitionspast decade that have impacted businesses. As a result, organizations have a significant opportunity to enhance our strategic capabilities, noneexpand into new areas of the market.

COVID-19 has caused radical changes throughout the world, many of which contributed a material amountwe believe are here to our revenues in the year the acquisition was made. See “Information on the Company — Historystay. These changes are pushing organizations to evolve and Developmentaccelerate their digital transformations. Customer engagement has been one of the Company.”

Our Industry

top strategic business objectives for organizations worldwide, and the need to evolve rapidly has never been more critical.


According to IDC, digital transformation spending will represent 55% of all technology investment worldwide by 2024, reaching $6.3 trillion between 2022 and 2024. Over 50% of global companies will have an enterprise-wide digital transformation strategy.

Around 80% of consumers will see the last several years, a numberworld as all digital, with no divide, according to Forrester's predictions for 2022.
By 2024, digital-first enterprises will enable empathetic customer experiences and resilient operating models by shifting 70% of technologies have emergedall tech and services spending to revolutionizeas-a- service and outcomes-centric models, according to IDC.
By 2026, enterprises that successfully generate digital innovation will derive over 25% of their revenue from digital products, services, and/or experiences, according to IDC.
By 2026, 85% of enterprises will combine human expertise with artificial intelligence ("AI"), machine learning ("ML"), natural language processing and pattern recognition to augment foresight across the way end users interact with technology, reshape businessesorganization, making workers 25% more productive and change the competitive landscapes for organizations. effective, according to IDC

Business and Tech trends

The proliferation and accelerated adoptionpace of technologies like mobility, cognitive computing and big data, and related market trends including enhanced user experience, personalization technology, gamification, consumerization of IT, wearables and open collaboration are leading this transformation.

In this new environment, companies’ customers, employees, partners, and stakeholders have become voracious users of technology with high expectations. These users move fast from place to place and are keen to interact with their digital ecosystem anywhere and anytime, in a painless, fast, relevant, and unrestricted way. They demand personalized, seamless and frictionless experiences that will simplify their lives.

We believe that these changes are resulting in a paradigm shiftchange in the technology services industryfield has increased exponentially. It has never been more important for businesses to adjust to shifting priorities and are creating a demand for service providers that possess a deep understanding of how to create digital journeys that leverage the following emerging technologies and related market trends:

34

Emerging Technologies

Mobilityhas become a preferred option for audiences to consume and generate data and access content in the cloud, across multiple platforms and devices, creating a new channel for enterprises to engage and interact with end users and attract new clients.

Cloud computing and software as a service is a new model for consuming and delivering business and consumer products and services, using Internet-based computing, storage and connectivity technology to house content distributed to an increasing variety of devices. Cloud computing and software as a service is expected to foster the development of new applications and devices that can access cloud-based software.

Cognitive computing involves self-learning systems that use data mining, pattern recognition and natural language processing to mimic the way the human brain works. The goal of this technology is to create automated IT systems that are capable of solving problems without human assistance.

Big data & fast data refers to the proliferation of data that enterprises are experiencing is driving demand for enhanced business analytics to enable them to identify patterns instantly, gain deeper insights intodemands from their customers and operations,employees. An intense focus on customer-centricity, while leveraging new and make better decisions.

Market Trends

User experience — As the Internet becomes increasingly user-centric, consumers are demanding richer, more interactive experiences in the websites that they visit and the software applications that they use. To attract new clients and retain existing ones, enterprises must create websites and applications that deliver intuitive and tailored user experiences.

Personalization technology enables Internet pages and search results to be customized based on the user’s implicit behavior, preferences and tastes. By applying predictive analytics and data miningemerging technologies to create exceptional experiences, will set businesses apart from their competitors.

Business models will be amended to focus on strategic alliances across industries and establish a new paradigm for customer relationships. Organizations must take proactive steps to identify new business opportunities and detect places for optimization and efficiencies to continuously drive growth. As industry boundaries begin to fade, the user’s “social graph,” browsing historyneed for collaboration and other criteria, enterprises can tailor their offerings and provide richer, more user-centric online experiences.

Gamificationinvolves applying game mechanics to non-game environments such as innovation, marketing, training, employee performance, health and social change. Gamification is being used by enterprises to achieve higher levels of employee and client engagement, change behaviors and stimulate innovation.

Consumerization of IT increases as consumersinnovative business alliances will continue to adopt emerging technologies intoemerge. Increasing joint efforts across industries will amend business models in 2022. New business models are expected to include phygital (a combination of physical and digital) retail experiences and phygital marketing, creating new relationships with their personal lives,customers and comedelivering a unique value proposition that combines the physical and digital worlds.

Adaptability, flexibility and sustainability are key drivers to maintaining a high-performing workplace. In 2022, we expect companies to implement new talent attraction and retention strategies whereby companies will invest in digitizing employee experiences while transforming the same experience, communicationrelationship between employers and features from business applications. Employees and enterprises are leveraging toolsemployees. We also believe that originated in the consumer world to communicate, collaborate and share knowledge in the workplace, as well as with clients.

Wearables and Internet of Things involves a new class of consumer and embedded electronics that allow users to perform day-to-day activities without having to reach for their smartphone or computer. Wearable devices provide feedback regarding behavior, activities and equipment usage, enabling enterprisessustainability initiatives will enhance an organization's ability to develop products and applicationsexecute strategies that are tailored to their customers’ specific needs. The Internet of Things is the network of physical objects that contain embeddedpromote cultural and economic change. Businesses can utilize technology to communicatecreate sustainable purposes and sense or interact with their internal states orgoals, making them part of the external environment. The term is broadly usedclimate solution while attracting like-minded employees. Developing a well-established technological infrastructure will enable organizations to denote advanced connectivity of devices, systemsoffer the necessary elements to drive productivity and services. According to Gartner, therecollaboration within a hybrid workforce model. Data and AI will be nearly 26 billion devices on the Internet of Things by 2020.

Open collaboration (or open innovation and crowdsourcing) is a new model for economic production involving dynamic knowledge exchange, encouraging outside ideas to cross company borders and empowering employees to workcritical in outside networks and collaborations. Crowdsourcing leverages the wisdom of crowds for market research, product development and efficient resource allocation as a way to be more agile in the face of rapid change.

Our Approach

At Globant, we dream and build digital journeys that matter to millions of users. These kinds of digital journeys extend beyond the creation of a website, an app or even a unified omnichannel experience. It involves the creation of a deeper relationship with the users by delivering memorable experiences that are personalized, time sensitive, and context and location aware by using big data and fast data. Toengaging workplace experiences.


The metaverse will create digital journeys, we bring together engineering, innovation, and design by implementing an ecosystem composed of three pillars:

·Stay relevant– Our thought leaders help our customers stay relevant within their industries by creating and publishing researches, organizing subject matters experts gatherings, and participating in webinars and conferences, among other initiatives. We show them how othernew spaces for companies are creating emotional experiences so they can foresee how to revolutionize their markets. It is key that we help our customers stay fit for the future and on top of new trends.

·Discover– We envision strategic digital journeys to optimize the interactions with end audiences in a sustainable way. Once the organization understands the paradigm shift, we work with them supported by a collaborative framework to think and conceive which would be the appropriate digital journeys for their users based on consumer behaviors and technologies. Our team dives into our customers’ companies, analyzing the industry, challenges, stakeholders, and goals in order to understand the business and define the perfect digital journey. We aim for a quick impact review in the market. We provide intimate integration with our third pillar, “Build” to prove the strategy in an agile way generating a continuous delivery. The focus is on the following:

35

Imagine: Vision and future scenery based on behavior, business and technology.

Envision: identify the business variables that drive digital journeys

Define: what is missing in the organization (product definition, process, services, actors, etc.) to achieve the vision

Transformation: sequence of actions and results to materialize the vision.

·Build: Once the digital journey is defined, we develop and build the experience by leveraging our three key pillars: our Studios, Agile Pods model and Services over Platforms.

Studios: Our Studios are deep pockets of expertise created in order to foster creativity and innovation by focusing on a specific domain of knowledge. Our Studio model is an effective way of organizing our company into smaller operating units, fostering creativity and innovation while allowing us to build, enhance and consolidate expertise around a variety of emerging technologies. Each of the 12 Studios has specific domain knowledge and delivers tailored solutions focused on specific technology challenges. This method of delivery is the foundation of our servicesextend their presence, offering, and our success. The Studios are Consumer Experience; Gaming; Big Data; Quality Engineering; Enterprise Consumerization; UX Design; Mobile; Cloud Ops; Wearables & Internet of Things; Continuous Evolution; Digital Content;creativity, maximizing engagement with clients and Cognitive Computing. Our Studio model allows usemployees. Organizations will need to optimize our expertise in emerging technologiesadapt and relatedmodify their business models as they consider the impact the metaverse could have on commerce, market trends, for our clients across a variety of industries.

Agile Pods: Agile Pods are cross-functionalclient and multidisciplinary teams that bring together designemployee relationships, and engineering in order to deliverhow the right products. Pods are measured according to four variables: innovation, velocity, quality, and autonomy. We encourage pods to mature over time to become more aligned with our customers’ needs.

Services over Platforms: Our experience building software products allowed us to put together a set of platforms designed to help create digital journeys in an agile and innovative manner. These products have the flexibility to adapt to the client’s needs as we provide microservices to compliment them.

Culture

Our culture is the foundation that supports and facilitates our distinctive approach. Itmetaverse can best be described as entrepreneurial, flexible, and team-oriented, and is built on three main motivational pillars and six core values.

Our motivational pillars are: Autonomy, Mastery and Purpose. ThroughAutonomy, we empower our Globers to take ownership of their client projects, professional development and careers.Mastery is about constant improvement, aiming for excellence and exceeding expectations. Finally, we believe that only by sharing a commonPurpose will build a company for the long term that breaks from the status quo, is recognized as a leader in the delivery of innovative software solutions and creates value for our stakeholders.

Globant’s core values are:

Act Ethically – We know that the only way to become the greatest professionals is to be the best people. We believe in doing business in an ethical manner and know our achievements go hand- in-hand with the responsibility to improve our society.

Think Big – We strongly believe that we can build a world-class company that provides Globers with a global career path. Our work is based on constant challenges and growth.

Constantly Innovate – We confront every “impossible” - breaking paradigms is what helps us create superior work.

Aim for Excellence in Your Work – Because we love our jobs, we want to be the best at them. We know that problems we face now will reappear in future projects so we try to solve the obstacles that affect us today.

Be a Team Player – We encourage Globers to get to know their colleagues and to support one another. Together, we are going to improve our profession, company and countries. We operate as one team whether it’s solving a problem or celebrating excellent results. We also all have the right to be heard and respected.

Have Fun – Most of the time, the passion, dedication and love we invest in our lives is devoted to our profession. As Globers, we believe in finding pleasure in our daily tasks, creating a pleasant work atmosphere and building friendships among colleagues.

In order to encourage Globers to live and work by these values, we launched StarMeUp, which allows Globers to recognize peers for an achievement or behavior that exemplifies one or more of our core values.

Consistent with our motivational pillars and core values, we have designed our workspaces to be enjoyable and stimulating spaces that are conducive to social and professional interaction. Our locations include, among others, brainstorming rooms, music rooms and “chill-out” rooms. We also organize activities throughout the year, such as sports tournaments, outings, celebrations, and other events that help foster our culture. We believe that we have been successful in building a work environment that fosters creativity, innovation and collaborative thinking, as well as enabling our Globers to tap into their intrinsic motivation for the benefit of our company and our clients.

36

Innovation

Innovation is at the heart of our culture, so it is critical that each and every one of our Globers be an innovator. In addition to offering a flexible and collaborative work environment, we also actively seek to build the capabilities required to sustain innovation through several ongoing processes and initiatives including:

Ideation sessions— At the outset of a client project, we frequently crowdsource ideas by organizing an ideation session to solve our client’s needs. We typically open ideation sessions to all Globers to maximize idea generation and capture the technology expertise found in each of our Studios. We believe that our ideation sessions help break down silos, facilitate the sharing of knowledge and insights, and stimulate innovative thinking.

Globant Labs — To help Globers stay ahead of the technology curve, we provide them with a competitive edge.

Remaining human-centric amidst technological advances in AI and ML will be critical. Artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) are helping organizations create more personalized experiences, focusing on tailor-made offers and opportunities. At the freedomsame time, AI and ML are aiding in automating processes to exploreincrease efficiency, optimize data collection, and test new ideassimplify decision-making. Maintaining a customer-centric approach to these technological enhancements will be imperative, bringing people and technology together.

31


Blockchain and decentralization will drive change. As applications and platforms become decentralized, organizations will start to transform their respective business models to create strategic alliances and collaborative technologies, in our Globant Labs — such as robotics, bioinformatics, virtual worlds, tangible interfacesblockchain, that will enable cross-industry connections, establishing a fully integrated interconnection and augmented reality that could eventually be useful to our existing and prospective clients.

Flip-thinking events — We encourage Globers to participate in flip-thinking events. These are open gatherings on topics related to creativity, innovation and technology to which we invite thought leaders fromfunctionality for their users through the sciences, the arts, industry and technology. We believe flip-thinking contributes to our Globers’ ability to think intuitively and creatively when solving problems.

Hackathonsare events to which we invite programmers, designers and engineers from Globant and outside Globant, to collaborate intensively on a technology challenge. Our hackathons are typically focused on a particular programming language, software technology or practice. Hackathons provide attendees the opportunity to learn, try out new ideas and collaborate with other people in a highly energized, idea-generative environment.

Premier League — Our Premier League is an elite teamuse of Globers, whose mission is to foster innovation by cross-pollinating their deep knowledge of emerging technologies and related market trends across our Studios and among our Globers. Our Premier League is comprised of our senior-most subject matter experts who are recognized as “gurus” in their respective domains of expertise. Approximately one percent of our Globers are members of our Premier League.

Finally, we believe that working across several different domains on a variety of technologies for sophisticated and demanding clients keeps our Globers open-minded and gives them the flexibility needed to create new possibilities and transform ideas into everyday technology.

Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate Globant and create the foundation for continued rapid growth in revenues and profitability:

Ability to dream and build digital journeys that matter to millions of users

Today, consumers have more technology in their hands than ever. As a result they are disrupting how brands connect with them. Consumers expect a new kind of content from companies. They want a deep, unique, technology-empowered experience that is simple, seamless, context-aware, and smart enough to anticipate and surprise. They want a lasting emotional connection. Conveying messages and creating effective engagements between brands and their consumers is no longer the sole domain of traditional channel, nor of online, social or viral marketing campaigns.

Digital services is becoming the hottest topic for technology organizations, and it is expected to continue growing in the months to come. According to Gartner, IDC and Cantor Fitzgerald Research, the Digital Services market presents a significant opportunity, with an estimated size of $71 billon for services and a compelling 25% CAGR for the next five years. Gartner states that 125,000 large organizations are currently launching a digital business initiative, while Forrester projects 65% of all businesses will be using big data analytics to optimize digital experiences by the halfway mark of 2016.

At Globant, we are experts in creating these digital journeys. A successful digital journey is composed of different software products including mobile apps, web apps and others orchestrated by a smart backend that uses big data and fast data and that connects to all of our client’s system. This approach creates a deep understanding of each end user and assists our clients in creating customized responses for each end user.

Deep domain expertise in emerging technologies and related market trends

We have developed strong core competencies in emerging technologies and practices such as mobility, social media, big data, cognitive computing, wearables, Internet of Things and cloud computing. We have a deep understanding of market trends, including user experience, personalization technology, gamification, consumerization of IT, wearables, Internet of Things, Cognitive Computing and open collaboration. Our areas of expertise are organized in 12 Studios, which we believe provide us with a strong competitive advantage and allow us to leverage prior experiences to deliver superior software solutions to clients.

37
APIs.


Long-term relationships with blue chip clients

We have built a roster of blue chip clients such as Google, Electronic Arts, JWT, Orbitz and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, many of which themselves are at the forefront of emerging technologies. In particular, we have been working with Disney and Electronic Arts for more than six and eight years, respectively. We believe that our success in developing these client relationships reflects the innovative and high value-added services that we provide along with our ability to positively impact our clients’ business. Our relationships with these enterprises provides us with an opportunity to access large IT, research and development and marketing budgets. These relationships have driven our growth and have enabled us to engage with new clients.

Global delivery with access to deep talent pool

As of December 31, 2015, we provided our services through a network of 33 delivery centers in 22 cities throughout nine countries. Our delivery centers are in Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Mendoza, Santa Fe, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; Mexico City, Mexico; Lima, Peru; Santiago, Chile; Pune and Bangalore, India; and San Francisco in the United States. We also have client management locations in the United States (Boston, New York and San Francisco), Brazil (São Paulo), Colombia (Bogotá), Uruguay (Montevideo), Argentina (Buenos Aires) and the United Kingdom (London).

Latin America has an abundant talent pool of individuals skilled in IT. Over 300,000 engineering and technology students have graduated annually from 2007 – 2013 from universities in Latin America and the Caribbean region according to The Science and Technology Indicator Network (Red de Indicadores de Ciencia y Tecnología), a research organization that tracks science and technology indicators in the region. Latin America’s talent pool (including Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Colombia and Uruguay) is composed of approximately 1,000,000 professionals according to SmartPlanet and NearshoreAmericas. Our highly skilled Globers come from leading universities in the regions where our delivery centers are located. Among our surveyed Globers, approximately 95.0% have obtained a university degree or are enrolled in a university while they are employed by our company, approximately 3.2% have obtained a graduate level degree, and many have specialized industry credentials or licensing, including in Systems Engineering, Electronic Engineering, Computer Science, Information Systems Administration, Business Administration and Graphic and Web Design. Our time zone and cultural similarity have helped us build solid relationships with our clients in the United States and Europe and differentiate us on projects that require a high degree of client collaboration.

A key element of our strategy is to expand our delivery footprint, including increasing the number of employees that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations. In particular, we intend to focus our recruitment efforts on the United States. We will continue to focus on expanding our delivery footprint both within and outside Latin America to gain access to additional pools of talent to effectively meet the demands of our clients and to increase the number of Globers that are deployed onsite at our clients or near client locations.

Highly experienced management team

Our management team is comprised of seasoned industry professionals with global experience. Our management sets the vision and strategic direction for Globant and drives our growth and entrepreneurial culture. On average, the members of our senior management team have 17 years of experience in the technology industry giving them a comprehensive understanding of the industry as well as insight into emerging technologies and practices and opportunities for strategic expansion.

Strategy

We seek to bemaintain our status as a leading digital transformation services provider that leverages the latest technologies and methodologies to help organizations respond to the changing demands of digital journeys that matters to millions of users.their customers and employees. The key elements of Globant’sour strategy for achieving this objective are, as follows:

described below:

Grow revenue with existing and new clients

We will continue to focus on delivering innovative and high value-added solutions that drive revenues for our clients, thereby deepening our relationships and leading to additional revenue opportunities with them. We will continue to target new clients by leveraging our engineering, design and innovation capabilities and our deep understanding of emerging technologies.technologies and industries. We will focus on building our brand in order to further penetrate our existing and target markets where there is a strong demand for our knowledge and services.

Remain at the forefront of innovationemerging technologies and emerging technologies

digital transformation

We believe our Studios have been highly effective in enabling us to deliver innovative software solutions that leverage our deep domain expertise across industries, in emerging technologies and related market trends. As new technologies emerge and as market trends change, we will continue to add Studios to remain at the forefront of innovation to address new competencies that help us stay at the leading-edge of emerging technologies, and todigital transformation, which will enable us to enter new markets and capture additional business opportunities.

Development of products and platforms

We will continue to focus on expanding our product and platform offerings to complement our service offerings. We established Globant X, an incubator dedicated to nurturing our homegrown innovation. We expect Globant X to help productize transformative technology into platforms and create new revenue models.

Attract, train and retain top qualitytop-quality talent

We place a high priority on recruiting, training, and retaining employees, which we believe is integral to our continued ability to meet the challenges of the most complex software development assignments. In doing so, we seek to decentralize our delivery centers by opening centers in locations that may not have developed IT services markets but can provide professionals with the caliber of technical training and experience that we seek. Globant offersIn doing so, we offer highly attractive career opportunities to individuals who might otherwise have had to relocate to larger IT markets. We will continue to develop our scalable human capital platform by implementing resource planning and staffing systems and by attracting, training and developing high-quality professionals, strengthen our relationships with leading universities in different countries, and help universities better prepare graduates for work in our industry. We have agreements to teach, provide internships, and interact on various initiatives with the several universities such asthroughout the Buenos Aires Institute of Technology (ITBA) in Buenos Aires, Argentina; Universidad Nacional del Centro de la Provincia de Buenos Aires (UNICEN) in Tandil, Argentina; Universidad de Tecnología Nacional (UTN) in Rosario, La Plata, and Buenos Aires, Argentina; Universidad Estadual de São Paulo, Brazil; ORT University in Montevideo, Uruguay; and Universidad Nacional de La Plata in La Plata, Argentina.

38
world.


Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions

Building

In building on our track record of successfully acquiring and integrating complementary companies, we will continue to selectively pursue strategic acquisition opportunities that deepen our relationshiprelationships with key clients, extend our technology capabilities, broaden our service offerings and expand the geographic footprint of our delivery centers including beyond Latin America, in order to enhance our ability to serve our clients.

Competitive Strengths
We believe the following strengths differentiate Globant and create the foundation for continued rapid growth in revenues and profitability:
32


Deep domain expertise across industries, in emerging technologies and related market trends
We have deep domain expertise across industries, in emerging technologies and related market trends. We organize our areas of expertise in Studios, which we believe provide us with a strong competitive advantage and allow us to leverage prior experiences to deliver superior solutions to clients.

Long-term relationships with blue chip clients

We have built a roster of blue chip clients such as Google, Electronic Arts, Southwest Airlines Co. and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, many of which themselves are at the forefront of emerging technologies. In particular, we have been working with Disney and Electronic Arts for more than ten years. We believe that our success in developing these client relationships reflects the innovative and high value-added services that we provide along with our ability to positively impact our clients' business. Our acquisitionsrelationships with these enterprises provide us with an opportunity to access large IT, research and development and marketing budgets. These relationships have driven our growth and have enabled us to engage with new clients.
Global delivery with access to deep talent pool

A key element of Clarice Technologiesour strategy is to expand our delivery footprint, including increasing the number of employees that work onsite at our clients or near client locations. In particular, we intend to focus our recruitment efforts on the United States. We will continue to focus on expanding our global delivery footprint to gain access to additional pools of talent to effectively meet the demands of our clients.

Highly experienced management team
Our management team is comprised of seasoned industry professionals with global experience. Our management sets the vision and strategic direction for Globant and drives our growth and entrepreneurial culture. On average, the members of our senior management team have 20 years of experience in May 2015the technology industry giving them a comprehensive understanding of the industry as well as insight into the industries in which our clients operate, emerging technologies and Dynaflowsopportunities for strategic expansion.

Our services

Companies are facing an accelerated need to adapt their business models, multiply their impact and enable a path for future success. We believe that organizations with the ability to adapt and respond to changing demands from customers and employees will survive and thrive.

We help our clients re-examine their core business models and effectuate changes in October 2015, illustrate our commitment to this strategy.

Our Services

To create digital journeys that matter to millions of consumers, we structureenable sustainable success.


We deliver our services around three main pillars as described above in “—Our approach”:

·Stay relevant

·Discover

·Build

“Build” comes after we have imagined the digital experiences forthrough our customers’ end users. Once we have the concept, we bring it to life by delivering services and creating innovating software products that leverage our Studios, our expertise in Services over Platforms,Studio model, Globant X, and our Agile Pods.

global autonomous culture, each of which is further described below.


1. Our Studios

Our approach to create digital journeys revolves around our Studios as compared to traditional IT services companies that are primarily organized around industry verticals. :


We believe that our Studio model is an effective way of organizing our company into smaller operating units, fostering creativity and innovation while allowing us to build, enhance and consolidate expertise around a variety of emerging technologies and industries. Our Studios have deep pockets of expertise across industries and in emerging technologies. Eachthe latest technologies and trends. We utilize our Studio has specific domain knowledge and deliversmodel to deliver tailored solutions focused on specific technology challenges. This method of delivery ischallenges and improving the foundation of our services offeringconnection between organizations and we believe, of our success.

their customers and employees.


Our 12Reinvention Studios are as follows:

·Consumer Experience

·Gaming

·Big Data

·Quality Engineering

·Enterprise Consumerization

·UX Design

·Mobile

·Cloud Ops

·Wearables & Internet of Things

·Continuous Evolution

·Digital Content

·Cognitive Computing

As technology continueswere designed to evolve, we will evolve by adding new Studios and areas of expertise allowing us to enter new markets and capitalizefocus on emerging technologies and related market trends.

Each of our technology-specialized Studios serves a broad set of industries. The Globers for each Studio include engineers, architects, artists and designers, business analysts, quality control analysts, marketing professionals, and project managers. The permanent members of a Studio maintain and enhance that Studio’s core knowledge over time, while the Globers who rotate through that Studio help cross-pollinate knowledge and best practices across our other Studios.

39

Consumer Experience

The online consumer experience has become a defining moment in business. Companies must compete to engage and retain the attention of a sophisticated online audience. We create appealing and high-performance omnichannel solutions with a short time to market at any scale that provide an outstanding consumer experience. We work together with our customersspecific industries in order to defineassist our customers reconfigure their businesses, operations and technology to respond to demands from customers and employees.


Our Digital Studios focus on developing business models and technical capabilities in the strategylatest technologies and trends to properly abstracthelp our customers with their digital transformation, digitizing processes, experiences, and integratetheir relationships with their stakeholders, among others.

33


Our Reinvention Studios:

Airlines:Enhancing passengers experience through digital innovation

Recognizing the digital ecosystemhighly competitive and to use any possible digital channel as a point of contact. Our API Management practice sets the platform that provides a digital representationregulated nature of the company. By integratingairline industry, we leverage our suitecross-industry expertise to drive digital transformation by positioning the passenger experience at the forefront of e-commerce solutions as needed, we assure security, performance, scalability, and availability. Our Omnichannel practice is the nexus that provides the strategy and technology needed to help companies deliver a seamless multiplatform experience.

strategic initiatives


The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

eCommerce: We provide strategic consulting to our Consumer Experienceclients intended to mitigate complexities in their businesses and embrace an order-centric approach. Leveraging the power of data, we help our clients build customized, unique experiences for their passengers, enabling them to handle trips, products, and services in a seamless manner.

New Distribution Capabilities (NDC): We provide public application programming interface ("API") consulting that leverages our extensive experience in NDC and OpenTravel industry standards across different versions and implementation strategies as an alternative to classic indirect channel solutions. NDC Strategy allows airlines independence from global distribution systems for distributions, enabling better and more specific ancillary offerings and improved fulfillment capabilities.

Augmented Revenue Management: Leveraging ML and advanced visualization, we provide analysts with a better understanding of trends in the marketplace, enabling the automation of the simpler and more mechanical decisions, while allowing them to work on more complex decisions.

Hyper Connected Operations: AI enables faster decision making and better communication with the crew and ground personnel. It allows rapid and effective irregular operations management and real time optimization by detecting patterns and proactively simulating “what if scenarios.” An integrated customer database with a crew system enables a better customer relationship management of FFP with a higher level of personalization, as well as better visibility of customer needs and situations during a disruption.

Conversational User Experience: We leverage Machine Learning Techniques and AI to increase the ability of the passenger to interact in a human-like way with IVRs and contact centers, which enables a better experience for complex customer needs.

Bluecap future finance:driving innovation in financial institutions

This Studio leverages our in-depth expertise in the financial sector to deliver customized transformational programs tailored to our client’s needs, which boost new business models and strategies, while enhancing the experience of customers.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Digital Lending - We empower financial institutions to adopt the most innovative digital lending practices and enhance the experience for banks, specialized lenders and consumers.

Commercial Effectiveness -The way in which financial institutions have offered their services to customers has completely changed. Customer expectations are at an all-time high, competition is focusedincreasing, and margins are under constant pressure. We help financial institutions reinvent their commercial strategy, transforming their distribution model, customer value propositions, branch-network productivity and incentive schemes to gain efficiency and effectiveness in all customer interactions.

Finance, Sustainability & Regulation Analytics - To optimize their results, financial institutions must efficiently deploy their resources and capital. Optimization requires an accurate cost-benefit analysis of financial and non-financial risks, such as transitions risks and physical risks. Based on our expert knowledge in finance and regulation, and the use of advanced data and AI capabilities, we are enabling financial and capital management to adapt to new challenges.

Transformation and Post-Merger Integration - The banking industry is going through continuous consolidation cycles, driven by the need to increase efficiency. We help financial institutions design their target operating models and provide functional support and Smart PMO during the integration process.

34


Payment Solutions & Open Banking - We assist financial institutions with their payment solutions to evaluate and reshape their existing capabilities, fraud and acceptance models, processes and customer journeys, among others. These solutions are driven by our deep knowledge of advanced analytics and awareness of new open banking trends and their impact on the integrated delivery of:

·API management;

·E-commerce solutions; and

·Omnichannel experiences.

Gaming

entry of new competitors.


Gaming:Engaging through play

Our Gaming Studio focuses on bringing interactive experiences to life. Through the use of storytelling mechanics, state of the art graphics, and game design we craft living worlds that are immersive and alive. We specializespecializes in the design and development of world-class games along with social and digital platforms, that functionwhich work across both theconsole, PC, web, social and mobile channels. In addition, we use

We enable our clients to leverage game mechanics by helping them develop a vision and execute an idea through production, launch and operation. We believe that our expertise and experience with some of the most recognized companies in the gaming industry enables us to add value to our customers' businesses. We utilize our experience, in gamingcreative talent, well-established technology frameworks and processes to help clients outside the industry adopt gamification toolsscale and drivers in order to increase adoption, retention and conversion of their software tools, and streamline their processes by creating better user experiences.

Thorugh early prototyping, game design, balancing, concept art, asset creation, 3D animation and programming, our teams are experts in bringing a vision to life, be it on a mobile device, a browser, or a next generation console.

foster innovation.


The portfolio of services we provide through our Gaming Studio includes:

·Graphics engineering;

·Game engineering;

·Gaming experience; and

·Digital platform services.

Big Data

Many


Game and graphic engineering - We engineer gaming and graphics to support Unreal, Unity, C++ and custom game engines including rendering systems and game engine support.
UI and UX design - We assist companies with design, engineering and art, and QA support
Online services - We help companies to integrate lobby services, multiplayer, match-making, user authentication, events, achievements, eCommerce and cloud-supported backends.
Game as a service (GaaS) - We provide services to establish subscriptions, microtransactions, online stores, notifications, promotions & offers into games.
High tech tools - We engineer platforms for rendering, level design, community, engine optimization and more.
DevOps - We assist companies in industries like finance, IT,their continuous integration and telecommunicationsdevelopment and cloud services for AWS, Azure, Google Cloud Platform, and custom solutions.

Life Sciences: We use technology to provide people with better health, equality and a more sustainable world

We improve the connection between technology and life sciences, combining bio-science talent with innovative technology solutions.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Smart Farming - Smart farming presents ways to optimize how food is produced and how to meet the increasing demands from a rising global population. We work with organizations to improve their production, using a variety of tools, theories and technologies.
Image Diagnosis - Biomedicine is a complex field where scientists are making rapid advances. Image diagnosis is helping to not only uncover intrinsic and correlated connections between variables to help provide better treatment options, but is also reducing the time it takes to find, diagnose, and treat disease.
Healthcare Interoperability - As a digital native company we are ready to help healthcare organizations digitize their solutions and ensure that data can be easily shared between different systems. We focus on digitizing healthcare ecosystems, taking into account the strict compliance and regulations in these environments.
Genomics data processing - The human genome was unlocked back in 2003, but still only a small proportion is fully understood and used in activities such as genetic screening, disease prediction, and drug development. We combine a variety of technologies and techniques such as AI, big data, cloud computing and parallel programming to advance our understanding of the human genome and its applications in bio-related fields.
Telemedicine & medical devices - With our experience in complex media and communications solutions, we help companies bridge the gap between the dynamics of diagnosis and inter-patient communications. Our practice focuses on combining the best digital tools with an empathic, patient-centric approach.
Patient Journey - Our human centered design approach improves patient journeys, bringing together patients, doctors, services and data. We help organizations create new means of communication and service channels.
R&D - We provide a unique approach to R&D, by combining best practices from the software development industry with specialized bio-science knowledge. Our practice offers organizations the opportunity to blend in-depth research with the methodical and rigorous process of software development.
35


Precision Medicine - The healthcare industry is increasingly developing techniques, methods and tools to provide individuals with tailored and personalized medical approaches. Our precision medicine practice covers the entire spectrum - from genetic screening, to drug development and medical supply chain issues, to a focus on personalized disease treatment and detection. We also research the evolution of pathologies to inform these precision medicine approaches.

Media and Entertainment: Reach and engage new audiences

Our Media and Entertainment Studio designs, builds and launches premium video experiences across every mobile device, OTT box, smart TV, and game console for our media clients.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Broadcasting: We help radio and media operators to optimize their existing broadcast platform by combining cloud-based platforms and everything-as-a-service (XaaS) models.
Streaming Experiences - We design, build, launch and sustain premium video experiences across every mobile device, OTT box, Smart TV, and Game Console for the best media companies in the world, driving user engagement and increasing monetization.
Media Supply Chain - It's not just about apps. Media solutions are highly complex, fragmented and interdependent. Every step in the workflow is critical. Everything must seamlessly operate as part of a larger whole. We understand and provide services that support the entire media supply chain; from ingest and transcode through to content distribution and publishing, all the way to user experience and playout.
Quality Lab - Using the latest technologies in Quality Engineering, including Test Automation and Load & Performance Testing, our QA process is a core part of the development lifecycle, ensuring the quality and consistency of the experience across an ever growing ecosystem of devices and platforms, and is able to handle high volume events.
Customer Insights & Monetization - Combining our capabilities in Digital Marketing and Data and AI, we build modern and scalable data platforms that put the customers in the middle, tracking and aggregating all touchpoints along their journey, to better understand their needs and preferences, improving their experience, reducing churn and boosting LTV.
Reliability Operations Center - By combining our expertise in Cloud Engineering, DevOps and Cybersecurity, we help our clients to accelerate and automate deployments of new features, improve time to resolution of production issues and increase the overall platform reliability and security by optimizing their platforms, cloud environments and systems through smart monitoring with a cost-effective and scalable solution that can drive significant savings in OPEX costs.

Travel and Hospitality: Building experiences that create long lasting memories

Guests expect personalized, end-to-end digital interactions.. We leverage the latest trends and technologies to help companies in the travel and hospitality industry create a frictionless customer-first approach that delivers relevant and context-appropriate experiences to their guests.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Phygital Guest Experiences - We merge the digital and physical worlds to create unique and frictionless experiences. We help our clients understand their guests to create the right experience. With an omnichannel data-driven approach, our phygital guest experiences offer different ways to interact with brands. Through marketing and discovery, bookings, eCommerce, and loyalty programs, and leveraging our Digital Studios, we significantly improve guest experience.
Employee Operations - Through an integrated legacy system, a simplified user experience, and automation for repetitive manual processes, we help employees focus on creating new experiences and connections with their guests. With our expertise in Cultural Hacking, we also help our clients to keep their workforce engaged, recognized, and working in a fun, innovative environment.

36


Our Digital Studios:

Agile Delivery:Aligning stakeholders and methodologies to meet business goals.

Digital transformation programs require softwarealignment from the strategic, tactic and support levels. Leaders are expected to steer engagement, innovation, effectiveness and commitment from their teams while achieving predictability in terms of timeframe, budget and quality. We create sustainable operations designed to scale and guarantee the lowest cost of ownership.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Processes & Tool Hacking - We help our clients succeed by enabling greater coordination, collaboration, and communication by implementing tools that allow end-to-end visibility.
Organizational Agility - We educate, mentor and enable organizations to capitalize on the principles and competencies found in paradigms such as Agile, Systems Thinking, Lean and others.
Delivery Management - We deliver high value solutions by steering teams into a continuous improvement approach to product development. We set clear and common goals to achieve outstanding results within budgets, with scalable and sustainable operations.

Blockchain:Driving decentralized solutions

We design and build tailored decentralized and resilient solutions that boost strategic business value enabling efficiency, immutability and transparency.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Digital Tokenization - We design solutions to leverage token economics and non-fungible tokens to empower the ownership of digital assets. Through digital tokenization, we help organizations to develop novel business models in a variety of industries, including art, music, finance, manufacturing, real estate and supply chain.
Smart Contracts - We design and build fast, transparent and secure decentralized solutions that enable transactions and agreements to be extremely scalable,carried out without the need for a central enforcement mechanism. We help our clients to scale down on intricacy and costs associated with traditional methods without compromising authenticity and credibility.
Decentralized Finance ("DeFi") - We use our in-depth cross-industry knowledge to help organizations adopt DeFi-based solutions to optimize, automatize and improve the overall security of their operations. We guide our clients in the design, implementation and exploitation of distributed, transparent, fast and secure blockchain-powered financial products and services.
Platforms Consulting & Development - We provide strategic consulting on how to effectively leverage blockchain for business transformation. We partner with our clients to devise and implement tailored blockchain-powered solutions for key businesses and industries.

Business Hacking:Non-traditional ways to create new business value

Digitalization and high levels of security, availability,consumer expectations are radically changing the way we interact with each other, and performanceorganizations who know how to manage these trends will be successful. Our business hacking framework is designed to make transformations tangible, measurable and in order to handle highfind new ways to optimize culture and business impact.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Digital Business Acceleration - We help accelerate business transformation by focusing on key strategic levels, including process, data, or transactions volumes. Attechnology, experience, and culture.
Digital Business Growth - We find new ways to strengthen and scale business while boosting the same time, mostrevenue of existing digital assets to maximize return on investment.
Digital Business Innovation - We focus on the creation of new business models, value propositions and value monetization, exploring the limits of existing core business and revenue streams, by analyzing data and consumer behavior within the context of a sustainable transformational program.

37


CloudOps:Helping our customers embrace their cloud transformation journey

Our Cloud Ops Studio combines some of the connected devices today generate terabytesleading cloud technologies, continuous integration and continuous delivery practices with our capabilities to facilitate new and more efficient ways of informationdoing business.

Cloud and Dev Ops are independent but mutually reinforcing strategies for delivering business value. Cloud and Dev Ops evolved in response to three fundamental transformations. First, we are transitioning from a product economy to a service economy. Second, the business environment demands that companies shift their focus from stability and efficiency to agility and innovation. They need to be gatheredincrease delivery frequency and processed in order to generate action and intelligence in real time.

Our Big Data Studio creates secure software that handles large volumes of information in an effective, usable way. Our scalable software design guidelines and frameworks enable our clients to managecontinue their service evolution. Third, the different phases ofdigital dimension is filling the data lifecycle. This ensures timely service level agreements, data governance, scalability and availability.


We provide mastery in algorithms, data modeling, and transactional services by applying the latest tools, platforms, and programming languages to both open source and proprietary software

physical dimension.


The portfolio of services we provide through our Big DataCloudOps Studio includes:

·Scalable platforms

·Data integration

40


·Data architecture

·Data visualization, and

·Data science

Quality Engineering

Cloud Transformation Advice - By leveraging our Enterprise Cloud Transformation framework we can help our customers develop a roadmap that factors in the following key pillars of a successful journey to cloud: business, people, process and technology.
Building Cloud Environments -Our Quality Engineering StudioEnterprise Cloud Transformation Framework helps our customers leverage proven best practices and a deep pool of real-life experiences to tailor their cloud presence to particular business challenges. We enable business owners to observe the flow of value delivery in near real time. This provides a comprehensive suitebetter understanding of innovative testing services that ensure software applications achieve the highest standardstechnical side of the product cycle and meet the needs of end users. The Quality Engineering Studio nurtures our Agile Develop model by implementing embedded testing in Agile teams, thus enabling rapid quality verifications that help minimizeimproves time to market.

market, which causes incremental improvements in product delivery cycles.

Moving Workloads to the Cloud - Our Enterprise Cloud Transformation Framework includes a variety of strategies to move applications to the cloud.
Cloud Support & Operation - Our services have been designed to operate cloud infrastructure through a skill-flexible, cost-effective offering that can cover a variety of practices with an elastic pricing model. Our 24x7-capable support services leverage the skilled support model to resolve incidents and complete requests faster than the traditional multi-tier support approach.
Chaos Engineering - Chaos Engineering is responsible for implementing state-of-the-art techniques and practices to create, build and assure what we call a “llity-pattern” (scalability, reliability, availability, quality) for our customer's products, applications and services. We use Chaos Engineering tools to design and execute use cases that test and identify bottlenecks in our customer's cloud environment. Our approach focuses on helping companies predict issues rather than fixing incidents from network and application outages. We combine cloud testing with specific application testing techniques to ensure broader coverage.
Site Reliability Engineering - We provide comprehensive testingguidelines to prepare the appropriate infrastructure, observe and test automation strategiesanalyze performance and execute countermeasures for risks.

Conversational Interfaces:Engage in human & frictionless ways

Language and voice are some of the most powerful tools we’ve evolved for communication. We believe customers want to engage with proven experience on distributed teams. Our flexible working model easily adapts to different customers’ methodologiescompanies in a more human way and engagements.

our accelerators can make it possible.


The portfolio of services we provide through our Quality Engineeringthis Studio includes:

·Testing center;

·Test automation;

·Mobile testing; and

·Load & performance testing.

Enterprise Consumerization


Assistants & Channels - Whether a company wants to have presence in Alexa, WhatsApp or Slack, our platform has connectors for all of them, and can setup, enable or disable them as needed.
Conversation Engine - Our Enterprise Consumerization Studio designs and builds enterprise solutions that enable organizationsplatform has built-in features to focus on their employeesaccelerate a company's assistant capabilities. We have components for onboarding, corporate login, connecting to Salesforce or even completing business domains as individual consumers.virtual wallets.
Natural Language Processing - Companies are often deciding between Rasa or DialogFlow for processing natural language. We can help provide new innovative experiencesyou make up your mind or even switch between them seamlessly if you decide to workersdo so.
Conversational Transformation - A company's business needs to enable them to achieve the companies’ business objectives.

Employees interact with innovative technology asbe part of the conversational revolution, as their everyday life and they expectcustomers want to engage their enterprise ecosystem to followdigital channels in a more natural way. We can help fill the same trends. We provide robust solutions that increase adoption and productivity, create competitive advantage, foster innovation, and bring agility to enterprise. Our Studio is in charge of bringing new technologies to the enterprise environment while taking caregap of the multidisciplinary team required to build that custom experience from the ground. We have experience designing, building and testing conversations through different channels.




38


Cultural Hacking:Powering cultural transformations

Our Product Acceleration Studio utilizes modern product management techniques to ensure products solve the right problems, meet user experienceexpectations, and usability. We create products and platforms that would help our customers’ employees gain access to essential information, increase collaboration and improve processes.

achieve business value.


The portfolio of services we provide through our Enterprise Consumerizationthe Studio includes:

·Talent management;

·Cloud development;

·Collaboration solutions; and

·Enterprise operations.

UX


Organizational Design

- We assist our clients in building organizations to fulfill their mission statements. We assign people to each area, create a people-centric mentality, design skill requirements, and build a change management plan that keeps businesses running while creating a new model.

Leadership Mindset & Organizational Upskilling - We empower leaders and employees to reach their full potential through training, mentorship and coaching, along with other techniques to create the right mindset to manage changes and evolutions.
Cultural Strategy - We define a cultural strategy that empowers people and accelerates business results. We discover and create a comprehensive roadmap to successfully deliver every stage of a transformation plan including a holistic view of business, data, processes, experiences and talent journey. We co-create the key aspects of our customers' culture including the purpose, values and competencies of the organization.
Talent Journeys - We craft amazing experiences to lead people to organizations where there is great coherence between strategic goals, values, communication, competences, and the talent experience. We define specific journeys including onboarding, recruiting, staffing, innovation, diversity, leadership, and learning. We generate a direct impact on companies' employer branding.
Change Management - We ensure the success and adoption of new technologies and business changes by actively focusing on managing change and creating bridges between the old and the new.

Cybersecurity: Building secure digital experiences

We help businesses create safe and secure products from conceptualization to execution. We help organizations create secure digital experiences by improving the maturity of software development processes. We have built proprietary security tools to enable businesses to gain better visibility into security risks and quickly take action when needed.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Building Secure Products - We believe that security has to be involved in all stages of the software development lifecycle. Key to our approach is helping our clients move away from traditional cyber risk management to quantitative risk analysis. We help organizations build secure software using industry recognized best practices; design secure applications from the beginning, by integrating security into the architecture and infrastructure design; and reduce software development costs with security by design. This result in fewer defects, vulnerabilities and code fixes during production.
Cybersecurity at Cloud Speed - The challenge posed by the new paradigm, cybersecurity as a code, forces us to re-evaluate traditional cybersecurity approaches. It requires the continuous delivery of security, adding value at every stage. We enable businesses to adapt to this new world with expertise in DevSecOps.
Cybersecurity Operation Support - Effective Cybersecurity Operations means implementing proactive controls, and constantly monitoring infrastructure and security configurations. Businesses need to detect, prevent and mitigate possible attacks.

Data & AI:Turning data into insights

Using Design Thinking methodologies, we partner with companies' internal teams to discover, define, and build the best data products and data strategies to meet their business needs. Utilizing agile methodologies, we evolve products and designs from early definitions to get them live in production, ensuring that business stakeholders are involved and aligned to the final product.

Our expertise allows us to create a wide variety of end to end solutions for industries including finance, travel, media & entertainment, retail, health, among others. We universalize data and foster organizational changes towards a data-driven culture.

39


Our team combines data, business processes, and state-of-the-art tools and algorithms to enable businesses to engage in a deeper, interactive and more meaningful conversation with their data, empowering our clients with competitive advantage by unlocking true value and creating meaningful, actionable and timely business insights.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Data Strategy - We believe data can be a side effect of a company's operations or a pivotal element in its business strategy. Data strategy is about how a company captures, analyzes, maintains and processes data in order to augment its business value. We believe in a focus on technology and design choices to build value in a scalable, reliable and reproducible way, and the tools set in place to improve the way personnel can make and act on their decisions. With our extensive experience and top notch technical expertise and business acumen, we guide our clients in empowering their business models through data, consult on technological decisions, and on the processes and change management to make them effective.
Insights - We believe collecting and accessing the right data is important, but the greatest value comes from analyzing and interpreting the data, to better understand the situation, generate new insights and decide on actionable outcomes. This requires a data-savviness for which most businesses lack bandwidth, coupled with business knowledge of their strengths. We partner with our clients to extract the best information from their data and assist them in their operations and strategy side by side and day to day.
Data as a Product ("DaaP") - Companies understand that data is one of their most valuable assets. That is why we work together to co-create data products and maximize value from them. Our expertise in different business verticals allows us to execute projects following best practices and quality standards. With the premise to generate internal and external value through data, we help our clients create a variety of solutions with different focuses such as improving customer experience, optimizing costs, generating revenue, and obtaining data insights, among others.
Data Platforms - Exploiting valuable and relevant data is of paramount importance to the success of modern organizations, from harnessing insights up to generating revenue streams from novel data products. Data platforms have emerged as the cornerstone solution that enables organizations to efficiently exploit and benefit from data in a cost-efficient, scalable and secure manner. We partner with our clients to design and build data platforms as integrated technology solutions that enclose the elements required to support the entire data lifecycle, from data governance to AI and machine learning models.
MLOps - In our experience, companies have embraced the concept of DevOps in the last couple of years which has enabled them to make software reach scale at higher levels. Data products such as data visualizations or AI models also need a similar set of practices that help the organization manage their availability in a similar fashion. Our experience on software engineering combined with our deep knowledge of data & AI has allows us to develop MLOps practices that enable organizations to manage these products at scale. MLOps means transitioning from POCs into full scale enterprise data solutions.

Design:Designing relevant experiences

Our UX Design Studio providesfocuses on delivering quality, design, methodologiesstrategy, and creative services that empower our clientsproduction to address worldwide digital challenges. Our designs are based on observations of consumer behavior and market trends. Our goal is to create digital products that engage with their users in new relevant ways. This Studio focuses on the observation of user behavior, usability, brand designconcrete and strategic design. We create solid relevant solutions that appeal to both users and businesses.


The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

User Experience - By identifying verbal and non-verbal stumbling blocks, we refine and iterate to create an exceptional user experience. From user research and usability analysis to interactive design, we enhance interactions, information architecture, usability and persuasion. We help our clients inspire their communities, foster adoption and drive conversion results.
Visual Design - We utilize an insightful and conceptual approach to create and execute designs. We develop visual elements of an interphase and implement a brand personality into the interaction design. We establish relationships with the users by creating emotional interfaces and brands based on deep analyses of end-users and market trends. In much the same way that a piece of art appeals to the human eye, we strive to visually and emotionally engage users.
Service Design - Service design involves the activity of mapping, prototyping and planning cutting-edge product-service systems and how the actors should interact to bring those omni-relevant experiences to market. From strategic and operations management to business design, we apply a holistic approach to understand, create and orchestrate strategic scenarios, working in collaboration with multidisciplinary teams. Our service designers co-design with clients and customers translating research insights into actionable plans and viable opportunities for growth.
40


Digital Lending: Enhancing the lending experience through digital innovation

This studio aims to empower financial institutions to adopt innovative digital lending practices and enhance the experience for banks, specialized lenders and consumers.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:
Smart underwriting - Risk underwriting is the first step to ensuring an exceptional user experience within the digital lending process. We leverage the latest technologies, such as interrelationship maps, digital footprint and PSD2, to incorporate new sources of information that allow us to better understand customers and non-customers. Combining all sources of information with the use of advanced analytics, we offer a customized product and smart experience for each customer.
Monitoring - A key to successful risk management is proactive monitoring integrated into daily risk analysis, which is able to anticipate default events. We help our clients anticipate and effectively manage default events months in advance. Risk is not static, so having the latest information, together with the use of advanced data management techniques, allows for a more efficient and optimal process at customer or portfolio level through digital integration, providing greater autonomy in management.
Digital collections - Our Digital Collections models are based on three main elements: prioritization of the Customer Experience, optimization of the value of the portfolio, and integration of a superior technological and operational model.

Digital Sales: Increasing digital sales through new marketing, data and technology.

Our Digital Sales Studio aims to solve key business problems and boost results by disrupting traditional sales and marketing processes through our end-to-end model with customer data and lead management technology.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Media & Traffic Acquisition - Working alongside our Digital Marketing and Design Studios, we blend physical and digital experiences to engage with clients and prospects. We use zero and first-party data to understand online and offline behavior, and to target the right audience. We use advanced segmentation engines to personalize every interaction, and also develop unique media strategies that blend traditional and non-traditional channels to be relevant at every interaction.
Advanced Lead Management - We leverage Lead Qualification and Conversion Rate Optimization initiatives by using AI and personalization engines with a clear performance-oriented focus. Our Advanced Lead Generation practice will help companies reach their desired engagement levels with relevant, dynamic, and personalized content as companies drive prospects towards acquiring their products and services.
Lead to Sales - Through our advanced attribution models and use of the latest technology, we can increase company success rates by both integrating relevant data points (contact center, owned media, offline data, among others) and obtaining a unified view of the customer journey that is mapped with a sales funnel. Visualizing and using that information can help to build and adjust company strategies and turn qualified leads into sales.
Customer Development - By using innovative channels and assets, we deliver unique experiences to customers, achieving higher lifetime values. We collect and process relevant data to understand customer behavior that enables us to deliver more efficient marketing strategies.
Data, Martech & Adtech - MarTech and AdTech capabilities are the pillars of the digital sales transformations. We prepare marketers to collect, manage and activate data properly through connected architectures, which creates more relevant and identity-based experiences. To deliver the best results and manage user consent and privacy properly, we use a sustainable approach that ensures data quality, tech expertise, agile implementations and collaborative operations.
Operational Success - We create collaborative operating and governance models to enable our clients to conveniently orchestrate internal and external stakeholders.

41


Digital Experience Platforms:Leading consumer experience to intelligent digital journeys

Our Digital Experience Platforms Studio focuses on crafting contextualized cross-channel experiences across customer digital journeys. There are done through seamless, personalized and scalable solutions.

In the cognitive era, we believe that disruptive thinking in the search for new roads to gain consumers and the support of adaptive technologies are key to success. Within our Digital Experience Platforms studio, we help companies to find smart new ways to engage their consumers through innovative omnichannel delivery to bring their services and products to unknown spaces to them.

The portfolio of services we provide through the Studio includes:

Augmented CMS - We help create omnichannel experiences. We do this by delivering an integrated cross-channel content strategy that enables a business to manage multiple channels and customer interactions, with the result of a unified experience for the customer. Through predictive personalization we deliver relevant and ubiquitous content to each consumer.
Augmented Commerce - Through design-led thinking we discover consumers’ ideal touch points and recommend digital channels to reach consumers while leveraging Augmented reality, voice-user interface, unmanned kiosks, rewards and gamification.
ePayments - We understand the technology that companies need, including tokenization and biometrics, and have a deep understanding of the different regulatory environments for ePayments. We also recognize the challenges including the lack of standardization, consumers lacking in familiarity, and cybersecurity. We can quickly implement new digital methods, such as contactless payments and digital wallets.
Educational technology - We embrace technology to make learning more engaging. We are ready to create engaging online learning products that we believe inspire us all to continue to learn and develop new skills. We provide dedicated services for educational organizations in need of digital learning solutions, as well as for businesses looking to transform how they train their employees.

Digital Marketing:Making brands more engaging

The Digital Marketing Studio combines a data-driven approach with forward-thinking creativity to detect and solve organizations' most pressing, deep-rooted digital marketing challenges, working cross-functionally and leveraging technology to design, create and execute high-impact, innovative strategies that exceed business' goals.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Marketing Strategy - We develop digital marketing strategies focused on business needs, shifting from product-centric to customer-centric. We help introduce a digital marketing strategy, create a brand position, and re-define our customers' go-to-market strategy
Marketing Analytics - We believe that being data-driven is imperative for making business decisions in the digital transformation era. We use relevant data to answer business questions, discover and enhance relationships, predict unknown outcomes, and automate decisions.
Content     - We create and implement content strategies based on a brand’s business goals, challenges, and audiences. We believe in content as a way to develop awareness and authority for a brand. We provide content strategy, creation, publishing, moderation, and optimization services.
Social Media - The best way to be customer-centric is to create direct conversations with customers and prospects, engaging with them where they are, and deliver relevant, compelling messaging. We provide social media strategy, community management, and social media listening services.
Search Engine Optimization and App Store Optimization - Our focus is to promote brand and domain authority, and attract more qualified traffic. We accomplish this via search engine optimization, as well as app store optimization strategies and services.
Marketing Intelligence - We use and interpret data to detect marketing opportunities and trends relevant to drive business goals forward. We deliver dashboards, reports and actionable insights analysis.
Digital Advertising - We craft campaigns that leverage relevant data while staying cost-conscious. Our services include SEM, social and display ads, monetization, programmatic advertising, and direct selling.
Marketing Automation - We deploy marketing automation technologies to be customer-centric and deliver personalized communications and have experience with all major automation tools. We can help our customers measure the ROI of their marketing efforts, nurture and score leads, automate tasks and workflows, and more.
42



Enterprise Applications:Transform, Innovate and Optimize the full value chain

We leverage Enterprise Applications with AI and digital technologies. Further, we enabled transformation through our Augmented Process Transformation and Enterprise Architecture continuous enhancement ML/Data Science platforms and Services.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

SAP - S/4HANA & SCP are tools to conducting business in an innovative way. Through our frameworks we enable our clients to take maximized benefits of the SAP ecosystem.
Oracle - We help our clients find and execute the best journey to leverage their Oracle Applications on the cloud and evolve or extend their business processes with Oracle Cloud Applications.
ServiceNow - With ServiceNow platforms and solution, we help clients transform their IT processes (including ITSM, IT Governance, IT Business and Operation Management), provide innovative customer experiences (including Service and Case Management), empower their employee experiences along the full process, integrate all of their Enterprise Applications workflows and manage their GRC cycles.
DSI - With our DSI services, we can manage inventories on the cloud, providing visibility for all business partners along the supply chain, improve warehousing operations, managing remote, in-transit and satellite stock locations, improve customer satisfaction with timely and accurate deliveries, and provide mobile/cloud data collection for all of the company's needs. As a strategic DSI partner, Globant is part of the product evolution and development team, with broad experience in complex logistics environments we provide logistic process and technical expertise for agile deployments.

Internet of Things: Connecting the physical world

Our Internet of Things Studio offers technology solutions for the current device ecosystem and additional applications for the Internet of things.

We help our customers develop their new product ideas and gather information about behavior, activities and sensor-collected data, and then process all the information to develop new services.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Edge Development - We integrate and enable hardware platforms to enhance the capabilities of devices. We specialize in providing end-to-end solutions with a focus on edge design.
IoT platforms - With our platforms, we can develop device management strategies, update campaigns, data storage, data visualization, applications, services integration, data analytics and digital twin-based applications.
Research and development - Our ideation funnel inputs client business needs, metrics, and use cases together with our flexibility to power ideation. With the aid of product development and user experience teams, this materializes into a device integrated with its services.

Metaverse: We open portals into the metaverse

The Metaverse Studio focuses on opening portals to digital spaces for our customers by providing a pipeline for digital twin generation and enhanced content production systems, resulting in a presence in the different virtual online worlds. We help companies create and operate their new virtual spaces where they can extend their brand presence and product offering, which maximizes engagement with their clients and employees while reinventing their business verticals.

The portfolio of services we provide through our UX DesignMetaverse Studio includes:

·Service design;

·User experience design; 

·Industrial design; and 

41


·Visual design.

Mobile

Projection to the Metaverse -Our MobileStrategic Consulting program is aimed at exploring business needs, fit of different existing metaverses, limitations, implementation and operation costs involved, and includes a custom creation program plan for particular scenarios. We help brands to explore the different storytelling options available to digitize their culture and services and define the proper steps for implementation with the proper art style and visualization support.
Virtual Worlds & Digital Twins - We help the top centralized and decentralized metaverses gateway and systems providers all over the world by supporting their product, engineering, infrastructure, art, and quality assurance needs
43


across different platforms and regions. We co-create simulations, synthetic environments, and Industry 4.0 Software solutions that support our client implementations and visions of the Metaverse.
Virtual Productions - We create the most compelling content production assets that supports different campaigns and uses across various industries. We are experts in art production pipeline and real time productions using game engines. We design and implement product showcases and virtual venues, and provide event support and immersive training development.

Process Optimization: Efficiency driven by technology

Our Process Optimization Studio develops mobile product lines or mobility extensions for web-based products,delivers solutions to our clients so they can be more efficient, innovative and agile.

Companies strive to enhance their efficiency as they grow and their competition increases. Our goal is to provide solutions that improve productivity, create competitive advantages, foster innovation and provide agility. We work to establish quick wins that are refined using the latest tools and frameworks on all native platforms. From the inception of our clients´ concept for a mobile product, we help them establish and improve their presence in the mobile space. Ouran iterative approach blends product managers, user experience designers, highly skilled developers and trained business analysts to build software solutions tailored to each mobile platform, using agile development methodologies to deliver products in this rapidly evolving market. 

more value on each cycle while optimizing throughput.


The portfolio of services we provide through our MobileProcess Automation Studio includes:

·Native development;

·Product development; and

·Enterprise mobility.

Cloud Ops

Our Cloud Ops Studio focuses on


Intelligent Automation - Intelligent Automation reduces tedious work for our clients’ employees and concurrently boosts productivity. Smart bots interact with the design,various IT systems of a company and mimic the work of a typical person. We work with businesses to use these tools, methodologies, and technologies to both automate standard processes, but also drive fundamental business change.
Process Mining - Process Mining combines process management and evolutiondata science to provide a fact-based view of our customers’ cloud operationalhow processes are executed in production. Based on transactional information from their source systems, companies can discover, monitor, and enhance their business processes. It aims

Product: Delivering best-in-class digital products

Our Product Studio utilizes modern product management techniques to ensure that cloud operations are efficient for each specific company, withproducts solve the ability to scale to any sizeright problems, meet user expectations, and adapt to everyachieve business need.

Our Cloud practice (both public and hybrid) provides support for the evolution of enterprise IT environments in order to make them more agile and governable while reducing risks and costs. Our DevOps practice helps our customers improve the connection between the development and operations teams. Thanks to standardization and automation, these improved connections help reduce our clients’ time to market for new features and products.

value.


The portfolio of services we provide through our Cloud Opsthis Studio includes:

·Cloud;

·DevOps.

Wearables


Product Strategy - We focus on market research, business model definition to help companies identify customer acquisition strategies and Internet of Things

At the intersection of electronics, programming, and industrial design, our Wearables & Internet of Things Studio was created to bring to life technology solutions for the connected lifestyle.

Thanks to the steady advances in microelectronics, digital fabrication, and cloud computing technology, everyday objects are becoming connected and “smart.” Our Studio is defining how these objects will interact with each other and with our customers in order to make our lives better. With the products developed in this Studio, we are able to gather information about behavior, activities and sensor collected data, and then process all that information to develop new products and services.

Our practices include:

·Wearable application usability and interface design;

·Hardware design and integration;

·Data design and management; and

·Native wearable and embedded development.

We created the first fast prototyping laboratory in which our customers test new devices and products. This program directly involves our customers in every aspect of the hardware development, from proof of concepts, including small scale production and large scale production, through partnerships.

42

Continuous Evolution

Our Continuous Evolution Studio (previously known as our After Going Live Studio) focuses on evolving existing applications, helping our clients to improve the value of their software over time. The Studio helps our customers stay aligned to new business needs and market trends by continuously improving of their software products.

Every piece of software is initially design to meet a specific business need, but those needs are not static. Software evolution is key to improving value over time. Our Continuous Evolution Studio works to include new trends and technologies into existing products in order to foster permanent engagement. close the gap between corporate strategy and identified problems. Product Managers help companies discover core user problems, define effective solutions, implement product development practices, establish product organizations, evolve product governance, and define go-to-market strategies.

Product Management and Delivery - Fully engaged product owners who are able to collaborate with stakeholders, customers, and development teams to set vision, experience, and outcome objectives. Through iterative wins, we develop continuously focused product solutions that are driven by priority value.

Quality Engineering:Enabling quality everywhere

The Studio’s expertise in software evolution gives it the ability to support almost any kindsuccess of application after the initial implementationour clients' businesses is complete. The team ensures quality and efficiency while also bringing innovation, optimization, performance improvement, and constant evolutiondirectly tied to the products.

·Software evolution;

·IT service management; and

·Software archaeology.

Digital Content

quality of complex and highly integrated software. Our Digital Contentclients' software drives opportunities, but it also exposes them to new risks. We believe that only a high quality product has a chance of succeeding in today's market.


Our Quality Engineering Studio focuses on developingreducing our clients' business risks. We provide a comprehensive suite of innovative and robust testing services that ensure high-quality products to meet the needs of demanding, technology-avid users. Cutting edge quality strategies increase test efficiency, decrease time to market and reduce the risks inherent in producing challenging digital online strategies throughjourneys.

Our "round the creationclock" approach leverages the close-knit nature of originalquality assurance across geographies and customized productstime-zones to achieve continuous testing. This approach aligns with build schedules to utilize our onshore, nearshore and solutions. We empower our clients’ businesses by taking care of the complete lifecycle ofoffshore teams to their digital journey and helping them promote their brands through digital media. From the development of user-friendly, easy-to-use, and appealing content management systems to the inception and implementation of go-to-market digital strategies. We rely on a multi-channel approach to provide an integrated experience.

maximum potential.


44


The portfolio of services we provide through our Digital Contentthis Studio includes:

·Content management systems;

·E-learning solutions;

·Digital marketing services; and

·Video content production.

Cognitive Computing


Agile Testing - Although many organizations have adopted Agile methodologies to build quality into their practices, testing remains a challenge for teams. With our expertise in Agile testing, we help organizations adapt their testing approaches and tools, as well as their traditional roles and responsibilities to these new practices.
Automation Testing - We have deep expertise in offering test automation services and developing test automation solutions and frameworks. Test automation is a key testing practice to increase test efficiency, reduce time to market, and be less prone to the human error inherent in manual testing.
Load and Performance Testing - We help organizations create a 360 degree performance test plan. Our Cognitive Computing Studio is focused on developing intelligent productsservices cover the spectrum from the backend and services leveragingdatabase, to mobile app and frontend performance testing. We are experts in application performance monitoring. We identify in real-time the poweruser experience, resource consumption, and complexitymap transactions and applications to infrastructure components.
AI Testing - We use AI-based tools to improve, enhance and enable testing strategies. We also use testing strategies to evaluate and improve the performance of big data. By using artificial intelligence, natural language processing, andAI-systems. With machine learning we create context-aware, smartimprove the performance of test automation frameworks. Our AI testing services include functional, differential, and UX/UI testing. For organizations implementing and using machine learning models, we can define and implement customized testing strategies to assess and validate different machine learning models.
Game Testing - Our team of gaming professionals have deep experience in launching AAA games to market. Our work ranges from the upfront design to testing, to market launch and continuous development. We bring together expertise in game development and testing, and our services span the spectrum of different gaming platforms. We offer dedicated gaming frontend and backend quality engineering services, ranging from functional and performance testing to GUI, security, and API testing.
Mobile Testing - Testing mobile applications, that can learn on their own. By creating a more personalizedwhether hybrid or native, requires thoughtful planning to guarantee adequate coverage across different devices and sophisticated service, these smart applicationsplatforms. We offer compatibility testing, responsive design testing, test automation, and acceptance testing, among other practices. We have experience scaling mobile testing and providing comprehensive testing strategies for some of the world’s largest companies.
Data Testing - One of the main challenges facing businesses today is how to make sense of all the data they collect. To do this, they need consistent, quality data. Our QE experts work alongside data scientists to help our clients build testing strategies to ensure high quality data. Our data quality services include evaluating different data levels, ensuring data consistency, and checking business rules.
Accessibility Testing - Today's digital solutions need to provide equal access and opportunity to people with disabilities by complying with accessibility standards. We help our customers develop better relationships withto improve the quality of their audiences.

digital products by identifying the barriers that prevent interactions and hinder accessibility. We help organizations adhere to standards such as the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 (WCAG).

Media and OTT Testing - We have a team of specialized media over-the-top (OTT) testing engineers. We assess media OTT applications against market trends, expected quality levels, user experience, and store certification validations. We offer predefined test scenarios that can be customized to a company’s needs.
Conversational Interfaces Testing - Text-based (chatbots) and voice-based (voice assistants) conversational interfaces can deliver powerful experiences but mimicking human interactions is highly challenging. It’s not enough for conversational systems to just understand a customer. Our team can help ensure you also deliver an enjoyable and friendly experience. Our team brings together expertise in several disciplines, including voice UI design, interaction, visual, motion and audio design, and UX writing.

Salesforce:Enabling customer centricity through Salesforce

Globant's Salesforce Studio provides a link between Salesforce Customer 360 Platform and our client's employees, business partners, and customers’ needs, providing a set of digital solutions and a roadmap to stay ahead of business disruptions.

45


The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Sales and Customer service - Using the Salesforce Customer 360 Platform, we help transform sales and services processes, fueling them with predictive analytics, insights, and actionable recommendations. With Sales Cloud, we help grow sales productivity and transformation, from contact and lead management to opportunity and partner relationship management.
Digital Marketing - Successful marketing strategies require improved customer segmentation and highly personalized campaigns. We help companies to get to know, identify and communicate with each customer, recognizing them as an individual with their own needs.
Application and Data Integration - We help our customers migrate and connect to the cloud or on-premise while maintaining high security standards.
Analytics - Using Table CRM (formerly Einstein Analytics) and Tableau, we offer a broad spectrum of analytics and AI services that allow our customers to transform their sales and service processes, as well as their marketing and e-commerce practices.
Customer Data Management - We offer the design, implementation and operation of a DataOps schema according to the needs and maturity of our customers, to manage their data in the most optimal way.
E- Commerce - We deliver a complete commerce experience for our customers' B2C or B2B clients. Going beyond a front-end application, we combine our knowledge of the entire value chain to deliver an end-to-end process including marketing, customer service, business intelligence and more.
Salesforce Industries - With embedded industry-specific functionality, and best practices, include:

·Decision making;

·Rules engine;

·Machine learning; and

·Artificial intelligence.

Servicesorganizations transform their business processes, solve industry-specific challenges, improve their products’ life cycle, and create unique digital and omnichannel experiences. Our services span the spectrum from planning to implementation, to continuous support and optimization.


Scalable Platforms:Supporting reliable products

Scalable Platforms have become extremely important in today's digitally connected environment. We provide the architectural base to accelerate omni-channel strategies, improve internal processes and build consistent cross-channel customer experiences to support reliable products.

To enable digital products through a robust architecture, we apply our best practices and patterns on the design of a back-end ecosystem, which allows our clients to accelerate their businesses in an agile way. We have broad experience providing back-end solutions that support scalability, security, availability, performance, quality and high adaptability to internal and external integrations. We focus on complex architecture modeling, microservices and API management strategies to accelerate the digital transformation by providing capabilities that businesses need in order to bring systems together, secure integrations, deliver improved customer experiences and capitalize on new opportunities.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Strategic Architecture Consulting - In a world where companies are looking to grow and gain distinctive competitive advantages through technical innovation, strategic alignment between business and technology has become critical. Identifying gaps between business and technology strategies, understanding a company's IT stack maturity level, deciding between build vs buy and defining a technology roadmap that makes sense to its organization are just a few of the complexities. We help companies to manage these intricacies with an agile view. We apply our wide experience to working with best practices, methodologies and cutting-edge techniques.
Platforms Evolution - Solutions that are not properly maintained and evolved can become more complex over Platforms

Services over Platforms (“SoP”time, due to, among others, short-term fixes, increased technical debt, lack of proper testing coverage and inadequate CI/CD strategy. Changes and releases can become more complex and riskier where development teams struggle to understand the potential impacts & side effects of the changes they are implementing. As a result solutions may be unable to meet the business’ targeted time-to-market, and it’s not possible to leverage new technologies nor seize optimization opportunities. We focus on helping companies evolve and run their applications efficiently by pairing them with teams that are specialized in evolving and maintaining existing ecosystems.

Augmented Composable Solutions - Augmented Composable Solutions can adapt and rearrange their capabilities based on changes to an organization's business needs. The pace of change is ever increasing which will continue to accelerate the rate of digital transformation. APIs backed by evolutionary architectures, like microservices deployed into cloud native environments, enable adaptability, fast scalability, time-to-market and better access to information. Increasing organizational capacity to generate insights and augment information through AI can decrease response time to market demands and reduce inefficiencies.
46



Smart venues:bridging the digital and physical worlds.

Through digitalization, we bring physical and digital spaces together, enabling customers to create experiences that are far more engaging. Creating these new interactions provides exceptional tools for companies to better understand end customers. This enables the identification of new and unprecedented ways to generate revenue.
The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Digital into physical: We help our clients extend digital experiences into their physical spaces by seamlessly blending next generation technologies into physical touchpoints which create memorable, long lasting experiences, reduce friction, and maximize customer excitement.
Physical into digital: From safety to operability, we help our clients understand their venues and provide live data streams that enable them to operate their venues more securely and efficiently. With actionable insights into what is happening in their spaces, we enable data-driven decision making in real time.

UI Engineering:Building Digital products

We specialize in building the next generation of User Interface ("UI") digital products leveraging the latest technologies and architectures, multi-device techniques, big-scale applications, component based systems, intelligent user interfaces and the latest trends in user experience.

By providing a set of UI practices and technologies, we create engaging products through interactive interfaces across multiple channels and devices, independent of platforms, that deliver the same experience in a frictionless way. Those interfaces are aware of users, from context to context and device to device. They act proactively to make the experience simpler, leaner and faster, and suggest new behaviors based on interactions. We deliver leading digital products for users, making use of tools, frameworks and components, and providing a single architecture and codebase with the right functionality in any platform.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

Frontend Experiences - Where a company lacks experience building websites and applications, or has numerous products but is a new conceptexperiencing issues in its development, or needs guidance to follow different kinds of standards and policies, we can help such company improve its maturity and capabilities.
Accessibility - Designing and developing for the services industry that aims to help us deliver digital journeys in more rapid manner. SoP stands between two main traditional offerings: Softwareaccessibility helps all consumers. We develop our apps across all form factors with accessibility as a Service (“SaaS”) companiespriority, ensuring that information is easily available to each and IT service providers. The first offers software products that can be used fastevery customer of a company's product. We do this by including accessibility into the whole product life-cycle. From inception, design and easily by its customers, but lackspecification throughout development and delivery, we have the power of customization, so users haveknowledge required and expertise to adaptbuild accessibility compliant applications according to it instead ofdifferent policies and regulations, such as the software evolving to adjust to their needs. The second has the ability to produce a fully customized product, but doesn’t leverage a lot of platforms to propel their growth.

SoP is a new category that standsAmericans with Disabilities Act (ADA) in the middleUnited States.

Web Solutions - In a world where web applications deal with more data and users every day, we help companies build scalable web solutions to support the growth of these two typestheir businesses, and create digital products and seamless experiences.
Native & Hybrid Applications - We believe apps are a critical component of vendors. Within SoP, wemobile phones. Being present in mobile stores allows businesses to expand their audience, along with becoming part of their customers’ daily lives. We allow companies to choose the option that best suits their needs.
Cross Compiled - What users demand about technology is changing and the need to provide specific platforms as a starting point, and then customize them to the specific need ofright experience is becoming more complex. We provide the customers using our services force. Instead of pricing this service in the traditional way, we price it the same way SaaS companies do: a cost per transaction, a cost per user or a cost per month according to each platform.

43

Currently, our portfolio of Services over Platforms includes:

I AM AT

It is a Digital Journey Mobile Platform that combines social media, gaming strategies, mobile technologies, Big Data and other inputs to augment the experiences before, during and after a mobile interaction with the consumer. This product offers organizations the possibilityright solutions to create a mobilefrictionless experience for any kind of device while sharing the same codebase.

Enhanced Experiences - In order to create the best possible frontend experience we take the most relevant technical features to deliver rich and emotional moments. We use everything from augmented reality, biometric sign-in, force touch, Apple/Google Pay, animations, Core Graphics, geofencing services, rich notifications, to any specific technology required to build a custom experience. We extend this platform to different interfaces to ensure the same experience across the ecosystem, regardless of the device type.

47


Sustainable Business: Creating business legitimacy in the new green economy

For many companies, sustainability has been a harm avoidance practice. But we believe that climate change is fundamentally impacting people and organizations, putting at risk their userslegitimacy within public, private and civil society. This calls for a new approach.

To be prepared and maintain relevance in a rapid way. Itnew green economy, we believe companies need different rules, processes and expertise. We provide organizations and stakeholders with the tools and the know-how to build their climate roadmap in favor of just transitions and climate actions. The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development is a resolution adopted by the U.N. General Assembly in 2015 focused on advancing economic, social and environmental development. We support organizations that embrace a problem-solving approach based on the 2030 Agenda to achieve responsible business.

The portfolio of services we provide through this Studio includes:

E-missions - We support businesses analyzing and then implementing solutions to reduce their emissions. Within our e-missions services, we offer technical expertise and digital tools to manage and reduce energy, carbon and resource footprints on a path to certifying carbon neutrality. In addition, we work to create fundamental organizational-wide changes, with technology at the core, to support enterprises and value-chains in their sustainable and zero-carbon transitions.
Sustainability today - We foster cultural transformation and maturity through collaborative practices that honor sustainability, diversity, and inclusion. We provide targeted consulting and training for senior executives to explore how to drive their businesses forward in the new green economy. We share the business rationale that every organization in the world needs to understand and adapt to climate change. We provide organizational-wide training programs to promote the essential cultural change that needs to occur for businesses to achieve long-term success.
Up with climate - We offer an analysis of climate material risks and opportunities. We diagnose and produce reports on environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG), and climate due diligence.

2. Globant X

Globant X is an incubator for innovation to productize Globant's most transformative technology into platforms.

Globant X utilizes the following platforms:

Augmented Coding - Our patented AI-powered tool utilizes strategic software development features that deliver key benefits, such as simplifying code processes, increasing team efficiency, and enhancing team collaboration. Its Code Autocompletion feature uses deep learning to anticipate code, suggesting intelligent code completions, and allowing programmers to work faster and with fewer errors.
Augmented Testing - Augmented Testing is a product that leverages the power of big data; takes advantage of gamification tools; delivers personalized experiencesAI to improve and simplify quality assurance in real time; promotes motivationcomplex visual testing scenarios. This tool helps businesses meet customers' expectations with an enhanced visual experience while improving quality, lowering costs, and collaboration between users, and generatesreducing time-to-market.
StarMeUp - StarMeUp is a stronger and more emotional tie with the brand.

StarMeUp

Thisbehavioral-science-based, AI-enhanced platform contributes to the creation of an internal digital journey for companies’ employees. We believe that in order to be successful, a company shouldn’t think only abouthelps companies optimize their end users. They need to nurture their inner culture and teams, promoting collaboration, unifying the visioncreate a sense of meaning and sharing goals, in orderbelonging at work to work together towards the same dream.

Starmeup addresses this challenge by introducingdecrease attrition and increase employee productivity.

PagoChat - PagoChat is a new wayWallet-as-a-Service application that enables companies to motivateprocess payments and, inspire collaborators, enabling a real time space to interact with peers. The main goal is to help spread the key values of each company culturecollections and open virtual accounts on WhatsApp or on other compatible applications. PagoChat operates in a collaborativedirect-to-consumer model and crowdsourcing way, encouraging peer recognition, sharing teams’ successes, and enhancing spontaneity. StarmeUp integrates different features in a gamified platform. Amongcost efficient way, while meeting all the platform’s features, users are able to:

Reward colleagues by attributing stars accordingsecurity standards to different company values. It meansavoid fraud.
ShopChat - ShopChat is an intelligent personal shopper, integrated with VTEX, that the tool allows to publicly acknowledge who is makingcreates a difference.natural and intuitive digital shopping experience on WhatsApp, bringing brands and their customers closer while increasing engagement and revenue.
Recognize peers’ expertise by giving skill stars when they stand outWalmeric - Walmericspecializes in a technical ability.developing marketing automation technology, combining lead management, online marketing and sales enablement.
Find the best employees with the right skills in order to ensure your company's success

This platform was designed, built and used at Globant, and we have proved how it helps to enhance social interaction between peers, identify loyal people, and get valuable metrics in a fast and easy way.

Agile Pods

3. Global autonomous culture:

We have createddeveloped a distinctive model for thesoftware product design and development of software products that combines agility and talent maturity to drive innovation, while focusing on cost efficiency through careful monitoring of gains in productivity and quality. We do this through “Agile Pods”. These are small teams, made up of members of multiple Studios that combine the specialized practices relevant to a client project and operate in a mannermodel, known as Agile Pods. It is designed to accelerate the designbetter align business and developmenttechnology teams. Driven by a culture of innovative software products meeting the client’s delivery, costself-regulated teamwork and quality goals, while enabling us to increase revenues, enhance profitabilitycollaboration across skills, partners and reduce attrition. We have already implemented the Agile Pod modelcountry borders.

48


Leveraged across client projects for some of our top 20 clients.

Typically consisting of no more than eight members, an Agile Pod will have varying levels of technical leadership, creative talent and product management, user experience, software development and quality assurance expertise. Each Agile Pod is responsible for managing a specific set of features related to the development of the software product or services platform deliverable to the client.divisions, Agile Pods are designeddedicated to mature emerging technologies and market trends, and provide a constant influx of mature talent and solutions that create intellectual property for our clients. They are self-organized teams that work self-sufficientlyto meet creative and production goals, make technology decisions and reduce risk. These teams are fully responsible for creating solutions, building and sustaining features, products or platforms. Agile Pods are in constant contact with our clients and are in full control of the products we create, which augments their autonomy and ultimately propels productivity. We manage this by having the Agile Pods at the forefront of our inverted organizational chart, existing with a minimum level of supervision, thereby increasingcustomer-centric and autonomous culture.


In addition, savings are delivered to clients due to sustained productivity boosts as the speed of development and delivery. A project manager will typically manage twoAgile Pods begin to four pods. In client relationships where we have assigned more than five pods, a technical director would manage up to five pods, whileoperate at a higher-level program managers would oversee ten pods.

higher maturity level. We ensure consistency, accountability and replicability by having Agile Pods follow a well-defined set forth measurable short-termof maturity criteria. Maturity models describe levels of growth and long-term goalsdevelopment as follows: Maturity, Quality, Velocity, and Autonomy. Each level acts as a foundation for the performance of ournext and lays out a path for learning and growth. As Agile Pods by rating them on their velocity (how fastevolve from one level to the next, they getare equipped with the project done), autonomy (in terms of technical mastery, creative ideasunderstanding and innovation)tools to accomplish goals more effectively.


Associated metrics guide improvement efforts and quality (user experience, design and reliability). We and our client collaboratively audit the “maturity level” of each Agile Pod on a client project, usinggenerate quantitative and qualitative metrics. Based on the results of that audit, our client decides whetherinsights to promote or demote that pod’s maturity. While the hourly rates for a pod’s work will increase as its maturity level increases, higher-level pods can produce savings for the client compared to lower-level pods.

inform iterative design and planning decisions.


Our Delivery Model

As of December 31, 2015, we provided our services through a network of 33 delivery centers in 22 cities throughout nine countries.

Our delivery centers are in Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Mendoza, Santa Fe, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; Mexico City, Mexico; Lima, Peru; Santiago, Chile; Pune and Bangalore, India; and San Francisco in the United States. We also have client management locations in the United States (Boston, New York and San Francisco), Brazil (São Paulo), Colombia (Bogotá), Uruguay (Montevideo), Argentina (Buenos Aires) and the United Kingdom (London).Our cultural affinity with our clients enables increased interaction that creates close client relationships, increased responsiveness and more efficient delivery of our solutions. As we grow and expand our organization, we will continue diversifying our footprint by expanding into additional locations globally.

We believe our presence in many countries creates a key competitive advantage by allowing us to benefit from the abundance of high-quality talent in the region, cultural similarities and geographic proximity to our clients.

44


About our Be Kind initiative

We strive to make the world a better place by transforming organizations and people’s lives. Our Be Kind initiative is a critical component of that mission, and its tenets are deeply ingrained in Globant’s culture. In support of this initiative, we leverage our innovative approach to transforming organizations, strong performance, global talent, and unique culture. Our Be Kind initiative focus on four main components:

1. Be kind to yourself

We believe that maintaining a healthy work environment helps our Globers reach their full potential and enhances the success of our organization. Recognizing the importance of work-life balance, and physical and emotional health, we offer a comprehensive package of benefits to our Globers.

2. Be kind to peers

Diversity, equity and inclusion (“DEI”) are foundational components of our business. We believe that these concepts improve our work environment and foster innovation. In support of DEI, we focus on the following four areas:

Some of the initiatives we are working on are:

Be kind gender commitment: To improve gender equality in the technology industry, we aim to have at least 50% women and non-binary individuals in management positions by 2025.
Equal-employment opportunities: Globant strongly supports equal employment opportunities for all applicants regardless of race, color, religion, sex, gender identity, pregnancy, national origin, ancestry, citizenship, age, marital status, physical or mental disability, sexual orientation, genetic information, or any other characteristic.
Inclusive training: We developed a learning program that emphasizes gender equality, cultural diversity and inclusion. This program is designed to make Globant a great work environment for all employees.
Women That Build: We are constantly seeking opportunities to empower women in the IT industry and in leadership positions. We support these efforts with our Women That Build campaign. This includes a series of internal and external initiatives that promote the inclusion and professional growth of women in our industry.
Code your Future: The technology industry currently generates millions of job opportunities, outpacing the rate at which the education system provides trained personnel and, consequently, a significant worldwide training gap. At Globant, we aim to reduce this training gap through scholarship programs focused on young talent.
49


Inclusion programs: Globant supports inclusion programs to help people in vulnerable situations by offering new opportunities. We combine several programs which include training, mentoring, inspirational workshops and scholarships to promote IT related studies. In doing so, we are promoting inclusion through education in technology, and the access to employment in a vibrant market of job opportunities.
UnlimITed: We designed UnlimITed to inspire, train and promote the inclusion of people with disabilities worldwide.

3. Be kind to humanity:

We are living in an unprecedented time. The pandemic, climate change and societal conflicts around the globe are reshaping the way we live and think. Be kind to humanity utilizes technology designed to help address certain of these challenges.

Some of our initiatives include:

AI Manifesto: While the use of AI often benefits businesses and industries, it can creates new challenges and risks. Our AI Manifesto sets forth our principles with respect to the use of AI. We rely on these principles to establish parameters around the use of AI in our client engagements.
Green Software Foundation: We have a responsibility to make our products more sustainable. In 2021, we joined the steering committee of the Green Software Foundation, an institution with representatives from global organizations committed to creating best practices for building sustainable software to reduce carbon emissions.
Be kind Tech Fund: In 2021, we launched the Be Kind Tech Fund, a new initiative from Globant Ventures, which is designed to support organizations that combat negative societal effects created by the misuse of technology. We will invest funds from the Be Kind Tech Fund in startups with purpose-driven solutions utilizing technology for the greater good.
Technology for the community: We actively promote the internal development of technology that has the potential to positively impact our communities. Globant Labs is an initiative that provides Globers with an opportunity to experiment and complete projects designed to benefit society.

4. Be kind to the planet

Environment sustainability is a critical component of our Be Kind initiative. In October 2021, we achieved carbon neutrality as a step toward our commitment to become a net-zero company. To raise awareness and make the carbon neutral milestone a shared achievement, we invited all of our employees to be part of the global commitment and choose among a variety of projects to support. In 2021, we signed the Science-Based Targets Business Ambition for 1.5°C commitment letter, joining the Race to Zero global movement, which is devoted to taking rigorous and immediate action on a company's business-related emissions.

We believe that disclosing our efforts in our transition to a low-carbon economy is important to provide transparency and instill confidence in our climate strategy. We reported our environmental performance in the Carbon Disclosure Project for the first time in 2021.

Finally, through our Sustainable Business Studio, we work with our clients throughout the world to offer more sustainable strategies and support in their efforts to meet emission reduction targets.

Our talent and our culture

Our culture
Our culture is the foundation that supports and facilitates our distinctive approach and advances our organization forward. It can be best described as entrepreneurial, flexible, sustainable and team-oriented, and is built on three main motivational pillars and six core values.

Our culture is built on three main motivational pillars and six core values.
Our motivational pillars are: Autonomy, Mastery and Purpose. Through Autonomy, we empower Globers to take ownership of their client projects, professional development and careers. Mastery is about constant improvement, aiming for excellence and exceeding expectations. Finally, we believe that only by sharing a common Purpose we will build a company for the long-term that breaks from the status quo, is recognized as a leader in the delivery of innovative software solutions and creates value for our stakeholders.
50


Our core values are:

Think Big – We believe that we can build a world-class company that provides Globers with a global career path. Our work is based on constant challenges and growth.
Constantly Innovate – We confront every "impossible" and seek to innovate in order to break paradigms.
Aim for Excellence in Your Work – We know that problems we face now will reappear in future projects so we try to solve the obstacles that affect us today.
Be a Team Player – We encourage Globers to get to know their colleagues and to support one another. Together, we are going to improve our profession, company and countries. We operate as one team whether it's solving a problem or celebrating excellent results. We also all have the right to be heard and respected.
Have Fun – As Globers, we believe in finding pleasure in our daily tasks, creating a pleasant work atmosphere and building friendships among colleagues.
Be kind – This value, originally named "Act Ethically" - represents our vision of doing business and conducting ourselves in an ethical manner, with integrity, and our responsibility to improve our society, transform ourselves through kindness and make the world a better place.

Our workplace embodies our culture

We have started to reimagine and design workplaces to enhance the overall work experience. We developed a new model office focused on where and how Globers want to work.

Globant's offices are being reshaped to meet a social purpose, providing flexibility and a wide range of options. We want to provide employees with the ability to work in different environments, feel comfortable in the way they work, and undergo a full workday without having to be in the same space constantly. Experiencing the office also means developing Globant’s culture. We prioritize spaces where people can share, connect and exchange moments that would be difficult to experience if everyone was at home. We seek to consolidate a sense of belonging and continue to foster our core values.

Fostering employees’ career growth

Globers who are eager to grow, expand their knowledge, and discover new possibilities have a vast number of opportunities available to them at Globant. We want to empower them to make their own decisions and contributions to the company and make the most out of these five professional development dimensions:

Technology - Our more than 20 Studios consolidate experience in more than 100 emerging technologies and practices where Globers can learn, develop, specialize and stay relevant. We have numerous trainings and development opportunities that allow them to grow professionally.
Clients - We have a portfolio of leading global brands that Globers can work with over the course of their career.
Industries - We work with leading companies from different industries, such as media, health care, finance, travel, gaming and e-learning. This enables Globers to benefit from an in-depth look into many industries and gives them the opportunity to specialize in one.
Specialty - Globers can transition their career, role or position. They can develop their career by gaining seniority in their current path or moving internally into other roles in different areas of expertise.
Geocultural diversity - We encourage Globers to seek new opportunities and embrace cultural exchanges. Our Globers can work on projects with people from diverse cultures and have the chance to live an international experience. We have open positions and relocation opportunities in all of our offices.

Innovation
As fundamental values of our day-to-day, innovation and creativity are not managed from a specific area. Instead, these values are emphasized throughout our company.

In our view, it is critical that each and every one of our Globers be an innovator. In addition to offering a flexible and collaborative work environment, we also actively seek to build the capabilities required to sustain innovation through several ongoing processes and initiatives including: design thinking workshops (internally and with customers), Think Big Sessions (open technology talks) and Globant Labs (a space where Globers can ideate and develop their own projects).

51


Entrepreneurship

Globant was created as a start up. It was built by entrepreneurs and, over the years, many Globers have made a difference by creating and driving innovation. Entrepreneurship is one of our keys to success, and we encourage Globers to dream and create meaningful and rewarding experiences for our customers.

During 2018, we created Globant Ventures, which is our own accelerator for tech startups. The objective of Globant Ventures is to promote the emergence of new entrepreneurs that are involved in cutting-edge areas of technology, such as Artificial Intelligence and other emerging trends.
Availability of High-Quality Talent

high-quality talent

We believe that Latin America has emerged as an attractive geographic region from which to deliver a combination of engineering, design, and innovation capabilities for enterprises seeking to leverage emerging technologies. Latin America has an abundantabundantly skilled IT talent pool. According to the Science and Technology Indicator Network (Red de Indicadores de Ciencia y Tecnologia), over 300,000345,000 engineering and technology students have graduated annually from 2010201220132016 from universities in Latin America and the Caribbean region. Latin America’sAmerica's talent pool (including Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, Colombia and Uruguay) is composed of approximately 1,000,000 professionals according to different sources, such as Stackoverflow, SmartPlanet and Nearshore Americas. This labor pool remains relatively untapped compared to other regions such as the United States, Central and Eastern Europe and China. The region’sregion's professionals possess a breadth of skills that is optimally suited for providing technology services at competitive rates. Moreover, Argentina and Brazil have been in the top ten of the Gunn Report’s Global Index of Creative Excellence in Advertising for the last 16 years. In addition, institutions of higher education in the region offer rigorous academic programs to develop professionals with technical expertise who are competitive on a global scale. Furthermore, Latin America has a significant number of individuals who speak multiple languages, including English, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, German and French, providing a distinct advantage in delivering engineering, design and innovation services to key markets in the United States and Europe.


India offers significant graduate talent. According to the Strategic Review of The National Association of Software and Services Companies (NASSCOM), the Indian IT-BPM Industry currently employs around 4 million people. In terms of students, more than 5 million students graduate every year, and almost 15% of these graduates are considered employable by Tier 1/Tier 2 companies.

Government Support and Incentives


Argentina
In 2004, the Argentine government passed Software Promotion Law No. 25, 922 (the “Software Promotion Law”) which provided benefits to software companies with operations in Argentina benefit fromwhose activities are the creation, design, development, production, implementation or adjustment (upgrade) of developed software systems and their associated documents. The Software Promotion Law was in force until December 31, 2019, and was thereafter replaced by the Knowledge Economy Law. Originally

On May 22, 2019, the Argentine Congress enacted in 2004 and extended in 2011the Knowledge Economy Law No 27,506. The Knowledge Economy Law took effect as from January 1, 2020 for another five years until 2019,the legal entities adhered to the Software Promotion Law established a number of incentivesand is effective until December 31, 2029. It aims to promote Argentine enterprises engagedeconomic activities that apply knowledge and digitization of information, supported by advances in science and technology, to obtain goods and services and improve processes.

Pursuant to the Knowledge Economy Law, the beneficiaries will enjoy the following benefits:

Stability in the design, development and productionenjoyment of software. These incentives include:

the regime benefits.
a ten-year fiscal stability benefit, pursuant to which a company’s aggregate national
Exemption from any value-added tax liability will not be increased fromwithholding or collection regimes only in the date it is accepted into the program until the expirationcase of that ten-year period;export operations.

a
A 60% reduction of a company’sin the corporate income tax liability during each fiscal period (as appliedrate for micro and small enterprises, (ii) a 40% reduction for medium-sized enterprises, and (iii) a 20% reduction for large enterprises, applicable on the income originated in the promoted activities.

Allowance to deduct as cost any payment or withholding of foreign taxes if the taxed income from promoted software activities);constitutes an Argentine source of income.


52


Granting a non-transferable tax credit forbond of up to 70% of certain employer-paidthe paid social security taxes made annually, which maycontributions of every employee associated with the promoted activities. Such bonds can be offset against value-addedused within 24 months (which can be extended for an additional 12 months with justified cause) from its issuance date to pay Income tax liabilities. In 2011,and Value Added Tax.

The bond will be increased to 80% of the Software Promotion Law was amended to permitpaid social security contributions when the tax creditnewly-onboarded employees are: (a) women, (b) transsexual and transgender persons, (c) professionals with post graduate studies in engineering, exact or natural sciences, (d) individuals with disabilities, (e) individuals who reside in unfavorable areas and/or provinces with lower relative development, or (f) individuals who, before being employed, were beneficiaries of welfare programs, among other groups of interest to be appliedadded by the enforcement authority.

Duties on export of services taxed at 0% rate from December 22, 2020.

In order to reduceremain in the National Registry, the beneficiaries must prove every two years, that they meet certain requirements.

Our subsidiaries, Atix Labs S.R.L., Decision Support S.A., BSF S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A were approved as beneficiaries of the Knowledge Economy Law by the Subsecretary of Knowledge Economy and incorporated into the National Registry on July 8, 2021, September 24, 2021, October 15, 2021, December 14, 2021, and February 8, 2022 respectively. Benefits are granted as of January 1, 2020.

Uruguay

In 1988, Law No. 15,921 created Uruguay's Free Trade Zone regime allowing any type of industrial, commercial, or service activity to be carried out in a specifically delimited areas of the Uruguayan territory and be performed outside Uruguay.

The main benefits are the following:

Almost full tax exemption (Corporate Income Tax "IRAE", Net Wealth Tax-IP, Value Added Tax – VAT and several withholding taxes) and customs duties exemption; and
Foreign employees may opt out of the Uruguayan social security system and, with regard to personal income tax, opt to be subject to Non-Residents Income Tax at a 12% flat rate instead of Individual Tax.

On December 8, 2017, Uruguay’s Executive Power enacted Law No. 19,566, introducing changes to Law No. 15,921, The new Law allows services rendered to third countries from the Free Trade Zone to also be rendered to corporate income tax liability by a percentage not greater thantaxpayers inside the company’s declared percentage of exports; andUruguayan, non-Free Trade Zone territory.

an exclusion from any restriction on import payments related to hardware and IT components.

Since 2006, when they were notified by the Argentine government of their inclusion in the promotion regime, our Argentine operating subsidiaries have benefited from a 60% reduction in their corporate income tax rate and a tax credit against value-added tax liability of 70% of amounts paid annually for certain social security taxes under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004. See “— Regulatory Overview — Argentine Taxation — Software Promotion Law”, “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — If the current effective income tax rate payable by us in any country in which we operate is increased or if we lose any country-specific tax benefits, then our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Operating Results — Certain Income Statement Line Items — Income Tax Expense.”

Our subsidiary in Uruguay, whichSistemas Globales Uruguay S.A., is domiciledsituated in a tax-free zone, benefits from a 0% income tax rate and an exemption from value-added tax.

Our Indian subsidiary is primarily export-orientedFree Trade Zone and is eligible for certain incomethe fiscal benefits.


India
In India, under the Special Economic Zones Act of 2005, the services provided by export-oriented companies within Special Economic Zones (each, a "SEZ") are eligible for a deduction of 100% of the profits or gains derived from the export of services for the first five years from the financial year in which the company commenced the provision of services and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Companies must meet the conditions under Section 10AA of Income Tax Act to be eligible for the benefit.  Other tax holiday benefits granted by the Indian government for export activities conducted within SEZs. Indian profits ineligible for SEZ benefits are subjectalso available for registered SEZ companies. 

Some locations of our Indian subsidiary are located in a SEZ and have completed the SEZ registration process. Consequently, we started receiving the tax benefit on August 2, 2017. With the growth of our business in an SEZ, our Indian subsidiary may be required to corporate incomecompute its tax at the rate of 34.61%. In addition, all Indian profits, including those generated within SEZs, are subject to theliability under Minimum AlternativeAlternate Tax (MAT),("MAT") in future years at the current rate of approximately 21.34%, including surcharges.

surcharges, as its tax liability under the general tax provisions may be lower compared to the MAT liability.


Belarus

The High Technology Park ("HTP") was established in Minsk in 2005 to promote the IT industry in Belarus. The HTP is located east of Minsk and has a special legal regime in effect until 2049.

A legal entity and an individual entrepreneur receive HTP resident status if their activities include: analysis and design of information systems and software; data processing based on client or proprietary software, fundamental and applied research,
53


experimental R&D in the field of natural and technical sciences (R&D involving HTP activity) and utilization of R&D results, among others.

HTP residents pay 1% of their revenue to the HTP Administration and enjoy the following benefits:

Exemption from Corporate Income tax and Value Added Tax on the sale of goods, work or services or from the transfer of property rights in Belarus.
Exemption from land tax and real estate tax on properties that are in the HTP.
Payments by HTP residents to foreign companies in the form of dividends, royalty and interest are subject to withholding tax at a rate of 5%.
Dividend payments are not subject to an offshore duty.

On December 21, 2017, the President of the Republic of Belarus published Decree No. 8, which extends the duration of the HTP’s tax incentives and the special legal regime until January 1, 2049.

Our subsidiary located in Belarus is a HTP resident and currently benefits from the tax holidays and will continue with exemption as long as the regime remains in effect.

Colombia

The Free Trade Zone Regime in Colombia was established by Law 1004 of 2005 and Decree 2147 of December 23, 2016. The Free Trade Zones are geographically delimited areas within the national territory, where industrial activities relating to goods and services or commercial activities are performed, and are under special regulations in tax, customs and foreign trade matters.

On February 17, 2022, Globant Colombia SAS was notified under Resolution No 231, of the authorization to operate in a Special Permanent Free Trade Zone until December 2029. At the time of this report, the company has not initiated its commercial operations.

Free Trade Zone users have the following benefits:

corporate income tax rate of 20%, which is 15% lower than the rate applied to companies in the national territory;
customs taxes (VAT and customs duties) are not accrued or paid on merchandise that is imported to the Free Trade Zones;
the possibility to export to third-party countries and the national territory from a Free Trade Zone;
foreign goods that are imported to the Free Trade Zone can remain inside such area indefinitely; and
the purchase of goods acquired in Colombia that are necessary for the development of the Free Trade Zone user's corporate purpose, such as raw materials, supplies, parts, finished goods and construction materials, is exempt from VAT.

Methodologies and Tools

Effectively delivering the innovative software solutions that we offer requires highly evolved methodologies and tools. Since inception, we have invested significant resources into developing a proprietary suite of internal applications and tools to assist us in developing solutions for our clients and manage all aspects of our delivery process. These applications and tools are designed to promote transparency, and knowledge-sharing, enhance coordination and cooperation, reduce risks such as security breaches and cost overruns, and provide control as well as visibility across all stages of the project lifecycle, for both our clients and us. Our key methodologies and tools are described below.

Agile Development Methodologies

We employ Agile development methodologies, which we believe are particularly well suited to develop products that must adapt rapidly to user feedback and changing requirements.

45


Agile development is an approach to developing software that is based on iterative and incremental development and delivery. Requirements and solutions evolve through collaboration between development teams and client teams. Through an iterative approach and evolutionary development and delivery, Agile development promotes adaptive planning and encourages rapid and flexible responses to changes in scope of work and client requirements. By contrast, “waterfall” development is a linear, sequential approach to software design and systems development, which is typically used to deliver custom applications based on clearly defined specifications provided by their clients. Waterfall development does not lend itself to rapid response to changes in scope of work and client requirements.

Our Globers use Agile methodologies to work closely with our clients in order to gain insights into their business and develop solutions that meet their business needs. In addition, our customized Agile Framework focuses on innovation and seeks to provide high-quality and client-oriented solutions that reduce time-to-market and provide our clients with the flexibility to adapt to a constantly evolving marketplace. We believe that the differentiating factors of our Agile Framework include:

Agile development and precise management: Our customized Agile framework includes best practices of Scrum, XP, PMI, ISO and CMMI to assure Agile development without losing management strength.

Improved and constant communication: We have implemented several communication initiatives that utilize our own templates, checklists and guidelines to facilitate communication between our clients and our teams. These include kick-off meetings, demonstration sessions, weekly status reports and retrospective meetings. We encourage face-to-face meetings in order to build trust between our teams and the client.

Client feedback from demonstration sessions: At the end of each iteration, we use a demonstration session in order to present the client an updated version of a product and seek the client’s immediate feedback. We can then include any changes and improvements generated by the demonstration session.

Innovation: We constantly challenge our teams to propose innovative ideas that add value to our client’s business.

Quality Management System

Globant has

We have developed and implemented a quality management system in order to document our best business practices, satisfy the requirements and expectations of our clients and improve the management of our projects. We believe that continuous process improvement produces better software solutions, which enhances our clients’clients' satisfaction and adds value to their business.

Globant’s

Our quality management system is certified under the requirements of the international standard ISO 9001:2008,2015, the CMMI Maturity Level 3 process areas (which indicates that processes are well characterized and understood, and are described in company standards, procedures, tools and methods) and PMI by implementing the following practices:

54


Assuring that quality objectives of the organization are fulfilled;

Defining standard processes, assets and guidelines to be followed by our project teams from the earliest stages of the project life cycle;

Continuously evaluating the status of processes in order to identify process improvements or define new processes if needed;

Objectively verifying adherence of services and activities to organizational processes, standards and requirements;

Providing support and training regarding the quality management system to all employees to achieve a culture that embraces quality standards;

Informing related groups and individuals about tasks and results related to quality control improvement;

Raising issues not resolvable within the project to upper management for resolution; and

Periodically gathering and analyzing feedback from our clients regarding our services to learn when we have met expectations and where there is room for improvement.


Since 2013, Globant certified ISO 27001, a standard that provides a model for establishing, implementing, operating, monitoring, reviewing, maintaining, and improving an information security management system (ISMS). The process of certifying ISO 27001 ensures that ISMS is under explicit management control. In 20152016, we migrated successfully to the ISO 27001:2013

2013.

Glow

In order to manage our talent base, we have developed a proprietary software application called Glow. Glow is the central repository for all information relating to our Globers, including academic credentials, industry and technology expertise, work experience, past and pending project assignments, career aspirations, and performance assessments, among others. Every Glober can access Glow and regularly update his or her technical skills and recognize other Globers under our Stellar Program.

46
skills. 


We use Glow as a management tool to match open positions on Studio projects with available Globers, which allows us to staff project teams rapidly and with the optimal blend of industry, technology and project experience, while also achieving efficient utilization of our resources. We believe, based on management’smanagement's experience in the industry, that we are one of few companies in our industry to employ such a tool for this purpose. Accordingly, we believe Glow provides us with a significant competitive advantage.

Nails

Nails is a framework that we use to facilitate the rapid development of .NET applications. .NET is a software framework developed by Microsoft for applications that run primarily on Microsoft Windows. We intend to make our Nails framework freely available to the open source community under the Apache Software License 2.0.

Our Nails framework provides Globers with the following advantages in developing .NET applications

Rapid initiation of a new application: Traditionally, a typical software development project would require between 40 to 120 calendar hours before producing a functional application. With Nails, the execution time can often be reduced to less than half an hour.

Lower startup time: A new developer can usually initiate a Nails-based application in less than 15 minutes.Clients

Use of modular architecture: Nails-based product development will typically result in a modular application, where concepts are properly abstracted and encapsulated. Modular architecture will usually lower development costs by letting developers focus on a single aspect of the application at a time allowing developers to be more productive, because they do not have to consider all aspects of an application at the same time.

Clients

At Globant, we focus on delivering innovative and high value-added solutions that drive revenues and brand awareness for our clients. We believe that our approach deepens our relationships and leads to additional revenue opportunities. We also target new clients by showcasing our engineering, design and innovation capabilities along with our deep understanding of digital journeys, emerging technologies and related market trends.

Our clients include primarily medium-medium to large-sized companies based in the United States, Europe, Asia and Latin America operating in a broad range of industries, including Media and Entertainment, Professional Services, Technology and Telecommunications, Travel and Hospitality, Healthcare, Banks, Financial Services and Insurance, and Consumer, Retail and Manufacturing. We believe clients choose us based on our ability to understand their business and help them drive revenues, as well as our innovative and high value-added business proposals, tailored Studio-based solutions, and our reputation for high quality execution. We have been able to grow with, and retain our clients by merging their industry knowledge with our expertise in the latest market trends to deliver tangible business value.

We typically enter into a master services agreement (or MSA) with our clients, which provides a framework for services and a statement of work (or SOW) to define the scope, timing, pricing terms and performance criteria of each individual engagement under the MSA. We generate 38%40% of our revenue from long-term contractsprojects with terms greater than 24 months.

During 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, our ten largest clients based on revenues accounted for 46.7%39.1%, 43.9%42.2% and 39.7%39.5% of our revenues, respectively. Our top client for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 12.3%10.9%, 8.7%11.0% and 6.4%11.2% of our revenues, respectively. Some of our major clients in 2015 included Google, Electronic Arts, JWT, Orbitz and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, each of which was among our top ten clients by revenues for at least one Studio.

55


The following table sets forth the amount and percentage of our revenues for the years presented by client location:

  Year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
  (in thousands, except percentages) 
By Geography                        
North America $212,412   83.7% $163,097   81.7% $128,843   81.4%
Europe  13,508   5.3%  11,704   5.9%  12,864   8.1%
Asia  1,434   0.6%  -   0.0%  -   0.0%
Latin America and other  26,442   10.4%  24,804   12.4%  16,617   10.5%
Revenues $253,796   100.0% $199,605   100.0% $158,324   100.0%

47

 Year ended December 31,
 202120202019
 (in thousands, except percentages)
By Geography
North America$830,904 64.1 %$574,150 70.5 %$496,353 75.3 %
Latin America and other293,957 22.6 %169,860 20.9 %111,535 16.9 %
Europe151,302 11.7 %61,780 7.6 %46,784 7.1 %
Asia20,915 1.6 %8,349 1.0 %4,653 0.7 %
Revenues$1,297,078 100.0 %$814,139 100.0 %$659,325 100.0 %
The following table shows the distribution of our clients by revenues for the years presented:

  Year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
          
Over $5 Million  10   10   5 
$1 - $5 Million  41   36   36 
$0.5 - $1 Million  30   23   24 
$0.1 - $0.5 Million  100   83   66 
Less than $0.1 Million  163   144   132 
Total Clients  344   296   263 

 Year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Over $5 Million423226
$1 - $5 Million1439781
$0.5 - $1 Million1066053
$0.1 - $0.5 Million287185191
Less than $0.1 Million560424471
Total Clients1,138 798822

Sales and Marketing

Our growth strategy is based on four pillars: (i) leveraging our broad expertise; (ii) pursuing strategic acquisitions; (iii) growing within existing clients; (iii) acquiring new clients; and (iv) acquiring new clients.pursuing strategic acquisitions. Our expertise and Studio approach help us expand the portfolio and practices we offer to our clients. Our acquisitions are pursued with the aim of fulfilling strategic goals, such as growing into a new geography (e.g., Nextive, TerraForum, BlueStar Peru, Clarice Technologies)and SmallFootprint) or the expansion of specializations (e.g. , Accendra, Openware, Huddle, Dynaflows)Cloudshift, Habitant, Walmeric, Atix, Navint and Bluecap).

Under our multi-pronged, integrated sales and marketing strategy, our senior management, sales executives, sales managers, account managers and engagement managers work collaboratively to target, acquire and retain new clients and expand our work for existing clients. Our sales and marketing team, currently comprised of 44220 sales personnel and nine marketing personnel, has broad geographic coverage with commercial offices locateda presence in Buenos Aires, Bogotá, Montevideo, São Paulo, London, Austin, Boston, New York and San Francisco.

Our18 countries.

Beyond leveraging our broad expertise, our sales strategy is driven by three fundamentals: retain, develop and acquire (“RDA”("RDA"). The retention (“R”("R") component is focused on maintaining our wallet share with existing accounts through flawless execution on our engagements. The development (“D”("D") component emphasizes developing existing client relationships by significantly expanding our wallet share and capturing business from our competitors. The acquisition (“A”("A") component targets new client accounts. Through our RDA strategy, as well as marketing and branding events, we are able to acquire new or expand existing engagements in our large and growing addressable market.


New Clients

We seek to create relationships with strategic clients through existing client referrals or through our multi-tiered approach. Our approach begins by identifying industries and geographic locations with solid growth potential. Once potential clients are identified, we seek to engage the market-facing management personnel of those companies instead of their IT divisions, which allows us to get a better understanding of the prospect’sprospect's business model before engaging with its IT personnel. The focus on an enterprise’senterprise's revenue drivers allows us to highlight the value of our services in meeting our client’sclient's business needs, thereby differentiating us.

Our account sales teams are made up of sales executives and sales managers, and follow specific guidelines for managing opportunities when contacting potential new clients. Before a sales team approaches a prospective client, we gather significant intelligence and insight into the client’sclient's potential needs, creating a specific value proposition for discussion during
56


the engagement process. Additional opportunities resulting from the planned targeted engagement are gathered and tracked. Once an appropriate opportunity has been identified and confirmed with the client, our sales team performs account and competition mapping and enlists internal industry and subject matter experts as well as pre-sales engineers from all of the participating Studios. We then generate proposals to present to and negotiate with the client. Once we have secured the engagement, our sales executives work closely with the Globant leadership team, partners and subject matter experts from our Studios to ensure that we exceed our new client’sclient's expectations.

From time to time, we use ideation sessions and discovery engagements in our pre-sales process. During the discovery engagements, we meet with clients to discuss their goals and develop creative solutions. The discovery engagement sessions help us discover our clients’clients' main objectives, even if those objectives are not explicitly stated. These sessions are critical in helping us to offer solutions that will adapt to our clients’clients' needs and wishes. This allows us to showcase our expertise in emerging technologies to the prospective client while also allowing us to generate a significant number of possible future client opportunities.

Existing Clients

Once we have established the client relationship, we are focused on driving future growth through increased client loyalty and retention. We leverage our historical successes with existing clients and our relationships with our clients’clients' key decision-makers to cross-sell additional services, thereby expanding the scope of our engagements to other departments within our clients’clients' organizations. We seek to increase our revenues from existing clients through our account managers, technical directors, program managers, leadership team, Studio partners, and subject matter experts. Our

Since 2016, we have introduced a new model that intends to reshape our go-to-market strategy to scale our company in the coming years, called 50 Squared. The main goal of this approach is to focus our team on the top 2050 high potential accounts that have dedicated clientthe capacity to grow exponentially over time. To do so, we have appointed our most senior people from Sales, Technology and Operations to lead these teams. We have also implemented a customer development incentive program, which currently contains more than 400 employees, that is designedThis account focus has become the most important pillar of our go-to-market strategy and every account within Globant now has the goal to improve revenues and margins.

48
become part of this program.


We undertake periodic reviews to identify existing clients that we believe are of strategic importance based on, among other things, the amount of revenuesrevenue we generate from the client, as well as the growth potential and brand recognition that the client provides.


Marketing

We believe that

To fully implement a digital and cognitive transformation, we also help our reputation as a premium provider of digital journeys generates additional businesscustomers stay relevant within their industries and audiences by providing helpful information and initiatives to understand their users’ environment, competitors and behavior. With research, SME gatherings, webinars, workshops and conferences, our leaders offer valuable insights to help organizations create valuable and emotional experiences for us from inbound requests, referrals and requests for proposals. In addition, we engage in a number of initiatives that foster our brand and promote our expertise. the audience.

As of December 31, 2015, we had nine professionals in the2021, our marketing department, Stay Relevant, is based in Argentina andLatin America, the United States.

Our marketing teams promote Globant’sStates, Europe and India. This team promotes our brand through a variety of channels, including the following:

·Events: We organize and participate in technology- and innovation-focused events in the United States, the United Kingdom and Latin America that position us as thought leaders in vanguard technologies and trends. These include webinars, mobile road shows and breakfast discussions with our “gurus.” In October 2015, we organized Con.Verge, our first Unconference centered around the future of design and technology. In addition, members of our management team have been featured as speakers at events such as World ITO/BPO Forum, Innotribe Bangkok, Nearshore Nexus, the Endeavor Summit, EY Strategic Growth Forum, Americas Society — Council of the Americas, Zendcon, the Agile Business Conference, Stream Health, Insight Innovation Exchange, the CSO Summit and South by Southwest and at universities such as the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Stanford University, New York University and the University of California Los Angeles.

·Public Relations:Our marketing strategy includes brand positioning through targeted news coverage in print media and trade publications in the United States and Latin America, such as Bloomberg, Dow Jones, the New York Times, TechCrunch, and Nearshore Americas.

·Reports and Case Studies: We benefit from coverage of our company in reports prepared by industry analysts, such as Gartner, IDC and HFS Research, McKinsey & Company and other third-party industry observers. In addition, our company has been the subject of case studies on entrepreneurship by business schools at universities such as Stanford University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Harvard University.

Converge: our series of executive events that bring together some of the best creative minds in the industry for one amazing day of igniting stories, inventive ideas, learning experiences, and "wow" technology showcases that enable attendees to re-think the new ways they do business.
Sentinel Report: asentinel report to provide insightful evidence of consumer behavior and market trends that ignite strategic thinking.
Reports and whitepapers: special reports that analyze trends and the impact these have on businesses.
Globant Awards: global awards with two editions - Women that Build, recognizing women who inspire, who build, who lead and help create change, and Digital Disruptors, which acknowledges all those disruptors that lead the digital and cognitive revolution.
Webinars: explore different trends and technologies in depth showcasing views from experts in the field.
Events: small events for specific guests or partners to large events that welcome the community.
Podcasts: discussion of tech trends and DEI perspectives.
Blog: explore content on the latest trends and best practices in the different industries we work with.
Newsletter: monthly update to seek reinvention in every industry.
Books: experts share their fresh perspectives and industry insights.

57


Seasonality

Our business is seasonal and as a result, our revenues and profitability fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Our revenues tend to be higher in the third and fourth quarters of each year compared to the first and second quarters of each year due to seasonal factors. During the first quarter of each year, which includes summer months in the southern hemisphere, there is a general slowdown in business activities and a reduced number of working days for our IT professionals based in Argentina, Uruguay, Brazil, Peru, Chile and Colombia, which results in fewer hours being billed on client projects and therefore, lower revenues being recognized on those projects. In addition, some of the reduction in the number of working days for our IT professionals in the first or second quarter of the year is due to the Easter holiday. Depending on whether the Easter holiday falls in March or April of a given year, the effect on our revenues and profitability can appear either in the first or second quarter of that year. Finally, we implement annual salary increases in the second and fourth quarters of each year. Our revenues are traditionally higher, and our margins tend to increase, in the third and fourth quarters of each year, when utilization of our IT professionals is at its highest levels.

Competition

The markets in which we compete are changing rapidly. We face competition from both global IT services providers as well as those based in the United States. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business include: the ability to innovate; technical expertise and industry knowledge; end-to-end solution offerings; reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work; effective employee recruiting; training and retention; responsiveness to clients’clients' business needs; scale; financial stability; and price.

We face competition primarily from:

large global consulting and outsourcing firms, such as Accenture Sapient,Interactive, Thoughtworks Razorfish and Epam;

digital agencies and design firms such as SapientNitro,Razorfish, RGA and Ideo;

traditional technology outsourcing IT services providers, such as Cognizant Technology Solutions, EPAM Systems, GlobalLogic, Aricent, Infosys Technologies, Mindtree HCL, Tata, and Wipro and Luxoft; and

in-house product development departments of our clients and potential clients.


We believe that our focus on creating digital journeyssoftware that appeals and delivering innovative software solutions that harness the potentialconnects emotionally with millions of emerging technologies for our clientsconsumers positions us well to compete effectively in the future. However, some of our present and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, marketing or technical resources; may be able to respond more quickly to emerging technologies or processes and changes in client demands; may be able to devote greater resources towards the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can; and may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that increase their ability to address the needs of our clients.

Corporate and Social Responsibility

We believe corporate and social responsibility, or CSR, is an important extension of our founders’ original vision of creating a company, starting from Latin America, that is a leader in the delivery of innovative software solutions for global customers, while also generating world-class career opportunities for IT professionals not just in metropolitan areas but also outlying cities within countries in the region. Our signature CSR program is TesteAR, an initiative we launched five years ago that seeks to increase employment opportunities for disadvantaged youth in our surrounding communities ranging from 18 to 25 years old by training them in manual software testing.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect the investment we make in research and development. We require our employees, independent contractors, vendors and clients to enter into written confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us.

49


We customarily enter into nondisclosure agreements with our clients with respect to the use of their software systems and platforms. Our clients usually own the intellectual property in the software solutions we deliver. Furthermore, we usually grant a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, nonexclusive, transferable and non-revocable license to our clients to use our preexisting intellectual property, but only to the extent necessary in order to use the software solutions we deliver.

We have developed a number of proprietary internal tools that we use to manage our projects, build applications in specific software technologies, and assess software vulnerability. These tools include Glow, Katari, Nails, and our Digital Platform, our semantic banking application, and Vulneris. See “— Methodologies and Tools.”

Service Over Platforms (SoP).

Our registered intellectual property consists of the trademark “Globant”"Globant" (which is registered in twelve jurisdictions, including the United States and Argentina), the trademark "StarMe Up", certain other trademarks related to our service offerings and products, three software patents granted in the United States in favor of our United States subsidiary Globant, LLC, and three software patents that are granted in the United States in favor of our Spanish subsidiary Globant España S.A. We do not believe that any individual registered intellectual property right, other than our rights in our name and logo, is material to our business.

58


Facilities and Infrastructure

As of December 31, 2015, we provided our services through a network of 33 delivery centers in 22 cities throughout nine countries. Our delivery locations are in Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Mendoza, Santa Fe, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; Mexico City, Mexico; Lima, Peru; Santiago, Chile; Pune and Bangalore, India; and San Francisco and New York in the United States. We also have client management locations in the United States (Boston, New York and San Francisco), Brazil (São Paulo), Colombia (Bogotá), Uruguay (Montevideo), Argentina (Buenos Aires) and the United Kingdom (London). The main administrative offices of our principal subsidiary (which also include a delivery center) are located in Buenos Aires. All of our facilities (with the exceptions of Tucumán and Bahía Blanca) are leased. We also have two offices under construction in Buenos Aires and La Plata.


The table below breaks down our locations by country and city and provides the aggregate square footagesets forth an overview of our office locations in each city as of December 31, 2015.

Country City Number of
Offices
  Square Feet 
Argentina Bahía Blanca  2   7,804 
Argentina Buenos Aires  3   101,181 
Argentina Córdoba  2   21,528 
Argentina La Plata  1   20,344 
Argentina Mar del Plata  1   20,451 
Argentina Resistencia  1   9,688 
Argentina Rosario  2   22,497 
Argentina Tandil  3   10,850 
Argentina Tucumán  1   10,764 
Argentina Mendoza  1   3,229 
Argentina Santa Fe  1   1,292 
Brazil São Paulo  1   7,804 
Chile Santiago  1   646 
Colombia Bogotá  2   23,487 
Colombia Medellín  1   13,207 
Mexico Mexico City  1   26,156 
United States San Francisco  1   4,844 
India Pune  3   43,680 
India Bangalore  1   4,844 
United States Boston  1   124 
United States New York  1   2,153 
Uruguay Montevideo  1   26,824 
Peru Lima  1   7,535 
Total    33   390,932 

2021.


Country
Number of
Offices
TypeSquare Feet
Argentina15Development and Delivery Center / Client Management Center378,009
Brazil5Development and Delivery Center / Client Management Center19,096
Chile1Development and Delivery Center / Client Management Center14,187
Colombia6Development and Delivery Center / Client Management Center174,538
France1Client Management Center592
India2Development and Delivery Center134,151
United Kingdom2Development and Delivery Center / Client Management Center3,735
Mexico4Development and Delivery Center / Client Management Center99,351
Peru1Development and Delivery Center30,419
Spain7Development and Delivery Center / Client Management Center38,568
United States7Development and Delivery Center / Client Management Center69,987
Luxembourg1Principal Executive Office150
Uruguay2Development and Delivery Center / Client Management Center54,853
Belarus1Development and Delivery Center28,794
Romania1Development and Delivery Center8,396
Total561,054,826

Regulatory Overview

Due to the industry and geographic diversity of our operations and services, our operations are subject to a variety of rules and regulations, and several Argentine, Uruguayan, Colombian, UKLatin American countries, the United States, Europe and U.S.India federal and state agencies regulate various aspects of our business. See “Risk"Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — Our business results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by the various conflicting and/or onerous legal and regulatory requirements imposed on us byobligations required in the countries where we operate”operate". If we are not in compliance with applicable legal requirements, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and other remedial measures, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

50


We benefit from certain tax incentives promulgated by the Argentine, IndiaUruguayan, Indian and UruguayanBelarus governments. See “— Our Delivery Model"Business Overview — Government Support and Incentives.”

Incentives."

59


Argentine Taxation

The following is a summary of the material Argentine tax considerations relating to our operations in Argentina and it is based upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings, income tax conventions (treaties), administrative practice and judicial decisions in effect as of the date of this annual report. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may, however, be forthcoming. Any such changes or interpretations could affect the tax consequences to us, possibly on a retroactive basis, and could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. This summary does not purport to be a legal opinion or to address all tax aspects that may be relevant to our operations in Argentina.

Software Promotion


Laws No. 27,430 and the Social Solidarity Law,

The Software Promotion Law sets forth a promotion regime for the software industry that remains in effect until December 31, 2019. On September 16, 2013, enacted by the Argentine government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the implementation of the Software Promotion Law.

Pursuant to Section 2 of the Software Promotion Law, Argentine-incorporated companies whose activities are the creation, design, development, production, implementation or adjustment (upgrade) of developed software systemsCongress on December 27, 2017 and their associated documents (in accordance with Section 4 of the Software Promotion Law) may participate in the benefits contemplated by this regime provided they meet at least two of the following requirements: (i) proven expenses in software research and development activities; (ii) proven existence of a known quality standard applicableDecember 21, 2019 respectively, made relevant amendments to the products or software processes, or the performance of activities in order to obtain such known standard recognition; or (iii) export of software (as defined in Section 5 of the Software Promotion Law).

As per Section 3 of the Software Promotion Law, Argentine-incorporated companies will be considered beneficiaries of the regime as from the effective date of their registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. The consequences of such registration are the following:

Fiscal stability throughout the period that the promotion regime is in force (i.e., through December 31, 2019 as per Section 1 of the Software Promotion Law). In accordance with Section 7 of the Software Promotion Law, fiscal stability means the right to maintain the aggregateArgentine federal tax rate in effect at the time of the beneficiary’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers through December 31, 2019.regime. Such stability does not comprise import or export duties nor export refunds (Section 7 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013). The aggregate federal tax burden included under the fiscal stability benefit is that burden existing on the date of the beneficiary’s registration before the applicable registry, in accordance with laws and regulations in force by that time.

Beneficiaries of the promotion regime may convert up to 70% of certain monthly social security tax (contribution) payments into a tax credit (Section 8 of the Software Promotion Law) during the first year following the beneficiary’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. After the first year, such percentage will be determined annually by the competent authorities for each beneficiary, depending on the beneficiary’s degree of compliance with the regime’s requirements (Section 9 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013). This tax credit may not be transferred to third parties. The tax credit can be used to offset the beneficiary’s income tax liability only up to certain percentage, determined by the ratio of annual software and computer services exports and the aggregate annual sales resulting from promoted activities declared by the beneficiary (Section 8 of the Software Promotion Law).

Beneficiaries of the promotion regime will not be subject to any value-added tax withholding or collection regimes (Section 8 bis of the Software Promotion Law).

Beneficiaries of the promotion regime will benefit from a 60% reduction in the total amount of corporate income tax as applied to income from the activities of creation, design, development, production, implementation or adjustment (upgrade) of developed software systems and their associated documents pursuant to Section 4 of the Software Promotion Law) due in each fiscal year beginning after the date of the beneficiary’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers (Section 9 of the Software Promotion Law, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 and General Resolution No. 3,597). This benefit will be applicable both to Argentine-source and non-Argentine-source income, in the terms set forth by the application authority, but it would not be applicable to foreign source income obtained by permanent establishments held abroad by Argentine residents (Section 13 of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013).

Pursuant to Section 12 of the Software Promotion Law, imports of software products by the beneficiaries are excluded from any kind of present or future restriction on the currency transfers matching the payments for such imports, provided the imported goods are necessary for the software production activities.

51

In the event the company does not have a known quality standard applicable to the products or software processes, as per Section 10 of the Software Promotion Law, it will have a three-year period as from its accreditation, to obtain the known standard recognition. Failure to obtain such recognition within such period will subject the company to the sanctions set forth in Section 20 of the Software Promotion Law, which range from temporary suspension to exclusion from the promotion regime and the obligation to return all benefits obtained, as well as permanent prohibition to apply for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers.

On October 10, 2006, the Argentine Ministry of Economy approved our subsidiary IAFH Global S.A. as a beneficiary of the Software Promotion Law. In January 2006, the Argentine Ministry of Economy approved our subsidiary Huddle Gorup S.A. as a beneficiary of the Software Promotion Law. On April 13, 2007, the Argentine Ministry of Economy approved our subsidiary Sistemas Globales as a beneficiary of the Software Promotion Law. As a result, these subsidiaries have enjoyed fiscal stability in their federal tax burden as in effect at the time they were notified of their inclusion in the promotion regime.

The Software Promotion Law was modified during 2011 through Law No. 26,692. Even though all benefits awarded under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004 remain in effect, pursuant to Section 10 bis of the Software Promotion Law, IAFH Global S.A., Sistemas Globales and Huddle Group S.A. were obliged to reapply for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers by July 8, 2014 in order to obtain the benefits established in the Software Promotion Law as described above. On June 25, 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A. applied for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. As of the date of this annual report, all three subsidiaries have been accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers effective retroactively from September 18, 2014.

As noted above, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 introduced additional implementing rules, including,amendments reached, among other matters, further clarifications to qualify forlaws, the promotion regime and specific requirements to be met in order to remain registered in the National Registry of Software Producers during the years after such registration has taken place. These requirements include, among others, minimum annual revenue, minimum percentage of employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum aggregate amount spent in salaries paid to employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum research and development expenses and the filing of evidence of software-related services exports. In addition, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 states that the 60% reduction in corporate income tax provided under the Software Promotion Law shall only become effective as of the beginning of the fiscal year after the date on which the applicant is accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers. The implementing regulation also provides that upon the formal approval of an applicant’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers, any promotional benefits previously granted to such person under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted in 2004 shall be extinguished. Finally, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 delegates authority to the Secretary of Industry and AFIP to adopt “complementary and clarifying” regulations in furtherance of the implementation of the Software Promotion Law.

On March 11, 2014, AFIP issued General Resolution No. 3,597, which provides that, as a further prerequisite to participation in the Software Promotion Law, exporters of software and related services must register in a newly established Special Registry of Exporters of Services (Registro Especial de Exportadores de Servicios ). On March 14, May 21 and May 28, 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A., respectively, applied and were accepted for registration in the Special Registry of Exporters of Services. In addition, General Resolution No. 3,597 states that any tax credits generated under the Software Promotion Law by a participant in the Software Promotion Law will only be valid until September 17, 2014.

On March 26, 2015, the Secretary and Subsecretary of Industry issued rulings approving the registration in the National Registry of Software Producers of Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. On April 17, 2015, the Secretary and Subsecretary of Industry issued rulings approving the registration in the National Registry of Software Producers of Huddle Group S.A. In each case, the ruling made the effective date of registration retroactive to September 18, 2014 and provided that the benefits enjoyed under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted were not extinguished until the ruling goes into effect (which have occurred upon its date of publication in the Argentine government’s official gazette on before mentioned dates).

On May 7, 2015, we applied to the Subsecretary of Industry for deregistration of Huddle Group S.A. from the National Registry of Software Producers, as the subsidiary had discontinued activities since January 1, 2015. Consequently, Huddle Group S.A. is subject to a 35% corporate income tax rate since January 1, 2015.

Income Tax

The ArgentineArgentinean Income Tax Law No. 20,628, as amended (“ITL”(the “ITL”),. As a result, references to ITL and other tax laws refer to laws in force according to such amendments.


Knowledge Economy Law

On May 22, 2019, the Argentine Congress enacted the Knowledge Economy Law No 27,506. The Knowledge Economy Law took effect as from January 1, 2020 for the legal entities adhered to the Software Promotion Law and is effective until December 31, 2029. It aims to promote economic activities that apply knowledge and digitization of information, supported by advances in science and technology, to obtain goods and services and improve processes.

Currently, the Knowledge Economy Law is subject to additional regulation by the enforcement authority. For further discussion of the Knowledge Economy Law, see "Business Overview - Government Support and Incentives".

Income tax
The ITL, establishes a federal tax on the worldwide income of Argentine resident individuals, legal entities incorporated in Argentina and Argentine branches of foreign entities. TheOn the income earned by Argentine residents from activities carried out abroad, any payment of foreign taxes can be taken as a credit against payment of the applicable Argentine tax. However, the credit may only be applied to the extent that the foreign tax does not exceed the Argentine tax. Income tax is currently levied at 35% of taxablepayable on the net income obtainedmade in Argentina or abroad. As per the ITL, income taxes paid abroad for the conduct of foreign activities may be recognized as a tax credit up to the limit of the increase in the income tax liability derived from the recognition of income obtained abroad. The amount of income subject to tax is calculated according to the regulations of the ITL.given fiscal year. Losses incurred during any fiscal year may be carried forward and set off against taxable income obtained during the following five fiscal years. Foreign resident individuals
Non-Argentine residents and foreign resident legal entities without a permanent establishment in Argentina (“Foreign Beneficiaries”) are taxed exclusivelyonly on their Argentine source income.

Law No. 26,893 (the “ITL Amendment Law”), published in the Official Gazzette on and effective as of September 23, 2013, modified the ITL. According to the ITL Amendment Law, income derived from Argentine sources. Based on the sale, exchangeITL, income will be considered as sourced in Argentina when it is made from assets located, placed or other dispositionused in Argentina, or from the performance of sharesany act or activity in Argentina that produces an economic benefit, or from events occurring in Argentina

Law No. 27,430 sets forth the progressive reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 30% applicable to the fiscal periods starting from January 1, 2018 until December 31, 2019, and to 25% applicable to the fiscal periods starting on January 1, 2020. However, on December 23, 2019, the Argentine corporations by non-Argentine residents would be subject to income tax. Non-Argentine residents will haveGovernment enacted the option of choosing between applyingSocial Solidarity Law -which declared a 13.5% effectivepublic emergency in economic, financial, fiscal, administrative, social security, tariff, energy, health and social matters- that increases the corporate income tax rate for years commencing on or after January 1, 2020 to 30%.
On June 16, 2021, Law No. 27,630 replaced the fixed rate paid by Argentine companies on their corporate income from 30% to a progressive rate ranging from 25% to 35% for fiscal periods starting January 1, 2021. Subject to net income amounts, companies are required to pay a fixed amount and a progressive rate over the surplus of the minimum base rate in their category. The amounts will be adjusted once a year starting January 1, 2022. To that effect, the annual variation of the CPI will be computed.

Finally, ITL establishes the taxation of indirect transfers of assets located in Argentina. If a foreign beneficiary transfers shares, quotas, participations and other rights representative of the capital or equity of an entity incorporated, domiciled or located abroad, the resulting income will be considered as Argentine-source income as long as the following conditions prevail: (i) the value of the shares, participations or rights of the foreign entity, at the time of sale or in any of the 12 previous months, represent, at least, 30% of the value of the assets that the entity owns directly or indirectly in Argentina; and (ii) the sold shares, participations or rights of the foreign entity represent 10% of the equity of that entity, at the time of their disposal or in any of the 12 previous months. The non-resident may opt to pay 15% on the net gain or 13.5% over the gross amount or a 15% effective incomeof the transaction. However, the tax rate overwill not apply if the net amount derived from the transaction.

Individual Argentine residents would be exempttransfer is done within an economic group. The tax on the income derived from the sale of sharesindirect transfers will only apply to the extent such participations are publicly traded and/or are authorized for its public offer.

52

Payments from Argentina to foreign residents representing an Argentine source of income (i.e., royalties, interest, etc.) are generally subject to income tax withholding levied at different rates depending on the type of payment. These rates may be reduced by application of a tax treaty for the avoidance of double taxation between Argentina and the receiving country.

The government has denounced the double taxation treaties that were in force with the Republic of Chile and Spain. The decision to denounce and therefore terminate the above-mentioned agreements was published in the Official Gazette on July 16, 2012 and July 13, 2012. In accordance with the denouncement provisions set forth in those treaties:

the double taxation treaty with the Republic of Chile ceased to have effect in both contracting states: (a) for individuals and undivided estates: as fromparticipation acquired after January 1, 20132018.  

60


Laws No. 27,430 and (b) for legal entities: as from the tax periods beginning after the communication of the termination of the treaty.

the double taxation treaty with Spain ceased to have effect in both contracting states: (a) in respect of taxes at source on payments to be made to foreign residents as from January 1, 2013 and (b) in respect of other taxes, as from the tax periods beginning as from January 1, 2013.

However, in February 2013, the Spanish cabinet approved the execution of a new double taxation treaty with Argentina. On November 27, 2013, the Argentine Congress approved the aforementioned treaty, which was published in the Official Gazette on December 18, 2013. This new treaty with Spain entered into force on December 23, 2013. Such treaty replaces the previous double taxation treaty between Argentina and Spain that was terminated on July 16, 2012 and applies retroactively from January 1, 2013.

Additionally, on January 31, 2012 through a notice published in the Official Gazette, the Argentine government issued a resolution ending the provisional application of the double taxation treaty in force with Switzerland, and notified this resolution to the Swiss government through a letter issued on January 16, 2012. According to the Argentine tax authorities, the effects of such termination have been applicable since January 16, 2012. On March 20, 2014, Argentina and Switzerland executed a new double taxation treaty. The treaty between Argentina and Switzerland was first approved by Argentina. Switzerland subsequently approved it in October 28, 2015. The double-taxation treaty entered into force on November 27, 2015.

 Thus, interest payments, royalty payments and the distribution of dividends from Argentina to Switzerland, and Spain will be subject to the withholding rates set forth in the corresponding double taxation treaty.

On May 15, 2015, Argentina and Chile signed a new treaty to avoid double taxation (Convenio entre la República Argentina y la República de Chile para eliminar la doble imposición en relación a los impuestos sobre la renta y sobre el patrimonio y para prevenir la evasión y elusión fiscal). It has not yet been approved by the Argentine Congress. This treaty will replace the previous double-taxation treaty between Argentina and Chile that was terminated on July 13, 2012.

Pursuant to the ITL, cross-border royalty payments are generally subject to withholding at a rate of 28%, or 21% if technology not available in Argentina is involved; in both cases the relevant agreement must be registered before the National Institute of Intellectual Property (“INPI”). Payments related to software licenses are in general subject to a 31.5% tax withholding rate. In addition, interest payments are generally subject to withholding at a rate of 15.05% if the lender is a bank or financial institution controlled by the respective central bank or similar authority, located in jurisdictions (i) other than those considered as tax havens by Argentine law, or (ii) that have executed exchange information agreements with Argentina, and do not allow, among others, banking or stock market secrecy pursuant to their domestic law, and 35% in all other cases. The ITL Amendment Law provides a new 10% tax rate on dividend distributions, without prejudice toNo. 27,468 reinstated the application of an integral inflation adjustment tax mechanism. The mechanism is triggered when the so-called “equalization tax,” which applies if the dividends distributed exceed the net accumulated taxable incomevariation of the distributing corporation.CPI supplied by the INDEC, exceeds 55%, 30% and 15%, for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively.


When companies apply the integral inflation adjustment tax mechanism, they must allocate one-sixth of any resulting negative or positive inflation adjustment to the fiscal year to which it corresponds, and the remaining fifth-sixth, in equal parts, to the following five fiscal years. According to applicable law, and if no additional tax reform is passed, for the ITL Amendment Law, the new 10% tax rate would not be applicablefiscal years beginning on dividends received by Argentine companies.

Tax on Presumed Minimum Income

This tax applies to assets of Argentine companies. The tax is only applicable if the total value of the assets is above 200,000 Argentine pesos at the end of the company’s fiscal year, and is levied at a rate of 1% on the total value of such assets. The amountor after January 1, 2021, 100% of the tax paid on presumed minimum income is allowed as a credit toward income tax. Furthermore, to the extent that thisinflation adjustment (negative or positive) would be allocated by fiscal year.


Value-added tax cannot be credited against normal corporate income tax, it may be carried forward as a credit for the following ten years. Shares and other capital participations in the stock capital of entities subject to the minimum presumed income tax are exempted from the tax on presumed income.

Value-Added Tax

The value-added tax applies to the sale of goods, the provision of services and importation of goods. Under certain circumstances, services rendered outside of Argentina, which are effectively used or exploited in Argentina, are deemed to be rendered in Argentina and, therefore, subject to value-added tax.tax to the extent that the recipient of the service is a VAT registered taxpayer. In addition, digital services rendered abroad are taxed regardless of the tax status of the recipient of the services. The current value-added tax general rate is 21%. Certain sales and imports of goods, such as computers and other hardware, are, however, subject to value-added tax at a lower tax rate of 10.5%. The sale of the shares held in Argentine or foreign companies is not subject to value-added tax.

53


Services rendered in Argentina, which are effectively used or exploited abroad, qualify as “export services” and are not subject to VAT. The effective utilization or exploitation is verified with the immediate utilization or the first act of disposal of the service by the recipient even when, if appropriate, the latter intends such service for consume.

Law No. 27,346, published in the Argentine government's official gazette on December 27, 2016, modifies the value-added tax law and creates the figure of substitute taxpayer for the payment of the tax corresponding to foreign residents who render services in Argentina.
Substitute taxpayers will assess and pay for value-added tax corresponding to the act, even in the cases in which it is impossible to withhold that tax from the foreign resident. Also, the tax paid will be considered as a tax credit if in favor of the substitute taxpayer.
Tax on Debitsdebits and Creditscredits in Bank Accounts

bank accounts

This tax applies to debits and credits from and to Argentine bank accounts and to other transactions that, due to their special nature and characteristics, are similar or could be used in lieu of a bank account. There are certain limited exceptions to the application of this tax. The general tax rate is 0.6% applicable on each debit and/or credit; however there are increased rates of 1.2% and reduced rates of 0.075%. Taxpayers subjectAccording to this tax atDecree 409/2018, the 0.6% and 1.2% rates are authorized to a tax creditowners of bank accounts on which the tax paid (a 34% credit of the tax paid on creditsis levied at the 0.6% taxor 1.2% rate and a 17% creditmay compute 33% of the amounts paid under this tax paidas a payment on transactions levied at the 1.2% tax rate) againstaccount of the income tax, tax on presumed minimum income and/or the special contribution on cooperative capital. The amount not computed cannot be subject, under any circumstances, to compensation with other taxes borne by the taxpayer or requests for reimbursement or transfer in favor of third parties, and minimum presumed income tax. may be transferred, until exhaustion, to other fiscal periods of the aforementioned taxes.
Net wealth tax

The remaining amountnet wealth tax is deductible for income tax purposes.

Personal Assets Tax

Argentine companies are required to pay the personal assets tax corresponding to Argentine resident individuals, foreign individuals and foreign entities for holdingpayable on shares and other capital participationsequity participation issued by an entity domiciled in suchArgentina that are owned either by individuals, regardless of residence, or by companies residing abroad.

The tax is paid by the local company as of December 31 of each year.itself. The applicable tax rate is 0.5% and is levied0.50% on the equity value (valor patrimonial proporcional) stated in the latest financial statements.company’s net worth. Pursuant to the Argentine Personal Assets Tax Law, an Argentine company is entitled to seek reimbursement of such tax paid from the shareholders. The current DDTs signed by Argentina do not provide an exemption on this tax.
Tax on dividends
Dividends from profits obtained before fiscal year 2018 are not subject to any income tax withholding except for the ''Equalization Tax''. The Equalization Tax is applicable foreign shareholders, including bywhen the dividends distributed are higher than the ''net accumulated taxable income'' of the immediate previous fiscal period from when the distribution is made.

Dividends from profits obtained in the fiscal year 2018 and onwards, are subject to a 7% income tax withholding and/or foreclosing on the shares, oramount of such dividends. This rate may be reduced by withholding dividends.

As a result of the terminations of the double taxation treaties in force with Spain and the Republic of Chile, as well as the decision to end the provisional application of a DTT, provided certain conditions are complied with.

61


Duty on exported services

On December 4, 2018, Argentina approved the double taxation treaty2019 budget through Law 27,467. The Law amends the Customs Code to allow for duties to be applied to the exportation of services (and not only goods). In addition, the Executive Power was allowed to impose export duties of up to 30% until December 31, 2020. However, in force with Switzerland, the exemption fromcases of services and goods that were not subject to export duties before September 2, 2018, the personal assets tax that was available pursuant to those treaties for shares and other equity interests in local companies owned by Chilean, Spanish or Swiss residents will no longer be applicable after each ofmaximum rate is 12%.

On December 28, 2019, the corresponding dates of termination. New double taxation treaties with these countries do not include such an exemption.

Tax on Dividends

The ITL Amendment Law provides a new 10% tax rate on dividend distributions, without prejudice toArgentine government extended the application of duties on exported services until December 31, 2021, with a rate of 5% without limit. The new rate is effective as of January 1, 2020.


A service is considered “exported” when it is rendered from Argentina but it is effectively used or exploited off shore. The effective utilization or exploitation is verified with the so-called “equalization tax,” which applies ifimmediate utilization or the dividends distributed exceed the net accumulated taxable incomefirst act of disposal of the distributing corporation. The new 10%service by the recipient even when, if appropriate, the latter intends such service for consume.

Decree 1034/2020 (published on December 21, 2020 and regulates the Knowledge Economy Law) sets forth that duties on export services will be taxed at a 0 % tax rate wouldwhen such services are exported by entities registered under the Registry of Beneficiaries of the Knowledge Based Economy Promotional Regime. Additionally, Resolution 4/2021, published on January 14, 2021, establishes that this tax benefit will apply to services exported by beneficiaries of the regime since their registration in the relevant registry. However, for those entities that were registered under the Software Promotional Law, the registration under the Knowledge Economy Law will be granted as from January 1, 2020 and the 0% tax rate will be applicable for services exported from the date in which Decree 1034/2020 entered into force (December 22, 2020).

Duties on export of services have not been extended and, therefore, will not be applicable on dividends received by Argentine companies.

in force as of January 1, 2022.


Turnover Tax

tax

Turnover tax is a local tax levied on gross income. Each of the provinces and the City of Buenos Aires apply different tax rates. The tax is levied on the amount of gross income resulting from business activities carried on within the respective provincial jurisdictions. The provinces have signed an agreement to avoid the double taxation of activities performed in more than one province (Convenio Multilateral del 18 de agosto de 1977). Under this agreement, gross income is allocated between the different provinces applying a formula based on income obtained and expenses incurred in each province. In the Province of Buenos Aires, we have received an exemption
Incoming funds from the payment of the turnovernil or low tax for the period from 2011 through April 13, 2017.

Provincial Tax Advance Payment Regimes Applicable to Local Bank Accounts

Certain provincial tax authorities have established advance payment regimes regarding the turnover tax that are, in general, applicable to credits generated in bank accounts opened with financial institutions governed by the Argentine Financial Institutions Law. These regimes apply to local tax payers which are included in a list distributed — usually on a monthly basis — by the provincial tax authorities to the financial institutions aforementioned.

Tax rates applicable depend on the regulations issued by each provincial tax authority, in a range that, currently, could amount up to 5%. For tax payers subject to these advance payment regimes, any payment applicable qualifies as an advance payment of the turnover tax.

Stamp Tax

Stamp tax is a local tax that is levied based on the formal execution of public or private instruments. Documents subject to stamp tax include, among others, all types of contracts, notarial deeds and promissory notes. Each province and the City of Buenos Aires has its own stamp tax legislation. Stamp tax rates vary according to the jurisdiction and agreement involved. In general, stamp tax rates vary from 1% to 4% and are applied based on the economic value of the instrument. In the Province of Buenos Aires, we have received an exemption from the stamp tax for one of our subsidiaries, IAFH Global S.A., since 2011.

Free Good Transmission Tax

The Province of Buenos Aires established this tax in 2009. According to Law 14,200, all debts accrued up to December 31, 2010 have been exempted from this tax. This tax is levied on any wealth increases resulting from free good or asset transmission (i.e. a donation, inheritance, etc.), provided the beneficiary (individual or company) is domiciled in the Province of Buenos Aires or the goods or assets are located in the Province of Buenos Aires. Moreover, according to this tax, shares and other securities representing capital stock, an equity interest or the equivalent which, at the time of transmission, are located in another jurisdiction (i.e., not in the Province of Buenos Aires) or were issued by entities or companies domiciled in another jurisdiction, are deemed to be situated in the Province of Buenos Aires in proportion to the assets that such entities or companies have in the Province of Buenos Aires. This tax will only be applicable if the benefit obtained by the individual or the company exceeds 60,000 Argentine pesos. In the case of parents, children and spouses, the threshold amount is increased up to 250,000 Argentine pesos. The tax rates are progressive and vary from 4% to 21.925%. The Province of Entre Ríos has enacted a tax that is similar to Law 14,200 described above.

54
jurisdictions

The tax may become applicable in the event that our Argentine subsidiaries, Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A., receive any free transmission of goods or assets located within the Province of Buenos Aires or the Province of Entre Ríos. If either of the subsidiaries changes its domicile to the Province of Buenos Aires or to the Province of Entre Ríos, the tax will be levied upon any free transmission of goods or assets received by that subsidiary, wherever the goods or assets are located.

Municipal Taxes

Municipalities may establish certain municipal taxes, provided they are not analogous with the national taxes, and they match an effective and individualized service provisioned by the local government. It should be noted that in many cases, the taxable income considered for the municipal tax will be the same as that for the turnover tax, though limited to the amount that belongs to the province where the municipality is located as per the agreement to avoid double taxation (Convenio Multilateral del 18 de agosto de 1977).

Information Regime

General Resolution 3293/2012 of the Argentine Federal Tax Authority sets forth the obligation to report (through the website of the Argentine Federal Tax Authority) the total or partial (gratuitous or onerous) transfer and/or assignment of:

securities, shares, participations or equivalents in the capital of non-publicly traded Argentine companies (and certain other non-publicly traded Argentine entities) whether the buyer and/or the purchaser is a foreign or an Argentine resident;

securities, shares, participations or equivalents in the capital of non-publicly traded foreign companies if the transaction is performed by Argentine individuals or Argentine undivided estates; and

listed securities issued by Argentine or foreign residents in case the transaction results in the change of control of the company.

This obligation must be complied with concurrently by seller, purchaser and by the target company whose assets are being transferred. Also, the obligation applies to the notary public (if a notary public participates in the transaction). If the transaction is between a foreign seller and a foreign buyer, then according to guidance provided by AFIP, they are not obliged to comply with this information regime. The obligation remains for the local company and notary public.

The transaction must generally be reported within ten business days after the date of the transaction.

Related Parties’ Registry

Pursuant to General Resolution No. 3,572, AFIP created: (i) a related parties’ registry (Registro de Sujetos Vinculados ) and (ii) an information regime concerning transactions in the domestic market among related parties (Régimen informativo de operaciones en el mercado interno — Sujetos Vinculados ).

Notwithstanding that AFIP General Resolution No. 3,572 that became effective on January 3, 2014, the registration and information obligations provided therein shall be considered duly complied with by the following parties within the following terms:

on or before April 1, 2014: national major tax-payers (Grandes Contribuyentes Nacionales ) for obligations due on or before March 31, 2014; and

on or before July 1, 2014: all other national parties for obligations due on or before June 30, 2014.

Information Regime Concerning Transactions in the Domestic Market Among Related Parties

Unlike the related parties’ registry (which applies to transactions among related parties located in Argentina and abroad), the transactions’ information regime is applicable to transactions between related parties located in Argentina.

Incoming Funds from Low or No Tax Jurisdictions

According to the legal presumption under Article 18.1 of Law No.11,683, and its amendments,as amended, incoming funds from jurisdictions with low or no taxation are deemed an unjustified increase in net worth for the Argentine party, regardless of the nature of the operation involved. Unjustified increases in net worth are subject to the following taxes:

(a) income tax at a 35% rate on 110% of the amount of the transfer; and

(b) value added tax at a 21% rate on 110% of the amount of the transfer.

The Argentine tax resident may rebut such legal presumption by proving before the Argentine Tax Authority that the funds arise from activities effectively performed by the Argentine taxpayer or a third party in such jurisdictions, or that such funds have been previously declared.

55

Through Decree 589/2013, Argentina modified

According to section 20 of the rule relatedITL (as amended by Law No. 27,630), Low or Nil Tax Jurisdiction means any country, jurisdiction dominium, territory, associated state or special tax regime in which the maximum corporate income tax rate is lower than 60% of the minimum corporate income tax rate included in the scale of section 73 of the ITL, which is 25%. Therefore, to avoid being regarded as a low tax jurisdiction, the listmaximum corporate income tax rate of lowa given jurisdiction must be equal or no taxation jurisdictions, stating that all references to low or no taxation jurisdictions shall be deemed as referring to “non-cooperative countries forhigher than 15%. For purposes of fiscal transparency.” Cooperative countries for purposesdetermining whether a jurisdiction is a low-tax or no-tax jurisdiction, the regulatory Decree 1170/2018 clarifies that the total tax rate imposed in that jurisdiction must be taken into account, regardless of fiscal transparency are those countries, territories, jurisdictionswhich government unit (e.g., federal, state, municipal or special regimescity) imposes the tax. The decree also provides that execute witha “preferential tax regime” is one that deviates from the Argentine governmentgeneral corporate tax system in the subject jurisdiction and results in a doublelower effective tax agreement with a wide exchange of information clause or an exchange of information agreement. Jurisdictions that initiate negotiations to enter into one of the previously mentioned agreements would also be considered as “cooperative.” Decree 589/2013 entitles the Argentine Tax Authority to publish the list of the cooperative countries for fiscal transparency purposes, which shall be published (and updated) on its web site. On January 8, 2014, the National Tax Authority issued the list containing the jurisdictions that are considered cooperative. rate.
As of the date of this annual report, such list includesthere no transactions executed that would qualify under this legal presumption.

62


Colombian taxation
The following is a summary of the following jurisdictions: Albania, Germany, Andorra, Angola, Anguilla, Saudi Arabia, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Belgium, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Brazil, the Cayman Islands, Canada, Czech Republic, Chile, China, Vatican City,material Colombian tax considerations relating to our operations in Colombia South Korea, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cuba, Curaçao, Denmark, Ecuador, El Salvador, Arab Emirates, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, United States, Estonia, Faroe Islands, Philippines, Finland, France, Georgia, Ghana, Greece, Greenland, Guatemala, Guernsey, Haiti, Honduras, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Isle of Man, Iceland, Italy, Jamaica, Israel, Japan, Jersey, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kuwait, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macao, Macedonia, Malta, Morocco, Mauritius, Mexico, Moldova, Monaco, Montenegro, Montserrat, Nicaragua, Nigeria, Norway, New Zealand, Panama, the Netherlands, Paraguay, Peru, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, the United Kingdom, the Dominican Republic, Romania, Russia, San Marino, Saint Maarten, Singapore, South Africa, Sweden, Switzerland, Tunisia, Turks and Caicos Islands, Turkmenistan, Turkey, Ukraine, Uruguay, Venezuela, Vietnamit is based upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings, income tax conventions (treaties), administrative practice and British Virgin Islands.

Asjudicial decisions in effect as of the date of this annual report. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may, however, be forthcoming. Any such changes or interpretations could affect the tax consequences to us, possibly on a retroactive basis, and could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. This summary does not purport to be a legal opinion or to address all tax aspects that may be relevant to our operations in Colombia.


Corporate income tax

National corporations, branches of foreign corporation and permanent establishment are taxed on worldwide income. National corporations are corporations that have their principal domicile in Colombia or are organized under Colombian law or that during the respective tax year or period have their effective place of management in Colombia (holding board meetings in Colombia is not enough to qualify as a national company).

The standard corporate income tax rate for fiscal years starting on January 1, 2022 is 35%.

A reduced corporate income tax rate of 20% applies to legal entities qualified as Industrial Users of Goods and/or Services in a free-trade zone. Commercial Users in a free-trade zone are subject to the general corporate income tax rate. A special reduced rate of 9% applies to certain activities that in the past had some tax benefits or exemption, such as certain services in new or refurbished hotels, eco-tourism activities and some leasing agreements with respect to housing, as well as for publishers of scientific and cultural content.

Capital gains are subject to tax at a corporate income tax rate of 10%. It is assumed that the following items are considered capital gains: (a) Gains on the transfer of fixed assets owned for more than two years and (b) Gains resulting from the receipt of liquidation proceeds of corporations in excess of capital contributed if the corporation existed for at least two years.

Taxation on dividends
Distributions to nonresidents are subject to tax at a rate of 10%. The dividends tax rate for resident individuals is 10%, with 300 Tax Units (2022: COP$11,401,200) of exempt income.

No dividend tax applies to distributions to resident companies. However, a 7.5% income tax rate is introduced on dividends distributed between resident companies, which applies on the first distribution, with a credit for the tax passed onto the ultimate shareholder (resident individual or non-resident entity or individual). The 7.5% withholding is not applicable when the distribution is made between registered economic group members.

The dividends tax applies to the distribution of profits generated in 2017 and onwards. In addition, if the dividend distribution is made out of profits that were not taxed at the distributing entity level, the distribution to nonresidents is subject to a 35% corporate income tax (recapture tax), which is withheld by the company who distributes the dividends. In this case, the 10% dividends tax applies on the distributed amount after it is reduced by the 35% recapture income tax.

A 35% corporate income tax is imposed on dividends paid to residents (including companies and individuals) out of profits not taxed at the corporate level. If the profits subject to tax at the corporate level in a given year are higher than the commercial profits of that year, the difference can be carried back for two years or carried forward for five years to offset the profits of such periods, in order to reduce or eliminate the amount of the distribution subject to the 35% withholding tax. This carryforward or carryback should not reduce the amount of the distribution to nonresidents subject to the dividends tax of 10%.

Presumptive income

Under the Colombian tax law, the tax base for corporate income tax purposes is the higher of actual taxable income or minimum presumptive income, which is equal to 3.5% of the net equity as of December 31 of the preceding tax year. Under Law No. 1,943 and Law No. 2,010, the presumptive income tax rate is reduced from 3.5% to 1.5% for years 2019 and 2020 and was abolished in 2021.

Tax on indirect transfer of shares

Law No. 1,943 and Law No. 2,010 introduced a new tax calculated over the profits derived from the indirect transfer of shares in Colombian entities and rights or assets located in Colombia through the transfer of shares, participations or rights of
63


foreign entities are taxed in Colombia as if the underlying Colombian asset had been directly transferred. Where the seller fails to report wethe deemed income arising on the indirect transfer as net income or capital gains on the income tax return, the “subordinate” Colombian company is jointly and severally liable for the tax payable, as well as any associated interest and penalties. The purchaser also is jointly and severally liable if it becomes aware that the transaction constitutes an abuse for tax purposes. These provisions do not apply where the underlying Colombian assets (i) are shares that are listed on a stock exchange or that are not liable formore than 20% owned by a single beneficial owner or (ii) represent less than 20% of both the book value and the commercial value of the total assets held by the foreign entity being transferred.

Mexican Taxation

The following is a summary of the material Mexican tax considerations relating to our operations in Mexico and it is based upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings, income tax conventions (treaties), administrative practice and judicial decisions in effect as of the date of this tax.

annual report. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may, however, be forthcoming. Any such changes or interpretations could affect the tax consequences to us, possibly on a retroactive basis, and could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. This summary does not purport to be a legal opinion or to address all tax aspects that may be relevant to our operations in Mexico.


Corporate income tax

Corporations resident in Mexico are taxed on their worldwide income from all sources, including profits from business and property. A nonresident corporation in Mexico is subject to profits tax on income earned from carrying on business through a permanent establishment in Mexico and on Mexican-sourced income. Corporations are considered residents of Mexico if their principal place of management is located in Mexico.

The corporate income tax rate is 30%.

The income tax law recognizes the effects of inflation on the following items and transactions: (a) depreciation of fixed assets (b) cost on sales of fixed assets (c) sales of capital stock (shares) (d) monetary assets and liabilities and (e) tax loss carryforwards.

Taxation on dividends

Resident individuals and nonresident shareholders of a Mexican corporation are subject to a 10% income tax on dividends received that are paid out of profits generated after 2013. Dividends are not subject to corporate income tax at the distributing company level if the distribution is from previously taxed earnings and if the distributing corporation has sufficient accumulation in its “net after-tax profit” ("CUFIN") account to cover the dividend. If the dividend is in excess of the CUFIN account, the dividend is also taxed at the distributing company level at a rate of 30% on a grossed-up basis.

Foreign Exchange Controls

exchange controls

The following is a summary of the material foreign exchange control considerations relating to our operations in Argentina, Colombia and India, and it is based upon laws, regulations, decrees, rulings, administrative practice and judicial decisions in effect as of the date of this annual report. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may, however, be forthcoming. Any such changes or interpretations could affect us and could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. This summary does not purport to be a legal opinion or to address all foreign exchange controls aspects that may be relevant to our operations in Argentina.

such jurisdictions.

Argentina

In 1991, the Argentine Convertibility Law established a fixed exchange rate according to which


Since September 1, 2019, the Argentine Central Bank was statutorily obliged to sell U.S. dollars to any individual at a fixedreinstated rigid foreign exchange rate of 1.00 Argentine pesos per $1.00. In 2001 Argentina experienced a period of severe political, economic and social crisis, and on January 6, 2002, the Argentine congress enacted the Argentine Public Emergency Law abandoning more than ten years of fixed Argentine peso-U.S. dollar parity. After devaluing the Argentine peso and setting the official exchange rate at 1.40 Argentine pesos per $1.00, on February 11, 2002, the Argentine government allowed the Argentine peso to float. The shortage of U.S. dollars and their heightened demand caused the Argentine peso to further devaluate significantly in the first half of 2002.

Duecontrols. Under these regulations, among others, (a) access to the deterioration ofFX Market is subject to compliance with a foreign indebtedness information regime; (b) the economic and financial situation in Argentina during 2001 and 2002, in addition to the abandonmentprior authorization of the Argentine peso-U.S. dollar parity, the Argentine government established a number of monetary and currency exchange control measures, including a partial freeze on bank deposits, the suspension of payments of its sovereign foreign debt, restrictions on the transfer of funds out of, or into, Argentina, and the creation of the FX Market through which all purchases and sales of foreign currency must be made. Although these restrictions had been progressively eased to some extent since 2003, as a consequence of the increase of the demand in ArgentinaCentral Bank is required for U. S. Dollars and the capital flows out of Argentina during 2011, the Argentine government imposed additional restrictions on the purchase of foreign currency and on the transfer of funds from Argentina and reduced the time required to comply with the mandatory transfer of funds into Argentina.

Recently, the newly elected government has introduced substantial changes to the foreign exchange restrictions reversing most of the measures adopted since 2011, providing greater flexibility and access to the foreign exchange market. However, the following restrictions that could affect our Argentine operations still remain in effect.

Pursuant to Argentine regulations, Argentine resident entities have access to the FX Market for the purchase of foreign currency for portfolio investment by legal entities, and, its transfer abroadwith certain exemptions, for among other things:

(1) making paymentsthe payment of dividends and earnings, for the pre-payment of principal and interest on foreign financial indebtedness at maturity or less than ten business days in advanceand on indebtedness for the import of goods and services, and for the stated maturitypayment of services and financial indebtedness with related parties; and (c) the payment of imports of goods is subject to certain requirements, including a special follow-up regime when the goods are pending of customs entry registration, and are controlled through a payment tracking system; provided that the import of certain luxury goods is subject to the extent thatArgentine Central Bank prior authorization.


64


The Argentine Central Bank also provided for the proceeds of the foreign indebtedness have remained in Argentina at least during a 120-day period from the date on which the proceeds of the new foreign financial indebtedness were transferredmandatory transfer into Argentina and convertedthe conversion into Argentine pesos through the FX Market (the “Waiting Period”) or to make partial or full payments more than ten business days in advance of the stated maturity, provided that (i)collections of foreign currency from the funds disbursed under the debt facility have remained in Argentina for at least the Waiting Period;export of goods and (ii) either (a) the prepayment is totally financed withservices, and from the disbursement of funds from outside Argentina with the purpose of carrying out capital contributions in a local company, or (b) the amount in foreign currency to be prepaid does not exceed the current value of the portion of the debt being prepaid and the average life of the debt must be longer than the remaining amount of the prepaid debt, considering in both cases the payment of principal and interest, the prepayment is totally financed with a new cross-border loan granted by an international organization and its related agencies or an official credit agency or a foreign financial institution or debt issuance which can be deemed on an international debt issuance, and the terms and conditions of the new financing explicitly provide such prepayment as a condition to granting the new loan. With respect to financial indebtedness granted or renewed before December 17, 2015, the former 360-day waiting period will still apply. In all cases, the foreign debt to be repaid must have been disclosed under the foreign debt information regime set forth in Communication “A” 3,602 of the Argentine Central Bank (the “Foreign Debt Information Regime”);

56

(2) making payments of interest on foreign indebtedness on the stated interest payment date or less than five days prior to such stated interest payment date, provided that the interest to be paid accrued starting either (i) on the date the proceeds received from foreign indebtedness were sold in the FX Market or (ii) on the date of disbursement of funds, provided that the foreign debt has been disclosed under the Foreign Debt Information Regime and that those funds were credited in accounts of correspondent banks that are authorized to sell foreign exchange proceeds in the FX Market within two days of disbursement thereof;

(3) making payments for services rendered by foreign residents, provided that certain requirements are met subject to prior authorization of the Argentine Central Bank in the case of related parties services;

(4) making payments for imported goods, on demand or in advance, provided that certain requirements are met (e.g. , nationalization of the imported goods within certain specific terms and filing of the import documentation with the financial entity); and

(5) making payments of corporate profits and dividends to non-Argentine-resident shareholders, provided that the distribution of dividends is approved on the basis of audited financial statements issued by the Argentine entity and certified by external auditors with the requirements of annual financial statements.

In the past, the Argentine government restricted certain local companies from obtaining access to the FX Market for the purpose of making payments abroad, such as dividends (including capital reductions) and payment for importation of services and goods. In this regard, irrespective of whether Argentine residents comply with all legal requirements for purposes of executing any of the foreign exchange transactions listed above, we cannot exclude the possibility that de facto measures limiting or delaying the ability of an Argentine resident to have access to the FX Market may occur, for example through the imposition of general or ad hoc restrictions through local banks or by having the local bank require, even when not expressly provided by any regulation, the opinion of the Argentine Central Bank before executing any specific transaction. Although the recently elected government has introduced substantial changes to the foreign exchange restrictions providing greater flexibility and access to the foreign exchange market, we cannot assure you that these restrictions will be removed.

Argentine entities are no longer required to transfer into Argentina and sell for Argentine pesos through the FX Market, among others, the proceeds from foreign financial indebtedness. However, the transfer and sale of the proceeds from foreign financial indebtedness through the FX Market will be necessary and a mandatory requirementloans (in order for the debtor to have access to the FX Market for the purchasepayment of principal and interests under such foreign currency and its transfer abroadfinancial loan on their scheduled maturity).


Moreover, (a) pursuant to repay principal or interest.

Argentine entities are required to transfer into Argentina and sell for Argentine pesos in the FX Market all foreign currency proceeds from exports of goods within the periods established by the Argentine Central Bank. Argentine law does not require Argentine resident entities that export services to be paid only in foreign currency nor does it prohibit the receipt of in-kind payment by such exporters.

Prior to February 4, 2016, Argentine law, including Communication “A” 52647001 of the Argentine Central Bank, as amended, required Argentine residentsin addition to transfer the foreign currency proceeds received for services rendered to non-Argentine residents into a local account with a domestic financial institution and to convert those proceeds into Argentine pesos through the FX Market, which is administered by the Argentine Central Bank within 15 business days from the date the foreign currency proceeds are collected. Since February 4, 2016, foreign currency proceeds received for services rendered to non-Argentine residents still have to be transferred to Argentina, but they no longer need to be converted into Argentine pesos through the FX Market. However, this benefit is limited to $2,000,000 per month, and for every non-converted U.S. dollar, the opportunity to form external assets (i.e. purchase foreign currency bills) is reduced accordingly.

Prior to December 17, 2015 upon their transfer into Argentina and sale for Argentine pesos through the FX Market, the proceeds of foreign financial indebtedness needed to be placed in a mandatory, non-interest bearing and non-transferable bank account in U.S. dollars with an Argentine financial entity in an amount equal to 30% of the aggregate amount of such proceeds so transferred for a term of 365 days (the “Mandatory Deposit”). The Mandatory Deposit wasany other applicable to the following transactions, among others: (i) incurrence of foreign indebtedness; (ii) primary offerings of capital stock or debt securities issued by companies domiciled in Argentina which are not listed on self-regulated markets, to the extent they do not constitute direct investments (i.e. , less than 10% of capital stock); (iii) non-residents’ portfolio investments made for the purpose of holding Argentine currency and assets and liabilities in the financial and non-financial private sector, to the extent that such investments are not the result of primary subscriptions of debt securities issued pursuant to a public offering and listed in self-regulated markets and/or primary subscriptions of capital stock of companies domiciled in Argentina issued pursuant to a public offering and listed in self-regulated markets; (iv) non-residents’ portfolio investments made for the purpose of purchasingrequirements, any right in securities in the secondary market issued by the public sector; (v) non-residents’ portfolio investments made for the purpose of purchasing primary offers of Argentine Central Bank securities issued in primary offerings; (vi) inflows of funds to the Argentine foreign exchange market derived from the sale of foreign portfolio investments of Argentine residents within the private sector in an amount in excess of $2.0 million per calendar month and (vii) any inflow of funds to the FX Market made for the purpose of primary offers of bonds and other securities issued by a trust, whether or not issued pursuant to a public offering and whether or not they are listed in self-regulated markets, to the extent that the funds to be used for the purchase of any of the underlying assets would be subject to the non-interest bearing deposit requirement. On December 18, 2015, through Resolution No. 3/2015, the Minister of Treasury and Public Finance reduced the Mandatory Deposit percentage to 0%. Thus, the Mandatory Deposit shall no longer be applicable to the inflow of funds to Argentina.

57

Since December 17, 2015, Argentine residents (both individuals and legal entities) are allowed to access to the FX Market is subject to purchasethe filing of an affidavit by the requestor (i) stating that it has not sold in Argentina securities settled against foreign exchange currency without prior approval fromor transferred securities out of Argentina, among others, within the immediately preceding 90 consecutive days; and (ii) committing not to make any such transactions within the immediately following 90 consecutive days; and (b) pursuant to Communication “A” 7030 of the Argentine Central Bank, or the AFIP with respectas amended, (i) access to the following typeFX Market for making payments on, among others things, imports of transactions: real estate investments abroad, loans granted to non-Argentine residents, Argentine residents’ contributionsgoods, services, interests in connection with the import of direct investments abroad, portfolio investment of Argentine natural persons abroad, certain other investments abroad of Argentine residents,goods and services, dividends, principal and interest on financial debt and debt securities, international portfolio investments of Argentineor transactions with derivatives by legal entities, abroad,other purchases of foreign currency billsfor specific allocation and premium, guarantees and payments on interest hedging transactions, is subject to be held in Argentina,the filing of an affidavit by the requestor (x) stating, that as well as purchases of traveler checks. The aggregate amountsuch date, all of such party’s holdings of foreign currency allowedin Argentina is deposited with Argentine financial institutions and that it does not have foreign liquid disposable assets for an equivalent of more than $100,000; and (y) committing to be purchased throughtransfer into Argentina and settle for Argentine pesos any foreign currency payments received outside of Argentina from the collection of loans granted to third parties after May 28, 2020, time deposits made after May 28, 2020, or the sale of any asset; and (ii) until June 30, 2022, with certain limited exceptions, access to the FX Market for all the above mentioned transactions shallpayment of the import of certain goods or the payment of principal under imports accounts payable will be subject to prior approval of the Argentine Central Bank, except where, among other things, the party files an affidavit stating that the aggregate amount of payments of imports made by such party since January 1, 2020 (including the payment requested) does not exceed U$S $250,000.


On September 15, 2020, the Argentine Central Bank restricted the access to FX Market for the payment of principal under foreign financial debt with third parties (other than with international or multilateral credit organizations) in excess of US$2,000,000 per calendar month in the aggregate with maturities between October 15, 2020 and June 30, 2022 to an amount equal to up to 40% of the amount originally due; and provided that the remaining unpaid principal balance must be refinanced with an average life of at least two years, with certain limited exceptions. Pursuant to Communication “A” 7218, dated February 4, 2021, the Argentine Central Bank allowed Argentine residents to access the FX Market for the payment of principal and interest under debt securities registered outside Argentina and issued since February 5, 2021, and that are partially subscribed for in allforeign currency in Argentina, subject to certain requirements.

Pursuant to the institutions authorizedSocial Solidarity Law, since December 21, 2019, the Argentine congress established a new 30% tax on the purchase of foreign currency for portfolio purposes, the acquisition of goods and services with credit and debit cards, and any payments in connection with international passenger transportation. Digital services rendered from outside Argentina (such as hosting, web services, software as a service, streaming services, etc.) are subject to tradea reduced tax rate of 8.0%.

Pursuant to Resolution 591/2020 of the Chief Cabinet of Ministers, entities benefiting from programs granting aids in connection with the COVID-19 crisis are prohibited from, among other things, making dividend distributions, and purchasing securities with Argentine pesos for their sale for foreign currency or transferring to custody accounts outside Argentina.

Law No. 19,359, as amended and complemented, establishes penalties for the infringement of any foreign exchange regulations. Penalties include fines of up to a tenfold increase in the amount of the infringing transaction, temporary suspensions, disqualification for up to ten years preventing the infringing party from acting as importer, exporter and/or as foreign exchange market.

institution, or even prison in event of recidivism.


For additional information regarding all current foreign exchange restrictions and exchange control regulations in Argentina, investors should consult their legal advisors and read the applicable rules mentioned herein, as well as any amendments and complementary regulations, which are available at the Argentine Central Bank's website: www.bcra.gob.ar.

Colombia

Under Colombian foreign exchange regulations, payments in foreign currency related to certain foreign exchange transactions must be conducted through the commercial exchange market, by means of an authorized financial intermediary, and declaring the payment to the Colombian Central Bank. This mechanism applies to payments in connection with, among others, imports and exports of goods, foreign loans and related financing costs, investment of foreign capital and the remittances of profits thereon, investment in foreign securities and assets and endorsements and guarantees in foreign currency. Transactions through the commercial exchange market are made at market rates freely negotiated with the authorized intermediaries.

65


In addition, the Colombian Central Bank may intervene in the foreign exchange market at its own discretion at any time and may, under certain circumstances, take actions that limit the availability of foreign currency to private sector companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Colombian Central Bank has never taken such action since the present foreign exchange regime was implemented in 1991.

India

The prevailing foreign exchange laws in India, require Indian residents to repatriate all foreign currency earnings to India to control the exchange of foreign currency. Moremore specifically, Section 8 of the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, requiresrequire an Indian company to take all reasonable steps to realize and repatriate into India all foreign currency earned by the company outside India, within such time periods and in the manner specified by the Reserve Bank of India (the “RBI”"RBI"). The RBI has promulgated guidelines that require Indian companies to realize and repatriate such foreign currency back to India, includinginter alia by way of remittance into a foreign currency account such as an Exchange Earners Foreign Currency (“EEFC”("EEFC") account maintained with an authorized dealer in India. Remittance into an EEFC account is subject to the condition that the sum total of the accruals in the account during a calendar month should be converted into rupees on or before the last day of the succeeding calendar month, after adjusting for utilization of the balances for approved purposes or forward commitments.

C. Organizational Structure

On December 10, 2012, we incorporated our company, Globant S.A., as asociété anonyme under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, as the holding company for our business. Prior to the incorporation in Luxembourg, our company was incorporated in Spain as asociedad anónima, which we refer to as “Globant Spain.”Spain” or “Spain Holdco”. As a result of the incorporation of our company in Luxembourg and certain related share transfers and other transactions, Globant Spain which we refer to as “Spain Holdco,” became a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company.

The following chart reflects our organization structure, including our principal shareholders andis a summary of our principal subsidiaries as of April 15, 2016. See “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” for moreFebruary 11, 2022. You may find complete information about all of our principal shareholderssubsidiaries and note 2.2 to our audited consolidated financial statements for more information about our consolidated subsidiaries. 

58
their respective holdings in Exhibit 8.1.


Seasonality

See “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Operating Results — Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations.”

glob-20211231_g1.jpg
D. Property, Plant and Equipment

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Key"Key Information—Risk Factors”Factors" and elsewhere in this annual report.

Overview

At Globant, we are experts in creating digital journeys. A successful digital journey is composed of different software products including mobile apps, web apps, sensors and other hardware appliances orchestrated by a smart backend that uses big data and fast data, and that connects to all of our client’s system. This approach creates a deep understanding of each end user and assists our clients in creating customized responses for each end user.

A digital journey starts very early in a company’s process and it is necessary to have an holistic view of the challenge and solution. To create them, we have implemented a model that includes three pillars:

·Stay relevant: Our thought leaders help our customers stay relevant within their industries. We show them how other companies are creating emotional experiences so they can see how they might revolutionize their own markets.

59

·Discover: We envision strategic digital journeys to optimize the interactions with customers in a sustainable way. We collaborate with them to conceive digital journeys for their users based on consumer behaviors and technologies.

·Build: Once the digital journey is defined, we develop and build the experience by leveraging our three key pillars: our studios, deep pockets of innovation; our own proprietary agile pods model and Services over Platforms.

 We provide our services through a network of 33 locations in Argentina, Uruguay, Chile, Colombia, Brazil, Mexico, India, Peru and the United States, supported by three client management locations in the United States, and one client management location in each of the United Kingdom, Colombia, Uruguay, Argentina and Brazil. Our reputation for cutting-edge work for global blue chip clients and our footprint across Latin America provide us with the ability to attract and retain well-educated and talented professionals in the region. We are culturally similar to our clients and we function in similar time zones. We believe that these characteristics have helped us build solid relationships with our clients in the United States and Europe and facilitate a high degree of client collaboration.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, 83.7%, 10.4%, 0.6% and 5.3% of our revenues were generated by clients in North America, Latin America, Asia and Europe, respectively. In 2014, 81.7%, 12.4% and 5.9% of our revenues were generated by clients in North America, Latin America and Europe, respectively. Our clients include companies such as Google, Electronic Arts, JWT, Orbitz and Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, each of which was among our top ten clients by revenues for at least one Studio in 2015.

Our revenues increased from $158.3 million for 2013 to $253.8 million for 2015, representing a CAGR of 26.6% over the two-year period. Our revenues for 2015 increased by 27.2% to $253.8 million, from $199.6 million for 2014. Our net income for 2015 was $31.6 million, compared to $25.3 million for 2014. The $6.3 million increase in net income from 2014 to 2015 was primarily driven by strong revenue growth and improved operating margins during the year. In 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, we made several acquisitions to enhance our strategic capabilities, none of which contributed a material amount to our revenues in the year the acquisition was made.See “Information

66


Overview
See "Information on the Company — History and Development of the Company.”

We were founded in 2003Company" and since our inception, we have benefited from strong organic growth and have built a blue chip client base comprised of leading global companies. Over that same period, we have expanded our network of delivery centers from one to 30. We have benefited from"Information on the support of our investors Riverwood Capital and FTV Capital, which have provided equity capital to support our strategic expansion and growth. In January 2012, Endeavor Global, Inc., an organization devoted to selecting, mentoring and accelerating high-impact entrepreneurs around the world, invested in our company. And, more recently, in December 2012, one of the largest marketing communications networks in the advertising industry, WPP plc, through its wholly owned subsidiary, WPP, became a shareholder of our company.

In 2006, we started working with Google. We were chosen due to our cultural affinity and innovation. While our growth has largely been organic, since 2008 we have made ten complementary acquisitions. Our acquisition strategy is focused on deepening our relationship with key clients, extending our technology capabilities, broadening our service offering and expanding the geographic footprint of our delivery centers, including beyond Latin America, rather than building scale.

Globant’s growth has been primarily organic. We expect to continue with this strategy to maintain and reinforce our culture. At the same time, during the life of the company, we have made a number of small, strategic acquisitions. 

In 2008, we acquired Accendra, a Buenos Aires-based provider of software development services, in order to deepen our relationship with Microsoft and broaden our technology expertise to include Sharepoint and other Microsoft technologies. That same year we also acquired Openware, a company specializing in security management based in Rosario, Argentina.

In 2011, we acquired Nextive. The Nextive acquisition expanded our geographic presence in the United States and enhanced our U.S. engagement and delivery management team as well as our ability to provide comprehensive solutions in mobile technologies.

In 2012, we acquired TerraForum, an innovation consulting and software development firm in Brazil. The acquisition of TerraForum allows us to expand into one of the largest economies in the world and to broaden our services to our clients, strengthening our position as a leader in the creation of innovative software products.

In August 2013, we acquired 22.75% of Dynaflows S.A. In October 2015, we obtained the control over Dynaflows through acquiring an additional number of shares. This additional acquisition allowed us to broaden our Services over Platforms strategy.

In October 2013, we acquired a majority stake in the Huddle Group, a company specializing in the media and entertainment industries, with operations in Argentina, Chile and the United States. We acquired the remaining 13.75% minority stake in Huddle Investment in October 2014.

In July 2014, we closed the initial public offering of our common shares.

In October 2014, we acquired 100% of the capital stock of BlueStar Holdings.

In April 2015, we closed a follow-on secondary offering of our common shares through which certain selling shareholders sold 3,994,390 common shares previously held by them. Subsequently, in July 2015, we closed another follow-on secondary offering through which certain selling shareholders sold 4,025,000 common shares previously held by them.


In May, 2015 we acquired Clarice Technologies which allowed us to establish our presence in India. We now have coverage in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

Also, in 2105 we launched new Studios to complement our offerings, including one focused on Cognitive Computing, and we incorporated a complementary approach to build digital journeys fast and in an innovative manner though: our service-over-platform offering.

A. Operating Results

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

In

Over the last few years, the simultaneous digital and cognitive revolutions have transformed the technology industry, has undergone a significant transformation duereshaped how companies connect with consumers and employees, and created opportunities for gains in efficiency. Today's technology users move quickly and demand personalized and frictionless experiences through always-available digital ecosystems. Increased demand for more intelligent and human-like technology is contributing to the proliferation and accelerated adoption of several emerging technologies, including social media, mobility, cloud computing and big data, and related market trends, including enhanced user experience, personalization technology, gamification, consumerization of IT, wearables, internet of things and open collaboration. These technologies are empowering end users and are compelling enterprises to engage and collaborate with end-users in new and powerful ways. We believe that these changes are resulting in a paradigm shift in the technology services industryindustry. To address user demands, companies are leveraging AI, UX, Mobile, Cloud, VR and are creating demand for service providers that possess a deep understanding of these emerging technologies and related market trends.

other technologies.

We believe that the most significant factors affecting our results of operations include:

·market demand for integrated engineering, design and innovation technology services relating to emerging technologies and related market trends;

·economic conditions in the industries and countries in which our clients operate and their impact on our clients’ spending on technology services;

·our ability to continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends;

·expansion of our service offerings and success in cross-selling new services to our clients;

·our ability to obtain new clients, increase penetration levels with our existing clients and continue to add value for our existing clients so as to create long-term relationships;

·the availability of, and our ability to attract, retain and efficiently utilize, skilled IT professionals in Latin America and the United States;

·operating costs in countries where we operate, particularly in Argentina where most of our employees are based;

·capital expenditures related to the opening of new delivery centers and client management locations and improvement of existing offices;

·our ability to increase our presence onsite at client locations;

·the effect of wage inflation in countries where we operate and the variability in foreign exchange rates, especially relative changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Mexican peso, Colombian peso and Indian rupees;

·the impact on our profit from the gain on transactions with Sovereign Bonds (BODEN and BONAR); and

·our ability to identify, integrate and effectively manage businesses that we may acquire.

market demand for integrated engineering, design and innovation technology services relating to emerging technologies and related market trends;
economic conditions in the industries and countries in which our clients operate and their impact on our clients' spending on technology services;
our ability to continue to innovate and remain at the forefront of emerging technologies and related market trends;
expansion of our service offerings and success in cross-selling new services to our clients;
our ability to obtain new clients, increase penetration levels with our existing clients and continue to add value for our existing clients so as to create long-term relationships;
the availability of, and our ability to attract, retain and efficiently utilize, skilled IT professionals in Latin America, India, Europe and the United States;
operating costs in countries where we operate;
capital expenditures related to the opening of new delivery centers and client management locations and improvement of existing offices;
our ability to increase our presence onsite at client locations;
the effect of wage inflation in countries where we operate and the variability in foreign exchange rates, especially relative changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Mexican peso, Colombian peso and Indian rupees; and
our ability to identify, integrate and effectively manage businesses that we may acquire.

Our results of operations in any given period are directly affected by the following additional company-specific factors:

·Pricing of and margin on our services and revenue mix. For time-and-materials contracts, the hourly rates we charge for our Globers are a key factor impacting our gross profit margins and profitability. Hourly rates vary by complexity of the project and the mix of staffing. The margin on our services is impacted by the increase in our costs in providing those services, which is influenced by wage inflation and other factors. As a client relationship matures and deepens, we seek to maximize our revenues and profitability by expanding the scope of services offered to that client and winning higher profit margin assignments. During the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, we increased our revenues attributable to sales of higher profit margin technology solutions (primarily through our Mobile, Enterprise Consumerization, UX Design and Gaming Studios). This shift in revenue mix enabled us to achieve an adjusted gross profit margin percentage of 38.9%, 41.0% and 39.2% for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which are consistent with our targeted adjusted gross profit margin percentage in the medium term.

61

·Our ability to deepen and expand the portfolio of services we offer through our Studios while maintaining our high standard of quality. The breadth and depth of the services we offer through our Studios impacts our ability to grow revenues from new and existing clients. Through research and development, targeted hiring and strategic acquisitions, we have invested in broadening and deepening the domains of expertise of our Studios. Our future growth and success depend significantly on our ability to maintain the expertise of each of our Studios and to continue to innovate and to anticipate the needs of our clients and rapidly develop and maintain the expertise of each of our Studios, including relevant domain knowledge and technological capabilities required to meet those client needs, while maintaining our high standard of quality.

·Recruitment, retention and management of IT professionals. Our ability to recruit, retain and manage our IT professionals will have an effect on our gross profit margin and our results of operations. Our IT professional headcount was 4,613 as of December 31, 2015, 3,424 at December 31, 2014 and 2,912 at December 31, 2013. We manage employee headcount and utilization based on ongoing assessments of our project pipeline and requirements for professional capabilities. An unanticipated termination of a significant project could cause us to experience lower employee utilization resulting from a higher than expected number of idle IT professionals. Our ability to effectively utilize our employees is typically improved by longer-term client relationships due to increased predictability of client needs over the course of the relationships.

·Evolution of client base. In recent years, as we have expanded significantly in the technology services industry; we have diversified our client base and reduced client concentration. In addition, consistent with our business focus on pursuing clients and markets with higher profit margins, we have increased our revenues from North American and, in some periods, European, clients, while reducing our revenues from Latin American and other clients. Revenues attributable to our top ten clients increased by 39.4% from 2013 to 2014 and 35.1% from 2014 to 2015. Over the same period, we have increased our revenues from existing clients by expanding the scope and size of our engagements. The number of clients that each accounted for over $5.0 million of our annual revenues amounted to ten in 2015, ten in 2014 and five in 2013, and the number of clients that each accounted for at least $1.0 million of our annual revenues increased to 51 in 2015, from 46 in 2014 and 41 in 2013.

·Investments in our delivery platform. We have grown our network of locations to 33 at December 31, 2015, located in 22 cities throughout nine countries (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Mendoza, Santa Fe, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, Mar del Plata and La Plata in Argentina; Montevideo, Uruguay; Bogotá and Medellín, Colombia; São Paulo, Brazil; Mexico City, Mexico; Lima, Peru; Santiago, Chile; Pune and Bangalore, India; and San Francisco in the United States). We also have three client management locations in the United States (Boston, New York and San Francisco), the United Kingdom (London), Brazil (São Paulo), Uruguay (Montevideo), Colombia (Bogotá) and Argentina (Buenos Aires) that are close to the main offices of key clients. Our integrated global delivery platform allows us to deliver our services through a blend of onsite and offsite methods. We have pursued a decentralization strategy in building our network of delivery centers, recognizing the benefits of expanding into other cities in Argentina and other countries in Latin America, including the ability to attract and retain highly skilled IT professionals in increasing scale. Our ability to effectively utilize our robust delivery platform will significantly affect our results of operations in the future.

·Seasonality. Our business is seasonal and as a result, our revenues and profitability fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Our revenues tend to be higher in the third and fourth quarters of each year compared to the first and second quarters of each year due to seasonal factors. During the first quarter of each year, which includes summer months in the southern hemisphere, there is a general slowdown in business activities and a reduced number of working days for our IT professionals based in Argentina, Uruguay, Brazil, Peru and Colombia, which results in fewer hours being billed on client projects and therefore lower revenues being recognized on those projects. In addition, some of the reduction in the number of working days for our IT professionals in the first or second quarter of the year is due to the Easter holiday. Depending on whether the Easter holiday falls in March or April of a given year, the effect on our revenues and profitability due to the Easter holiday can appear either in the first or second quarter of that year. Finally, we implement annual salary increases in the second quarter of each year. Our revenues are traditionally higher, and our margins tend to increase, in the third and fourth quarters of each year, when utilization of our IT professionals is at its highest levels.

·Net effect of inflation in Argentina and variability in the U.S. dollar and Argentine peso exchange rate. Because a substantial portion of our operations is conducted from Argentina, our results of operations are subject to the net effect of inflation in Argentina and the variability in exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Argentine peso. The impact of inflation on our salary costs, or wage inflation, and thus on our statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income varies depending on the fluctuation in exchange rates between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar. In an environment where the Argentine peso is weakening against the U.S. dollar, our functional currency in which a substantial portion of our revenues are denominated, the impact of wage inflation on our results of operations will decrease, whereas in an environment where the Argentine peso is strengthening against the U.S. dollar, the impact of wage inflation will increase. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Argentine peso experienced a 52.1% devaluation from 8.55 Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar to 13.01 Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar (34.5% from that devaluation occurred in during December 2015) and INDEC reported an inflation rate of 23.9. The combination of this devaluation and the inflation rate is not expected to have a significant impact on our revenues because a substantial portion of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. The devaluation, net of the impact of the inflation rate in the same period, has resulted in an improvement in our operating costs, as our operating costs are primarily denominated in Argentine pesos. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Foreign Exchange Risk” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk — Wage Inflation Risk.”

62

Pricing of, and margin on, our services and revenue mix. For time-and-materials contracts, the hourly rates we charge for our Globers are a key factor impacting our gross profit margins and profitability. Hourly rates vary by complexity of the project and the mix of staffing. The margin on our services is impacted by the increase in our costs in providing those services, which is influenced by wage inflation, market conditions and other factors. As a client relationship matures and deepens, we seek to maximize our revenues and profitability by expanding the scope of services offered to that client and achieving higher profit margin assignments. During the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, we increased our revenues attributable to sales of technology solutions (primarily through our Scalable Platforms, Agile Delivery, Artificial Intelligence, Cloud Ops. and UI Engineering Studios), and our gross profit margin was 38.2%, 37.4% and 38.5% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Adjusted gross profit margin was 39.5%, 39.1% and 40.4% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, expanding our margins in 2021 as a result of the aforementioned factors.


Our ability to deepen and expand the portfolio of services we offer while maintaining our high standard of quality. The breadth and depth of the services we offer impact our ability to grow revenues from new and existing clients. Through research and development, targeted hiring and strategic acquisitions, we have invested in broadening and deepening the domains of expertise of our Studios. Our future growth and success depend significantly on our ability to maintain the expertise of each of our Studios, to continue to innovate and to anticipate the needs of our clients and rapidly
67


develop and maintain the expertise of each of our Studios, including relevant domain knowledge and technological capabilities required to meet those client needs, while maintaining our high standard of quality.

Our ability to recruit, retain and manage our IT professionals may have an effect on our gross profit margin and our results of operations. Our IT professional headcount was 22,167 as of December 31, 2021, 15,290 as of December 31, 2020 and 11,021 as of December 31, 2019. We manage employee headcount and utilization based on ongoing assessments of our project pipeline and requirements for professional capabilities. An unanticipated termination of a significant project could cause us to experience lower employee utilization resulting from a higher than expected number of idle IT professionals. Our ability to effectively utilize our employees is typically improved by longer-term client relationships due to increased predictability of client needs over the course of the relationships.

Investments in our delivery platform. See “Information on the Company — Business overview. — Facilities and Infrastructure.” Our integrated global delivery platform allows us to deliver our services through a blend of onsite and offsite methods. We have pursued a decentralization strategy in building our network of delivery centers, recognizing the benefits of expanding into other cities in Argentina and other countries in Latin America, including the ability to attract and retain highly skilled IT professionals in increasing scale. Our ability to effectively utilize our robust delivery platform could significantly affect our results of operations in the future.


Our results of operations are expected to benefit from government policies and regulations designed to foster the software industry in Argentina, primarily under the Software Promotion Law. For further discussion of the Software Promotion Law, see “Business"Information of the Company - Business Overview  — Our Delivery Model — Government Support and Incentives.”

Incentives."

Certain Income Statement Line Items


2021 Compared to 2020
Revenues

Revenues are derived primarily from providing technology services to our clients, which are medium-medium to large-sized companies mainly based in the United States, Europe, Asia and Latin America. For the year ended December 31, 2015,2021, revenues increased by 27.2%59.3% to $253.8 million$1.3 billion from $199.6$814.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. For2020.
We discuss below the year ended December 31, 2014,breakdown of our revenues increased by 26.1%contract type, client location, industry vertical and client concentration. Revenues consist of technology services revenues and reimbursable expenses, which primarily include travel and out-of-pocket costs that are billable to $199.6 million from $158.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Between 2013 and 2015, we experienced rapid growth in demand for our services and significantly expanded our business.

clients.


Revenues by Contract type

We perform our services primarily under time-and-material contracts (where materials costs consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses) and, to a lesser extent, fixed-price contracts. Revenues from our time-and-material contracts represented 96.2%, 90.0% and 84.7% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Revenues from our fixed-price contracts represented 3.7%, 9.3% and 15.2% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The remaining portion of our revenues in each year was derived from other types of contracts.

We discuss below the breakdown of our revenues by client location, industry vertical and client concentration. Revenues consist of technology services revenues net of reimbursable expenses, which primarily include travel and out-of-pocket costs that are billable to clients.


 Year ended December 31,
 20212020
 (in thousands, except percentages)
By Contract
Time & Materials$1,062,171 81.9 %$698,943 85.9 %
Fixed Price218,846 16.9 %107,033 13.1 %
Subscription resales16,039 1.2 %8,156 1.0 %
Others22 — %— %
Revenues$1,297,078 100.0 %$814,139 100.0 %
68


Revenues by Client Location

Our revenues are sourced from three main geographic markets: North America (primarily the United States), Europe (primarily Spain and the United Kingdom) and Latin America.America (primarily Argentina, Brazil, Chile and Mexico). We present our revenues by client location based on the location of the specific client site that we serve, irrespective of the location of the headquarters of the client or the location of the delivery center where the work is performed. For the year ended December 31, 2015,2021, we had 3441,138 clients.

The following table sets forth revenues by client location by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the years indicated:

  Year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
  (in thousands, except percentages) 
By Geography                        
North America $212,412   83.7% $163,097   81.7% $128,843   81.4%
Europe  13,508   5.3%  11,704   5.9%  12,864   8.1%
Asia  1,434   0.6%  -   0.0%  -   0.0%
Latin America and other  26,442   10.4%  24,804   12.4%  16,617   10.5%
Revenues $253,796   100.0% $199,605   100.0% $158,324   100.0%

 Year ended December 31,
 20212020
 (in thousands, except percentages)
By Geography
North America$830,904 64.1 %$574,150 70.5 %
Europe151,302 11.7 %61,780 7.6 %
Asia20,915 1.6 %8,349 1.0 %
Latin America and other293,957 22.6 %169,860 20.9 %
Revenues$1,297,078 100.0 %$814,139 100.0 %

Revenues by Industry Vertical

We are a provider of technology services to enterprises in a range of industry verticals including media and entertainment, professional services, technology and telecommunications, travel and hospitality, banks, financial services and insurance, and consumer, retail and manufacturing and health care, among others. The following table sets forth our revenues by industry vertical by amount and as a percentage of our revenues by industry vertical for the periods indicated:

63


  Year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
  (in thousands, except percentages) 
                   
By Industry Vertical                        
Media and Entertainment $61,767   24.3% $45,014   22.6% $29,393   18.6%
Technology & Telecommunications  51,816   20.4%  46,897   23.5%  42,010   26.5%
Travel & Hospitality  38,926   15.3%  22,545   11.3%  10,578   6.7%
Consumer, Retail & Manufacturing  28,840   11.4%  25,656   12.9%  21,290   13.4%
Professional Services  36,546   14.4%  32,832   16.4%  32,187   20.3%
Banks, Financial Services and Insurance  31,981   12.6%  25,236   12.6%  20,693   13.1%
Other Verticals  3,920   1.6%  1,425   0.7%  2,173   1.4%
Total $253,796   100.0% $199,605   100.0% $158,324   100.0%

 Year ended December 31,
 20212020
 (in thousands, except percentages)
By Industry Vertical
Banks, Financial Services and Insurance$308,227 23.8 %$193,364 23.8 %
Media and Entertainment272,703 21.0 %187,071 23.0 %
Consumer, Retail & Manufacturing197,620 15.2 %105,876 13.0 %
Professional Services167,997 13.0 %103,133 12.7 %
Technology & Telecommunications155,665 12.0 %96,643 11.9 %
Health Care96,334 7.4 %53,781 6.6 %
Travel & Hospitality87,567 6.8 %67,634 8.3 %
Other Verticals10,965 0.8 %6,637 0.7 %
Total$1,297,078 100.0 %$814,139 100.0 %
The increase in revenues from clients in the banks, financial services and insurance industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand for services related to scalable platforms, user interface solutions and strategic transformation.

The increase in revenues from clients in the media and entertainment industry vertical was primarily attributable to a higher demand for our gaming services, scalable platforms and user interface solutions.

The increase in revenues from clients in the consumer, retail and manufacturing industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand for services related to scalable platforms solutions, adaptive organizations and our digital experience platforms.

The increase in revenues from clients in the professional services industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand for services related to product acceleration practices, scalable platforms and internet of things solutions.

69


The increase in revenues from clients in the technology and telecommunications industry vertical was primarily attributable to higher demand in digital content, AI services and Cloud Ops. solutions.

The increase in revenues from clients in the travel and hospitality industry vertical was primarily attributable to the demand recovery after the 2020 COVID-19 Outbreak, and mainly focused on scalable platforms services, Data And Artificial Intelligence, and our Digital Experience Platforms.

The increase in revenues from clients in the health care industry vertical was primarily attributable to new clients acquired in business combinations.

The increase in revenues from clients in other verticals is mainly explained by the higher demand for Adaptive Organizations Services, Consulting and Data and Artificial Intelligence.

Revenues by Client Concentration

We have increased our revenues by expanding the scope and size of our engagements, and we have grown our key client base primarily through our business development efforts and referrals from our existing clients.

The following table sets forth revenues contributed by our largest client, top five clients, top ten clients and top tentwenty clients by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the years indicated:

  Year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
  (in thousands, except percentages) 
Client concentration                        
Top client $31,095   12.3% $17,458   8.7% $10,162   6.4%
Top five clients  83,633   33.0%  55,512   27.8%  40,215   25.4%
Top ten clients  118,509   46.7%  87,677   43.9%  62,865   39.7%
Top twenty clients  154,737   61.0%  121,683   61.0%  92,579   58.5%

 Year ended December 31,
 20212020
 (in thousands, except percentages)
Client concentration
Top client$141,100 10.9 %$89,158 11.0 %
Top five clients345,835 26.7 %249,451 30.6 %
Top ten clients506,572 39.1 %343,431 42.2 %
Top twenty clients674,883 52.0 %442,902 54.4 %
Our top ten customers for the year ended December 31, 20152021 have been working with us for, on average, sixnine years.


An increase in revenues from our top ten clients in 2021 reflects our ability to increase the scope of our engagement with our main customers. Revenues from our largest client for 2021, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, increased by $51.9 million, or 58.3%, to $141.1 million for 2021 from $89.2 million for 2020.
Our focus on delivering quality to our clients is reflected in the fact that existing clients from 2014 and 20132020 contributed 92.3% and 73.8%91.9% of our revenues in 2015, respectively. Our existing clients from 2013 contributed 87.4% of our revenues in 2014.2021. As evidence of the increase in scope of engagement within our client base, the number of clients that each accounted for over $5.0 million of our annual revenues increased (ten(42 in 2015, ten2021 and 32 in 2014 and five in 2013)2020) and the number of clients that each accounted for at least $1.0 million of our annual revenues increased to 51185 in 2015, 462021 and 129 in 2014 and 41 in 2013.2020. The following table shows the distribution of our clients by revenues for the year presented:

  Year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
          
Over $5 Million  10   10   5 
$1 - $5 Million  41   36   36 
$0.5 - $1 Million  30   23   24 
$0.1 - $0.5 Million  100   83   66 
Less than $0.1 Million  163  ��144   132 
Total Clients  344   296   263 

 Year ended December 31,
 20212020
Over $5 Million42 32 
$1 - $5 Million143 97 
$0.5 - $1 Million106 60 
$0.1 - $0.5 Million287 185 
Less than $0.1 Million560 424 
Total Clients1,138 798 
70


The volume of work we perform for specific clients is likely to vary from year to year, as we are typically not any client’sclient's exclusive external technology services provider, and a major client in one year may not contribute the same amount or percentage of our revenues in any subsequent year.

64

Operating Expenses


Up to 80% of the amounts paid by our Argentine subsidiaries for certain social security taxes in respect of base and incentive compensation of our IT professionals is credited back to those subsidiaries under the Knowledge based Economy Law, reducing the effective cost of social security taxes of the base and incentive compensation on which those contributions are calculated. For further discussion of the Knowledge based Economy Law, see note 3.7.1.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Cost of Revenues

The principal components of our cost of revenues are salaries, professional services and non-reimbursable travel costs related to the provision of services. Included in salaries are base salary, incentive-based compensation, employee benefits costs and social security taxes. Salaries of our IT professionals are allocated to cost of revenues regardless of whether they are actually performing services during a given period. Up to 70% of the amounts paid by our Argentine subsidiaries for certain social security taxes in respect of base and incentive compensation of our IT professionals is credited back to those subsidiaries under the Software Promotion Law, reducing the effective cost of social security taxes from approximately 19.0% to approximately 13.0% of the base and incentive compensation on which those contributions are calculated. For further discussion of the Software Promotion Law, see “— Income Tax Expense” below and note 3.7.1.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Also included in cost of revenues is the portion of depreciation and amortization expense attributable to the portion of our property and equipment and intangible assets utilized in the delivery of services to our clients.

Our cost of revenues has increased since 2012in recent years in line with the growth in our revenues and reflects the expansion of our operations in Spain, Argentina, Uruguay, Colombia, Peru, Mexico, India and the United States primarily due to increases in salary costs, an increase in the number of our IT professionals and the opening of new delivery centers. We expect that as our revenues grow, our cost of revenues will increase. Our goal is to increase revenue per head and thereby increase our gross profit margin.


Cost of revenues was $802.1 million for 2021, representing an increase of $292.3 million, or 57.3%, from $509.8 million for 2020.

 Year ended December 31,
 20212020
 (in millions, except percentages)
AmountVariationAmountVariation
Main variations in cost of revenues
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes$(745.3)56.4 %$(476.5)30.0 %
Professional services$(24.0)263.5 %$(6.6)48.6 %

The increase in salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes is primarily attributable to the net addition of 6,877 IT professionals since December 31, 2020, an increase of 45.0%, to satisfy growing demand for our services, which translated into an increase in salaries. The increase in professional services is mainly attributable to the increase in contractor services related to business growth and software subscriptions.
Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues decreased to 61.8% for 2021 from 62.6% for 2020.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses represent expenses associated with promoting and selling our services and include such items as salary of our senior management, administrative personnel and sales and marketing personnel, (including commissions in the case of sales and marketing personnel), occupancyinfrastructure costs, legal and other professional services expenses, Argentine transaction taxestravel costs and travel costs. The credit of up to 70% for certainother taxes. Included in salaries are base salary, incentive-based compensation, employee benefits costs and social security taxes paid by our Argentine subsidiaries that is provided under the Software Promotion Law as described under “— Cost of Revenues” above also extends to payments of such social security taxes in respect of salaries of personnel included in our selling, general and administrative expenses, reducing the effective cost of social security taxes as described above.

taxes.

Also included in selling, general, and administrative expenses is the portion of depreciation and amortization expense attributable to the portion of our property and equipment, right-of-use assets and intangible assets utilized in our sales and administration functions.


71


Selling, general and administrative expense was $343.0 million for 2021, representing an increase of $125.8 million, or 57.9%, from $217.2 million for 2020.

 Year ended December 31,
 20212020
 (in millions, except percentages)
AmountVariationAmountVariation
Main variations in Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes$(139.3)61.3 %$(86.4)25.5 %
Share-based compensation expense(38.8)89.3 %(20.5)37.6 %
Professional services(30.9)34.0 %(23.1)76.0 %
Depreciation and amortization expense(45.7)116.9 %(21.1)24.7 %
Recruiting, training and other employee expenses(11.6)163.7 %(4.4)90.9 %
Promotional and marketing expenses(10.3)192.8 %(3.5)67.3 %

The increase of salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share based compensation was primarily attributable to the addition of sales and management executives. There was also an increase of $24.6 million in depreciation and amortization related mainly to the intangibles recognized for the business combinations made during 2021 and 2020. In addition, there was a $7.8 million increase in professional services related to consulting tax matters and legal and audit fees, also increase in subscriptions and license expenses and the impact of the acquired companies during 2021. The increase of recruiting, training and other employee expenses is attributed to an increase in hirings during 2021, the launch of scholarships with Digital House, and the increase in employee benefit programs implemented during the second quarter of 2021, mainly in Argentina and Colombia. Finally, the increase in promotional and marketing expenses is mainly explained by expenses in marketing and publicity in Spain and the United States, and by an increase in special events mainly in the United States and Uruguay related with stands, events promotions and sponsorships and summits.

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 26.4% for 2021 from 26.7% for 2020. Share-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expenses accounted for $38.8 million, or 3.0%, as a percentage of revenues for 2021, and $20.5 million, or 2.5%, as a percentage of revenues for 2020.
Our selling, general and administrative expenses have increased primarily as a result of our expanding operations and the build-out of our senior and mid-level management teams to support our growth and, commencing in 2011, to help us prepare for our initial public offering.growth. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute terms as our business expands. However, as a result of our management and infrastructure investments, we believe our platform is capable of supporting the expansion of our business without a proportionate increase in our selling, general and administrative expenses, resulting in gains in operating leverage.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense (included in “Cost"Cost of Revenues”Revenues" and “Selling,"Selling, General and Administrative Expenses”Expenses")

Depreciation and amortization expense consists primarily of depreciation of our property and equipment (primarily leasehold improvements, servers and other equipment), depreciation of right-of-use assets (primarily office spaces and to a lesser extent,office equipment) and amortization of our intangible assets (mainly software licenses, acquired intangible assets and internal developments). We expect that depreciation and amortization expense will continue to increase as we open more delivery centers and client management locations.

Impairment


Net impairment losses on financial assets
Net impairment losses on financial assets mainly include impairment of Tax Credits, Net of Recoveries

Impairment of tax credits, net of recoveriestrade receivables, which represents an allowance for impairmentexpected credit losses. The amount of tax creditsexpected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we recorded a loss of $7.6 million and $3.1 million, respectively, related to the recognition of the allowance for estimatedexpected credit losses.


The increase of the allowance for expected credit losses resulting from substantial doubt aboutwas mainly attributable to the recoverabilityupdated expected credit loss rate used in our provision matrix based on our historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to debtors,
72


general economic conditions and an assessment of our Software Promotion Law tax credits. This allowance is determined by estimating future usesboth the current as well as the forecast direction of this credit against value-added tax positions. Duringconditions at the reporting date.
Finance Income
Finance income consists of interest gains on time deposits, financed customers and savings accounts. The decrease of finance income of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, after considering new facts and circumstances that occurred during the year, including the Specific Resolutions, we recorded a gain of $1.8 and $1.52020 to $0.7 million respectively, related to a partial reversal of the allowance for impairment of tax credits generated under the Software Promotion Law.

Gain on Transaction with Bonds

Proceeds Received as Payment for Exports

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized a gain2021 was primarily attributable to accrued interests for financed customers during 2020 that was not repeated in 2021.


Finance Expense
Finance expense includes the interests from borrowings, leases contracts, banking fees and other finance expenses. The increase of $29.6finance expense of $10.4 million on transactions with BODEN associated with proceeds received as payment for exports of a portion of the services performed by our Argentine subsidiaries.

As discussed under “Information on the Company — Business Overview — Regulatory Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls — Argentina,” since the end of 2012, the Argentine government has restricted, by means of de facto measures, Argentine persons from obtaining access to the FX Market for the purpose of purchasing foreign currency to make payments abroad, such as dividends, capital reductions, and payment for importation of services and goods. The tightening of restrictions on the purchase of foreign currency at the end of 2012 has contributed to an increase in the sale price in Argentine pesos of securities denominated in currencies other than the Argentine peso (mainly in U.S. dollars) and, thereby, widened the gap between the quoted price of BODEN in the Argentine markets (in Argentine pesos) and their quoted price in the U.S. markets (in U.S. dollars) converted for financial reporting purposes at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

65

In light of these developments, during 2013, our U.S. subsidiaries paid for a portion of the services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries by purchasing U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars) and delivering the acquired BODEN to our Argentine subsidiaries as payment for a portion of services rendered. After being held by our Argentine subsidiaries for between, on average, 10 to 30 days, the BODEN were sold in the Argentine markets for Argentine pesos. Our Argentine subsidiaries sold the BODEN in the Electronic Open Market (Mercado Abierto Electrónico, or “MAE”), an authorized Argentine market subject to the regulations of the CNV, through a “sell” instruction to an authorized Argentine broker-dealer. Sale and purchase orders relating to BODEN placed by broker-dealers are electronically matched through the MAE to other market participants.

When measuring the fair value of the BODEN held by our Argentine subsidiaries, we have followed the guidance of IFRS 13, which defines fair value as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.” In addition, IFRS 13 states that fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability either occurs in the principal market for the asset, which is defined as the market with the greatest volume and level of activity for the asset or, in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. We have identified the Argentine market as the principal market for the BODEN.

We have determined the fair value of the BODEN from direct observable information based on publicly available quotes in the Argentine market. Under the fair value hierarchy established in IFRS 13, such direct observable information is classified as Level 1 inputs because there are available unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets that we can access at the measurement date.

While BODEN trade in both the U.S. and Argentine markets, the Argentine market is considered to be the principal market for the BODEN due to the following factors:

In Argentina, the BODEN are traded in markets such as the Mercado de Valores de Buenos Aires and the MAE, each regulated by the CNV. In the United States, BODEN are traded in over-the-counter markets.

In Argentina, the trading prices and volume of BODEN trades are publicly available information, while in the United States, such information is not publicly available.

Because the fair value of the BODEN in the Argentine markets, converted at the U.S. dollar official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert transactions in foreign currencies into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency, which is the U.S. dollar), during the year ended December 31, 2013 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price2020 to $12.7 million for the BODEN in the U.S. markets, we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the BODEN (expressed in Argentine pesos) into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina. After the approximately 23% devaluation of the Argentine peso that occurred in January 2014, our U.S. subsidiary discontinued its use of BODEN transactions as payment for the exports of services performed by our Argentine subsidiaries.

Proceeds Received from Capital Contributions

During the year ended December 31, 20152021 was due to an increase in interest on lease liabilities and 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries, with cash proceeds from capital contributions, acquired U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN and BONAR in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars). BONAR are a form of Argentine sovereign bond with characteristics identical to BODEN. See “— Gain on Transactions with Bonds — Proceeds Received as Payment for Exports” for more information. The capital contributions during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were related to capital expenditures incurred by our Argentine subsidiaries to establish delivery centers in Bahía Blanca, La Plata, Mar del Plata and Tucumán, Argentina, open a new recruiting center in Buenos Aires, make initial payments for a new building agreed withInversiones y Representaciones S.A. (IRSA) and finance working capital requirements. The BODEN and BONAR trade both in the U.S. and Argentine markets. We consider the Argentine market to be the principal market for these bonds.

After holding the BODEN and BONAR for a certain period of time, our Argentine subsidiaries sold the BODEN and BONAR in the Argentine market. Because the fair value of the BODEN and BONAR in the Argentine markets, converted at the U.S. dollar official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert transactions in foreign currencies into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency, which is the U.S. dollar), during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price for the BODEN and BONAR in the U.S. markets, we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the BODEN and BONAR (expressed in Argentine pesos) into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

The rate of exchange between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar may increase or decrease in the future. We cannot predict future fluctuations in the exchange rate of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar. In addition, legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming, which could also affect the exchange rate. Accordingly, our gains reported on transactions with BODEN during the years ended December 31, 2013 and on transactions with BODEN and BONAR during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are not necessarily indicative of theother interests.


Other Financial Results, Net

Other financial results, that may be expected for any future period. If in the future there continues to be a gap between the quoted price of BODEN and BONAR in the Argentine markets (in Argentine pesos) and their quoted price in U.S. markets (in U.S. dollars) as converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina, our Argentine subsidiaries may acquire, with cash proceeds from capital contributions, U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN and BONAR in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars).

66

Finance Income

Finance incomenet consists of foreign exchange gain or loss on monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, andgain or loss on transactions with bonds, interest gains on time deposits, short-term securities issued by the Argentine Central Bank (Letras del Banco Central),rate swaps, foreign exchange forward contracts and future contracts, and mutual funds.

Finance Expense

Finance expense consists of interest expense on borrowings, foreign exchange loss and other interests.

Income Tax Expense

As a global company, we are required to provide for corporate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We have secured special tax benefits in Argentina, Uruguay and India, as described below. As a result, our income tax expense is low in comparison to profit before income tax expense due to the benefit related to profit before income tax expense earned in those lower tax jurisdictions. Changes in the geographic mix, income tax regulations or estimated level of annual pre-tax income can also affect our overall effective income tax rate. As our operations outside of Argentina and Uruguay grow, it is likely that our effective tax rate will increase.

Under the Software Promotion Law, Argentine companies that are engaged in the design, development and production of software benefit from a 60% reduction in the corporate income tax rate and a tax credit of up to 70% of amounts paid for certain social security taxes that can be applied to offset certain national tax liabilities. When originally enacted in 2004, the Software Promotion Law only permitted this tax credit to be offset against liability for value-added taxes. In 2011, the Software Promotion Law was amended to permit the tax credit to be offset as well against corporate income tax liabilities up


Other financial results, net decreased to a percentage not higher than the taxpayer’s declared percentage of exports (subject to the issuance of implementing regulations), and to extend the reduction in corporate income tax rate and the tax credit regime through 2019. On September 16, 2013, the Argentine Government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the implementation of the Software Promotion Law. Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 introduced specific requirements to qualify$3.9 million loss for the tax benefits contemplated by the Software Promotion Law. In particular, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 provides that from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2019 only those companies that are accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers maintained by the Secretary of Industry will be entitled to participate in the benefits of the Software Promotion Law. On June 25, 2014, our Argentine subsidiaries Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A. applied for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers.

On March 26, 2015, the Secretary and Subsecretary of Industry issued rulings approving the registration in the National Registry of Software Producers of Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. On April 17, 2015, the Secretary and Subsecretary of Industry issued rulings approving the registration in the National Registry of Software Producers of Huddle Group S.A. In each case, the ruling made the effective date of registration retroactive to September 18, 2014 and provided that the benefits enjoyed under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted were not extinguished until the ruling goes into effect (which have occurred upon its date of publication in the Argentine government’s official gazette on before mentioned dates).

On May 7, 2015, the Company applied to the Subsecretary of Industry for deregistration of Huddle Group S.A. from the National Registry of Software Producers, as the subsidiary had discontinued activities since January 1, 2015. Consequently, Huddle Group S.A. is subject to a 35% corporate income tax rate since January 1, 2015.

The operations of the Argentine subsidiaries are our most significant source of profit before income tax.

Our subsidiary in Uruguay, which is domiciled in a tax-free zone, benefits from a 0% income tax rate and an exemption from value-added tax.

Our subsidiary in Colombia is subject to federal corporate income tax at the rate of 25% and theContribución Empresarial para la Equidad at the rate of 9% calculated on net income before income tax, applicable till December 31, 2015. After that date, the rate will be increased to 14%.

Our subsidiaries in U.S. are subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 34%.

Our subsidiaries in England are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 21%.

Our subsidiary in Chile is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 22.5%. For the year 2016, the corporate income tax rate will be 24%.

Our subsidiary in Brazil is subject to corporate income tax rate of 24% applicable to the taxable income derived from the subsidiary’s activity plus 10% if the net income before income tax is higher than 120,000 reais.

Our subsidiary in Peru is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 30%.

Our subsidiary in Mexico is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 30%.

Our subsidiary in India is primarily export-oriented and is eligible for certain income tax holiday benefits granted by the government of India for export activities conducted within SEZs. Indian profits ineligible for SEZ benefits are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 34.61%. In addition, all Indian profits, including those generated within SEZs, are subject to the Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT), at the current rate of approximately 21.34%, including surcharges.

67

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated. This information should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

  Year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
  (in thousands, except percentages) 
          
Consolidated Statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income:                        
Revenues (1) $253,796   100.0% $199,605   100.0% $158,324   100.0%
Cost of revenues (2)  (160,292)  (63.2)%  (121,693)  (61.0)%  (99,603)  (62.9)%
Gross profit  93,504   36.8%  77,912   39.0%  58,721   37.1%
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3)  (71,594)  (28.2)%  (57,288)  (28.7)%  (54,841)  (34.6)%
Impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries  1,820   0.7%  1,505   0.8%  (9,579)  (6.1)%
Profit (Loss) from operations  23,730   9.3%  22,129   11.1%  (5,699)  (3.6)%
Gain on transaction with bonds (4)  19,102   7.5%  12,629   6.3%  29,577   18.7%
Finance income  27,555   10.9%  10,269   5.1%  4,435   2.8%
Finance expense  (20,952)  (8.3)%  (11,213)  (5.6)%  (10,040)  (6.3)%
Finance income (expense), net (5)  6,603   2.6%  (944)  (0.5)%  (5,605)  (3.5)%
Other income and expenses, net (6)  605   0.2%  380   0.2%  1,505   1.0%
Profit before income tax  50,040   19.6%  34,194   17.1%  19,778   12.6%
Income tax (7)  (18,420)  (7.3)%  (8,931)  (4.5)%  (6,009)  (3.8)%
Net Income for the year $31,620   12.3% $25,263   12.6% $13,769   8.8%

(1)Includes transactions with related parties for an amount of $6,655, $7,681 and 8,532 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(2)Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $4,441, $3,813 and $3,215 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Also includes share based compensation for $735, $35 and $190 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(3)Includes depreciation and amortization expense of $4,860, $4,221 and $3,941 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Also includes share based compensation for $1,647, $582 and $603 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(4)Includes gain on transactions with bonds of $19,102 and $12,629, and $29,577 from capitalizations and proceeds received by our Argentine subsidiaries as payments from exports for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(5)Includes foreign exchange loss of $10,136, $2,946 and $4,238 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(6)Includes the gain related to the valuation at fair value of the 22.75% of share interest held in Dynaflows of $625 for the year ended December 31, 2015. Includes the gain related to the bargain business combination of Bluestar Peru of $472 for the year ended December 31, 2014. See note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements. Includes a gain of $1,703 on remeasurement of the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of TerraForum for the year ended December 31, 2013. See note 27.10.1 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

(7)Includes deferred tax charge of $370 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and a gain of $1,102 and $529 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2013, respectively.

2015 Compared to 2014

Revenues

Revenues were $253.8 million for 2015, representing an increase of $54.2 million, or 27.2%, from $199.6 million for 2014.

Revenues from North America increased by $49.3 million, or 30.2%, to $212.4 million for 2015 from $163.1 million for 2014. Revenues from Latin America and other countries increased by $1.7 million, or 6.9%, to $26.5 million for 2015 from $24.8 million for 2014. Revenues from Europe increased by $1.8 million, or 15.4%, to $13.5 million for 2015 from $11.7 million for 2014. Revenues from Asia amount $1.4 million in 2015.

68

Revenues from technology and telecommunications clients increased by $4.9 million, or 10.4%, to $51.8 million for 2015 from $46.9 million for 2014. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to gaming, consumer experience services and the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from media and entertainment clients increased by $16.8 million, or 37.3%, to $61.8 million for 2015 from $45.0 million for 2014. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to a higher demand for our gaming solutions, mobile applications, and consumer experience practices. Revenues from professional services clients increased by $3.7 million, or 11.3%, to $36.5 million for 2015 from $32.8 million for 2014. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to enterprise consumerization, digital content and consumer experience solutions. Revenues from consumer, retail and manufacturing clients increased by $3.1 million, or 12.1%, to $28.8 million for 2015 from $25.7 million for 2014. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to mobile applications, testing services, user experience and social practices, supported by the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from banks, financial services and insurance clients increased by $6.8 million, or 27.0%, to $32.0 million for 2015 from $25.2 million for 2014. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to high performance, analytics, cloud and mobile. Revenues from travel and hospitality clients increased by $16.4 million, or 72.9%, to $38.9 million for 2015 from $22.5 million for 2014. This increase is primarily attributable to large increase in demand for consumer experience and automated testing services. Revenues from clients in other verticals increased by $2.5 million, or 166.7%, to $4.0 million for 2015 from $1.5 million for 2014.

Revenues from our top ten clients in 2015 increased by $30.8 million, or 35.1%, to $118.5 million from revenues of $87.7 million in 2014, reflecting our ability to increase the scope of our engagement with our main customers. Revenues from our largest client for 2015, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, increased by $13.6 million, or 77.7%, to $31.1 million for 2015 from $17.5 million for 2014.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues was $160.3 million for 2015, representing an increase of $38.6 million, or 31.7%, from $121.7 million for 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to the net addition of 1,189 IT professionals since December 31, 2014, an increase of 34.7%, to satisfy growing demand for our services, which translated into an increase in salaries and travel expenses. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased to 63.2% for 2015 from 61.0% for 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to the exchange rate lag with respect to actual salary increases in nominal Argentine pesos during 2015, increasing our average cost per employee during the year ended December 31, 2015, and also driven by2021 from a $3.6 million gain for the growthyear ended December 31, 2020, primarily reflecting a foreign exchange gain of $3.9 million compared to a loss of $2.9 million in our IT professional s’ headcount.

Salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share based compensation, the main component2020, a loss of cost of revenues, increased by $39.5$8.5 million or 36.7% to $147.0 million for 2015 from $107.5 million for 2014. Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes include a $0.7 million share-based compensation expense in 2015 and $0.04 million share-based compensation expense in 2014.

Depreciation and amortization expense included in the cost of revenues increased by $0.6 million, or 15.8%, to $4.4 million for 2015 from $3.8 million for 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in software licenses acquired in 2015net related to the deliverylosses from financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss compared to a loss of our services.

Travel and housing decreased by $1.4$3.4 million or 17.3%, to $6.7 million for 2015 from $8.1 million for 2014. The decrease was primarily attributable to efficiencies in the allocation of employees to projects.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expense was $71.6 million for 2015, representing an increase of $14.3 million from $57.3 million for 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to $9.3 million increase in salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes related to the addition of a number of senior sales executives in our main market, the United States; a $0.7 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense;2020 and a $2.7gain on transactions with bonds of $0.7 million increase in office and rental expenses as a result of new delivery centers. The increases in office expenses, rental expenses and depreciation and amortization expense were related to the opening of our new delivery centers. In addition, there was a $0.4 million increase in professional fees including audit and other professional services. Allowances for doubtful accounts increased by $0.2 million. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 28.2% for 2015 from 28.7% for 2014. Share-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expenses accounted for $1.6 million, or 0.6%, as a percentage of revenues for 2015, and $0.6 million, or 0.3%, as a percentage of revenues for 2014.

Impairment of Tax Credits, Net of Recoveries

Impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries, increased by $0.3 million to a gain of $1.8 million for 2015 compared to a gain of $1.5 million for 2014. This increase is attributable to the recovery of a portion of the Software Promotion Law credit.

Gain on Transaction with Bonds

Gain on transaction with bonds increased by $6.5 million to $19.1 million for 2015 compared to $12.6 million for 2014. This increase is explained by two factors: (i) an increase in the amount of money transacted in bonds and (ii) an increase in the spread between the implied exchange rate when comparing U.S. dollar-denominated bonds purchased in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars) and the fair value of those same bonds in the Argentine debt markets (in Argentine pesos).

69

Finance Income

Finance income for 2015 was $27.6 million compared to $10.3 million for 2014, resulting primarily from foreign exchange gains of $9.2 million as compared to $6.4$9.6 million in 2014 and investment gains of $18.4 million as compared to $3.8 million in 2014.

Finance Expense

Finance expense increased to $21.0 million for 2015 from $11.2 million for 2014, primarily reflecting a foreign exchange loss of $19.3 million mainly related to the impact of the weakening of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar on our Argentine peso-denominated monetary assets, and interest expense of $1 million. Other financial expenses totaled $0.7 million.

2020.



Other Income and Expenses, Net

Other income and expenses, net decreased to a gainloss of $0.6$3.4 million for 2015the year ended December 31, 2021 from a gainloss of $0.4$1.9 million for 2014. Our 2015 gain was primarilythe year ended December 31, 2020. Such decrease is mainly explained by the remeasurement of contingent consideration related to the valuation at fair valueacquisition of Bluecap, GMR and Xappia.
Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense amounted to $18.4$28.5 million for 2015,2021, an increase of $9.5$6.2 million from a $8.9$22.3 million income tax expense for 2014.2020. The increase in income tax expense was attributable to higher profit before income tax in the subsidiaries where we operate and the impact of the devaluation of the Argentine peso. Our effective tax rate (calculated as income tax gain or expense divided by the profit before income tax) increased to 36.8% for 2015 from 26.1% for 2014, principally driven by the increase in the taxable foreign exchange gain from the devaluationexpansion of Argentine pesos.

Net Income for the Year

As a result of the foregoing, we had a net income of $31.6 million for 2015, compared to $25.3 million for 2014.

2014 Compared to 2013


Revenues 

Revenues were $199.6 million for 2014, representing an increase of $41.3 million, or 26.1%, from $158.3 million for 2013.

Revenues from North America increased by $34.3 million, or 26.6%, to $163.1 million for 2014 from $128.8 million for 2013. Revenues from Latin America and other countries increased by $8.2 million, or 49.4%, to $24.8 million for 2014 from $16.6 million for 2013. Revenues from Europe decreased by $1.2 million, or 9.3%, to $11.7 million for 2014 from $12.9 million for 2013.

Revenues from technology and telecommunications clients increased by $4.9 million, or 11.7%, to $46.9 million for 2014 from $42.0 million for 2013. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to gaming, consumer experience services and the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from media and entertainment clients increased by $15.6 million, or 53.1%, to $45.0 million for 2014 from $29.4 million for 2013. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to a higher demand for our gaming solutions, mobile applications, and consumer experience practices. Revenues from professional services clients increased by $0.6 million, or 1.9%, to $32.8 million for 2014 from $32.2 million for 2013. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to enterprise consumerization, digital content and consumer experience solutions. Revenues from consumer, retail and manufacturing clients increased by $4.4 million, or 20.7%, to $25.7 million for 2014 from $21.3 million for 2013. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to mobile applications, testing services, user experience and social practices, supported by the cross-selling capabilities of our Studios. Revenues from banks, financial services and insurance clients increased by $4.5 million, or 21.7%, to $25.2 million for 2014 from $20.7 million for 2013. The increase in revenues from clients in this industry vertical was primarily attributable to growth in demand for services related to high performance, analytics, cloud and mobile. Revenues from travel and hospitality clients increased by $11.9 million, or 112.3%, to $22.5 million for 2014 from $10.6 million for 2013. This increase is primarily attributable to large increase in demand for consumer experience and automated testing services. Revenues from clients in other verticals decreased by $0.6 million, or 28.6%, to $1.5 million for 2014 from $2.1 million for 2013.

Revenues from our top ten clients in 2014 increased by $24.8 million, or 39.4%, to $87.7 million from revenues of $62.9 million in 2013, reflecting our ability to increase the scope of our engagement with our main customers. Revenues from our largest client for 2014, Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, increased by $7.3 million, or 71.6%, to $17.5 million for 2014 from $10.2 million for 2013.

70


Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues was $121.7 million for 2014, representing an increase of $22.1 million, or 22.2%, from $99.6 million for 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to the net addition of 512 IT professionals since December 31, 2013, an increase of 17.6%, to satisfy growing demand for our services, which translated into an increase in salaries and travel expenses. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues decreased to 61.0% for 2014 from 62.9% for 2013. The decrease was primarily attributable to the devaluation of the Argentine peso in January 2014, decreasing our average cost per employee during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Salaries, employee benefits, social security taxes and share based compensation, the main component of cost of revenues, increased by $16.8 million, or 18.6% to $107.5 million for 2014 from $90.7 million for 2013. Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes include a $0.04 million share-based compensation expense in 2014 and $0.2 million share-based compensation expense in 2013.

Depreciation and amortization expense included in the cost of revenues increased by $0.6 million, or 18.8%, to $3.8 million for 2014 from $3.2 million for 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in software licenses acquired in 2014 related to the delivery of our services.

Travel and housing increased by $3.7 million, or 84.1%, to $8.1 million for 2014 from $4.4 million for 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to the increased headcount in IT professionals described above, an increase in the number of projects requiring onsite presence and lower reimbursements from our customers.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expense was $57.3 million for 2014, representing an increase of $2.5 million from $54.8 million for 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to a $1.1 million increase in salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes related to the addition of a number of senior sales executives both in our main market, the United States; a $0.3 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense; a $1.2 million increase in office and rental expenses as a result of new delivery centers in Mexico, Peru, Colombia and a new sales office in New York, United States. The increases in office expenses, rental expenses and depreciation and amortization expense were related to the opening of the new delivery centers. In addition, there was a $0.4 million increase in professional fees including audit and other professional services. Allowances for doubtful accounts decreased by $0.8 million. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 28.7% for 2014 from 34.6% for 2013. Share-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expenses accounted for $0.6 million, or 0.3%, as a percentage of revenues for 2014, and $0.6 million, or 0.4%, as a percentage of revenues for 2013.

Impairment of Tax Credits, Net of Recoveries

Impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries, decreased by $11.1 million to a gain of $1.5 million for 2014 compared to a loss of $9.6 million for 2013. This decrease is attributable to the recovery of a portion of the valuation allowance of $9.6 million recorded as of December 31, 2013.

Gain on Transaction with Bonds

Gain on transaction with bonds decreased by $17.0 million to $12.6 million for 2014 compared to $29.6 million for 2013. This decrease is explained by two factors: (i) a decrease in the amount of money transacted in bonds and (ii) a decrease in the spread between the implied exchange rate when comparing U.S. dollar-denominated bonds purchased in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars) and the fair value of those same bonds in the Argentine debt markets (in Argentine pesos).

Gain on transaction with bonds — proceeds received as payment for exports was nil for 2014 compared to $29.6 million for 2013. This decrease was attributed to our decision to discontinue the use of U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN as payment from our U.S. subsidiaries for services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries. Gain on transaction with bonds — proceeds received from capital contributions amounted to $12.6 million for 2014 compared to nil for 2013. This increase is attributable to the capital contributions made to our Argentine subsidiaries in order to allow them to make capital expenditures to establish delivery centers in Argentina and to finance working capital needs.

Finance Income

Finance income for 2014 was $10.3 million compared to $4.4 million for 2013, resulting primarily from foreign exchange gains of $6.4 million, investment gains of $3.8 million and other interest income for $0.1 million.

Finance Expense

Finance expense increased to $11.2 million for 2014 from $10.0 million for 2013, primarily reflecting a foreign exchange loss of $9.3 million mainly related to the impact of the weakening of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar on our Argentine peso-denominated monetary assets, and interest expense of $1.5 million. Other financial expenses totaled $0.4 million.

71

Other Income and Expenses, Net

Other income and expenses, net decreased to a gain of $0.4 million for 2014 from a gain of $1.5 million for 2013. Our 2014 gain was primarily attributable to the bargain business combination of BlueStar Peru. Our 2013 gain was primarily attributable to a $1.7 million gain from the remeasurement of a contingent liability.

Income Tax

Income tax expense amounted to $8.9 million for 2014, an increase of $2.9 million from a $6.0 million income tax expense for 2013. The increase in income tax expense was attributable to higher profit before income tax in the subsidiaries where we operate.Globant business. Our effective tax rate (calculated as income tax gain or expense divided by the profit before income tax) decreased to 26.1%22.8% for 20142021 from 30.4%29.2% for 2013.

2020, mainly explained by the impact of the weakness of some Latin American currencies against U.S. Dollars and due to changes in geographic distribution of earnings.


Net Income for the Year

As a result of the foregoing, we had a net income of $25.3$96.4 million for 2014,2021, compared to $13.8$54.2 million for 2013.

2020.


2020 Compared to 2019

For discussion related to our financial condition, changes in financial condition, and the results of operations for 2020compared to 2019, refer to Part I, Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects, in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, which was filed with the SEC on February 26, 2021.

73


Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Data

Overview

To supplement our financial measures prepared in accordance with IFRS, we use certain non-IFRS financial measures including (i) adjusted diluted earnings per share ("EPS"), (ii) adjusted net income, (iii) adjusted gross profit, (iv) adjusted selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses, and (v) adjusted profit from operations. These measures do not have any standardized meaning under IFRS, and other companies may use similarly titled non-IFRS financial measures that are calculated differently from the way we calculate such measures. Accordingly, our non-IFRS financial measures may not be comparable to similar non-IFRS measures presented by other companies. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on such non-IFRS measures, but instead to consider them with the most directly comparable IFRS measures. Non-IFRS financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation. They should be considered as a supplement to, not a substitute for, or superior to, the corresponding measures calculated in accordance with IFRS.

The reconciliations of these non-IFRS measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS are shown in the tables below. We use these non-IFRS measures in the evaluation of our performance and our consolidated financial results. We believe these non-IFRS measures may be useful to investors in their assessment of our operating performance and the valuation of our company. In addition, these non-IFRS measures address questions we routinely receive from analysts and investors and, in order to assure that all investors have access to similar data, we have determined that it is appropriate to make this data available to all investors.

Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted SG&A Expenses

We utilize non-IFRS measures of adjusted gross profit and adjusted SG&A expenses as supplemental measures for period-to-period comparisons. Adjusted gross profit and adjusted SG&A expenses are most directly comparable to the IFRS measures of gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively. Our non-IFRS measures of adjusted gross profit and adjusted SG&A expenses exclude the impact of certain items, such as depreciation and amortization expense, share-based compensation expense and, only with respect to adjusted SG&A expenses, acquisition-related charges and COVID-19 related charges.

Adjusted Profit from Operations

We utilize the non-IFRS measure of adjusted profit from operations as a supplemental measure for period-to-period comparisons. Adjusted profit from operations is most directly comparable to the IFRS measure of profit from operations. Adjusted profit from operations excludes the impact of certain items, such as share-based compensation expense, impairment of non-financial assets, net of recoveries, acquisition-related charges and COVID-19 related charges.

Adjusted Diluted EPS and Adjusted Net Income

We utilize non-IFRS measures of adjusted diluted EPS and adjusted net income for strategic decision making, forecasting future results and evaluating current performance. Adjusted diluted EPS and adjusted net income are most directly comparable to the IFRS measures of EPS and net income, respectively. Our non-IFRS measures of adjusted diluted EPS and adjusted net income exclude the impact of certain items, such as acquisition-related charges, impairment of non-financial assets, net of recoveries, share-based compensation expense, COVID-19 related charges and the tax effects of non-IFRS adjustments.

74


 Year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Reconciliation of adjusted gross profit   
Gross profit$494,988 $304,327 $254,161 
Adjustments
Depreciation and amortization expense14,122 9,759 7,350 
Share-based compensation expense3,568 4,109 4,976 
Adjusted gross profit$512,678 $318,195 $266,487 
Reconciliation of adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses$(343,004)$(217,222)$(172,478)
Adjustments
Depreciation and amortization expense48,796 22,691 16,905 
Share-based compensation expense35,831 20,519 14,912 
Acquisition-related charges, net (1)
12,860 10,096 9,571 
COVID-19 related charges (2)
— (613)— 
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses$(245,517)$(164,529)$(131,090)
Reconciliation of adjusted profit from operations
Profit from operations$144,433 $83,942 $80,735 
Adjustments
Share-based compensation expense39,399 24,628 19,888 
Impairment of tax credits— (8)— 
Acquisition-related charges, net (1)
28,271 12,754 10,695 
COVID-19 related charges (2)
2,228 2,582 — 
Impairment of assets (3)
— 83 673 
Adjusted profit from operations$214,331 $123,981 $111,991 
Reconciliation of adjusted net income for the year
Net income for the year$96,065 $54,217 $54,015 
Adjustments
Share-based compensation expense39,399 24,628 19,888 
Impairment of tax credits— (8)— 
Acquisition-related charges, net (1)
35,465 15,796 11,518 
COVID-19 related charges (2)
2,228 2,582 — 
Impairment of assets (3)
— 83 673 
Tax effects of non-IFRS adjustments (4)
(14,748)(6,712)(5,443)
Adjusted net income for the year$158,409 $90,586 $80,651 
Calculation of adjusted diluted EPS
Adjusted net income158,409 90,586 80,651 
Diluted shares42,076 39,717 37,674 
Adjusted diluted EPS3.76 2.28 2.14 
Other data:
Adjusted gross profit512,678 318,195 266,487 
Adjusted gross profit margin percentage39.5 %39.1 %40.4 %
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses(245,517)(164,529)(131,090)
Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses margin percentage(18.9)%(20.2)%(19.9)%
Adjusted profit from operations214,331 123,981 111,991 
Adjusted profit from operations margin percentage16.5 %15.2 %17.0 %
Adjusted net income for the year158,409 90,586 80,651 
Adjusted net income margin percentage for the year (4)
12.2 %11.1 %12.2 %
75


(1) Acquisition-related expenses include, when applicable, amortization of purchased intangible assets included in depreciation and amortization expense line on our consolidated statements of comprehensive income, external deal costs, acquisition-related retention bonuses, integration costs, changes in the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities, expenses for impairment of acquired intangible assets and other acquisition-related costs.

(2) COVID-19 related expenses include, when applicable, bad debt provision related to the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic on our clients’ businesses, donations and other expenses directly attributable to the pandemic that are both incremental to expenses incurred prior to the outbreak and not expected to recur once the crisis has subsided and operations return to normal and clearly separable from normal operations. Moreover, these expenses also include rent concessions that we were granted due to the pandemic environment.

(3)Impairment of assets, net of recoveries includes, when applicable, charges for impairment of intangible assets, charges for impairment of investments in associates and charges for impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries.

(4) Non-IFRS Adjusted net income and adjusted Diluted EPS for 2021, 2020 and 2019 reflect the tax impact of non-IFRS adjustments. Non-IFRS Adjusted net income and adjusted Diluted EPS for 2020 and 2019 previously presented were recast to conform to the current presentation.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and

Capital Resources

Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under our credit facilities. Historically, we have also raised capital through several rounds of equity financing ($3.0 million in 2007, $4.6 million in 2008, $5.8 million in 2011 and $2.0 million in 2012, net of expenses). In July 2014, we raised $40.5 million in our initial public offering, net of underwriting fees and expenses.activities. For the year 2015,2021, we derived 89.0%86.7% of our revenues from clients in North America and EuropeLatin America pursuant to contracts that are entered into by our subsidiaries located in the United States, Argentina, Chile, Mexico and the United Kingdom. Under those contracts, the clients pay the U.S. and United Kingdom subsidiaries (depending on where the client is located) directly. In most instances, the U.S. and United Kingdom subsidiaries in turn contract with our subsidiaries in Argentina, Colombia, Uruguay, Peru and Mexico to perform the services to be delivered to our clients and compensate those subsidiaries for their services in accordance with transfer pricing arrangements in effect from time to time. Under these arrangements, earnings and cash flows from operations are generated not just in Argentina but also in the other jurisdictions in which we conduct operations. As a result, our non-Argentine subsidiaries do not depend on the transfer of cash from our Argentine subsidiaries to meet their working capital requirements or other cash obligations.

Brazil.


Our primary cash needs are for capital expenditures (consisting of additions to property and equipment and to intangible assets) and working capital. From time to time weWe may also require cash to fund acquisitions of businesses.

We incur capital expenditures to open new delivery centers, for improvements to existing delivery centers, for infrastructure-related investments and to acquire software licenses.

The following table sets forth our historical capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

  Year ended December 31, 
  2015(***)  2014(**)  2013(*) 
  (In thousands) 
             
Capital expenditures $16,859  $11,985  $10,702 

*Excludes impact of Huddle acquisition.
**Excludes impact of Bluestar Peru acquisition.
***Excludes impact of Clarice Technologies and Dynaflows acquisitions

During 2015, we invested $16.9 million in capital expenditures, primarily in setting up our delivery centers in Mexico City, Mexico, Pune, India, Buenos Aires, Argentina and Medellin, Colombia. We also invested in the acquisition of land in Tandil, Argentina, where we plan to build a new facility to consolidate our regional delivery centers.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we invested $12.0 million in capital expenditures, primarily on the final payments related to the acquisitions of delivery centers in Bahia Blanca, La Plata, Mar del Plata and Tucumán. We also invested in setting up new delivery centers in Mexico City in Mexico, Mar del Plata in Argentina, Bogotá in Colombia and a client management location in New York in the United States.

During 2013, we invested $10.7 million on capital expenditures, primarily on the opening of three delivery centers in Argentina, in Bahia Blanca, La Plata and Tucumán, and the expansion of our existing delivery center in Uruguay and on the opening of new delivery centers in Argentina. Capital expenditures vary depending on the timing of new delivery center openings and improvements of existing delivery centers and, primarily with respect to the acquisition of software licenses, on the specific requirements of client projects.

72


On October 11, 2013, we entered into several definitive agreements relating to our acquisition of the Huddle Group. On October 23, 2014, we completed the acquisition of Huddle Investment.

On October 10, 2014, we entered into a consulting services agreement with AEP to provide software services in the United States and other jurisdictions for the following three years. On that same date, we also entered into a stock purchase agreement with AEP Retail to purchase 100% of the capital stock of BlueStar Holdings, whose only material asset is 100% of the capital stock of BlueStar Peru. BlueStar Peru is engaged in the business of providing information technology support services to the retail electric industry. The aggregate purchase price under the stock purchase agreement amounts to $1.4 million, equal to the net working capital of BlueStar Holdings as of the acquisition date.

On May 14, 2015, we acquired Clarice Technologies, an innovation consulting and software development firm in India, for an aggregate purchase price of up to $20.2 million, $10.9 million of which is payable on a deferred basis and subject to reduction upon the occurrence of certain events relating, among other things, to Clarice Technologies’ gross revenue and gross profit for the following three years.

Our primary working capital requirements are to finance our payroll-related liabilities during the period from delivery of our services through invoicing and collection of trade receivables from clients.

We incur capital expenditures to open new delivery centers, for improvements to existing delivery centers, for infrastructure-related investments and to acquire software licenses and internal developments.
Based on the above considerations, management is of the opinion that we have sufficient funds to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next twelve months from the date of this report. However, our future capital requirements may be materially different than those currently planned in our budgeting and forecasting activities and depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the acquisition of other companies, global economic conditions and the retention of customers. To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. The sale of additional equity would result in additional dilution to our shareholders, while the incurrence of debt financing would result in debt service obligations. Such debt instruments also could introduce covenants that might restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that we could obtain additional financing on favorable terms, or at all.

We will continue to invest in our subsidiaries. In the event of any repatriation of funds or declaration of dividends from our subsidiaries, there will be a tax effect because dividends from certain foreign subsidiaries are subject to taxes.

See "Additional Information — Taxation".


The following table sets forth our historical capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:
76


 Year ended December 31,
 20212020
 (In thousands)
Total fixed assets acquisitions$53,159 $30,095 
Total intangible assets acquisitions52,449 75,021 
Additions related to business combinations(15,983)(52,033)
Total Capital Expenditures89,625 53,083 

Investments
During 2020, we invested $53.1 million in capital expenditures primarily made to complete our works on our delivery centers in Buenos Aires and Tandil, Argentina, Santiago, Chile, Medellin, Colombia and Guadalajara and Mexico City, Mexico, and to provide computer equipment for our delivery centers in Argentina, Mexico, Chile and Colombia. Additionally, we invested $24.5 million in internal developments and acquired licenses.

During 2021, we invested $89.6 million in capital expenditures primarily made to complete our works on our delivery centers in Buenos Aires and Tandil, Argentina, Bogota, Colombia, Pune, India, Minsk, Belarus and Madrid, Spain. Additionally, we invested $38.2 million mainly in internal developments and acquired licenses.

Acquisitions

On July 31, 2020, we entered into an equity purchase agreement with the equityholders of Grupo ASSA Worldwide S.A., a Spanish stock company and certain of its affiliated entities (collectively, "Grupo ASSA"), pursuant to which we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests in Grupo ASSA. The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Grupo ASSA is a digital business consulting company with operations in Latin America, Europe, and the United States. The aggregate purchase price payable under the equity purchase agreement amounted to $74.5 million. The fair value of the consideration recognized in our financial statements amounted to $54.7 million, based on target achievements and price adjustments.

On October 21, 2020, we entered into a purchase agreement with the equity holders of Xappia S.R.L., an Argentine company, Xappia SpA, a Chilean company, and Xappia Brasil Servicios de Assessoria Empresarial LTDA., a Brazilian company, pursuant to which we agreed to purchase all of the outstanding equity interests in Xappia S.RL. and Xappia SpA and certain rights, titles and interests of Xappia Brasil Servicios de Assessoria Empresarial LTDA. The transaction was closed on November 13, 2020. The purpose of the purchase was to increase the Salesforce delivery capabilities to our South American clients. The aggregate purchase price payable under the purchase agreement amounted to $10 million. The fair value of the consideration recognized in our financial statements amounted to $11.3 million, based on target achievements and price adjustments.

On November 9, 2020, we entered into an equity purchase agreement with the equity holders of Giant Monkey Robot, Inc., an American stock company, pursuant to which we purchased all of the outstanding interests in Giant Monkey Robot Inc. and its only subsidiary, Giant Monkey Robot SpA, a Chilean stock company. The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Giant Monkey Robot is mainly a game developing company, with experts in complex technology solutions and experienced in supporting and maintaining live operation games for several platforms. The aggregate purchase price payable under the equity purchase agreement amounted to $9.5 million. The fair value of the consideration recognized in our financial statements amounted to $9.7 million, based on target achievements and price adjustments.

On December 18, 2020, we entered into an equity purchase agreement with the equityholder of BlueCap Management Consulting S.L., a Spanish limited liability company ("BlueCap"), pursuant to which we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests in BlueCap. The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. BlueCap provides leading financial institutions consulting services primarily related to strategic management of risk, capital and value. The aggregate purchase price payable under the equity purchase agreement amounted to €120 million. The fair value of the consideration recognized in our financial statements amounted to $149.5 million, based on target achievements and price adjustments.

On February 28, 2021, we entered into a sale and purchase agreement with the equity holder of Cloudshiftgroup Limited, a limited liability company organized under the Law of England and Wales ("Cloudshift") pursuant to which we purchased the entire capital of Cloudshift. The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Cloudshift is a Salesforce platinum partner which provides Salesforce advisory and implementation services in the United Kingdom. The aggregate purchase price payable under the equity purchase agreement amounted to £34.5 million. The fair value of the consideration recognized in our financial statements amounted to $48.9 million, based on target achievements and price adjustments.
77



On May 11, 2021, we entered into a sale and purchase agreement with the equity holder of Hybrido Worldwide, S.L., a limited liability company (sociedad limitada) organized under the Laws of Spain and certain of its affiliated entities (collectively, "Habitant") pursuant to which we purchased the entire outstanding capital of Habitant. The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. The aggregate purchase price payable under the equity purchase agreement amounted to €17.4 million. The fair value of the consideration recognized in our financial statements amounted to $22.2 million, based on target achivements and price adjustments.

On July 8, 2021, we entered into a sale and purchase agreement with the equity holder of Walmeric Soluciones S.L., a limited liability company (sociead limitada) organized under the Laws of Spain ("Walmeric") pursuant to which we purchased the outstanding capital of Walmeric. The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Walmeric is a offers a multi-channel marketing platform focused on a lead to revenue management with strong B2B2C expertise. Their main product is the cloud based platform (SaaS) Delio, a complete lead management platform that helps companies track and qualify leads, discover their interests and contact them with all that information to convert them efficiently into sales. The aggregate purchase price payable under the equity purchase agreement amounted to €41.6 million. The fair value of the consideration recognized in our financial statements amounted to $53.4 million, based on target achievements and price adjustments.

On October 5, 2021, we entered into a sales and purchase agreement with the equity holder of Atix Labs S.R.L., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Argentina, and Atix Labs LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Florida (collectively "AtixLabs") pursuant to which we purchased the outstanding captial of AtixLabs. The transaction was signed on September 22, 2021 and closed in October 5, 2021. AtixLabs is a Blockchain Company, specialized in building digital products that require Blockchain Implementation Partnered with RSK, IDB, Cardano Foundation and IBM. AtixLabs works with cryptofinance, fundraising, decentralized identity, tokens, traceability, DAOs, deep research and tools. The aggregate purchase price payable under the equity purchase agreement amounted to $5.5 million. The fair value of the consideration recognized in our financial statements amounted to $5.8 million, based on target achievements and price adjustments.

On November 30, 2021, we entered into a sale and purchase agreement with the equity holder of Navint Partners LLC, a limited liability company organized under the Laws of Delaware, with subsidiaries in United Kingdom, Holland, Canada and India (collectively "Navint") pursuant to which we purchased the outstanding capital of Navint. The transaction was signed on November 14, 2021, and closed on November 30, 2021. Navint is and advisory and technology firm that helps enterprise organizations drive growth and operational efficiency and helps business unlock value form investments in CPQ (Price Quote), Billing, Unified Commerce and Contract Lifecycle Management (CLM) on the Salesforce platform. The aggregate purchase price payable under the equity purchase agreement amounted to $83.0 million. The fair value of the consideration recognized in our financial statements amounted to $79.1 million, based on target achievements and price adjustments.

As of December 31, 2015,2021, we had cash and cash equivalents and current investments of $62.4$460.4 million.

Our principal Argentine subsidiary’s lines of credit are denominated in Argentine pesos and bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 7.0% to 15.25% and have maturity dates ranging from January 2015 to December 2017.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated:

  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
          
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities  (5,315)  14,296   1,211 
             
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  5,531   (23,681)  7,769 
             
Net cash provided by financing activities  1,998   28,468   2,071 
             
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  311   (1,939)  (1,685)
             
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year  34,195   17,051   7,685 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year  36,720   34,195   17,051 

 For the year ended December 31,
 20212020
Net cash provided by operating activities$178,974 $99,872 
Net cash used in investing activities(272,880)(124,015)
Net cash provided by financing activities243,986 241,546 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year278,939 62,721 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year429,019 280,124 
Net increase in Cash and cash equivalents at end of year150,080 217,403 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities consistswas generated primarily ofby profits before taxes adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization expense, shared-based compensation expense and the effect of working capital changes.

78


Net cash used inprovided by operating activities was $5.3$179.0 million for the year ended December 31, 20152021, as compared to net cash provided byin operating activities of $14.3$99.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.2020. This decreaseincrease of $19.6$79.1 million in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to a $5.6$116.0 million increase in profit before income tax expense adjusted for non-cash-items, a $25.6$3.8 million decrease in working capital, a $7.5 million decrease in the utilization of provision for contingencies and a $0.4$25.6 million decrease in income tax payment. Excluding the effect of the advance payments to IRSA, the net cash used in operating activities would have been $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

payments.

Changes in working capital in the year ended December 31, 20152021 consisted primarily of a $6.5$93.0 million increase in trade receivables, and a $32.1$21.1 million increase in other receivables, partially offset by a $6.9$1.3 million increase in other assets, a $10.9 million increase in trade payables, a $4.6 million increase in tax liabilities, and $66.7 million increase in payroll and social security taxes payable, and a $1.4 million increase in trade payables.payable. The $6.5$93.0 million increase in trade receivables reflects our revenue growth. The $32.1$21.1 million increase in other receivables was mainly related to advance paymentsthe increase in prepaid expenses, tax receivables and advances to IRSA (see note 20 of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report).suppliers. Payroll and social security taxes payable increased to $25.6$184.5 million as of December 31, 20152021 from $21.0$111.9 million as of December 31, 2014,2020, primarily as a result of the growth in our headcount in line with our expansion.

Net


 For discussion related to cash provided byflows from operating activities was $14.3 millionduring 2020 compared to 2019, refer to Part I, Item 5. Liquidity and Capital Resources, in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $1.2 million for2020, which was filed with the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to $18.7 million increase in profit before income tax expenses adjusted for non-cash items, a $2.4 million increase in working capital and $8.0 million increase in income taxes paid.

73
SEC on February 26, 2021.


Changes in working capital in the year ended December 31, 2014 consisted primarily of a $6.3 million increase in trade receivables, a $5.7 million increase in other receivables, primarily offset by a $4.2 million increase in payroll and social security taxes payable, and a $2.4 million increase in tax liabilities. The $6.3 million increase in trade receivables reflects our revenue growth. The $5.7 million increase in other receivables was mainly related to the increase in Argentina’s value-added tax credits. Payroll and social security taxes payable increased to $21.0 million as of December 31, 2014 from $17.8 million as of December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of the growth in our headcount in line with our expansion.

Investing Activities

Net cash of $5.5$272.9 million was provided byused in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 20152021, as compared to $23.7$124.0 million of net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2014.2020. During the year ended December 31, 2015,2021, we invested $13.0 million in mutual funds, and sovereign bonds which generated a cash flow of $27.4 million, and commercial papers, we also invested $17.7$76.4 million in fixed and intangible assets, and $11.3$173.8 million in acquisition-related transactions, and we received proceedsmade payments of $7.2$9.6 million from hedgingrelated to future and forward contracts.

Net

 For discussion related to cash of $23.7 million was used inflows from investing activities during 2020 compared to 2019, refer to Part I, Item 5. Liquidity and Capital Resources, in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to net cash provided of $7.8 million for2020, which was filed with the year ended December 31, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we invested $11.4 million in property and equipment, $2.5 million in intangible assets, $2.8 million in sovereign bonds and other financial assets, $6.0 million in payments under previous acquisition agreements, and we spent $1.1 million in hedging contracts.

SEC on February 26, 2021.


Financing Activities

Net cash of $2.0$244.0 million was provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015,2021, as compared to $28.5$241.5 million of net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014.2020. During the year ended December 31, 2015,2021, we received $2.2$286.2 million in gross proceeds from the common share public offering in June, and $1.7 million for the issuance of shares under our share-based compensation plan and paid borrowing for $0.5 million.

Net cash of $28.5 million was provided by financing activitiesplan. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2014 as2021 we paid $16.7 million net of borrowings, and $27.2 million of lease liabilities.


 For discussion related to cash flows from financing activities during 2020 compared to $2.1 million provided by financing activities2019, refer to Part I, Item 5. Liquidity and Capital Resources, in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. During2020, which was filed with the year ended December 31, 2014, we received net proceeds of $40.5 million from our initial public offering, we received $1.1 million from the issuance of shares under our share-based compensation plan, we paid offering-related expenses of $3.1 million, repaid outstanding debt of $9.7 million and paid interest expenses of $0.3 million.

SEC on February 26, 2021.  


Future Capital Requirements

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. In addition, as of December 31, 2015, IAFH Global S.A. had recognized an aggregate of $5.3 million in value-added tax credits. We expect to monetize the value of those value-added tax credits by way of cash reimbursement from AFIP during 2016.

Our ability to generate cash is subject to our performance, general economic conditions, industry trends and other factors. If our cash and cash equivalents and operating cash flow are insufficient to fund our future activities and requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. If we issue equity securities in order to raise additional funds, substantial dilution to existing shareholders may occur. If we raise cash through the issuance of indebtedness, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions on our business. We cannot assure you that we would be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms or at all.

Restrictions


On February 6, 2020, the Borrower, entered into the Second A&R Credit Agreement (as amended in October 2021), pursuant to which the Borrower may borrow (i) up to $100 million in up to four borrowings on Distributionor prior to April 1, 2022 under a delayed-draw term loan facility and (ii) up to $250 million under a revolving credit facility. In addition, the Borrower may request increases of Dividendsthe maximum amount available under the revolving facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100 million. The maturity date of each of the facilities is February 5, 2025. Pursuant to the terms of the Second A&R Credit Agreement, interest on the loans extended thereunder shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to either (i) LIBOR plus 1.50%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 1.75%, determined based on the Borrower’s Maximum Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement). The Borrower’s obligations under the Second A&R Credit Agreement are guaranteed by Certain Subsidiaries

For the year endedCompany and

79


its subsidiary Globant España S.A., and are secured by substantially all of the Borrower’s now owned and after-acquired assets. The Second A&R Credit Agreement also contains certain customary negative and affirmative covenants, which compliance may limit our flexibility in operating our business and our ability to take actions that might be advantageous to us and our shareholders.

In response to the transition away from and discontinuation of LIBOR and other interest rate benchmarks, we have taken, and are continuing to take, necessary steps to proactively address the transition, including monitoring external developments, negotiating successor reference rates with relevant counterparties, planning for the circumstances where the transition results in a mismatch with the fallback reference rates used, and evaluating the potential impact on our financial results and condition.
Contractual Obligations

Set forth below is information concerning our fixed and determinable contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015, we derived over 89.0% of our revenues from clients in North America and Europe pursuant to contracts that are entered into by our subsidiaries located in the United States2021 and the United Kingdom. Under these arrangements, earningseffect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows from operations are generated not just in Argentina, but also in the other jurisdictions in which we conduct operations. Our non-Argentine subsidiaries, including Globant S.A.flows.
Payments due by period (in thousands)
202220232024ThereafterTotal
Trade payables$63,210 $3,824 $2,554 $10 $69,598 
Borrowings13,320 556 556 884 15,316 
Lease liabilities31,360 31,194 25,522 66,240 154,316 
Other financial liabilities (1)
48,242 42,024 23,661 — 113,927 
TOTAL$156,132 $77,598 $52,293 $67,134 $353,157 

(1) Corresponds to liabilities related to business combinations See note 26 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Appropriation of Retained earnings under Subsidiaries' local Laws and Spain Holdco, do not dependrestrictions on the transferdistribution of earnings from our Argentine subsidiaries to meet their working capital requirements or other cash obligations. When earnings are transferred between our subsidiaries, the transferor declares a dividend to its shareholders during a shareholder meeting. dividends by certain Subsidiaries
The dividend is subsequently paid to the shareholders. However, the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us is subject to their having satisfiedsatisfaction of requirements under local law to set aside a portion of their net income in each year to legal reserves, as described below.

In accordance with Argentine and Uruguayan companies law, our subsidiaries incorporated in Argentina and in Uruguay must set aside at least 5% of their net income (determined on the basis of their statutory accounts) in each yearwell as subject to legal reserves, until such reserves equal 20% of their respective issued share capital. As of Decembercertain tax restrictions. Please refer to note 31 2015, required legal reserves at our Argentine subsidiaries amounted to $0.9 million and had been set aside as of that date. As of that date, our Uruguayan subsidiary had set aside a legal reserve of $0.04 million, which was fully constituted.

In accordance with Brazilian law, 5% of the net profit of our Brazilian subsidiary must be allocated to form a legal reserve, which may not exceed 20% of its capital. Our Brazilian subsidiary may refrain from allocating resources to the legal reserve during any fiscal year in which the balance of such reserve exceeds 30% of its capital. Our Brazilian subsidiary did not have a legal reserve as of December 31, 2015.

74
audited consolidated financial statements for further information.

In accordance with Colombian companies law, our Colombian subsidiary must set aside at least 10% of its net income (determined on the basis of its statutory accounts) in each year to legal reserves, until such reserves equal 50% of its issued share capital. As of December 31, 2015, its legal reserves amounted to $0.0004 million and were fully set aside.

In accordance with Spanish companies law, our Spanish subsidiary, Globant S.A., must set aside at least 10% of its net income (determined on the basis of its statutory accounts) in each year to legal reserves, until such reserves equal 20% of its issued share capital. As of December 31, 2015, no reserves had been set aside.

In accordance with Mexican law, our Mexican subsidiary must set aside at least 5% of its net income for each year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of its issued share capital. As of December 31, 2015, no reserves had been set aside.

In accordance with Peruvian law, our Peruvian subsidiary must set aside at least 10% of its net income for each year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of its issued share capital. As of December 31, 2015, no reserves had been set aside.

In accordance with Chilean law, our Chilean subsidiary is not obliged to appropriate any fixed amount of profit to a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2015, there is no legal reserve constituted.

In accordance with Indian law, our Indian subsidiary must set off all losses incurred by it (including carried over losses from the previous financial year) and make a provision for depreciation (including depreciation for the previous year if it was not already provided for) against the profits earned by it prior to declaring any dividends. Since the declaration of dividends under Indian law is discretionary, our Indian subsidiary is not required to allocate a specific portion of its annual profits to a designated legal reserve for purposes of declaring dividends. As of December 31, 2015, the legal reserve amounted to 0.02 million for our Indian subsidiary.

In addition, our Argentine subsidiaries are subject to formal and informal restrictions under exchange controls imposed by the Argentine government on the conversion of Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars and the remittance of U.S. dollars abroad, respectively. These restrictions could impair or prevent the conversion of anticipated dividends or distributions payable to us by those subsidiaries from Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars. For further information on these exchange controls, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Operating in Latin America and Argentina — Argentina — Restrictions on transfers of foreign currency and the repatriation of capital from Argentina may impair our ability to receive dividends and distributions from, and the proceeds of any sale of, our assets in Argentina” and “Information on the Company — Business Overview — Regulatory Overview — Foreign Exchange Controls.”

Equity Compensation Arrangements

On July 3, 2014, our board of directors and shareholders approved and adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. PursuantPlan, which was amended by our board of directors to this plan,increase the number of common shares that may be issued as stock awards from 1,666,667 to 3,666,667 on May 9, 2016, and from 3,666,667 to 5,666,667 on February 13, 2019. The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan was further amended by our board of directors on May 18, 2021 to reduce the adoptionnumber of the plan untilcommon shares that may be issued as stock awards by 1,600,000 common shares, from 5,666,667 to 4,066,667.

From the date of this annual reportthe 2014 Equity Incentive Plan's adoption, we have granted to members of our senior management and certain other employees 30,000 stock awards, as well as options to purchase 1,638,948common shares and restricted stock units ("RSUs"). On September 27, 2021, our compensation committee adopted and approved the granting of performance-based restricted stock units ("PRSUs") under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. Since that time, 40% of the awards granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan were in the form of PRSUs tied to performance and 60% were in the form of RSUs tied to retention.

Each of our employee share options is exercisable for one of our common shares, and each of our RSUs and PRSUs will be settled, automatically upon its vesting, with one of our common shares. AllNo amounts are paid or payable by the recipient upon receipt of an option, RSU or PRSU. Neither the options, nor the RSUs or PRSUs carry rights to dividends or voting rights. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiration (ten years after the grant date). Most of the options, RSUs and PRSUs under the plan were granted with a vesting period of four years, 25% of the options becoming exercisable on each anniversary of the grant date. Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments is determined based on the fair value of the awards atas of the grant date. Upon exercise of the option, each employee share option converts into one common share of Globant. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of the option. The options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiration (ten years after the grant date).

Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments to employees is determined based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. Fair value is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Including


Under the terms of our newly-issued2014 Equity Incentive Plan, from its adoption until the date of this annual report, we have granted to members of our senior management and certain other employees 30,000 stock awards, options to purchase 2,251,372 common shares and 1,463,968 RSUs and PRSUs, net of any cancelled and/or forfeited awards.
80


There were 1,223,449, 1,521,988 and 1,676,498 outstanding stock options, there were 1,497,466 outstanding stock optionsRSUs and/or PRSUs as of December 31, 2013, 1,724,614 outstanding stock options as of December 31, 20142021, 2020 and 1,933,239 outstanding stock options as December 31, 2015.2019, respectively. For 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, we recorded $2.4$42.4 million, $0.6$24.6 million and $0.8$19.9 million of share-based compensation expense related to these share option and restricted stock unit agreements, respectively.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, (ii) disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, and expectations regarding the future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form a basis for making judgments about matters not readily apparent from other sources.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year For further discussion of the revision and future years if the revision affects both current and future years. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates.

75

Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. When reviewing our consolidated financial statements, you should consider (i) our selection of critical accounting policies, (ii) the judgment and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies and (iii) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements as their application places significant demands on the judgment of our management.

An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting policies are the most sensitive and require more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. You should read the following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this annual report.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenues primarily from the provision of software development services. We recognize revenues when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. If there is uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for the services, revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved.

Recognition of revenues under fixed-price contracts involves significant judgment in the estimation process including factors relating to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the percentage of completion method of accounting affecting the amounts of revenues and related expenses reported in our consolidated financial statements. Under this method, total contract revenue during the term of an agreement is recognized on the basis of the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the total expected labor cost. This method is followed where reasonably dependable estimates of revenues and costs can be made. A number of internal and external factors can affect our estimates, including labor hours and specification and testing requirement changes.

Revisions to our estimates may result in increases or decreases to revenues and income and are reflected in our consolidated financial statements in the periods in which they are first identified. If our estimates indicate that a contract loss will be incurred, a loss provision is recorded in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by which the estimated costs of the contract exceed the estimated total revenues that will be generated by the contract and are included in cost of revenues in our consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income.

Goodwill

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of tangible and intangible assets involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. When determining the fair value of our cash generation unit, we utilize the income approach using discounted cash flow. The income approach considers various assumptions including increase in headcount, headcount utilization rate and revenue per employee, income tax rates and discount rates.

Any adverse changes in key assumptions about the businesses and its prospects or an adverse change in market conditions may cause a change in the estimation of fair value and could result in an impairment charge. Based upon our evaluation of goodwill, no impairments were recognized during 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Income Taxes

Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expense, deferred income tax assets and liabilities and related valuation allowance, if any, involves significant judgment. The provision for income taxes includes federal, state, local and foreign taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences in each of the jurisdictions where we operate of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates would result in either increases or decreases in the provision for income taxes in the period of changes.

The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow the benefit of part or all of the deferred tax assets to be utilized. This assessment requires judgments, estimates, and assumptions by our management. In evaluating our ability to utilize deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are recoverable. Our judgments regarding future taxable income are based on expectations of market conditions and other facts and circumstances. Any adverse change to the underlying facts or our estimates and assumptions could require that we reduce the carrying amount of its net deferred tax assets.

76

Share-based compensation plan

Under our share-based compensation plan employees are measured based on fair value of our shares at the grant date and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, with a corresponding impact reflected in additional paid-in capital.

Determining the fair value of the share-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We calculated the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of our shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

Fair value of the shares: For 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the fair valuesee “Compensation—2014 Equity Incentive Plan".


On March 1, 2021, our board of directors adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP") effective as of March 1, 2021. The purpose of the ESPP is to advance the interests of the Company and our shareholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward our eligible employees and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Company. The ESPP provides such eligible employees with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of the Company’s common shares is basedpayable by means of payroll deductions. As of the date of this annual report, we have delivered 7,453 common shares under the plan. For further discussion of the ESPP, see “Employees—2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan".

In addition, on December 1, 2021, our compensation committee, as administrator, approved the quoted market pricegranting of ourawards in the form of Stock-Equivalent Units ("SEUs") to be settled in cash or common shares, ator a combination thereof, under the grant date. For 20122014 Equity Incentive Plan, as our shares were not publicly tradedPlan. The purpose of the fair value was determined using the market approach technique based on the value per share of private placements. We had gonegranting awards in the past through a series of private placements in which new shares have been issued. We understood that the price paid for those new shares was a fair value of those shares at the time of the placement. In January 2012, Globant S.A.U. (Spain) had a capital contribution from a new shareholder, which included cash plus share options granted to the new shareholder, therefore, we considered that amount to reflect the fair value of their shares. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement resulted from the following formula: cash minus fair value of share options granted to new shareholder divided by number of newly issued shares. The fair value of the share options granted to the new shareholder was determined using the same variables and methodologies as the share options granted to the employees. After our reorganization in December 2012, shares of Globant S.A (Luxembourg) were sold by existing shareholders in a private placement to WPP. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement results from the total amount paid by WPP to the existing shareholders. 

Expected volatility: As we do not have sufficient trading history for the purpose of valuating the share options, the expected volatility for our shares was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility of the NASDAQ 100 Telecommunication Index.

Expected term: The expected life of options represents the period of time the granted options are expected to be outstanding.

Risk free rate: The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Federal Treasury yield curve with maturities similar to the expected term of the options.

Dividend yield: We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Call option over non-controlling interest

As of December 31, 2015, we held a call option to acquire the remaining outstanding 33.27% interest in Dynaflows S.A., which could be exercised from October 22, 2020 until October 21, 2021. We calculated the fair value of this option using the Black-Scholes option model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility, maturity, risk-free interest rate, value of the underlying asset and dividend yield.

Expected volatility: We have considered annualized volatility as multiples of EBITDA and revenue of publicly traded companies in the technology business in the U.S., Europe and Asia since 2008.

Maturity: The combination between the call and put options (explained in note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report) implied that, assuming no liquidity restrictions at the moment that the option was exercisable and considering that both parties wanted to maximize their benefits, we would acquire the minority shareholders shares at the date that this option was exercisable. Therefore, we have assumed that the maturity date of call option is October 22, 2020.

Risk free rate: The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option was based on BONAR with a quote in the U.S. market with maturities similar to the expected term of the option.

Value of the underlying assets: We considered a multiple of EBITDA and revenue resulting from the implied multiple in Dynaflows adjusted by the lack of control.

Dividend yield: We did not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Recoverability of internally generated intangible asset

During the year, we considered the recoverability of our internally generated intangible asset that are included in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 with a carrying amount of $2,497 and $1,922, respectively.

The projects continue to progress in a satisfactory manner, and customer reaction has reconfirmed our previous estimates of anticipated revenues from the project. Detailed sensitivity analysis has been carried out and we believe that the carrying amount of the asset will be recovered in full, even if returns are reduced. This situation will be closely monitored, and adjustments made in future periods if future market activity indicates that such adjustments are appropriate.

77

Fair value measurement and valuation processes

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value for financial reporting purposes.

In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, we use market-observable data to the extent it is available. Where Level 1 inputs are not available, we engage third party qualified valuers to perform the valuation. Information about the valuation techniques and inputs used in determining the fair value of various assets and liabilities are disclosed in note 27.9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report.

Useful lives of property and equipment

We review the estimated useful lives of property and equipment at the end of each reporting period. We determined that the useful lives of the assets included as property and equipment are in accordance with their expected lives.

Provision for contingencies

Provisions are recognized when we have a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that we will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows (when the effect of the time value of money is material).

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, a receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our clients to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined by evaluating the relative credit-worthiness of each client, historical collections experience and other information, including the aging of the receivables. As of December 31, 2015, our allowance for doubtful accounts represented less than 0.2% of our net revenues. If the financial condition of our clients were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

Allowance For Impairment of Tax Credits

We maintain an allowance for impairment of tax credits for estimated losses resulting from substantial doubt about recoverability of the Software Promotion Law tax credit. The allowance for impairment of tax credits is determined by estimating future uses of this credit against our value-added tax position.

Application of New and Revised International Financial Reporting Standards

New accounting pronouncements

 The Company has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet mandatorily effective:

IFRS 9Financial Instruments1
IFRS 15Revenue from contracts with customer1
IFRS 16Leases2
Amendments to IAS 38 and IAS 16Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation3
Amendments to IFRS 11Accounting of Acquisitions of Interests in Join Operations3
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Ventures4
Amendments to IFRS 5, 7 andAnnual improvements 2012 -2014 cycle3
IAS 9 and 34
Amendment to IAS 1Disclosure initiative3
Amendment to IAS 12Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses5
Amendment to IAS 7Financial reporting disclosure5

1Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted.
2Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted if IFRS 15 has also been applied.
3Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted.
4Effective date deferred indefinitely.
5Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. Early adoption is permitted.

78

·In November 2009, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued IFRS 9, which introduced new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. IFRS 9 was subsequently amended in October 2010 to include requirements for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities and for derecognition, and in November 2013 to include the new requirements for general hedge accounting. On July 24, 2014, the IASB published the final version of IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments'. IFRS 9, as revised in July 2014, introduces a new expected credit loss impairment model. The expected credit loss model requires an entity to account for expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. In other words, it is no longer necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognized. Also limited changes to the classification and measurement requirements for financial assets by introducing a ‘fair value through other comprehensive income’ (FVTOCI) measurement category for certain simple debt instruments. This new standard is effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018.

·On May 28, 2014 the IASB published its new revenue Standard, IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. IFRS 15 provides a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 will supersede the current revenue recognition guidance including IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and the related interpretations when it becomes effective. The core principle of IFRS 15 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer or promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Specifically, the standard introduces a five-step approach to revenue recognition:
-Step 1: Identify the contract with the customer
-Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract
-Step 3: Determine the transaction price
-Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contracts
-Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Under IFRS 15, an entity recognizes revenue when or as performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. when control of the goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred to the customer. Far more prescriptive guidance has been added in IFRS 15 to deal with specific scenarios. Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required by IFRS 15. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted.

·On January 13, 2016, the IASB issued the IFRS 16 which specifies how an IFRS reporter will recognize, measure, present and disclose leases. The standard provides a single lessee accounting model, with the distinction between operating and finance leases removed, requiring lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset has a low value to be accounted for by simply recognizing an expense, typically straight line, over the lease term. Lessors continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with IFRS 16’s approach to lessor accounting substantially unchanged from its predecessor, IAS 17. IFRS 16 supersedes IAS 17 and related interpretations. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019, with earlier application being permitted if IFRS 15 has also been applied.

·On May 12, 2014, the IASB issued a set of amendments to IAS 38 (intangible assets) and IAS 16 (property, plant, and equipment). The amendments clarify that:
oThe use of revenue-based methods to calculate the depreciation of an asset is not appropriate because revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in the asset. The amendments to IAS 16 prohibit entities from using a revenue-based depreciation method for items of property, plant and equipment.
oRevenue is generally presumed to be an inappropriate basis for measuring the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in an intangible asset. This presumption, however, can be rebutted in certain limited circumstances.

The amendments are effective prospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted.

·On May 6, 2014, the IASB issued amendments to the guidance on joint arrangements in IFRS 11. The amendments address how an entity should account for an “acquisition of an interest in a joint operation that constitutes a business”. The amendments are effective prospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted.

·On September 11, 2014, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28. These amendments clarify the treatment of the sale or contribution of assets from an investor to its associate or joint venture, as follows:
orequire full recognition in the investor's financial statements of gains and losses arising on the sale or contribution of assets that constitute a business (as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations);
orequire the partial recognition of gains and losses where the assets do not constitute a business, i.e. a gain or loss is recognised only to the extent of the unrelated investors’ interests in that associate or joint venture.

These requirements apply regardless of the legal form of the transaction, e.g. whether the sale or contribution of assets occurs by an investor transferring shares in any subsidiary that holds the assets (resulting in loss of control of the subsidiary), or by the direct sale of the assets themselves. On December 17, 2015 the IASB issued an amendment that defers the effective date of the September 2014 amendments to these standards indefinitely until the research project on the equity method has been concluded. Earlier application of the September 2014 amendments continues to be permitted.

79

·On September 25, 2014, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 5 and 7 and IAS 19. These amendments include annual improvements, as follows:
oadds specific guidance in IFRS 5 for cases in which an entity reclassifies an asset from held for sale to held for distribution or vice versa and cases in which held-for-distribution accounting is discontinued;
oadditional guidance to clarify whether a servicing contract is continuing involvement in a transferred asset;
oclarify that the high quality corporate bonds used in estimating the discount rate for post-employment benefits should be denominated in the same currency as the benefits to be paid;
oclarify the meaning of 'elsewhere in the interim report' and require a cross-reference.

·On December 18, 2014, the IASB issued the amendment to IAS 1 to address perceived impediments to preparers exercising their judgment in presenting their financial reports. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016, with earlier application being permitted.

·On January 19, 2016, the IASB issued the amendment IAS 12 Income Taxes to clarify the following aspects:
oUnrealized losses on debt instruments measured at fair value and measured at cost for tax purposes give rise to a deductible temporary difference regardless of whether the debt instrument's holder expects to recover the carrying amount of the debt instrument by sale or by use.
oThe carrying amount of an asset does not limit the estimation of probable future taxable profits.
oEstimates for future taxable profits exclude tax deductions resulting from the reversal of deductible temporary differences.
oAn entity assesses a deferred tax asset in combination with other deferred tax assets. Where tax law restricts the utilization of tax losses, an entity would assess a deferred tax asset in combination with other deferred tax assets of the same type.

The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2017, with earlier application being permitted.

·On January 29, 2016, the IASB published amendments to IAS 7 as part of its disclosure initiative (i.e., projects to improve the effectiveness of financial reporting disclosures). The objective of the amendments is to clarify IAS 7 to improve information provided to financial statement users about an entity’s financing activities. The amendments require that an entity disclose, to the extent necessary to meet the disclosure objective, the following changes in liabilities arising from financing activities:
ochanges from financing cash flows;
ochanges arising from obtaining or losing control of subsidiaries or other businesses;
othe effect of changes in foreign exchange rates;
ochanges in fair values; and
oother changes.

The IASB defines liabilities arising from financing activities as liabilities “for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities.” The amendments indicate that the new disclosure requirements also apply to changes in financial assets that meet this definition. The amendments state that one way to meet the new disclosure requirementsSEUs is to provide “a reconciliation between the openingan incentive to attract, retain and closing balancesreward talent in the statementIT industry and to prompt such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of financial position for liabilities arising from financing activities. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. Earlier application is permitted.

The Company is evaluating the impact, if any,Company. Eligible employees will receive a grant of adopting this new accounting guidance on these consolidated financial statements. AlthoughSEUs with a unit value equal to the market value of one common share of the Company, understands that the application of IFRS 9 and 15to be settled in the future may not have a material impact in the amounts reported and disclosures made in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, it is not practicable to provide a reasonable estimatecash or common shares of the ultimate effect untilCompany. As of the Company performs a detailed analysis.

date of this annual report we granted no SEUs. For further discussion of the SEUs, see "Employees—2021 Stock-Equivalent Units".


C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

D. Trend Information


Other than as disclosed in this report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments, or events since December 31, 2021 that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our revenues, income, profitability, liquidity, or capital resources, or that would cause the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial conditions.

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of andCritical Accounting Estimates


See note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the three yearsyear ended December 31, 2015, we were not party to any off-balance sheet arrangements.

80
2021.


F.            Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Set forth below is information concerning our fixed and determinable contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows.

  Payments due by period 
  Total  Less than 1
year
  2-3 years  More than 4
years
  More than 5
years
 
Borrowings $548  $280  $268   -   - 
Interest to be paid on borrowings  60   45   15   -   - 
Operating lease obligations(1)  16,254   6,871   7,301   1,711   371 
Other financial liabilities(2)  21,285   6,240   7,674   -   7,371 
Total $38,147  $13,436  $15,258  $1,711  $7,742 

(1)Includes rental obligations and other lease obligations.
(2)Relates to Huddle acquisition, Clarice Technologies and Dynaflows. See note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

G.            Safe harbor

This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act and as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See “Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Senior Management

Directors

The table below sets forth information concerning our directors as of December 31, 2015.

Name Position Age  Date of
Appointment
 Current Term
Expiring
at Annual Meeting of
Shareholders to Be
Held in Year
Martín Migoya Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer  47  July 15, 2014 2017
Martín Gonzalo Umaran Director and Chief of Staff  47  July 15, 2014 2017
Guibert Andrés Englebienne Director and Chief Technology Officer  49  July 15, 2014 2017
Francisco Álvarez-Demalde Director  37  May 4, 2015 2018
Bradford Eric Bernstein(1) Director  48  May 4, 2015 2018
Mario Eduardo Vázquez Director  80  July 15, 2014 2016
Philip A. Odeen Director  80  May 4, 2015 2018
David J. Moore Director  63  May 04, 2015 2018
Marcos Galperin Director  44  July 15, 2014 2016
Timothy Mott Director  66  July 15, 2014 2016

(1) Mr. Bernstein is expected to resign as a member of the board of directors effective as of the date of the annual general meeting of shareholders of the Company to be held on or around May 6, 2016.

February 10, 2022. 

81


NamePositionAgeDate of
Appointment
Current Term
Expiring
at Annual Meeting of
Shareholders to Be
Held in Year
Martín MigoyaChairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer53April 2, 20212024
Martín Gonzalo Umaran
Director - Chief Corporate Development Officer & President for EMEA
53April 3, 20202023
Guibert Andrés EnglebienneDirector - President of Globant X and Globant Ventures - President for Latin America55April 3, 20202023
Francisco Álvarez-DemaldeDirector43May 31, 20192022
Mario Eduardo VázquezDirector86May 31, 20192022
Philip A. OdeenDirector86April 2, 20212024
Linda RottenbergDirector53April 3, 20202023
Richard HaythornthwaiteDirector65May 31, 20192024
Maria PinelliDirector59April 2, 20212022
Directors may be re-elected for one or more further four-year terms.terms of up to four-years. Directors appointed to fill vacancies remain in office until the next general meeting of shareholders.

81


Globant S.A. was incorporated in Luxembourg on December 10, 2012. References to the terms of service or appointment of our directors and senior management in the following biographies include their service to our predecessor companies, which were organized in Spain.

Martín Migoya

Mr. Migoya has served as Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer since 2005. Prior to co-founding Globant, he worked as a trainee and technology project coordinator at Repsol-YPF, a consultant at Origin BV Holland and a business development director at Tallion. He founded our company together with Messrs. Englebienne, Nocetti and Umaran in 2003. Mr. Migoya is frequently invited to lecture at various conventions and at universities like MIT and Harvard, and has been a judge at the Endeavor Entrepreneurs panel and at La Red Innova. Mr. Migoya was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005 and won a Konex Award as one of the most innovative entrepreneurs of 2008. He was selected as an Argentine Creative Individual of 2009 (Círculo de Creativos de la Argentina) and received the Security Award as one of the most distinguished Argentine businessmen of 2009. He also received in 2009 the America Economía Magazine’s “Excellence Award”, which is given to entrepreneurs and executives that contribute to the growth of Latin American businesses. In 2011, Latin Trade recognized Mr. Migoya as Emerging CEO of the Year. In 2013, Mr. Migoya received the “Entrepreneur of the Year Award” from Ernst & Young. In 2019, he was named Top CEO of the Year at the 2019 CEO World Awards and CEO of the year by El Cronista Comercial (Argentina). He is a member of the Young President’s Organization and a board member of Endeavor Argentina. Mr. Migoya holds a degree in electronic engineering fromUniversidad Nacional de La Plata (UNLP) and a master’s degree in business administration, from theUniversidad del Centro de Estudios Macroeconómicos de Argentina. He co-authored two books, "The Never Ending Digital Journey" and "Embracing the power of AI", where he shares his thoughts on how technology is changing the world and how brands need to adapt to lead this revolution. Since July 2021, Mr. Migoya is the Manager of Enigma.art LLC. We believe that Mr. Migoya is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his intimate familiarity with our company and the perspective, experience, and operational expertise in the technology services industry that he has developed during his career and as our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer.

Martín Gonzalo Umaran

Mr. Umaran has served as a member of our board of directors since 20122012. In 2021, Mr. Umaran was appointed as wellChief Corporate Development Officer, responsible for incorporating acquired organizations into the Company as part of our global growth strategy. He has also been appointed president for EMEA, working side by side with our team in the EME region to achieve our growth plans. . Mr. Umaran previously served as Chief of Staff since 2013.from 2013 to 2021. As Globant’s Chief of Staff, Mr. Umaran iswas responsible for coordinating our back office activities, supporting executives in daily projects and acting as a liaison to our senior management. He iswas also responsible for our mergers and acquisitions process and for strategic initiatives. From 2005 to 2012, he served as Globant’s Chief Operations Officer and Chief Corporate Business Officer, in charge of managing our delivery teams and projects. Together with his three Globant co-founders, Mr. Umaran was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005. Mr. Umaran holds a degree in mechanical engineering fromUniversidad Nacional de La Plata
82


(UNLP). We believe that Mr. Umaran is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his intimate familiarity with our company and his perspective, experience, and operational expertise in the technology services industry that he has developed during his career as aour co-founder of our company.

and executive officer.

Guibert Andrés Englebienne

Mr. Englebienne has served as a member of our board of directors since 2003 In 2021, Mr. Englebienne became President of Globant X and Globant Ventures to help drive the success of these initiatives. He also was appointed President for Latin America, a role to provide strategic advice to our regional leadership. Mr. Englebienne previously served as our Chief Technology Officer since 2003.from 2003 to 2021. He is one of Globant’s co-founders. Prior to co-founding Globant, Mr. Englebienne worked as a scientific researcher at IBM and, later, as head of technology for CallNow.com Inc. As Globant’s Chief Technology Officer, Mr. Englebienne ishe oversees the headtechnological development of our Technology department and our Premier League, an elite teamGlobant's diverse Studios, each a deep pocket of Globers whose mission isexpertise with a focus on incorporating the latest trends to foster innovation by cross-pollinating their deep knowledge of emerging technologies and related market trends across our Studios and among our Globers.bring solutions to global companies. Together with his three Globant co-founders, Mr. Englebienne was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005. In addition to his responsibilities at Globant, Mr. Englebienne is President of Endeavor Argentina. In 2011, he was included in Globalization Today’s “Powerful 25” list. Mr. Englebienne holds a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science and Software Engineering from theUniversidad Nacional del Centro de la Provincia de Buenos Aires in Argentina. We believe that Mr. Englebienne is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his intimate familiarity with our company and his perspective, experience, and operational expertise in the technology services industry that he has developed during his career as aour co-founder of our company.

and executive officer.


Francisco Álvarez-Demalde

Mr. Álvarez-Demalde

Francisco Alvarez-Demalde has beenserved as a member of theour board of directors since 2007. He is a founderCo-Founder and general partnerManaging Partner of Riverwood Capital, a leading growth-capital private equity firm focused onwhich invests in high-growth technology companies globally. Mr. Alvarez-Demalde has built the global technology industry,Riverwood Capital franchise and onebeen involved in the scalability journey of the largest early investors in Globant. From 2005several of Riverwood’s portfolio companies. Prior to 2007, heestablishing Riverwood Capital, Mr. Alvarez-Demalde was an investment executive at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (KKR), where he focused on leveraged buyoutsprivate equity investments in the technology industry and other sectors. Mr. Álvarez-Demalde was also an investment professional atsectors, and with Eton Park Capital Management and with Goldman Sachs & Co. During his career, Mr. Álvarez-Demalde is a formerAlvarez-Demalde has led investments or been actively involved in the development, operations, and current directorgrowth of several technology companies, including Alog Data Centers do Brasil, CloudBlue Technologies, Inc., LAVCA, Navent, Netshoes, among several others. Mr. Álvarez-Demaldesuccessful businesses across North America, Latin America, and other geographies. He earned a bachelor’s degreeLicentiate (Honors) in economicsEconomics fromUniversidad de San Andrés,Andres University, Argentina which includedand participated in an exchange program at the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.Business. Mr. Álvarez-Demalde is a Director of GoIntegro, Greenhouse, Shiphero, and VTEX (NYSE: VTEX), and an investor, Board Advisor and/or former Director of several other companies, including 99, Alog Data Centers do Brasil, Billtrust (Nasdaq: BTRS), CloudBlue, Dock, Industrious, Insider, LAVCA, Mandic, MotionPoint, Navent, Nium, Pixeon, RD Station, Sensedia, SecurityScorecard, Suma, Technisys, among others. He is also active in non-profit initiatives related to education and a Global Ambassador for Endeavor. We believe that Mr. Álvarez-Demalde is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his considerable business experience in the technology industry and his experience serving as a director of other companies.

Bradford Eric Bernstein

Mr. Bernstein has served as a member of our board of directors since 2008. He joined FTV Capital in 2003 and is currently a Partner and head of the New York office, managing staff and operations there. Prior to joining FTV Capital, Mr. Bernstein was a Partner at Oak Hill Capital Management and its predecessors, where he managed the business and financial services group. In addition to his responsibilities at Globant, Mr. Bernstein currently serves on the board of directors of Apex Fund Services, World First Group and Utopia, Inc. Mr. Bernstein received a bachelor’s degree,magna cum laude, from Tufts University. We believe that Mr. Bernstein is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his considerable business experience in the technology industry and his experience serving as a director of other companies.

82


Mario Eduardo Vázquez

Mr. Vázquez has served as a member of our board of directors and chairman of Globant’s audit committee since June 2012. From 2003 to 2006, he served as the Chief Executive Officer ofGrupo Telefónica in Argentina. Mr. Vázquez worked in auditing for Arthur Andersen for 33 years until his retirement in 1993, including 23 years as a partner and general director in many of Globant’s markets, including Argentina, Chile, Uruguay, and Paraguay. As former partner and general director of Arthur Andersen, Mr. Vázquez has significant experience with U.S. GAAP accounting and in assessing internal control over financial reporting. Mr. Vázquez currently serves on the board of directors of MercadoLibre, Inc and is currently a member of the audit committee of both MercadoLibre, Inc and Despegar S.A. Also, Mr. Vazquez currently serves as member of the compensation committee of MercadoLibre, Inc. Mr. Vázquez served as a member of the board of directors of YPF, S.A. and as the president of the Audit Committee of YPF, S.A, until April 2012. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of Telefónica Argentina S.A., Telefónica Holding Argentina S.A., Telefónica Spain S.A., Banco Santander Rio S.A.,Banco Supervielle Societe General S.A., and CMFBanco S.A., and as alternate member of the board of directors of Telefónica de Chile S.A. Mr. Vázquez received a degree in public accounting from theUniversidad de Buenos Aires. We believe that Mr. Vázquez is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his financial expertise and his experience serving as a director of other companies.

Philip A. Odeen

Mr. Odeen has served as a member of our board of directors since 2012.2012 and chairman of Globant's Compensation Committee since 2020. Mr. Odeen has also served as a director and proxy director of Leonardo DRS Technologies, Inc. since 2013. He was a director of Booz Allen Hamilton from 2008 to 2019. From 2009 to 2013, Mr. Odeen served as the chairman of the board of directors and lead
83


independent director of AES Corporation, and as a director of AES Corporation from 2003 to 2013. From 2008 to 2013, Mr. Odeen served as the chairman of the board of directors of Convergys Corporation, and as a director of Convergys Corporation from 2000 to 2013. Mr. Odeen has served as a director of each of QinetiQ North America, Inc. sincefrom 2006 Booz Allen Hamilton, Inc. since 2008 andto 2015, ASC Signal Corporation since 2009.from 2009-2015, and Red Hawk from 2015-2018. From 2006 to 2007, Mr. Odeen served as chairman of the board of directors of Avaya Corporation.Corporation and as a director from 2002 to 2007. He served on the board of directors of Reynolds and Reynolds Company from 2000 to 2007, and as its chairman from 2006 to 2007. Mr. Odeen was a director of Northrop Grumman from 20032002 to 2008. Mr. Odeen retiredserved as chairman and chief executive officerChief Executive Officer of TRW Inc., retiring from the position in December 2002.2001. Additionally, Mr. Odeen served as Chief Executive Officer of BDM from 1992 to 1997. Prior to that he was a partner with Coopers & Lybrand from 1978 to 1992, and Vice Chairman of the Management Consulting practice from 1991 to 1992. Mr. Odeen has a Bachelor’s Degree in Government from University of South Dakota, attended University of Liverpool, England as a Fulbright Scholar, and has a Master’s Degree in Political Science from the University of Wisconsin. We believe that Mr. Odeen is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in leadership and guidance of public and private companies as a result of his varied global business, governmental and non-profit and charitable organizational experience.

David J. Moore

Mr. Moore has served as a member of our board since May 2015. He is the chairman of Xaxis and President of WPP Digital. He has over 35 years of experience in media and technology. He founded and led 24/7 Media’s (now Xaxis) growth from start-up to a leader in digital marketing and ad technology. 24/7 Media (TFSM) was listed on NASDAQ in 1998 and Mr. Moore led the company until it was sold to WPP in 2007. He is a member of the Interactive Advertising Bureau’s (“IAB”) Board of Directors and Executive Committee. Previously the IAB’s chairman from 2009 to 2011, Mr. Moore has been an active member since 2002. He also serves on the boards of DASL and DTSI, which are both joint ventures with Dentsu in Japan and Korea and the board of directors of the Advertising Education Foundation. We believe that Mr. Moore is qualified to serve on our board due to his experience in both private and public technology companies as both an officer and director.

Marcos Galperin

Mr. Galperin

Linda Rottenberg

Ms. Rottenberg has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. He2017 and chairman of Globant's Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee since 2020. She is a co-founder of Mercadolibre, Inc.the Co- Founder and has served as its chairman, president and chief executive officer since October 1999. Mr. Galperin is a board memberChief Executive Officer of Endeavor Global Inc., a non-profit organizationleader of the global entrepreneurship movement, since 1997. With offices in 40 countries, 500 employees, and an unrivaled network, Endeavor Global Inc. rigorously identifies, selects, and scales the most innovative companies in emerging and underserved markets. Endeavor Entrepreneurs have collectively produced 4 million jobs and annually generates over $27 billion in revenue. Ms. Rottenberg also oversees Endeavor Catalyst Funds, a pioneering co-investment fund that is widely recognized as a premier venture investor in Latin America, the Middle East, Southeast Asia, Africa, Europe, and the United States. Since launching in 2012, Endeavor Catalyst Funds has raised over $250 million across three funds, made 160 investments across 30 countries, and realized 10 exits. Under Ms. Rottenberg's leadership, Endeavor Catalyst Fund has made investments in Latin America, including Globant S.A., Rappi (valued at more than $3.5 billion), and Creditas (valued at $1.75 billion), Europe/Middle East, including Peak Games (acquired by Zynga in $1.8 billion) and Checkout.com (valued at more than $15 billion), and Southeast Asia, including Bukalapak (valued at more than $2.5 billion) and RUMA (acquired by Go-JEK). In addition to serving as a member of our board of directors, Ms. Rottenberg currently serves as a Director and Compensation Committee Chair to OLO, the leading SaaS-based food-ordering platform, and Reinvent Technology Partners Z, a SPAC formed by LinkedIn cofounder Reid Hoffman and Zynga founder Marc Pincus (NYSE: RTPZ-U). She formerly served as a Director and member of the Compensation Committee of ZAYO Group, an $8.3 billion global bandwidth infrastructure company. She is a member of YPO, CFR, and the Yale President’s Council on International Activities. Her 2014 book, "CRAZY IS A COMPLIMENT", became an instant New York Times bestseller. Ms. Rottenberg has been named “Innovator for the 21st Century” (TIME), “America’s Best Leader” (U.S. News) and “Global Leader for Tomorrow" (World Economic Forum). She is the subject of four Harvard Business School and one Stanford GSB case studies. Other honors include: Silicon Valley Forum Visionary Award; Heinz Award; Babson College Honorary Doctorate of Humane Letters; Yale Law School Award of Merit. Ms. Rottenberg is a graduate of Harvard College and Yale Law School. We believe that Ms. Rottenberg is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her knowledge and experience in the technology industry and experience serving as director of other companies.

Richard Haythornthwaite

Mr. Haythornthwaite has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2019. He served as the global movementchairman of the NYSE-listed Mastercard Inc. until December 31, 2020. Mr. Haythornthwaite is also Advisory Partner to catalyze long term economic growth by selecting, mentoringMoelis & Co and accelerating the best high impact entrepreneurs around the world.chair of Ocado Plc; AA and Xynteo. He is a co-founder and chairman of QIO Technologies, an industrial artificial intelligence company. He is also a board memberan investor in and chairman of ARC International, the global glass tableware manufacturer. He was previously the CEO of Invensys from 2001-2005 and Blue Circle Industries from 1999-2001 having joined as Director of Asia and Europe in 1997. He spent his early career in BP from 1978-1995 before moving to Premier Oil as Commercial Director from 1995 to 1997. He has served as on the boards of Network Rail and Centrica Plc. as chairman and Cookson, Lafarge, ICI and Land Securities as non-executive director. In the UK non-for-profit sector he is the current chair of the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Galperin received a master’s degree in business administration from Stanford UniversityCreative Industries Federation and graduated with honors from the Wharton Schoolformer chair of the University of Pennsylvania.Southbank Centre and Almeida Theatre. He was educated at MIT (Sloan Fellow) and The Queen’s College, Oxford (MA  Geology). We believe that Mr. GalperinHaythornthwaite is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his comprehensive knowledgeextensive business experience, risk management expertise and experience in the technology industry and experience serving as a director of other companies.

Timothy Mott

Mr. Mottfinancial understanding.


Maria Pinelli

Ms. Pinelli has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2014. Mr. Mott has been an independent private investorApril 2021 and our audit committee since 1994. He has been a director of Ruby Seven Studios since 2012 and the managing partner of Blue Farm Wines since 2013. From 2008 to 2013 he served as executive chairman of Flixlab; he was executive chairman of All Covered from 2000 to 2010; and from 1990 to 2007 he served as a director of Electronic Arts. Previously he co-founded Electronic Arts where he was a senior vice president from 1982 to 1990; from 1990 – 1994 he was CEO/chairman of Macromedia; he servedAugust 2021. She currently serves on the board of directors of EdmarkArcher Aviation, Inc (NYSE: ACHR) and Clarim Acquisition Corp. (NASDAQ: CLRMU). Previously, Ms. Pinelli served as Global Vice Chair of Ernst & Young LLP (“EY”) from 19942011 to 1996; 2017
84


and led EY’s Global Strategic Growth Business unit with a focus on serving entrepreneurs and private and public companies poised for exponential growth. Ms. Pinelli led EY’s efforts across all business sectors overseeing the Americas, Europe, Middle East, India, Africa, Asia Pacific and Japan, regions covering over 150 countries. During the same period, she also served as EY’s Global IPO Leader, helping clients prepare for the public markets including IPO readiness, SOX compliance and how to manage stakeholder expectations. Prior to leading the global business of EY, Ms. Pinelli was EY’s Director of Strategic Growth Markets for the Americas from 19942006 to 1999 he2011. In this role, Ms. Pinelli led a team of over 5,000 professionals serving high growth private, pre-IPO companies, and public and private equity backed businesses. Following her role as Global Vice Chair, from 2018 to 2020, Ms. Pinelli led EY’s Consumer Products and Retail sector based in the US Southeast. Ms. Pinelli is a qualified public accountant in Canada and the United Kingdom, and prior to her career at EY, was chairman of Audible. Mr. Motta lead client service partner serving significant clients in the technology, consumer and retail sectors. She has been involved in multiple IPOs and M&A strategic transactions over her career. Ms. Pinelli received her Bachelor of Commerce from McMaster University and completed executive programs at Harvard Business School and the Kellogg School of Management. Ms. Pinelli has also participated as a trusteespeaker at the Most Powerful Women Summit and G20 summits, and has been featured in the Wall Street Journal, Bloomberg, CNBC and Squawk Box. In addition, she was admitted to the Committee 200 and named to the list of Power 100 Women. Ms. Pinelli has also served as Chair of the California CollegeNetwork for Teaching Entrepreneurship and a member of the Arts since 2004 and previously served on several other non-profit boards. Mr. Mott earned his bachelor of science degree (with honors) from Manchester University in England.World Economic Forum Global Growth Company Advisory Committee. We believe that Mr. MottMs. Pinelli is qualifiedwell-qualified to serve on our board due to his extensive business and industry expertise in the technology sector, and his experience as a director and senior managementfinancial expert due to her previous leadership roles, international business experience, financial acumen and extensive experience in advising growth companies.

Senior Management
As of other technology companies.

83

Senior Management

OurFebruary 11, 2022, our group senior management is made up of the following members:

NamePosition
NamePosition
Martín MigoyaChief Executive Officer
Martín Gonzalo UmaranChief of StaffCorporate Development Officer - President for EMEA
Guillermo MarsicovetereChief Operating Officer
Guibert Andrés EnglebiennePresident of Globant X and Globant Ventures - President for Latin America
Juan Ignacio UrthiagueChief Financial Officer
Patricia PomiesChief Operating Officer
Yanina Maria ContiChief Accounting Officer
Gustavo BarreiroChief Information Officer
Wanda WeigertChief Brand Officer
Diego TártaraChief Technology Officer (Global)
Nestor NocettiMercedes María Mac PhersonExecutive Vice President, Corporate AffairsChief Talent & Diversity Officer
Alejandro ScannapiecoChief Financial Officer
Natalia KanefsckChief Accounting Officer
Guillermo WilliChief People Officer
Gustavo BarreiroChief Information Officer
Andrés AngelaniChief Solutions Officer
Patricio Pablo RojoGeneral Counsel
Wanda WeigertDirector of Communications & Marketing

The business address of our group senior management is c/oSistemas Globales Uruguay S.A., Ing. Butty 240,Paraguay 2141, 9th floor, Laminar Plaza Tower, C1101 AFB, Capital Federal, Argentina.

Aguada Park, 11800, Montevideo, Uruguay.

The following is the biographical information of the members of our group senior management other than Messrs. Migoya, Umaran and Englebienne, whose biographical information is set forth in “— Directors.”

Guillermo Marsicovetere


Juan Ignacio Urthiague
Mr. Marsicovetere has been our Chief Operating Officer since July 2012. From 2007 to July 2012, Mr. Marsicovetere served as our Chief Business Officer. From 1993 to 2007, he worked at Sun Microsystems where he held several management positions including Latin America Partner and Sales Director, Southern Cone President and Managing Director, Sales Vice President of the United Kingdom and Ireland. As Globant’s Chief Operating Officer, he is responsible for supervising Globant’s product delivery. Mr. Marsicovetere holds a law degree fromUniversidad Central in Venezuela.

Nestor Nocetti

Mr. Nocetti, a co-founder of our company, has been our Executive Vice President, Corporate Affairs since July 2012. Mr. Nocetti manages our external affairs, including our relationships with government agencies, union, industry representatives and the media. Prior to that, he served as our Vice President, Innovation Labs. Together with Messrs. Migoya, Englebienne, and Umaran, Mr. Nocetti was selected as an Endeavor Entrepreneur in 2005. He holds a degree in electronic engineering fromUniversidad Nacional de La Plata (UNLP) and a certificate in business management from the Business School (IAE) ofUniversidad Austral.

Alejandro Scannapieco

Mr. ScannapiecoUrthiague has been our Chief Financial Officer since 2008. From 2002 to 2008, he worked as Chief Financial Officer at Microsoft South Cone, headquartered in Buenos Aires, where he was responsible for the Finance & Accounting, Business SupportOctober 2018 and Procurement & Facilities divisions for Microsoft in Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, Paraguay and Uruguay. Prior to 2002, Mr. Scannapieco worked as a senior financial analyst at JPMorgan and a senior auditor at Ernst & Young. As our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Scannapieco is in charge of corporate finance, and business support, including mergers and acquisitions, treasury, accounting and tax, procurement, facilitiesfinancial reporting, financial services and delivery center expansions.investor relations. Mr. ScannapiecoUrthiague joined Globant in 2011, and was a key member in the company’s global expansion and transformation into a publicly listed company on the NYSE. Prior to his return to Globant, he spent 15 months outside the company serving as Chief Financial Officer Latam for OLX and as Chief Financial Officer for avantrip.com. Prior to joining Globant in 2011, Mr. Urthiague worked as Planning Manager for Amadeus IT Group in Spain and as Senior Credit Specialist in Merrill Lynch in Ireland and also held financial roles for companies like British American Tobacco, Ternium and IBM. Mr. Urthiague has a post-graduateMSc. in Finance and Capital Markets from Dublin City University and Bachelor’s degree in capital markets,Business Administration from the Universidad de Buenos Aires.

Patricia Pomies

Mrs. Pomies has been our Chief Delivery Officer since January 2017 to 2021. In this role, Mrs. Pomies was in charge of our overall strategy related to quality of service and delivery. At the same time, recognizing the importance of Globers’ well-
85


being, training and skill development, Mrs. Pomies was appointed as Chief Delivery and People Officer, expanding her responsibilities to include oversight of the People department of the company. Mrs. Pomies is an advocate for increasing the number of women in management positions, recognizing the gender gap in the tech industry. In addition, she was one of the architects behind Globant’s Be Kind initiative, focusing on development areas in gender equality, technology ethics and renewable energy, among others. Mrs. Pomies first joined our company in 2012 and was previously a degreedirector of Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and on-line, insurance and travel (OIT), two of our main business units. As such, she was responsible for each unit’s business and operations, with particular focus on expanding the EU market. In 2021, Mrs. Pomies was appointed as Chief Operating Officer, working on turning strategy into actionable goals for growth, helping to implement organization-wide goal setting, performance management, and annual operating planning. This role consolidates a comprehensive vision in which Delivery, People, Performance and Operations come together to ensure sustainable business growth. Mrs. Pomies was director at Educ.ar Portal from 2003 to 2013, a key initiative within Argentina’s Ministry of Education for principals, teachers, students and families to adopt information and communication technologies in education. Additionally, she was responsible for content production and tracking of “Equality Connect,” a program directly supported by the President of Argentina to distribute more than 3.5 million netbooks within the Argentine public accountingeducation system. Mrs. Pomies has been a Professor of Social Communication at Maimonides University and a bachelor’s degree in business administration fromAssistant Professor of Communication Sciences at thePontificia Universidad Católica Argentina “Santa María de los University of Buenos Aires. He has also completed a post-graduate degree in finance fromTorcuato Di Tella University.

Natalia Kanefsck

Ms. Kanefsck


Yanina Maria Conti
Mrs. Conti has been our Chief Accounting Officer since January 2012.2017. From 20072013 until 2017, she served as our SEC Reporting and Audit Manager. From 2004 to January 2012, she2013, Mrs. Conti worked as a Regional Financial Controller at Bally Technologies Inc. for the Latin American region based in Buenos Aires, where she was responsible for finance, treasury,Ernst & Young, auditing large public and private firms and gaining experience with IFRS accounting and tax for Bally operations in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Uruguay, Peru, Central America and Caribbean. From 2005 to June 2007, she worked as Accounting Lead for the Mosaic Company based in Buenos Aires, where she was responsible for finance and accounting for Mosaic Mexico.audit procedures. As our Chief Accounting Officer, Ms. KanefsckMrs. Conti is in charge of accounting, tax,payroll, external audit and reporting. Ms. KanefsckMrs. Conti has a degree in public accounting and in business administration from theUniversidad de Buenos Aires and a post-graduate degree in business administration fromCentro de Estudios Macroeconomicos.

Guillermo Willi

Mr. Willi has been our Chief People Officer since September 2011. From 2009 to 2011, he served as the Human Resources Director for Microsoft Argentina and Uruguay, where he was in charge of leading Microsoft’s human resources policies, developing internal talent and maintaining diversity and inclusion. Between 2007 and 2009, he was the Human Resources Director forPampa Energia , and from 2002 to 2007 he served as the Human Resources Director for EDS Argentina and Chile. As Globant’s Chief People Officer, he is responsible for overseeing the strategy for talent management and development, along with the creation of organizational capabilities and culture. Mr. Willi has a bachelor’s degree in political science from theUniversidad de Buenos Aires and has completed post-graduate studies in management and human resources at Cornell University.

84


Gustavo Barreiro

Mr. Barreiro has been our Chief Information Officer since July 2012. From 2010 to July 2012, Mr. Barreiro has served asin various other positions, including our presales manager from April 2005 to April 2008, Business Controlling Manger from May 2008 to September 2010, and Executive Vice President, Delivery managing our delivery partners, staffing, recruiting, project managers, and site managers.from 2010 to 2012. As Globant’sGlobant's Chief Information Officer, Mr. Barreiro is responsible for our infrastructure team (IT operations and information security), enterprise applications, and IT services. He holds a bachelor’sbachelor's degree in industrial engineering from theUniversidad de Buenos Aires and a master’smaster's degree in business administration from theInstituto para el Desarollo Empresario Argentino (IDEA).

Andrés Angelani

Mr. Angelani

Wanda Weigert
Mrs. Weigert has been our Chief SolutionsBrand Officer since June 2012. Prior to joining Globant, Mr. Angelani was senior software architect at Electronic Data Systems, and a research & development director at Synthesis Information Technology, where he created suites of products for web, mobile, online communities and e-commerce. Since joining Globant in 2004, he has served in a number of capacities in several key areas of the company, leading our software and game development divisions. Prior to becoming our Chief Solutions Officer, Mr. Angelani was Senior Vice President in charge of engineering and consulting. As our Chief Solutions Officer, he is responsible to create high-value customer experiences through the development of our service practices, solutions and consulting engagements. Mr. Angelani holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration fromUniversidad de Belgrano.

Patricio Pablo Rojo

Mr. Rojo has been our General Counsel since May 2013.November 2018. From 2002 to 2006 and from 2007 to 2013, he worked2018, she served as a corporateour Communications Manager and banking law associate at the law firm of Marval, O’Farrell & Mairal. Between 2006 and 2007, he was an International Associate at the New York office of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP. Mr. Rojo has a law degree from thePontificia Universidad Católica Argentina “Santa María de los Buenos Aires” and has completed post-graduate studies in law and economics atTorcuato Di Tella University.

Wanda Weigert

Ms. Weigert has been our Director of Communications and Marketing since 2011. From 2007 to 2011, she served as a communications manager.Marketing. She joined Globant in 2005 and worked for two years in the Internet marketing department as a senior consultant. From 2002 to 2005, she worked at Jota Group, a publishing house where she was responsible for the development of corporate communications tools for different multinational customers. Ms.Mrs. Weigert created and supervises Globant’s communications department. As our communications director,Chief Brand Officer, she coordinates Globant’s relationships with the press in Latin America,throughout the United States and the United Kingdom.globe. She is also responsible for developing both our internal and external communications strategies. Ms.Mrs. Weigert holds a bachelor’s degree in social communications fromUniversidad Austral and she completed her post-graduate studies in marketing at thePontificia Universidad CatólicaArgentina “Santa Maria de los Buenos Aires.

"


Diego Tártara

Diego Tártara is our Chief Technology Officer and is in charge of overseeing our Studios and all technology offerings, including Business Hacking, and Adaptive Organizations. He has been with the Company since 2008, when he joined as a leader for a development group. Since then, he has held several management positions, including Technical Director, Studio Partner and CTO for Globant Studios. After he joined, he quickly took the Technical Director role for one of Globant’s major account, a leading gaming company. He was then appointed as Studio Partner for Gaming, a position he held for over five years. He also run the IoT studio for a year and was part of the team that started the Discover studio before being appointed as CTO. Diego has more than 15 years of experience developing small, mid and large scale software. With strong background in desktop, embedded and backend development and love for C/C++, gaming and graphics.

Mercedes María Mac Pherson

Mercedes María Mac Pherson is currently serving as our Chief Talent & Diversity Officer. She has been working in the human resources function for 20 years. During her career at Globant, she has served as our Head of Talent Acquisition, Compensations, People Champions and People Latam Region. She previously worked as a Director and Recruiting Manager for
86


Leviminond Group, where she was responsible for the startup of a recruitment process outsourcing business unit covering the Argentine, Latin-American and U.S. markets. During that time, she led several recruiting projects working alongside the Ministry of Labor and several IT companies to recruit over 12,000 candidates nationwide in Argentina. She started her education at the University of Northern Colorado and ultimately majored in International Relations at Universidad del Salvador. Ms. Mac Pherson was also a teacher at Universidad de Palermo, where she taught the international program of Human Resources Management for the University of London.

Patricio Pablo Rojo
Mr. Rojo has been our General Counsel since October 2021. He has the overall responsibility of supervising Globant´s Legal and Compliance department. He previously served in this role from 2013 to 2018. Prior to his return to Globant, he spent almost three years as our external counsel, assisting Globant with several transactions and critical initiatives. Prior to joining Globant in 2013, Mr. Rojo worked as a corporate and banking law associate at the law firm Marval O´Farrel & Mairal from 2002 to 2006 and from 2007 to 2013. Between 2006 and 2007, he was an International Associate at the New York office of Simpson, Thacher & Bartlett LLP. Pablo has a law degree from the Pontificia Universidad Católica Argentina "Santa María de los Buenos Aires" and has completed post-graduate studies in law and economics at Torcuato Di-Tella University.
B. Compensation

Compensation of Board of Directors and Senior Management

The total fixed and variable remuneration of our directors and senior management for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 20132019 amounted to $4.2$6.7 million, $3.6$6.6 million and $4.2$6.9 million, respectively. 

We adopted an equity incentive plan in connection with the completion of our initial public offering. See “—Compensation — 2014 Equity Incentive Plan”. Plan” below for further information. On September 27, 2021, our compensation committee approved the granting of restricted stock units based on performance (PRSUs) under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. See "Liquidity and Capital ResourcesEquity Compensation Arrangements" above for further information.

From the adoption of this plan until the date of this annual report we granted to members of our senior management and certain other employees 30,000 stock awards, as well as options to purchase 1,638,9482,251,372 common shares at an exercise price equal to the fair valueand 1,463,968 RSUs and PRSUs, net of the awards at the grant date.any cancelled and/or forfeited awards. In addition, we replaced our existing variable compensation arrangements with a new short-term incentive plan providing for the payment of cash bonuses based on the achievement of certain financial and operating performance measures.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our

On July 3, 2014, our board of directors and shareholders approved and adopted our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which was amended by our board of directors to increase the number of common shares that may be issued as stock awards from 1,666,667 to up to 3,666,667 on July 3, 2014.May 9, 2016, and from 3,666,667 to 5,666,667 on February 13, 2019. The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan was further amended by our board of directors on May 18, 2021 to reduce the number of common shares that may be issued as stock awards by 1,600,000 common shares from 5,666,667 to 4,066,667, in the aggregate, since the inception of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. As of the date of this annual report, the number of common shares available for issuance pursuant to existing and future Stock Awards is 321,327. The following description of the plan is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the plan, which has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement previously filed in connection with our initial public offering and incorporated by reference herein.

Purpose. We believe that the plan will promote our long-term growth and profitability by (i) providing key people with incentives to improve shareholder value and to contribute to our growth and financial success through their future services, and (ii) enabling us to attract, retain and reward the best-available personnel.

Eligibility; Types of Awards. Selected employees, officers, directors and other individuals providing bona fide services to us or any of our affiliates, are eligible for awards under the plan. The administrator of the plan may also grant awards to individuals in connection with hiring, recruiting or otherwise before the date the individual first performs services; however, those awards will not become vested or exercisable before the date the individual first performs services. The plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units,RSUs, performance awards and other stock-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing.

85


Common Shares Subject to the Plan. The number of common shares that we may issue with respect to awards granted under the plan will not exceed an aggregate of 1,666,6674,066,667 common shares. This limit will be adjusted to reflect any stock dividends, split ups, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, share exchanges, and similar transactions. If any award, or
87


portion of an award, under the plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable, is settled in cash without delivery of common shares, or is forfeited or otherwise terminated or cancelled as to any common shares, the common shares subject to such award will thereafter be available for further awards under the plan. Common shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or tax obligations will not be available again for other awards under the plan.

Administration. The plan is administered by our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board.compensation committee. The administrator has the full authority and discretion to administer the plan and to take any action that is necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of the plan, including without limitation the authority and discretion to interpret and construe any provision of the plan or any agreement or other documents relating to the plan. The administrator’s determinations will be final and conclusive.

Awards. The plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units,RSUs, performance awards, and other stock-based awards.

Stock Options. The plan allows the administrator to grant incentive stock options, as that term is defined in section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or non-statutory stock options. Only our employees or employees of our subsidiaries may receive incentive stock option awards. Options must have an exercise price that is at least equal to the fair market value of the underlying common shares on the date of grant and not lower than the par value of the underlying common shares. The option holder may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, by tendering common shares, by a combination of cash and common shares, or by any other means that the administrator approves. The options have a maximum term of ten years; however, the options will expire earlier if the optionee’s service relationship with the company terminates.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The plan allows the administrator to grant awards of stock appreciation rights which entitle the holder to receive a payment in cash, in common shares, or in a combination of both, having an aggregate value equal to the product of the excess of the fair market value on the exercise date of the underlying common shares over the base price of the common shares specified in the grant agreement, multiplied by the number of common shares specified in the award being exercised.

Stock Awards. The plan allows the administrator to grant awards denominated in common shares or other securities, stock equivalent units or restricted stock units,RSUs, securities or debentures convertible into common shares or any combination of the foregoing, to eligible participants. Awards denominated in stock equivalent units will be credited to a bookkeeping reserve account solely for accounting purposes. The awards may be paid in cash, in common shares or in a combination of common shares or other securities and cash.

Performance Awards. The plan allows the administrator to grant performance awards including those intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. The administrator may establish performance goals relating to any of the following, as it may apply to an individual, one or more business units, divisions or subsidiaries, or on a company-wide basis, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies: revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA); operating income; pre- or after-tax income; cash flow; cash flow per share; net earnings; earnings per share; price-to-earnings ratio; return on equity; return on invested capital; return on assets; growth in assets; share price performance; economic value added; total shareholder return; improvement in or attainment of expense levels; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; relative performance to a group of companies comparable to the company, and strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on the company’s meeting specified goals relating to revenue, market penetration, business expansion, costs or acquisitions or divestitures. Performance targets may include minimum, maximum, intermediate and target levels of performance, with the size of the performance-based stock award or the lapse of restrictions with respect thereto based on the level attained.

A performance target may be stated as an absolute value or as a value determined relative to prior performance, one or more indices,indexes, budget, one or more peer group companies, any other standard selected by the administrator, or any combination thereof. The administrator shall be authorized to make adjustments in the method of calculating attainment of performance measures and performance targets in recognition of: (A) extraordinary or non-recurring items; (B) changes in tax laws; (C) changes in accounting policies; (D) charges related to restructured or discontinued operations; (E) restatement of prior period financial results; and (F) any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss that is separately identified and quantified in our financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator may, in its sole discretion, modify the performance results upon which awards are based under the plan to offset any unintended results arising from events not anticipated when the performance measures and performance targets were established.

Change in Control. In the event of any transaction resulting in a “change in control” of Globant S.A. (as defined in the plan), outstanding stock options and other awards that are payable in or convertible into our common shares will terminate upon the effective time of the change in control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation,
88


assumption, or substitution of the awards by the surviving or successor entity or its parent. In the event of such termination, the holders of stock options and other awards under the plan will be permitted immediately before the change in control to exercise or convert all portions of such stock options or awards that are exercisable or convertible or which become exercisable or convertible upon or prior to the effective time of the change in control.

86


Notwithstanding the foregoing, our compensation committee approved the acceleration of the vesting schedule of all of the outstanding Awards granted to certain senior executives in the event of a change in control (a) to be vested in three equal installments immediately prior to, or concurrently with, the change in control, and on the 6th and 12th month anniversaries from the change in control completion date, subject to continuation as employee; (b) to be vested immediately if the senior executive is terminated without cause or resigns with good reason during the first year following the change in control completion date; and (c) to be vested immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the change in control completion, if the executive has been dismissed without cause or has resigned with good reason at any time from the date the Company was made aware of the potential change in control, and such change in control occurs within the 6 months following the executive's dismissal without cause or resignation with good reason.
Amendment and Termination. No award will be granted under the plan after the close of business on the day before the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the plan. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan at any time. Shareholder approval is required to reprice underwater options.

Director Compensation

Prior to this annual report, members of our board of directors have received limited cash compensation for their services as directors, except for the reimbursement of reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by directors in connection with attending any meetings of our board of directors or any committees thereof. Members of our senior management who are members of our board of directors (Messrs. Migoya, Umaran and Englebienne) have received and will continue receiving cash compensation for their services as executive officers. See “— Compensation of Board of Directors and Senior Management.”

In 2015, we paid an aggregate of $250,000 in director fees to certain members of our board of directors who are considered independent.

Members of our senior management who are members of our board of directors and the directors who continue to provide services to, or are affiliated with WPP, will not receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors. Accordingly, Messrs. Migoya, Umaran, Englebienne and Moore will not receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors.


Only those directors who are considered to be independent directors under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE will beare eligible, subject to our shareholders’ approval, to receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors. Messrs. Galperin, Odeen Álvarez-DemaldeIn this respect, independent members of our board of directors are eligible to receive cash and/or share based compensation for their services as directors, as well as reimbursement of reasonable and Vázquezdocumented costs and other independent directors will be paid quarterly in arrears the following amounts:

·a base annual retainer of $50,000 in cash; and

·an additional annual retainer of $50,000 in cash to the chairman of the audit committee.

On May 4, 2015, our shareholders approved a grant of options to purchase our common shares in favor of Martin Migoya, Martin Umaran and Guibert Englebienne in the amount of $87,750, $37,500 and $37,500, respectively. We reimburse directors for reasonable expenses incurred to attendby them in connection with attending any meetings of our board of directors or committees.

any committees thereof.

During 2021, we paid an aggregate cash compensation of 550,000 and we granted a total of 1,734 RSUs to certain independent members of our board of directors, all of which had been previously approved by our shareholders at our 2021 annual general meeting.

Members of our senior management who are members of our board of directors (Messrs. Migoya, Umaran and Englebienne) will not receive compensation from us for their service on our board of directors, but have received and will continue receiving cash compensation and share based compensation for their services as executive officers. See “Compensation — Compensation of Board of Directors and Senior Management.”

Benefits upon Termination of Employment

Neither we nor our subsidiaries maintain any directors’ service contracts providing for benefits upon termination of service. On December 27, 2012, we entered into noncompetition agreements with our founders. Under such agreements, as amended in 2016, the founders agreed that during their employment with our company,us, and for a period of two years from the termination of such employment, they will not directly or indirectly perform any kind of activity or provide any service in other companies that provide the same kinds of services as those provided by us. In consideration of these noncompetition covenants, the founders Messrs. Martín Umaran, Guibert Englebienne and Néstor Nocetti will receive a compensation equal to 24 times the highest monthly salarycompensation paid to them (including the proportional amount of any variable annual cash compensation payable to each of them, at target amounts) during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of termination of their employment, and Mr. Martín Migoya will receive a compensation equal to 36 times the highest monthly compensation paid to him (including the proportional amount of any variable annual cash compensation payable to him, at target amounts) during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of termination of his employment. This compensation will be paid in two equal installments.

In 2016, our compensation committee also approved that each founder will be entitled to receive continued health coverage and life insurance after the termination of their employment and for a period of 36 months in the case of Martín Migoya and of 24 months in the case of Messrs. Umaran, Englebienne and Nocetti.


In October 2021, our compensation committee approved an amendment to certain of our senior executives’ noncompetition agreements to include in the calculation of their respective compensation the cash equivalent to their non-cash compensation. As a result, their noncompetition compensation will be equal to their full cash and non-cash compensations, and their agreements will include a non-interference covenant for a period of two years from the termination of their employment and a non-disparagement covenant. The compensation committee also approved the entrance into noncompetition agreements with other senior executives.
89


Pension, Retirement or Similar Benefits

We do not pay or set aside any amounts for pension, retirement or other similar benefits for our officers or directors.

C. Board Practices

Globant S.A. is managed by our board of directors which is vested with the broadest powers to take any actions necessary or useful to fulfill our corporate purpose with the exception of actions reserved by law or our articles of association to the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors must consist of at least seven members and no more than fifteen members. Our board of directors meets as often as company interests require.

A majority of the members of our board of directors present or represented at a board meeting constitutes a quorum, and resolutions are adopted by the simple majority vote of our board members present or represented. In the case of a tie, the chairman of our board shall have the deciding vote. Our board of directors may also make decisions by means of resolutions in writing signed by all directors.

Directors are elected by the general meeting of shareholders, and appointed for a period of up to four years; provided, however, that directors are elected on a staggered basis, with one-third of the directors being elected each year; and provided, further, that such term may be exceeded by a period up to the annual general meeting held following the fourth anniversary of the appointment, and each director will hold office until his or her successor is elected. The general shareholders’shareholders meeting may remove one or more directors at any time, without cause and without prior notice by a resolution passed by simple majority vote. If our board of directors has a vacancy, such vacancy may be filled on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining members of our board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, which will resolve on a permanent appointment. Any director shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.

87

Within the limits provided for by law and our articles of association, our board of directors may delegate to one or more directors or to any one or more persons, who need not be shareholders, acting alone or jointly, the daily management of Globant S.A. and the authority to represent us in connection with such daily management. Our board of directors may also grant special powers to any person(s) acting alone or jointly with others as agent of Globant S.A.

Our board of directors may establish one or more committees, including without limitation, an audit committee, a corporate governance and nominating committee and a compensation committee, and for which it shall, if one or more of such committees are set up, appoint the members, determine the purpose, powers and authorities as well as the procedures and such other rules as may be applicable thereto.

No contract or other transaction between us and any other company or firm shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any one or more of our directors or officers is interested in, or is a director, associate, officer, agent, adviser or employee of such other company or firm. Any director or officer who serves as a director, officer or employee or otherwise of any company or firm with which we shall contract or otherwise engage in business shall not, by reason of such affiliation with such other company or firm only, be prevented from considering and voting or acting upon any matters with respect to such contract or other business.

Any director having an interest in a transaction submitted for approval to our board of directors that conflicts with our interest, must inform our board of directors thereof and to cause a record of his statement to be included in the minutes of the meeting. Such director may not take part in these deliberations and may not vote on the relevant transaction. At the next general meeting, before any resolution is put to a vote, a special report shall be made on any transactions in which any of the directors may have had an interest that conflicts with our interest.

No shareholding qualification for directors is required.

Any director and other officer, past and present, is entitled to indemnification from us to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by such director in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he is involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been a director. We may purchase and maintain insurance for any director or other officer against any such liability.

No indemnification shall be provided against any liability to usour directors or our shareholdersexecutive officers by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of a director or officer. No indemnification will be provided with respect to any matter as to which the director or officer shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith and not in our interest, nor will indemnification be provided in the event of a settlement (unless approved by a court or our board of directors).

90


Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, our audit committee:

is responsible for the appointment, compensation and retention of our independent auditors and reviews and evaluates the auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance;

oversees our auditors’ audit work and reviews and pre-approves all audit and non-audit services that may be performed by them;

reviews and approves the planned scope of our annual audit;

monitors the rotation of partners of the independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;

reviews our financial statements and discusses with management and our independent auditors the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates;

oversees the adequacy of our accounting and financial controls;

annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance;

reviews and approves related-party transactions; and

88

establishes and oversees procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters and oversees enforcement, compliance and remedial measures under our code of conduct.


The current members of our audit committee are Ms. Pinelli and Messrs. Mott, Odeen and Vázquez, with Mr. Vázquez serving as the chairman of our audit committee and our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under applicable SEC rules. Each of Messrs. Vázquez Mott and Odeen and Ms. Pinelli satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE as well us under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

On May 13, 2014, our board of directors adopted a written charter for our audit committee, which is available on our website athttp://www.globant.com.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee reviews, recommends and approves policy relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and directors, administers our common shares option and benefit plans and reviews general policy relating to compensation and benefits. Duties of our compensation committee include:

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our directors, chief executive officer and other members of senior management;

��

evaluating the performance of the chief executive officer and other members of senior management in light of those goals and objectives;

based on this evaluation, determining and approving the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation and recommending to our board of directors the proposed compensation of ourthe chief executive officer and other members of senior management;

administering the issuance of common shares options and other awards to members of senior management and directors under our compensation plans; and

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter.


The current members of our compensation committee are Mssrs. Álvarez-Demalde,Messrs. Odeen, Vázquez and Galperin,Haythornthwaite, with Mr. Álvarez-DemaldeOdeen serving as chairman. Each of Messrs. Álvarez-Demalde, Odeen, Vázquez and GalperinHaythornthwaite satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

Effective as of July 23, 2014, our board of directors adopted a written charter for our compensation committee, which is available on our website athttp://www.globant.com.

91


Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Our corporate governance and nominating committee identifies individuals qualified to become directors; recommends to our board of directors director nominees for each election of directors; develops and recommends to our board of directors criteria for selecting qualified director candidates; considers committee member qualifications, appointment and removal; recommends corporate governance guidelines applicable to us; and provides oversight in the evaluation of our board of directors and each committee.

The current members of our corporate governance and nominating committee are Mssrs. Galperin, OdeenMs. Rottenberg and Vazquez,Messrs. Alvarez-Demalde and Haythornthwaite, with Mr. VazquezMs. Rottenberg serving as chairman. Each of Ms. Rottenberg and Messrs. Galperin, VazquezAlvarez-Demalde and OdeenHaythornthwaite satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

Effective as of July 23, 2014, our board of directors adopted a written charter for our corporate governance and nominating committee. In November 2021, our corporate governance and nominating committee whichapproved an amendment to its charter intended to enhance our corporate governance practices, including, among others, a broader view of diversity in our board nominees selection process, an increased emphasis on attracting and/or retaining director nominees with certain specific skills and diverse experience, and the enhancement of our environmental, social and governance performance. Our corporate governance and nominating committee’s charter, as amended, is available on our website athttp://www.globant.com.

Board of Advisors

Our Board of Advisors advises us regarding market trends and technologies. It is composed of recognized industry executives, none of whom are employed by us. Our management interacts with members of the Board of Advisors from time to time on matters related to:

An outside perspective on the business;

Guidance on new ideas and opportunities;

Strategic planning assistance and input;

89


Networking; and

Anticipation on market changes and trends.D. Employees

Our Board of Advisors does not have voting or observatory powers on, or over, our board of directors or management. There are no formalized Board of Advisor meetings, we do not compensate members of the Board of Advisors, and they have no other special powers or functions with respect to our company. The current members of our Board of Advisors are listed below.

Martin Sorrell

Sir Martin Sorrel is CEO at WPP plc. He joined WPP plc in 1986 as a director, becoming Group Chief Executive in the same year. He is a non-executive director of Formula One and Alcoa Inc.

Reid Hoffman

Mr. Hoffman is a Partner at Greylock and Executive Chairman at LinkedIn, the company he co-founded in 2003. Reid currently serves on the board of directors of Airbnb, Edmodo, Mozilla (Firefox), Shopkick, Swipely and Zynga. He has co-led investments in Coupons.com, Groupon and Viki.

Andrew McLaughlin

Mr. McLaughlin is Chief Executive Officer at Digg and SVP at Betaworks. Prior to that, he was Vice President at Tumblr. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. McLaughlin served as a member of President Obama's senior White House staff as Deputy Chief Technology Officer of the United States. Mr. McLaughlin was also Director of Global Public Policy at Google.

Sal Giambanco

Mr. Giambanco leads the human capital and operations functions of Omidyar Network. From 2000 to 2009, he served as the Vice President of human resources and administration for PayPal and eBay Inc. Prior to joining PayPal, Mr. Giambanco worked for KPMG as the national recruiting manager for the information, communications, high-tech, and entertainment consulting practices, while also leading KPMG’s collegiate and MBA recruiting programs.

D.           Employees

Our Globers

People are one of Globant'sour most valuable assets. Attracting and retaining the right employees is critical to the success of our business and is a key factor in our ability to meet our client'sclient’s needs and the growth of our client and revenue base.

As of December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, on a consolidated basis, we had 5,041, 3,77523,526, 16,251 and 3,23611,855 employees, respectively.


As of December 31, 2015,2021, we had 79109 Globers, principally at our delivery center locatedcenters in Rosario, City of Buenos Aires and Mendoza, in Argentina, who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement with FAECYS,the trade union Federación Argentina de Empleados de Comercio y Servicios ("FAECYS"), which is renewed on an annual basis

basis. In addition, the Globers from our Brazilian payroll are affiliated with the trade union SINDPD-SP, the Globers from our Spanish payroll are affiliated with the trade unions UGT y CCOO - Oficinas y Despachos de la Comunidad de Madrid, and the Globers from our French payroll are affiliated to the trade union Fédération Syntec.


The following tables show our total number of full-time employees as of December 31, 20152021 broken down by functional area and geographical location:

Number of employees
Technology20,707 4,304
Operations1,460 309
Sales and Marketing220 44
Management and administration1,139 384
Total23,5265,041

90

92


Number of employees
Argentina5,369 2,855
Brazil708 48
Colombia5,314 547
Chile1,278 68
United Kingdom175 11
Uruguay1,013 422
United States709 271
Mexico3,236 292
Peru1,272 70
India3,518 452
Spain534 5
TotalBelarus203 
Romania5,041164 
France
Canada
Luxembourg
Costa Rica11 
Germany
Total23,526

In 2007, we commencedstarted shifting from a Buenos Aires-centric delivery model to a distributed organization with locations across Argentina, Latin America, andEurope, Asia, and elsewhere. We believe that decentralizing our workforce and delivery centers improves our access to talent and could mitigate the impact of IT professionals’ attrition on our business. Additionally, we provide employees with more choices of where to work, which improves satisfaction and helps us retain our Globers. We continue to draw talent primarily from Latin America and Asia’s abundantabundantly skilled talent base.

We believe our relations with our employees are good and we have not experienced any significant labor disputes or work stoppages.

Recruitment

We have a global presence with delivery centers in North America, Latin America, Europe, and Retention

Asia. Our de-centralization strategy allows us to expand and diversify our sources of talent in our development centers all over the world.


Our offices are located near regional academic and engineering hubs to facilitate our access to a growing talent base. In the case of Latin America, certain of the top universities from the region are located in cities where we have delivery centers with large operations. We work closely with those colleges, as well as non-governmental organizations, tech clusters and professional organizations to nurture the technological ecosystem and create opportunities for growth for both Globant and our current and prospective Globers, through meetups, conferences, bootcamps and recruiting events.

Attraction

We seek employees who embrace our “think big” core value and are motivated to be part of a leading company that delivers best-in-class innovative software solutionsuses the latest technologies in the digital and cognitive field to leading global companies. We hire highly qualified, experienced IT professionals and recruit students from leading technical institutionstransform organizations in countries where our delivery centers are based, including: the University of Buenos Aires, the Technological Institute of Buenos Aires, the National University of Córdoba and the National University of Tucumán in Argentina;Universidad Estadual de São Paulo , Brazil; and ORT University in Montevideo, Uruguay. every aspect.
Of our employee base, approximately 95.0%74.9% of our Globers have obtained a university degree orand 22.2% are enrolled in a universityundergoing university-level studies while they are employed by our company, approximately 3.2%company. Approximately 2.9% have obtained a graduatepostgraduate level degree, and many have specialized industry credentials or licensing, including in Systems Engineering, Electronic Engineering, Computer Science, Information Systems Administration, Business Administrationsystems engineering, electronic engineering, computer science, information systems administration, business administration and Graphicgraphic and Web Design. web design.

Since our inception, we believe we have become a preferred employment optionunique player for IT university graduatestalent in the countries where we have operations. Our participation in a broad range of technology seminarsculture is the foundation that supports and close involvement with the institutions of higher education infacilitates our region help foster our profile among our target audiencedistinctive approach.

93


This culture can be best described as entrepreneurial, collaborative, flexible, diverse and contributeinclusive. Diversity and Inclusion are key to our recruitment efforts. Our de-centralization strategy has also yielded positive resultsbusiness. Technology requires us to innovate constantly, and there is no way to innovate if we do not connect different points of view. This is why we strive to find talent in diverse places and walks of life, and why we launched several initiatives to strengthen our diversity.

Globant was named a Best Company for Women, Culture and Diversity in 2019 and 2018, and listed as one of the top 25 best companies for diversity in 2017 by expanding and diversifying our sources of talent within the region.

Comparably.com.


Employee retention is one of our main priorities and a key driver of operational efficiency and productivity. We seek to retain top talent by providing the opportunity to work on cutting-edge projects for world-class clients, a flexible work environment, training and development programs, and non-traditional benefits. The total attrition rate among our Globers was 17.7%18.7%, 20.2%13.0% and 22.2%14.6% for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, respectively.

Training


Learning and Development


In 2021, we took our culture of continuous career development to the next level. Globant University became a digital ecosystem that promotes growth in the company through our Delta Formula: Explore + Educate + Expose = Movement. This is the official essence of career development and growth at Globant. We invite Globers to know about their career challenges, we offer diverse learning experiences so that each person can learn at their own pace, and we encourage continuous feedback to keep always improving. It includes three main tools: My Growth, Campus and BetterMe and a full list of programs and processes that accompany Globers on their journeys at Globant.

Explore: MyGrowth is the main place where Globers can manage and track their job position, areas of expertise and explore new knowledge based on career opportunities in a gamified way based on badges and missions. It gives Globers the possibility to understand the skills needed to master different specialties related to reinvent the industry and set up actions with their leaders to develop them.

Educate: In a complementary way, Campus is the main learning tool where Globers can find learning maps (repositories of different learning opportunities such as articles, videos, external courses and more) to learn in the flow of work. It also offers a catalogue with live sessions, self-paced training and evaluations to challenge their skills. We offer +1400 courses and +3500 learning resources created and/or selected by Globers.

Since Campus is working as a learning hub, the whole company can access the opportunities of the main programs at Globant to develop different skills (technical and soft skills) and also some corporate training and other self-paced resources to learn about internal processes. We dedicate significant resources to the development and professional growth of our employees through learning experiences.

For technical skills: Short training programs, called Academies, focused on gaining new skills (reskilling) or upgrading the ones previously acquired (upskilling); self-paced online courses on Campus, Udemy for Business and learning maps aligned to technical careers. We also develop specific technical programs Bootcamps programs focus on selecting, training and hiring talented collaborators.

For soft and communication skills Globers can take different courses and learning maps available and Campus. Towards the language program, we continued with English workshops for our Globers.

All these programs are developed and updated through our Learning Community: a group of committed, generous and technical experts. We encourage spaces to share experiences, connect with others with the same interests and provide the resources to deliver the best learning experiences at Globant.

Expose: BetterMe is the tool that accompanies our Performance Management process which main objective is to promote meaningful conversations that empower and enhance Glober´s development. This Continuous Feedback and Evaluation Process, based on our Talent Manifesto is driven in a Glober centric way to impact on career plans, mentoring, talent assessment, succession planningdecisions (such as promotions or recognitions, etc.).

As we mentioned before, we work to provide Globers with autonomy to grow by capitalizing new and performance management.

different opportunities through our five professional growth dimensions:


Geocultural diversity: We encourage our Globers to work in a location of their choosing and embrace cultural exchanges. We are present in 18 countries, with open positions and relocation opportunities. Plus, we encourage Globers to embrace cultural diversity working on projects with team members from different cities.
94


Technology: Our U-Growstudios consolidate expertise around a variety of emerging technologies where our Globers can develop, explore and U-Certificate programs provide training, continuing education andlearn.
Industry expertise: We work with many clients across different industries, which enables our Globers to develop their careers with an industry focus within a given account or on multiple accounts of their industry of choice.
Multiple industries: We have approximately 800 clients spanning several different industries. Our Globers may pursue industry agnostic career paths or switch to different industries of focus.
Specialty: Globers can navigate their career paths within our company by gaining seniority or moving internally into other roles in different areas of expertise.
To boost this Movement, we also run a Continuous Promotions program where Globers upgrade their job position (e.g. Ssr. to Sr.).

In order to share with Globers real experiences of success at career development we host local sessions of “Growth at Globant” Talks, where Globers let others know their stories

We are working really hard looking for innovation and seeking reinvention in both softgrowth processes, career opportunities and technicallearning programs under our great brand Globant University.

Last but not least, Leaders are a key cornerstone to boost this entire career development framework. A leader at Globant guides and promotes the growth of his team and the business by reinventing the industry and the world connecting, living and augmenting our culture.

To help them achieve this purpose, we design and develop different initiatives under our Leadership Accelerator Program (LeAP). It is based on our customized Leadership Talent Model to strengthen leadership skills in order to lead themselves, teams and business through initiatives also aligned to the delta formula applied for entry-levelleaders.

Educate: Augmented Leadership, a full learning experience with simulations, tools, inspirational exercises and experienced IT professionals. Through our U-Grow program, we provide instructionmore to impact mindsets and practices. Also, At Campus the Leadership Journey Map was developed with plenty of new resources to explore to share tools, inspirational talks and many other training sessions to learn in technologies, processes, methodologiesa self-paced way.

Expose: Feedback for leaders, a process where each team member gives anonymous feedback to his/her leader based on talent manifesto skills.

Explore: a new Leadership Working Ecosystem is available to map the skills needed to rock as a leader and interpersonal skillsexplore new and different ways to university students while they intern at Globant. The goal of this program is to provide us with a source of junior-level employees. Our U-Certificate program offers training modules and workshops on technical, delivery and people management to our existing employees. Boot camps and open-trainings are other programs to select, train and hire talented employees. develop skills.

We also openeddesigned a Design Centernew edition of the Key Talent Program to recognize and accompany our most committed and talented leaders and we continued boosting our Leadership Development Plan to enhance leadership skills with an identified room for improvement based on what their teams share in La Platathe Feedback for Leaders evaluation process.

We keep reinventing new ways and initiatives to train university students and graduates in user experience trends. “Learning on Demand” isempowering leadership stories generating sustainability of the opportunity to learn or improve technical skills through courses, videos and material we share through our intranet and e-learning platform. We also provide English language training at allreinvention of our delivery centers to maintainindustry through leaders that connect themselves, businesses, people and enhance the English language skills of our professionals.

teams with innovation, team playing, kindness and excellence.


Compensation

We offer our Globers a compensation package consisting of base salary, Short Term Bonus, long term incentives (for certain eligible positions) and fringe benefits. The variable component of our compensation package is intended to strengthen our values and culture, foster employee improvement and development, and align with our business strategy to pay for the top five percent of performers, an annual performance bonus. Also, depending on the Glober’s position, they are eligible to participate in our short term incentive plan, which includes three potential bonus payments.and development. Based on the Glober’sGlober's position, bonus payments under the short term incentive plan are contingent on the accomplishment of key metrics, such as performance metrics included within three categories of bonuses: (a) the Globant bonus, (b) performance bonusresults, manager feedback and (c) customer development bonus. The key performance metrics are (i) our overall revenue and EBITDA for the Globant bonus, (ii) project/account revenue or project/account gross margin, depending on the Glober’s role, for the performance bonus and (iii) additional revenue over the project/account quotas for the customer development bonus. We offer ourGlobant's results. For key employees, we offer a long-termlong term incentive program in the form of share-basedshare based compensation.

91

��


We also offer several non-traditional benefits including: the option to work from home,including subsidized company trips, flex-time policies, extended maternity and paternity leave, competitiveleaves, health plans for Globers (and in some countries, for the Glober's family), yoga, relaxation and massage sessions, and corporate discount programs yogaat certain universities and gyms, among others.

95


2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

General

On March 1, 2021, our ESPP became effective. The purpose of the ESPP is to advance the interests of the Company and our shareholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward our eligible employees and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Company. The Plan provides such eligible employees with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of the Company’s common shares.

The ESPP is comprised of the Section 423 ESPP and the Non-423 ESPP. The Company intends that the Section 423 ESPP qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Section 423 ESPP shall be so construed. The Non-423 ESPP, which is not intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code, is intended to provide eligible employees employed by non-U.S. subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase common shares pursuant to the terms and conditions of the ESPP but not necessarily in compliance with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

Eligible employees will be allowed to participate in the ESPP with a limit of $25,000 investment per employee per calendar year.

Common Shares Subject to the ESPP

Subject to adjustment as provided in the ESPP, the maximum aggregate number of common shares issuable under the ESPP shall be 100,000 common shares (the “Initial Total Share Pool”), of which 30,000 common shares (the “Initial 423 Pool”) shall be the maximum aggregate number of common shares that may be issued under the Section 423 ESPP. Thereafter, such maximum number of common shares that may be issued under the ESPP shall be cumulatively increased on a pro rata basis, such that the ratio of the Initial Total Share Pool and the Initial 423 Pool remains unchanged, automatically on January 1, 2022 and on each subsequent January 1, through and including January 1, 2031, by a number of common shares (the “Annual Increase”) equal to the smallest of (a) 0.005 (0.5%) of the number of common shares issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, (b) 200,000 common shares, or (c) an amount determined by our board of directors; such that the number of common shares that may be issued in any case under the ESPP shall not exceed 2,100,000 common shares, of which 630,000 shall be the maximum aggregate number that may be issued under the Section 423 ESPP.

Common shares issued under the ESPP may consist of common shares reacquired in open market purchases. The Company intends to adopt a 10b5-1 plan in furtherance of such share repurchases. Such repurchases would be executed by our board of directors pursuant to the authorization granted by the general meeting of shareholders of the Company on May 31, 2019, according to the conditions set forth in article 430-15 of Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended (the “Companies Law”).

Pursuant to such authorization, our board of directors may repurchase up to a maximum number of shares representing 20% of the issued share capital for a net purchase price that is (i) no less than 50% of the lowest stock price and (ii) no more than 50% above the highest stock price, in each case being the closing price, as reported by the New York City edition of the Wall Street Journal, or, if not reported therein, any other authoritative sources to be selected by our board of directors, over the ten trading days preceding the date of the purchase (or the date of the commitment to the transaction). The authorization is valid for a period ending five years from the date of the general meeting or the date of its renewal by a subsequent general meeting of shareholders.

Eligibility

Each employee of a participating company is eligible to participate in the ESPP except (a) with respect to the Section 423 ESPP, any employee who is customarily employed by the participating company group for 20 hours or less per week or for not more than five months in any calendar year, and (b) that with respect to the Non-423 ESPP, our compensation committee may determine that only certain categories of employees of a participating company may be eligible to participate in the ESPP, excluding all other employees of such participating company. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase common shares either under the Section 423 ESPP or the Non-423 ESPP, if such employee immediately after the grant would own common shares or options to purchase common shares possessing 5.0% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes stretching classes, hair stylist appointmentsof our share capital.

96


Operation of the ESPP; Participant Contributions

The ESPP will typically be implemented through consecutive six-month offering periods, and massages, among others.

permits participants to purchase common shares through payroll deductions of up to 10.0% of their eligible compensation, which includes regular base wages or salary, overtime payments, shift premiums and payments for paid time off, but exclusive of sign-on bonuses, annual or other incentive bonuses, commissions, profit-sharing distributions or other incentive-type payments, any contributions made by a participating company on the employee’s behalf to any employee benefit or welfare plan now or hereafter established (other than amounts deferred pursuant to Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Code), payments in lieu of notice, payments pursuant to a severance agreement, termination pay, moving allowances, relocation payments, or any amounts directly or indirectly paid pursuant to the ESPP or any other share purchase, share option or other share-based compensation.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, where payroll deductions on behalf of participants who are citizens or residents of countries other than the United States (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens) are prohibited or made impracticable by applicable local law, our compensation committee may establish a separate offering (a “Non-United States Offering”) covering all eligible employees of one or more participating companies subject to such prohibition or restrictions on payroll deductions. The Non-United States Offering shall provide another method for payment of the purchase price with such terms and conditions as shall be administratively convenient and comply with applicable local law. On each purchase date of the offering period applicable to a Non-United States Offering, each participant who has not withdrawn from the ESPP and whose participation in such offering period has not otherwise terminated before such purchase date shall automatically acquire a number of whole common shares determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the ESPP to the extent of the total amount of the participant’s ESPP account balance accumulated during the offering period in accordance with the method established by our compensation committee and not previously applied toward the purchase of common shares.

Purchase Price; Timing of Purchases

Amounts deducted and accumulated from participant compensation will be used to purchase common shares at the end of each offering period. Under the terms of the ESPP, with respect to participants in the Section 423 ESPP, the purchase price of the shares shall not be less than 85.0% of the lower of the fair market value of a common share on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date. Subject to adjustment as provided by the ESPP and unless otherwise provided by our compensation committee, the purchase price for each offering period shall be 90% of the fair market value of a common share on the purchase date.

On the offering date of each offering period, each participant in such offering period will be automatically granted an option to purchase the lesser of (a) that number of whole common shares determined by dividing the Dollar Limit (as defined below) by the fair market value of a common share on such offering date or (b) the Share Limit (as defined below). Our compensation committee may, in its discretion and prior to the offering date of any offering period, (i) change the method of, or any of the foregoing factors in, determining the number of common shares subject to purchase rights to be granted on such offering date, or (ii) specify a maximum aggregate number of common shares that may be purchased by all participants in an offering or on any purchase date within an offering period. For the purposes of the ESPP, the “Dollar Limit” shall be determined by multiplying $2,083.33 by the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole dollar, and the “Share Limit” shall be determined by multiplying 200 shares by the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole share.

Notwithstanding any provision of the ESPP to the contrary, no participant (whether participating in the Section 423 ESPP or the Non-423 ESPP) shall be granted a purchase right which permits his or her right to purchase common shares under the ESPP to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated with such participant’s rights to purchase shares under all other employee stock purchase plans of a participating company intended to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, exceeds $25,000 in fair market value (or such other limit, if any, as may be imposed by the Code) for each calendar year in which such purchase right is outstanding at any time. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the fair market value of common shares purchased during a given offering period shall be determined as of the offering date for such offering period.

If insufficient common shares remain available under the ESPP to permit all participants to purchase the number of common shares to which they would otherwise be entitled, our compensation committee will make a pro rata allocation of the available common shares in as uniform a manner as practicable and as the Company determines to be equitable. Any amounts withheld from participants' compensation in excess of the amounts used to purchase common shares will be refunded, without interest.

97


Administration, Amendment or Termination of the ESPP

In accordance with the terms of the ESPP, our compensation committee will administer the ESPP, including, but not limited to, have full authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP, have the discretion to determine from time to time which subsidiaries shall be participating companies in the ESPP, designate from time to time those participating companies whose eligible employees may participate in the Section 423 ESPP and those participating companies whose eligible employees may participate in the Non-423 ESPP, establish additional or alternative offering periods, different durations for offering periods or different commencing or ending dates for offering periods.

Further, our compensation committee, as administrator of the ESPP, may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP, except that (a) no such amendment, suspension or termination shall affect purchase previously granted under the ESPP unless expressly provided by the Compensation Committee, and (b) no such amendment, suspension or termination may adversely affect a purchase right previously granted under the ESPP without the consent of the participant, except to the extent permitted by the ESPP or as may be necessary to qualify the ESPP as an employee stock purchase ESPP pursuant to Section 423 of the Code or to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule. In addition, to the extent required under Section 423 of the Code (or other applicable law, regulation or rule), an amendment to the ESPP must be approved by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months of the adoption of such amendment if such amendment would authorize the sale of more Common Shares than are then authorized for issuance under the ESPP or would change the definition of the corporations that may be designated by the Compensation Committee as "Participating Companies" (as defined in the ESPP). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Compensation Committee determines that continuation of the ESPP or an offering would result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences to the Company, the Compensation Committee may, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, including with respect to an offering period then in progress: (i) terminate the ESPP or any offering period, (ii) accelerate the purchase date of any offering period, (iii) reduce the discount or the method of determining the purchase price in any offering period (e.g., by determining the purchase price solely on the basis of the "Fair Market Value" (as defined in the ESPP) on the purchase date), (iv) reduce the maximum number of common shares that may be purchased in any offering period, or (v) take any combination of the foregoing actions.

In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor corporation may assume the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding purchase rights or substitute substantially equivalent purchase rights. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume or substitute for outstanding purchase rights, then the purchase date of the offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date prior to the change in control.

The ESPP will continue in effect until terminated by the administrator.

On March 12, 2021, the administrator approved the participation in the Section 423 ESPP and Non-423 ESPP by several of the company's subsidiaries, pursuant to the following terms and conditions:

Eligibility. In addition to those employees excluded under the plan, trainees or college trainees and fixed-term employees will also be excluded from the plan.

Offering periods. Each offering period will have a 6 months duration; provided that in respect to Sistemas UK Limited, Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. and Difier S.A., their first offering period will have a 5 months duration, commencing on April 1st, 2021; and in respect of IAFH Global S.A., Sistemas Globales S.A., Globers S.A., Dynaflows S.A., Avanxo S.A., BSF S.A., Xappia S.R.L., Decision Support S.A. and Banking Solutions S.A., the offering periods will have 1 month duration, and shall reiterate every 3 months, starting on June 1st, 2021.

Purchase price. 90% of the common shares "fair market value" (as defined in the plan). The amount to be deducted from the compensation of the participant will be in rounded percentages of not less than 1% and not more than 10%, at the participant's discretion; provided that in respect of IAFH Global S.A., Sistemas Globales S.A., Globers S.A., Dynaflows S.A., Avanxo S.A., BSF S.A., Xappia S.R.L., Decision Support S.A. and Banking Solutions S.A., the amount to be deducted from the compensation of the participant will be in rounded percentages of not less than 1% and not more than 30%, at the participant's discretion.

In connection with the plan, the administrator approved the repurchase of up to 100,000 common shares. As of the date of this annual report, the administrator has repurchased 27,000 common shares, and has delivered 7,453 common shares under the plan.

98


2021 Stock-Equivalent Units

On December 1, 2021, the compensation committee, as administrator, approved the granting of awards in the form of Stock-Equivalent Units to be settled in cash or common shares, or a combination thereof, under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan for the equivalent to 26,000 common shares, subject to the following terms and conditions:

Purpose. We believe that the initiative will provide an incentive to attract, retain and reward talent in the IT industry, and would prompt the eligible employees to further contribute to the growth and profitability of the company.

Eligibility. All employees in Technology and Delivery Levels 5 and up, who (a) are regular employees on the payroll of any of the company’s subsidiaries, (b) have no awards under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan vesting pending in 2021, and (c) have an overall positive evaluation for the 2021 calendar year.

Granting. The initiative will consist in the granting of SEUs with a unit value equivalent to the market value of one common share of the company at the closing price of the trading day prior to the date of the grant; provided that the number of SEUs to be granted to each eligible employee will be equivalent to 25% of such employee’s total 12-month salary at the time of the grant.

Settlement. The SEUs will be settled in cash or common shares of the company, at the option of the eligible employee, and shall vest during a four-year period, in four equal annual installments of 25% each, commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date, so long as the relevant eligible employee is then an employee of any of the company’s subsidiaries, out of which 60% will be tied to retention and 40% will be tied to performance based on the short-term bonus results for the year 2022. The common shares to be delivered under the SEUs may consist of treasury and/or newly-issued common shares.

E. Share Ownership

Share Ownership

The total number of shares of the company beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers, as of the date of this annual report, was 2,276,0021,120,509 (includes common shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable, and/or issuable upon settlement of RSUs that have vested or will vest, within 60 days of February 11, 2022), which represents 6.65%2.67% of the total shares of the company.Company (including common shares subject to options that are currently exercisable within 60 days of February 11, 2022). See table in “MajorMajor Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders.Shareholders.

Share Options


ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


A. Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common shares as of April 15, 2016,February 11, 2022 by:

each of our directors and members of senior management individually;

all directors and members of senior management as a group; and

each shareholder whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our common shares.


As of April 15, 2016,February 11, 2022, we had 34,393,99441,894,982 issued and outstanding common shares. Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof, to receive the economic benefit of ownership of the securities, or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common shares subject to options, RSUs, warrants or other convertible or exercisable securities that are currently convertible or exercisable or convertible or exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2016February 11, 2022 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such securities. Common shares issuable pursuant to share options or warrants are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such options or warrants but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have
99


sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our common shares. As of April 15, 2016,February 11, 2022, we had 130178 holders of record in the United States with approximately 68.88 %95.90% of our issued and outstanding common shares.

  Number  Percent 
Directors and Senior Management        
Francisco Álvarez-Demalde(1)  13,175   *
Bradford Eric Bernstein  0   *
Andres Angelani(2)  52,859   *
Gustavo Barreiro(3)  58,573   *
Guibert Englebienne(4)  388,633   1.13%
Marcos Galperin(5)  22,170   *
Natalia Kanefsck(6)  4,068   *
Guillermo Marsicovetere(7)  68,632   *
Martín Migoya(8)  378,196   1.10%
Timothy Mott(9)  22,170   *
Nestor Nocetti(10)  454,218   1.33%
Philip A. Odeen(11)  22,170   *
Patricio Pablo Rojo(12)  68,124   *
Alejandro Scannapieco(13)  90,039   *
Martín Umaran(14)  541,536   1.58%
Mario Vazquez(15)  22,170   *
Guillermo Willi(16)  84,560   *
David Moore  0   *
Wanda Weigert(17)  12,444   *
All executive officers and directors as a group  2,305,195   6.73%
*Less than 1%        
5% or More Shareholders:        
WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.á.r.l.(18)  6,687,548   19.53%
Ivy Investment Management Company(19)  2,827,787   8.26%
Capital World Investors (U.S.)(20)  2,717,510   7.93%
GIC Private Limited(21)  2,159,464   6.30%

92

(1)Represent 13,175 common shares held by NPI Group Family Limited Partnership, a family investment vehicle controlled by Mr. Alvarez-Demalde, who indirectly holds shared voting and dispositive power over the 13,175 common shares held by such company.

(2)Represent 52,859 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

(3)Include 2,812 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

(4)Include 9,375 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

(5)Represent 22,170 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

(6)Represent 4,068 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

(7)Include 8,333 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

(8)Include 21,937 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and 207,040 common shares held by a revocable trust formed under New Zealand law (the “Revocable Migoya Trust Shares”) formed by Mr. Migoya that was established for the benefit of Mr. Migoya, his wife and certain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the trust transferred its Revocable Migoya Trust Shares to a Uruguayan company wholly owned by the trust. New Zealand Trust Corporation Limited acts as the independent trustee of the trust. Marcelo Cabrera Errandonea is the sole director of the Uruguayan company and holds voting and dispositive power over the 207,040 common shares held by such company.

(9)Represent 22,170 common shares issuable upon the exercise of vested options.

(10)Include 3,125 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and 272,770 common shares held by a revocable trust formed under New Zealand law (the “Revocable Nocetti Trust Shares”) formed by Mr. Nocetti that was established for the benefit of Mr. Nocetti, his wife and certain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the trust transferred its Revocable Nocetti Trust Shares to a Uruguayan company wholly owned by the trust. New Zealand Trust Corporation Limited acts as the independent trustee of the trust. Marcelo Cabrera Errandonea is the sole director of the Uruguayan company and holds voting and dispositive power over the 212,770 common shares held by such company.

(11)Represent 22,170 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

(12)Include 38,124 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

(13)Include 4,167 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options.

(14)Include 9,375 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and 359,241 common shares held by a revocable trust formed under New Zealand law (the “Revocable Umaran Trust Shares”) formed by Mr. Umaran that was established for the benefit of Mr. Umaran, his wife and certain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the trust transferred its Revocable Umaran Trust Shares to a Uruguayan company wholly owned by the trust. New Zealand Trust Corporation Limited acts as the independent trustee of the trust. Marcelo Cabrera Errandonea is the sole director of the Uruguayan company and holds voting and dispositive power over the 359,241 common shares held by such company.

(15)Represent 22,170 common shares issuable upon the exercise of vested options.

(16)Include 74,826 common shares issuable upon the exercise of vested options.

(17)Include 2,500 common shares issuable upon the exercise of vested options.

(18)The ultimate parent of WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.a r.l. is WPP plc, a company incorporated in Jersey. Paul W.G. Richardson, Group Finance Director of WPP plc, holds voting and dispositive power over the 6,687,548 common shares indirectly held by WPP plc.

(19)Based upon a Schedule 13G dated February 12, 2016, Ivy Investment Management Company and Waddell & Reed Investment Management Company are direct and indirect subsidiaries, respectively, of Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc., and hold dispositive and voting power with respect to 2,827,787 shares.

(20)Based upon a Schedule 13G dated February 12, 2016, showing sole dispositive and voting power with respect to 2,717,510 shares.

(21)

GIC Private Limited (“GIC”) is a fund manager and only has 2 clients – the Government of Singapore (“GoS”) and the Monetary Authority of Singapore (“MAS”). Under the investment management agreement with GoS, GIC has been given the sole discretion to exercise the voting rights attached to, and the disposition of, any shares managed on behalf of GoS. As such, GIC has the sole power to vote and power to dispose of the 1,781,623 securities beneficially owned by it. GIC shares power to vote and dispose of 377,841 securities beneficially owned by it with MAS.

93

NumberPercent
Directors and Senior Management
Francisco Álvarez-Demalde (1)
27,567 *
Gustavo Barreiro (2)
22,000 *
Yanina Maria Conti (3)
1,450 *
Guibert Andres Englebienne (4)
339,886 *
Richard Haythornthwaite (5)
1,711 *
Mercedes María Mac Pherson (6)
7,078 *
Martín Migoya (7)
248,876 *
Philip A. Odeen (8)
108 *
Maria Pinelli (9)
— — 
Patricia Pomies (10)
59,827 *
Patricio Pablo Rojo (11)
— — 
Linda Rottenberg (12)
1,711 *
Martín Gonzalo Umaran (13)
388,411 *
Diego Tártara (14)
4,551 *
Juan Ignacio Urthiague (15)
1,266 *
Mario Vazquez (16)
567 *
Wanda Weigert (17)
15,500 *
All Directors and Senior Management as a group1,120,509 2.67 %
*Less than 1%
5% or More Shareholders:
BlackRock, Inc. (18)
3,356,942 8.01 %
Wasatch Advisors, Inc. (19)
2,816,656 6.72 %
Morgan Stanley (20)
2,109,208 5.03 %

B.            Related Party Transactions

Private Placements

January 2012 Financing

On January 18, 2012, our predecessor IT Outsourcing, S.L. issued



(1)Includes 27,108 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and sold an aggregatesettlement of 10,685 participation units, plus an option to purchase an additional 3,417 participation units, in a private placement to Endeavor Global, Inc. at a price per unitRSUs, as applicable.
(2)Includes 21,250 common shares issuable upon exercise of $187.20 for total considerationvested options and settlement of $2.0 million.

WPP Investment in Globant

On December 27, 2012, WPP plc, through its subsidiary WPP purchased 5,458,149RSUs, as applicable.

(3)Includes 1,000 common shares issuable upon exercise of ourvested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable.
(4)Includes 82,500 common shares from our existing shareholders on a pro rata basis to their existing ownership, at a purchase price per shareissuable upon exercise of $12.2210, for aggregate considerationvested options and settlement of $66.7 million. Additionally, on January 15, 2013, WPP subscribed for an additional 527,638 of our shares from us for total consideration of $6.5 million, which was used to retire 20% of the existing options to acquire our shares held by certain of our employeesRSUs, as applicable, and Endeavor Global, Inc.

The parties also agreed that, upon consummation of an initial public offering at any time prior to June 27, 2014, if the initial public offering price was lower than 125% of the per share purchase price paid by WPP (as may be adjusted by applicable anti-dilution rights), then the selling shareholders would transfer to WPP a number of additional Globant shares so as to provide to it an effective entry price per share equal to an amount no greater than 80% of the initial public offering price. If, however, the initial public offering price was higher than 125% of the per share purchase price paid by WPP (as the same may be adjusted by applicable anti-dilution rights), then WPP would deliver to the selling shareholders a number of shares so that its effective entry price per share is an amount not less than 80% of the initial public offering price. Given that our initial public offering was consummated on July 23, 2014, no additional transfer of shares took place between WPP and the selling shareholders. In connection with the transaction, WPP acquired certain anti-dilution rights, rights of co-sale, a right of first offer upon a change of control, drag-along rights on substantially the same terms that apply to our other shareholders and the right to designate one of our directors and an observer to our board of directors, each of which rights terminated upon effectiveness of the registration statement on Form F-1 filed by us in connection with the initial public offering of our common shares.

The stock purchase and subscription agreement contains representations and warranties by the selling shareholders and by us that will survive for thirty months until June 2015, except for certain fundamental representations and warranties that survive until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. We have agreed to indemnify WPP for breaches of our representations and warranties. In addition, the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify WPP for breaches of their and certain of our representations and warranties. Our indemnification liability for any breach of our representation and warranties shall not exceed in the aggregate $20 million (except for certain fundamental representations and warranties as to which the limit is $30 million and certain unknown contingency obligations as to which the limit is $15 million, or in the event of fraud in which case no limit will apply). The indemnification liability of the selling shareholders for any breach of their or our representations and warranties shall not exceed in the aggregate $20 million (except for certain fundamental representations and warranties as to which the limit is $30 million and certain unknown contingency obligations as to which the limit is $15 million, or in the event of fraud in which case no limit will apply).

WPP plc and its subsidiaries comprise one of the largest marketing communications services businesses in the world. The ordinary shares of WPP plc are traded in the United States on the Nasdaq Global Select Market in the form of American Depositary Shares, which are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts. Globant has performed services for a number of WPP companies including JWT, Young & Rubicam, Grey, GroupM, and Kantar, among others.

WPP’s investment in us reinforces our position as a new-breed of technology services provider and is expected to enable us to extend the range of clients served.

Registration Rights Agreement

On July 23, 2014, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Messrs. Migoya, Umaran, Englebienne and Nocetti (collectively, the “Founders”), Kajur International S.A. (“Kajur”), Mifery S.A. (“Mifery”), Gudmy S.A. (“Gudmy”), Noltur S.A. (“Noltur”), Etmyl S.A. (“Etmyl”), Ewerzy S.A. (“Ewerzy”), Fudmy Corporation S.A. (“Fudmy”), Gylcer International S.A. (together with Kajur, Mifery, Gudmy, Noltur, Etmyl, Ewerzy and Fudmy, the “Uruguayan Entities”), Paldwick S.A., Riverwood Capital LLC, Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners L.P. and Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-A) (collectively, the “Riverwood Entities”) and the FTV Partnerships and WPP (collectively, the “Registration Rights Holders”) and Endeavor Global, Inc. and Endeavor Catalyst Inc. The registration rights agreement replaced the registration rights granted under the Shareholders Agreement and WPP’s joinder agreement. Under the registration rights agreement, we are responsible, subject to certain exceptions, for the expenses of any offering of our147,166 common shares held by a revocable trust formed under Wyoming law (the “Revocable Englebienne Trust Shares”) formed by Mr. Englebienne that was established for the Registration Rights Holders other than underwriting fees, discountsbenefit of Mr. Englebienne, his wife and selling commissions. Additionally, undercertain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the registration rights agreement we may not grant superior registration rightstrust transferred its Revocable Englebienne Trust Shares to any other person withouta BVI company wholly owned by the consenttrust. Angerona Trust Company LLC acts as the independent trustee of the Registration Rights Holders. The registration rights agreement contains customary indemnification provisions.

94

Demand Registration Rights

Undertrust. Angerona Group Administration Limited is the registration rights agreement each of (i) the Riverwood Entities (acting as a group), (ii) the FTV Partnerships (acting as a group), (iii) WPP and (iv) the Founders and the Uruguayan Entities (acting as a group) and any two of (i) the Riverwood Entities, (ii) the FTV Partnerships, (iii) WPP and (iv) the Founders and the Uruguayan Entities (acting as a group) may require us to effect a registration under the Securities Act for the sale of their common shares of our company. We are therefore obliged to effect up to five such demand registrations in total with respect to the common shares owned by such shareholders. However, we are not obliged to effect any such registration when (1) the request for registration does not cover that number of common shares with an anticipated gross offering price of at least $10.0 million, or (2) the amount of common shares to be sold in such registration represents more than 15% of our share capital. If we have been advised by legal counsel that such registration would require a special audit or the disclosure of a material impending transaction or other matter and our board of directors determines reasonably and in good faith that such disclosure would have a material adverse effect on us, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days. We will not be required to effect a demand registration if we intend to effect a primary registration of our securities within 60 days of receiving notice of a demand registration, provided that we file such intended registration statement within the 60-day period. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning with the date of filing of, and ending 120 days following the completion of, a primary registered offering of our securities, except if anysole director of the Registration Rights Holders had requested “piggyback” registration rights in connection with such offering. In any such demand registration,BVI company and holds voting and dispositive power over the managing underwriter will be selected by the majority of the shareholders exercising the demand.

In February 2015, we received a demand request from the Riverwood Entities and the FTV Partnerships. In April 2015 we closed a secondary public offering of our common shares through which they and certain selling shareholders sold 3,994,390 common shares. Subsequently, in June 2015, we received a second demand request from Riverwood Entities. In July 2015, we closed the second secondary public offering of our common shares through which they and certain other selling shareholders sold 4,025,000 common shares.

Shelf Registration Rights

We will use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify and remain qualified to register securities pursuant to Form F-3, and each Registration Rights Holder may make one written request that we register the offer and sale of their common shares on a shelf registration statement on Form F-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form F-3 so long as the request covers at least that number of common shares with an anticipated aggregate offering sale of at least $5,000,000.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register for sale to the public any of our securities, in connection with the public offering of such securities, the Registration Rights Holders will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights in connection with such public offering, allowing them to include their common shares in such registration, subject to certain limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (1) a registration related to a company equity incentive plan and (2) a registration related to the exchange of securities in certain corporate reorganizations or certain other transactions or in other instances where a form is not available for registering securities for sale to the public, the Registration Rights Holders will be entitled to written notice of the registration and will have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of common shares included in the registration, to include their common shares in the registration.

Termination

As to each party to the Registration Rights Agreement, the rights of such party thereunder terminate upon the earlier to occur of the fifth anniversary of the date of the agreement or the date upon which the percentage of our total outstanding147,166 common shares held by such party ceasescompany.

(5)Includes 108 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable.
(6)Includes 5,500 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable
(7)Includes 18,000 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable, and 147,040 common shares held by a revocable trust formed under Wyoming law (the “Revocable Migoya Trust Shares”) formed by Mr. Migoya that was established for the benefit of Mr. Migoya, his wife and certain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the trust transferred its Revocable Migoya Trust Shares to be at least one percent.

Tag-Along Agreement

On July 23, 2014,a BVI company wholly owned by the Founders,trust. Angerona Trust Company LLC acts as the Uruguayan Entities, Paldwick S.A.,independent trustee of the Riverwood Entities,trust. Angerona Group Administration Limited is the FTV Partnerships, Endeavor Global, Inc.sole director of the BVI company and Endeavor Catalyst Inc. (collectively,holds voting and dispositive power over the “Selling Shareholders”147,040 common shares held by such company.

(8)Includes 108 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable.
(9)Includes 0 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable.
(10)Includes 40,625 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable.
(11)Includes 0 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable.
100


(12)Includes 108 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable.
(13)Includes 32,500 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable, and 259,241 common shares held by a revocable trust formed under Wyoming law (the “Revocable Umaran Trust Shares”) entered intoformed by Mr. Umaran that was established for the benefit of Mr. Umaran, his wife and certain charitable organizations. Subsequently, the trust transferred its Revocable Umaran Trust Shares to a tag-along agreement pursuant to which if, duringBVI company wholly owned by the trust. Angerona Trust Company LLC acts as the independent trustee of the trust. Angerona Group Administration Limited is the sole director of the BVI company and holds voting and dispositive power over the 259,241 common shares held by such company.
(14)Includes 4,500 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable.
(15)Includes 0 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable
(16)Includes 108 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable
(17)Includes 15,000 common shares issuable upon exercise of vested options and settlement of RSUs, as applicable    
(18)Based on a period of four years as from the date our registration statementSchedule 13G/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission was declared effective, any of the Selling Shareholders proposes to make a transferSEC on February 3, 2022, BlackRock, Inc. beneficially owns 3,356,942 of our common shares to any other Selling Shareholder or WPP, each of (i) the Founders and the Uruguayan Entities (individually and/or acting as a group), (ii) the RW Entities (individually and/or acting as a group), (iii) the FTV Partnerships (individually and/or acting as a group),has sole and (v) Endeavor, shall have the right to participate in such saledispositive power with respect to any shares held by themall of such shares. The address of BlackRock, Inc.'s principal business office is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055.
(19)Based on a pro rata basis, and on the same terms and conditions and the same total consideration, as those offered to the corresponding Selling Shareholder in the applicable transfer.

Equityholders Additional Agreement

On May 7, 2012, IT Outsourcing, S.L. entered into the Equityholders Additional AgreementSchedule 13G/A filed with the founders, Riverwood Capital LLC, RW Holdings S.à. r.l., ITO Holdings S.à. r.l.SEC on February 11, 2022. Wasatch Advisors, Inc beneficially owns 2,816,656 of our common shares and Endeavor Global, Inc. (the “Equityholders Additional Agreement”). Under the Equityholders Additional Agreement, among other things, we have agreed to provide to any of the parties (and any direct or indirect equityholder directly or indirectly affiliated with a party) that makes a “gain recognition election” under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.367(a)-8Thas sole and dispositive power with respect to our conversion to asociedad anónima or the reorganization of any interest in us owned by an equityholder directly or indirectly affiliated with a party an annual certification that a triggering event has or has not occurred for purposesall of such election. “Triggering event”shares. The address of Wasatch Advisors, Inc.'s principal business office is defined to include, without limitation,505 Wakara Way, Salt Lake City, UT 84108.

(20)Based on a transferSchedule 13G filed with SEC on February 10, 2022. Morgan Stanley beneficially owns 2,109,208 of all or a portion of the stock of a company or corporation owned by us at the time of such conversion, or the disposition of substantially all of the assets of any such company or corporation, subject to certain exceptions that generally apply to transfers that are tax-free under U.S. income tax rules. We are required to make this certification for each fiscal year ending on or before the close of the fifth fiscal year after the end of the fiscal year in which the conversion or reorganization occurs.

In addition, until the close of the fifth fiscal year after the end of the fiscal year in which the conversion or reorganization occurs,our common shares and has shared voting power with respect to a party or any direct or indirect equityholder directly or indirectly affiliated2,018,975 shares and shared dispositive power with a party that has made a gain recognition election as described above, we agreed that we would not sell, exchange or otherwise disposerespect to 2,109,208. The address of any of the stock, or of substantially all the assets, of any subsidiary thatMorgan Stanley´s principal business office is treated as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes as of the date of our conversion to asociedad anónima , unless we receive either an (i) approval from that equityholder, or (ii) an opinion of U.S. tax counsel reasonably satisfactory to that direct or indirect equityholder, to the effect that the disposition will not be a triggering event for purposes of the gain recognition election.

95
1585 Broadway New York, NY 1036.


On December 10, 2012, in connection with the holding company reorganization completed on that date as described above under “Summary — Organizational Structure,” we entered into a Shareholders Additional Agreement with the parties to the Equityholders Additional Agreement. The Shareholders Additional Agreement contains substantially the same provisions as the Equityholders Additional Agreement, making those provisions applicable to us as though we had been a party to the Equityholders Additional Agreement when it was entered into.

Noncompetition Agreements

On December 27, 2012, we entered into noncompetition agreements with our founders. Under such agreements, the founders agreed that during their period of service to our company, and for a period of two years from the termination of such service, they will not directly or indirectly perform any kind of activity or provide any service in other companies that provide the same kinds of services as those provided by us. In consideration of these noncompetition covenants, the founders will receive compensation equal to 24 times the highest monthly compensation paid to them during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of termination of their service to us. This compensation will be paid in two equal installments.

Other Related-Party

B. Related Party Transactions

Until December 21, 2012, we purchased services related to travel and lodging from Globers S.A., an entity that was acquired by us on December 21, 2012. Prior to that date, Globers S.A. was 100% owned by Messrs. Migoya, Nocetti, Umaran and Englebienne, each of whom is a member of our senior management team. The total amount incurred for services purchased from Globers S.A. during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $4.3 million. With effect from the date of our acquisition of Globers S.A., the related-party nature of such purchases of services has been eliminated, and revenues and expenses from such transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

During 2012, our predecessor, Globant Spain, paid a total of $0.2 million of expenses on behalf of certain of its shareholders, which are recorded in other receivables as of December 31, 2013.


For a summary of our revenue and expenses and receivables and payables with related parties, please see note 2124 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Procedures for Related Party Transactions

On July 23, 2014, we adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics for our company, which is publicly availablewas amended on our website atwww.globant.com. The code of conduct and ethics was not in effect when we entered into the related party transactions discussed above.January 26, 2022. Under our code of business conduct and ethics, our employees, officers and directors are discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to their managers or our corporate counsel who then will review and summarize the proposed transaction for our audit committee. Pursuant to its charter, our audit committee is required to then approve any related-party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee is required to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

On November 5, 2015, we adopted a related party transactions policy.policy, as amended by the Audit Committee. This policy indicates, based on certain specific parameters, which transactions should be submitted for approval by either our Audit Committee or our general counsel.

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION


A. Consolidated statements and other financial information.

We have included the Consolidated Financial Statements as part of this annual report. See Item 18, “Financial Statements.”

101


Legal Proceedings

We may be involved in litigation in the normal course of our business, both as a defendant and as a plaintiff. In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to certain contingent liabilities with respect to existinga variety of potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings, including those involvingclaims related to patent infringement, purported class actions, tax and labor lawsuits and other matters.claims. In particular, in the software and technology industries, other companies own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently engage in litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We have received and may continue to receive assertions and claims that our services infringe on these patents or other intellectual property rights. See “Key Information - Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — If we incur any liability for a violation of the intellectual property rights of others, our reputation, business, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected.” In such cases litigation may be necessary to determine the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. However, given that litigation could be costly and time-consuming and could divert the attention of management and key personnel from our business operations, we may elect to settle these claims from time to time. We accrue liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such cost can be reasonably estimated.

In Argentina,


On August 8, 2019, Certified Collectibles Group, LLC (“CCG”) and its affiliates filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division, (Civil Action No. 19-CV-1962) against Globant S.A. and Globant, LLC, arising from a dispute relating to a service contract. Both Globant, LLC and Globant S.A. filed separate motions to dismiss the complaint, as was amended by CCG, for failure to state a claim. On July 30, 2021, CCG's claim was settled for $7,250,000 (of which $2,700,000 were covered by insurance reimbursements).
Since 2018, certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries have been under examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") regarding payroll and employment taxes primarily in connection with services performed by employees of certain of our subsidiaries in the United States between 2013 and 2015. On May 1, 2018, the IRS issued 30-day letters to those subsidiaries proposing total assessments of $1.4 million plus penalties and interest for employment taxes for those years. Our subsidiaries challenged these proposed assessments with the IRS on July 16, 2018. Following discussions with the IRS, during the fourth quarter of 2021, the IRS and our subsidiaries have reached a preliminary agreement on the proposed assessments, which would amount to $1.3 million, including applicable interests and penalties. As of the date of this annual report, we are engagedwaiting for the final confirmation from the IRS on the proposed amount of the assessments to make the payment and settle this matter definitively.

Between 2010 and 2014, certain of Grupo Assa’s Brazilian subsidiaries were subject to two examinations by the Ministry of Labor (“MTE”) and the Brazilian Internal Revenue Service (“RFB”) in severalrelation to the potential hiring of employees as independent contractors. As a result of such examinations, the MTE and the RFB initiated different administrative proceedings against Grupo Assa’s Brazilian subsidiaries, seeking to collect payment of taxes and social security contributions allegedly owed by the companies, and imposing certain associated fines. As of December 31, 2021, some of these administrative proceedings are still ongoing while others have resulted in judicial proceedings. Under the equity purchase agreement entered into for the acquisition of Grupo ASSA Worldwide S.A. and its affiliates (collectively, “Grupo Assa”), certain of the above mentioned proceedings are subject to indemnification provisions from the sellers.

In addition to the foregoing, as of December 31, 2021, we are a party to certain other legal proceedings, including tax and labor lawsuits.claims, where the risk of loss is considered possible. In the opinion of our management, the ultimate disposition of anysuch threatened and/or pending matters, either individually or on a combined basis, willis not likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.

On February 10, 2012, FAECYS filed a lawsuit against our principal Argentine subsidiary, Sistemas Globales, in which FAECYS is demanding the application of its collective labor agreement to the employees of that subsidiary. According to FAECYS’s claim, Sistemas Globales should have withheld and transferred to FAECYS an amount of 0.5% of the gross monthly salaries ofSistemas Globales’s employees from October 2006 through October 2011. Furthermore, FAECYS' claim may be increased to cover withholdings from October 2006 through the date of a future judgment. Although we believeSistemas Globales has meritorious defenses to this lawsuit, we cannot assure you what the ultimate outcome of this matter will be. In the opinion of our management and our legal advisers, an adverse outcome from this claim is not probable. Consequently, no amount has been accrued at December 31, 2015. Management estimates that the amount of possible loss as of December 31, 2015 ranges between $0.7 million and $0.8 million, including legal costs and expenses. As of December 31, 2015, we were also party in certain labor claims where the risk of loss is considered probable for which an amount of $0.7 million has been accrued as of December 31, 2015. The final resolution of these claims is not likely to have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Our U.S. subsidiary, Globant LLC, is currently under examination for fiscal year 2012 by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding transfer pricing matters and other matters related to the activities performed by our subsidiaries in the U.S. The examination is currently in progress and its outcome cannot be anticipated as of the date of this annual report. Nevertheless, our management estimates that it is not likely that an issue arises with a material effect on the financial position and results of operations.

In December 2015 we received a civil investigative demand from the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Northern District of Texas for the production of records in connection with an investigation related to certain visa applications made on behalf of some of our non-U.S. employees in connection with their visits to the United States. We have produced the documents and records requested in the civil investigative demand and we intend to continue cooperating fully with the U.S. Attorney's Office. At this time, we cannot make any predictions about the final outcome of the investigation.

Dividend Policy

We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Under Luxembourg law, at least 5% of our net income per year must be allocated to the creation of a legal reserve until such reserve has reached an amount equal to 10% of our issued share capital. If the legal reserve subsequently falls below the 10% threshold, 5% of net income again must be allocated toward the reserve until such reserve returns to the 10% threshold. If the legal reserve exceeds 10% of our issued share capital, the legal reserve may be reduced. The legal reserve is not available for distribution.

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than ownership of shares in Spain Holdco, and their direct and indirect ownership of our operating subsidiaries. Spain Holdco is a holding entity with no material assets other than their direct and indirect ownership of shares in our operatingnon-operating subsidiaries. If we were to distribute a dividend at some point in the future, we would cause the operating subsidiaries to make distributions to Spain Holdco which in turn would make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover any such dividends.


102


B. Significant Changes

On January 26, 2016, we signed a subscription agreement with Ignacio Moreno, Tomás Escobar, Gonzalo Orsi and Juan Badino (jointly “the Acamica Founders”); Fitory S.A., a company organized under the laws of Uruguay; Wayra Argentina S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Argentina; Stultum Pecuniam Ventures LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws


As of the statedate of Washington, United States; Ms. Eun Young Hwang; Acamica S.A., a company organized under the laws of Argentina (“Acamica Argentina”) and Acamica Inc, a corporation organized under the laws of the state of Delaware, United States (“Acamica US” and together with Acamica Argentina, the “Acamica Group Companies”). Under the terms of the subscription agreement, the Acamica Founders own 100% of the capital share of the Acamica Group Companies and shall form a new company organized under the laws of Spain (“Acamica Holdco”) which shall own 100% of the capital shares of Acamica US and 97% of the capital shares of Acamica Argentina. After the incorporation of Acamica Holdco, we shall make a capital contribution to Acamica Holdco for $750,000 in four equal bimonthly tranches of $187,500. After these capital contributions, we will own 20% of the total shares of Acamica Holdco. The Acamica Group Companies are engaged in e-learning courses business.

On February 25, 2016, we signed a subscription agreement with Collokia LLC, through which Collokia LLC agreed to increase its capital by issuing 55,645 preferred units, of which we acquired 20,998 preferred units at the price of $23.81 per unit for a total amount of $ 500,000. After this subscription,annual report we have a 19.95% participation in Collokia LLC.

97
no significant changes to inform.


ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING.

LISTING


A. Offering and listing details.

Our ordinary shares began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “GLOB”"GLOB" in connection with our IPO on July 18, 2014. Before then, there was no public market for our ordinary shares. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing prices of our ordinary shares as reported by the NYSE since July 18, 2014.

Period High  Low 
2014        
July 18 - July 31  12.99   10.65 
August  13.25   11.26 
September  14.78   12.50 
October  14.19   11.86 
November  14.31   11.98 
December  15.85   12.76 
2015        
January  15.50   13.17 
February  16.89   13.24 
March  22.37   17.01 
April  25.71   20.54 
May  26.66   20.55 
June  33.02   25.85 
July  35.00   27.15 
August  32.98   25.34 
September  33.96   25.67 
October  36.80   28.62 
November  38.16   32.44 
December  38.23   32.60 
2016        
January  37.86   28.90 
February  31.96   22.50 
March  32.65   28.27 
April 1 - April 15  34.44   30.11 

As of April 15, 2016, we had 179 holders of record of our common shares.


B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets


Our ordinary shares began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “GLOB”"GLOB" in connection with our IPO on July 18, 2014. See “ —"The Offer and Listing - Offering and Listing Details”

Details."

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

98

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

A. Share capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

The following is a summary of some of the terms of our common shares, based on our articles of association.


The following summary is not complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of our articles of association, as amended, which were included as an exhibit to our registration statementreport on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on July 3, 2014,June 1, 2016, and applicable Luxembourg law, including Luxembourg Corporate Law.

General

We are a Luxembourg joint stock company (société anonyme) and our legal name is “Globant"Globant S.A." We were incorporated on December 10, 2012. We are registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés de Luxembourg )Luxembourg) under number B 173 727 and have our registered office at 37A avenueAvenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Share Capital

As of December 31, 2015,2021, our issued share capital was $41,253,854.40,$50,269,076.40, represented by 34,378,21241,890,897 common shares with a nominal value of $1.20 each, of which 169,806157,699 were treasury shares held by us.

We had an authorized share capital, excluding the issued share capital, of $4,815,340.80$3,042,922.80, consisting of 4,012,7842,535,769.00 common shares with a nominal value of $1.20 each.

103


Our shareholders’shareholders' meeting has authorized our board of directors to issue common shares within the limits of the authorized share capital at such timestime and on such terms as our board of directors may decide during a period of five years starting fromending on the date of the publication in the Luxembourg official gazette (Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations) of the decisionfifth anniversary of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on May 4, 2015, which publication occurred on July 15, 2015, and ends on July 15,April 3, 2020, and which period may be renewed. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2021, our board of directors may issue up to 3,997,0022,535,769 common shares until such date. We currently intend to seek renewals and/or extensions as required from time to time.

Our authorized share capital is determined by our articles of association, as amended from time to time, and may be increased or reduced by amending the articles of association by approval of the requisite two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders’shareholders' meeting. Under Luxembourg law, our shareholders have no obligation to provide further capital to us.

Under Luxembourg law, our shareholders benefit from a pre-emptive subscription right on the issuance of common shares for cash consideration. However, our shareholders have, in accordance with Luxembourg law waived and suppressed, and have authorized our board of directors to waive, suppress or limit, any pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders provided by law to the extent our board of directors deems such waiver, suppression or limitation advisable for any issue or issues of common shares within the scope of our authorized unissued share capital. Such common shares may be issued above, at or below market value as well as above, at or below nominal value by way of incorporation of available reserves (including premium).

Form and Transfer of Common Shares

Our common shares are issued in registered form only and are freely transferable under Luxembourg law and our articles of association. Luxembourg law does not impose any limitations on the rights of Luxembourg or non-Luxembourg residents to hold or vote our common shares.

Under Luxembourg law, the ownership of registered shares is established by the inscription of the name of the shareholder and the number of shares held by him or her in the shareholder register. Transfers of common shares not deposited into securities accounts are effective towards us and third parties either through the recording of a declaration of transfer into the shareholders' register, of shares, signed and dated by the transferor and the transferee or their representatives or by us, upon notification of the transfer to, or upon the acceptance of the transfer by, us. Should the transfer of common shares not be recorded accordingly, the shareholder is entitled to enforce his or her rights by initiating the relevant proceedings before the competent courts of Luxembourg.

99

In addition, our articles of association provide that our common shares may be held through a securities settlement system or a professional depositary of securities. The depositor of common shares held in such manner has the same rights and obligations as if such depositor held the common shares directly. Common shares held through a securities settlement system or a professional depositary of securities may be transferred from one account to another in accordance with customary procedures for the transfer of securities in book-entry form. However, we will make dividend payments (if any) and any other payments in cash, common shares or other securities (if any) only to the securities settlement system or the depositary recorded in the shareholders’ register or in accordance with its instructions.


Issuance of Common Shares

Pursuant to Luxembourg Corporate Law, the issuance of common shares requires the amendment of our articles of association by the approval of the requisite two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting. However,shareholders' meeting; provided, however, that the general meeting may approve an authorized share capital and authorize our board of directors to issue common shares up to the maximum amount of such authorized unissued share capital for a five year period ending five years frombeginning either on the date of the relevant general meeting or the date of publication in the Luxembourg Official Gazette (Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations )RESA of the minutes of the relevant general meeting approving such authorization. The general meeting may amend or renew such authorized share capital and such authorization of our board of directors to issue common shares.

We have

As of December 31, 2021, we had an authorized share capital, excluding the issued share capital, of $4,796,402.40$3,042,922.80 and our board of directors iswas authorized to issue up to 3,997,0022,535,769 common shares (subject to stock splits, consolidation of common shares or like transactions) with a nominal value of $1.20 per common share.

Our articles of association provide that no fractional shares shall be issued or exist.

Pre-emptive Rights

Unless limited, waived or cancelled by our board of directors in the context of the authorized unissued share capital or bypursuant to a decision of an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders pursuant to the provisions of the articles of association relating to amendments thereof, holders of our common shares have a pro rata pre-emptive right to subscribe for any new
104


common shares issued for cash consideration. Our articles of association provide that pre-emptive rights can be waived, suppressed or limited by our board of directors for a period starting fromending on the fifth anniversary of the date of the publication in the Luxembourg official gazette (Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations) of the decision of the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders held on May 4, 2015,April 3, 2020, which publication occurred on July 15, 2015 and whichperiod therefore ends on July 15, 2020,April 3, 2025, in the event of an increase of the issued share capital by our board of directors within the limits of the authorized unissued share capital.

Repurchase of Common Shares

We cannot subscribe for our own common shares. We may, however, repurchase issued common shares or have another person repurchase issued common shares for our account, subject to the following conditions:

·the repurchase complies with the principle of equal treatment of all shareholders;

·prior authorization by a simple majority vote at an ordinary general meeting of shareholders is granted, which authorization sets forth the terms and conditions of the proposed repurchase, including the maximum number of common shares to be repurchased, the duration of the period for which the authorization is given (which may not exceed five years) and, in the case of a repurchase for consideration, the minimum and maximum consideration per common share;

·the repurchase does not reduce our net assets (on a non-consolidated basis) to a level below the aggregate of the issued share capital and the reserves that we must maintain pursuant to Luxembourg law or our articles of association; and

·only fully paid-up common shares are repurchased.

the repurchase complies with the principle of equal treatment of all shareholders, except in the event such repurchase was the result of the unanimous decision of a general meeting at which all shareholders were present or represented (in addition, listed companies may repurchase their own shares on the stock exchange without an offer to repurchase having to be made to the shareholders);
prior authorization by a simple majority vote at an ordinary general meeting of shareholders is granted, which authorization sets forth the terms and conditions of the proposed repurchase, including the maximum number of common shares to be repurchased, the duration of the period for which the authorization is given (which may not exceed five years) and, in the case of a repurchase for consideration, the minimum and maximum consideration per common share;
the repurchase does not reduce our net assets (on a non-consolidated basis) to a level below the aggregate of the issued share capital and the reserves that we must maintain pursuant to Luxembourg law or our articles of association; and
only fully paid-up common shares are repurchased.

No prior authorization by our shareholders is required for us to repurchase our own common shares if:


we are in imminent and severe danger, in which case our board of directors must inform the general meeting of shareholders held subsequent to the repurchase of common shares of the reasons for, and aim of such repurchase, the number and nominal value of the common shares repurchased, the fraction of the share capital such repurchased common shares represented and the consideration paid for such shares; or

the common shares are repurchased by us or by a person acting for our account in view of a distribution of the common shares to our employees.

100


On June 18, 2014,May 31, 2019, the general meeting of shareholders, according to the conditions set forth in article 49.2430-15 of Luxembourg Corporate Law, granted our board of directors the authorization to repurchase up to a maximum number of shares representing 20% of the issued share capital immediately after the closing of our initial public offering for a net purchase price being (i) no less than 50% of the lowest stock price and (ii) no more than 50% above the highest stock price, in each case being the closing price, as reported by the New York City edition of the Wall Street Journal, or, if not reported therein, any other authoritative sources to be selected by our board of directors, over the ten trading days preceding the date of the purchase (or the date of the commitment to the transaction). The authorization is valid for a period ending five years from the date of the general meeting or the date of its renewal by a subsequent general meeting of shareholders. Pursuant to such authorization, our board of directors is authorized to acquire and sell our common shares under the conditions set forth in the minutes of such general meeting of shareholders. Such purchases and sales may be carried out for any purpose authorized by the general meeting of Globant S.A.

Capital Reduction

Our articles of association provide that our issued share capital may be reduced by a resolution adopted by the requisitea two-thirds majority of the votes at a quorate extraordinary general shareholders’shareholders' meeting. If the reduction of capital results in the capital being reduced below the legally prescribed minimum, the general meeting of the shareholders must, at the same time, resolve to increase the capital up to the required level.

General Meeting of Shareholders


Any regularly constituted general meeting of our shareholders represents the entire body of shareholders.


Each of our common shares entitles the holder thereof to attend our general meeting of shareholders, either in person or by proxy, to address the general meeting of shareholders and to exercise voting rights, subject to the provisions of Luxembourg law and our articles of association. Each common share entitles the holder to one vote at a general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors shall adopt as it deems fit all other regulations and rules concerning the attendance to the general meeting.

105


A general meeting of our shareholders may, at any time, be convened by our board of directors, to be held at such place and on such date as specified in the convening notice of such meeting. Our articles of association and Luxembourg law provide that a general meeting of shareholders must be convened by our board of directors, upon request in writing indicating the agenda, addressed to our board of directors by one or more shareholders representing at least 10% of our issued share capital. In such case, a general meeting of shareholders must be convened and must be held within a period of one month from receipt of such request. One or more shareholders holding at least 5% of our issued share capital may request the addition of one or more items to the agenda of any general meeting of shareholders and propose resolutions. Such requests must be received at our registered office by registered mail at least 22 days before the date of such meeting.

Our articles of association provide that if our boardcommon shares are listed on a stock exchange, all shareholders recorded in any register of directors may determineour shareholders are entitled to be admitted and vote at the general meeting of shareholders based on the number of shares they hold on a date and time preceding the general meeting of shareholders as the record date for admission to the general meeting of shareholders (the “Record Date”"Record Date"), which the board of directors may notdetermine as specified in the convening notice. Furthermore, any shareholder, holder or depositary, as the case may be, less than five days before the date of a general meeting. Any shareholder who wishes to attend the general meeting must inform us of his intent to so attendthereof no later than threeon the third business days prior today preceding the date of thesuch general meeting, or by any other date which the board of directors may determine and as specified in the convening notice, in a manner to be determined by our board of directors in the notice convening the general meeting of the shareholders. In the case of common shares held through the operator of a securities settlement system or with a depositary, or sub-depositary designated by such depositary, a shareholder wishing to attend a general meeting of shareholders should receive from such operator or depositary a certificate certifying the number of common shares recorded in the relevant account on the Record Date and that such common shares are blocked until the closing of the general meeting to which it relates.Date. The certificate should be submitted to us at our registered office no later than three business days prior to the date of such general meeting. In the event that the shareholder votes by means of a proxy, the proxy must be deposited at our registered office at the same time or with any of our agents, duly authorized to receive such proxies. Our board of directors may set a shorter period for the submission of the certificate or the proxy.

A shareholder may act at anyproxy in which case this will be specified in the convening notice.


The convening of, and attendance to, our general meeting of shareholders by appointing in writing another person (who need not be a shareholder) as his proxy by a signed document transmitted by mail, fax or other means authorized by our board of directors. Any shareholder may vote at a general meeting of shareholders by using our voting forms. Our articles of association provide that we will only take into account voting forms received no later than three business days priormeetings is subject to the dateprovisions of the general meeting. Our board of directors may set a shorter period for the submission of the proxy.

Luxembourg Corporate Law.


General meetings of shareholders shall be convened in accordance with the provisions of our articles of association and the Luxembourg Corporate Law. Such lawLaw and the requirement of any stock exchange on which our shares are listed. The Luxembourg Corporate Law provides -inter aliaalia- that convening notices for every general meeting shall contain the agenda of the meeting and shall take the form of announcements filed with the register of commerce and companies, published twice, withon the RESA, and published in a minimum interval of eight days between publication andLuxembourg newspaper at least eight15 days before the meeting, in the Luxembourg Official Gazette (Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations) and in a Luxembourg newspaper. Notices by mail shall also be sent eight days before the meeting to registered shareholders but no proof need be given that this formality has been complied with. Wheremeeting. As all theof our common shares are in registered form, we may decide to send the convening notices may be madenotice only by registered letters.

mail to the registered address of each shareholder no less than eight days before the meeting. In that case, the legal requirements regarding the publication of the convening notice in the RESA and in a Luxembourg newspaper do not apply.


In the event (i) an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders is convened to enactvote on an extraordinary resolution (see(See below under “— Voting Rights”"Voting Rights" for further backgroundadditional information) and if, (ii) such meeting is not quorate and (iii) a second meeting is convened, the second meeting will be convened by means of notices published twice, with a minimum interval of fifteen days between publication and at least fifteen days before the meeting, in the Luxembourg Official Gazette (Mémorial C Recueil des Sociétés et Associations) and in two Luxembourg newspapers. Such convening notice shall reproduce the agenda and indicate the date and the results of the previous meeting.

as specified above.


Pursuant to our articles of association, if all shareholders are present or represented at a general meeting of shareholders and state that they have been informed of the agenda of the meeting, the general meeting of shareholders may be held without prior notice.


Our annual general meeting is held on the date set forth in Luxembourg,the corresponding convening notice within six months of the end of each financial year at theour registered office of the company or such other place as specified in thesuch convening notice of the meeting on the third Friday of April of each year at 11:00 AM local time. If that day is a legal holiday in Luxembourg, the meeting will be held on the next following Luxembourg business day.

101
notice.

Luxembourg law and our articles of association provide that our board of directors is obliged to convene a general meeting of shareholders if shareholders representing, in the aggregate, 10% of the issued share capital so request in writing with an indication of the meeting agenda. In such case, the general meeting of shareholders must be held within one month of receipt of the request. Luxembourg law provides that if the requested general meeting of shareholders is not held within one month, shareholders representing, in the aggregate, 10% of the issued share capital may petition the competent president of the district court in Luxembourg to have a court appointee convene the meeting. Luxembourg law and our articles of association provide that shareholders representing, in the aggregate, 10% of the issued share capital may request that additional items be added to the agenda of a general meeting of shareholders. That request must be received by registered mail sent to the registered office of the company at least five business days before the general meeting of shareholders.

Voting Rights

Each share entitles the holder thereof to one vote at a general meeting of shareholders.


Luxembourg law distinguishes between ordinary resolutions and extraordinary resolutions.


Extraordinary resolutions relate to proposed amendments to the articles of association and certain other limited matters. All other resolutions are ordinary resolutions.


Ordinary Resolutions. Pursuant to our articles of association and the Luxembourg Corporate Law, ordinary resolutions shall be adopted by a simple majority of votes validly cast on such resolution at a general meeting. Abstentions and nil votes will not be taken into account.

106


Extraordinary Resolutions. Extraordinary resolutions are required for any of the following matters, among others: (a) an increase or decrease of the authorized share capital or issued share capital, (b) a limitation or exclusion of preemptive rights, (c) approval of a merger (fusion)(fusion) or de-merger (scission)(scission), (d) dissolution, and (e) an amendment to our articles of association.association and (f) a change of nationality. Pursuant to Luxembourg law and our articles of association, for any extraordinary resolutions to be considered at a general meeting, the quorum must generally be at least half (50%)50% of our issued share capital. Any extraordinary resolution shall generally be adopted at a quorate general meeting upon a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution. In case such quorum is not reached, a second meeting may be convened by our board of directors in which no quorum is required, and which must generally still approve the amendment with two-thirds of the votes validly cast. Abstentions and nil votes will not be taken into account.

Change in nationality. Pursuant to Luxembourg law, we may only change our nationality with the unanimous consent of all shareholders. Moreover, if we have bondholders, the bondholders must generally approve the change of nationality at a general meeting with a quorum of at least half of the bonds issued and the resolution must be adopted by a two-thirds majority of the bondholder votes validly cast.


Appointment and Removal of Directors. Members of our board of directors are elected by ordinary resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. Under theour articles of association, all directors are elected for a period of up to four years.years, provided, however, that our directors shall be elected on a staggered basis. Any director may be removed with or without cause and with or without prior notice by a simple majority vote at any general meeting of shareholders. The articles of association provide that, in case of a vacancy, our board of directors may fill such vacancy on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining members of our board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, which will resolve on a permanent appointment. The directors shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.


Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association contain any restrictions as to the voting of our common shares by non-Luxembourg residents.


Amendment to the Articles of Association

Shareholder Approval Requirements. Luxembourg law requires that an amendment to our articles of association generally be made by extraordinary resolution. The agenda of the general meeting of shareholders must indicate the proposed amendments to the articles of association.


Pursuant to Luxembourg Corporate Law and our articles of association, for an extraordinary resolution to be considered at a general meeting, the quorum must generally be at least 50% of our issued share capital. Any extraordinary resolution shall be adopted at a quorate general meeting (save as otherwise providedrequired by mandatory law) upon a two-thirds majority of the votes validly cast on such resolution. If the quorum of 50% is not reached at this meeting, a second general meeting may be convened, in which no quorum is required, and may approve the resolution at a majority of two-third of votes validly cast.

Formalities.


Formalities. Any resolutions to amend the articles of association or to approve a merger, de-merger, change of nationality, dissolution or dissolutionchange of nationality must be taken before a Luxembourg notary and such amendments must be published in accordance with Luxembourg law.


Merger and Division

A merger by absorption whereby one Luxembourg company, after its dissolution without liquidation, transfers to another company all of its assets and liabilities in exchange for the issuance of common shares in the acquiring company to the shareholders of the company being acquired, or a merger effected by transfer of assets to a newly incorporated company, must, in principle, be approved at a general meeting of shareholders by an extraordinary resolution of the Luxembourg company, and the general meeting of shareholders must be held before a Luxembourg notary. Further conditions and formalities under Luxembourg law are to be complied with in this respect.

102

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets remaining after allowing for the payment of all liabilities will be paid out to the shareholders pro rata according to their respective shareholdings. Generally, the decisions to liquidate, dissolve or wind-up require the passing of an extraordinary resolution at a general meeting of our shareholders, and such meeting must be held before a Luxembourg notary.

Mandatory Bid, Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Rights

Mandatory Bid. In accordance with the provisions of article 8 of our articles of association any person (the "Bidder") wishing to acquire by any means (including, but not limited to, the conversion of any financial instrument convertible into common shares), directly or indirectly, common shares of our Company (which, when aggregated with his/her/its existing common share holdings, together with any shares held by a person controlling the Bidder, controlled by the Bidder and/or under common control with the Bidder, represent at least thirty-three point thirty-three percent (33.33%) of the share capital of the
107


Company (the "Threshold"), shall have the obligation to propose an unconditional takeover bid to acquire the entirety of the then-outstanding common shares together with any financial instrument convertible into common shares (the "Takeover Bid").

The consideration for each common share and financial instrument convertible into common shares payable to each holder thereof shall be the same, shall be payable in cash only, and shall not be lower than the highest of the following prices:

(a) the highest price per common shares and financial instrument convertible into common shares paid by the Bidder, or on behalf thereof, in relation to any acquisition of common shares and the financial instruments convertible into common shares within the twelve months period immediately preceding the takeover notice, adjusted as a consequence of any division of shares, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to common shares and/or the financial instruments convertible into common shares; or

(b) the highest closing sale price, during the sixty-day period immediately preceding the takeover notice, of a common share of our Company as quoted by the New York Stock Exchange, in each case as adjusted as a consequence of any division of shares, stock dividend, subdivision or reclassification affecting or related to common shares and financial instrument convertible into common shares.

Squeeze-out right and sell out right. As a result of our common shares having been listed and admitted to trading on the regulated market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ("LuxSE") until July 31, 2019, we remain subject to the provisions of the Luxembourg law of July 21, 2012 on mandatory squeeze-out and sell-out of securities of companies admitted or having been admitted to trading on a regulated market or which have been subject to a public offer (the "Luxembourg Mandatory Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Law"), which shall continue to be applicable to the Company until July 31, 2024; provided that, no new listing on a regulated market (within the meaning of Directive 2014/65/EU) will occur until the aforementioned date. The Luxembourg Mandatory Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Law provides that, subject to the conditions set forth therein being met, if any individual or legal entity, acting alone or in concert with another, holds a number of shares or other voting securities representing at least 95% of our voting share capital and 95% of our voting rights: (i) such holder may require the holders of the remaining shares or other voting securities to sell those remaining securities (the "Mandatory Squeeze-Out"); and (ii) the holders of the remaining shares or securities may require such holder to purchase those remaining shares or other voting securities (the "Mandatory Sell-Out"). The Mandatory Squeeze-Out and the Mandatory Sell-Out must be exercised at a fair price according to objective and adequate methods applying to asset disposals. The procedures applicable to the Mandatory Squeeze-Out and the Mandatory Sell-Out are subject to further conditions and must be carried out under the supervision of the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (the "CSSF").

No Appraisal Rights

Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association provide for any appraisal rights of dissenting shareholders.

Distributions

Subject to Luxembourg law, if and when a dividend is declared by the general meeting of shareholders or an interim dividend is declared by our board of directors, each common share is entitled to participate equally in such distribution of funds legally available for such purposes. Pursuant to our articles of association, our board of directors may pay interim dividends, subject to Luxembourg law.

Declared and unpaid distributions held by us for the account of the shareholders shall not bear interest. Under Luxembourg law, claims for unpaid distributions will lapse in our favor five years after the date such distribution became due and payable.

Any amount payable with respect to dividends and other distributions declared and payable may be freely transferred out of Luxembourg, except that any specific transfer may be prohibited or limited by anti-money laundering regulations, freezing orders or similar restrictive measures.

Annual Accounts

Under Luxembourg law, our board of directors must prepare annual accounts and consolidated accounts. Except in somefor certain cases as provided for by Luxembourg Law,law, our board of directors must also annually prepare management reports on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts. The annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, the management reportreports and the auditor’sauditor's reports must be available for inspection by shareholders at our registered office and on our website for an uninterrupted period beginning at least 15eight calendar days prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders.

108


The annual accounts and consolidated accounts are audited by an approved statutory auditor (réviseur d’entreprisesd'entreprises agréé).

The annual accounts and the consolidated accounts, after approval by the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders, will be filed with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register (Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés of Luxembourg).

and disseminated as regulated information.


Information Rights

Luxembourg law gives shareholders limited rights to inspect certain corporate records 15 calendar days prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders, including the annual accounts with the list of directors and auditors, the consolidated accounts, the notes to the annual accounts and the consolidated accounts, a list of shareholders whose common shares are not fully paid up, the management reports, the auditor's report and, in case of amendments to the articles of association, the text of the proposed amendments and the auditor’s report.

draft of the resulting consolidated articles of association.

In addition, any registered shareholder is entitled to receive, upon request, a copy of the annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, the auditor’sauditor's reports and the management reports free of charge prior to the date of the annual ordinary general meeting of shareholders.

Under Luxembourg law, it is generally accepted that a shareholder has the right to receive responses to questions concerning items on the agenda for a general meeting of shareholders, if such responses are necessary or useful for a shareholder to make an informed decision concerning such agenda item, unless a response to such questions could be detrimental to our interests.

Board of Directors

Globant S.A. is managed by our board of directors which is vested with the broadest powers to take any actions necessary or useful to fulfill our corporate purpose with the exception of actions reserved by law or our articles of association to the general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors must consist of at least seven members and no more than fifteen members. Our board of directors meets as often as company interests require.


A majority of the members of our board of directors present or represented at a board meeting constitutes a quorum, and resolutions are adopted by the simple majority vote of our board members present or represented. In the case of a tie, the chairman of our board shall have the deciding vote. Our board of directors may also make decisions by means of resolutions in writing signed by all directors.

103


Directors are elected by the general meeting of shareholders, and appointed for a period of up to four years; provided, however, that directors are elected on a staggered basis, with one-third of the directors being elected each year; and provided, further, that such term may be exceeded by a period up to the annual general meeting held following the fourth anniversary of the appointment, and each director will hold office until his or her successor is elected. The general shareholders’shareholders' meeting may remove one or more directors at any time, without cause and without prior notice by a resolution passed by simple majority vote. If our board of directors has a vacancy, such vacancy may be filled on a temporary basis by a person designated by the remaining members of our board of directors until the next general meeting of shareholders, which will resolve on a permanent appointment. Any director shall be eligible for re-election indefinitely.

Within the limits provided for by applicable law and our articles of association, our board of directors may delegate to one or more directors or to any one or more persons, who need not be shareholders, acting alone or jointly, the daily management of Globant S.A. and the authority to represent us in connection with such daily management. Our board of directors may also grant special powers to any person(s) acting alone or jointly with others as agent of Globant S.A.

Our board of directors may establish one or more committees, including without limitation, an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance and nominating committee, and a compensation committee, and for which it shall, if one or more of such committees are set up, appoint the members, determine the purpose, powers and authorities as well as the procedures and such other rules as may be applicable thereto.

Our board of directors has established an audit committee as well as a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

No contract or other transaction between us and any other company or firm shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any one or more of our directors or officers is interested in, or is a director, associate, officer, agent, adviser or employee of such other company or firm. Any director or officer who serves as a director, officer or employee or otherwise of any company or firm with which we shall contract or otherwise engage in business shall not, by reason of such affiliation with such other company or firm only, be prevented from considering and voting or acting upon any matters with respect to such contract or other business.

Any director having anwho has, directly or indirectly, a conflicting interest in a transaction submitted for approval to our board of directors that conflicts with our interest, must inform our board of directors thereof and to cause a record of his statement to be included in the minutes of the meeting. Such director may not take part in these deliberations and may not vote on the
109


relevant transaction. At the next general meeting, before any resolution is put to a vote, a special report shall be made on any transactions in which any of the directors may have had an interest that conflicts with our interest.

No shareholding qualification for directors is required.

Any director and other officer, past and present, is entitled to indemnification from us to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by such director in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he or she is involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been a director. We may purchase and maintain insurance for any director or other officer against any such liability.

No indemnification shall be provided against any liability to usour directors or our shareholdersexecutive officers by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of a director or officer. No indemnification will be provided with respect to any matter as to which the director or officer shall have been finally adjudicated to have acted in bad faith and not in our interest, nor will indemnification be provided in the event of a settlement (unless approved by a court or our board of directors).

Registrars and registersRegisters for the common shares

Our Common Shares

All of our common shares are in registered form only.

We keep a register of common shares at our registered office in Luxembourg. This register is available for inspection by any shareholder. In addition, we may appoint registrars in different jurisdictions who will each maintain a separate register for the registered common shares entered therein. It is possible for our shareholders to elect the entry of their common shares in one of these registers and the transfer thereof at any time from one register to any other, including to the register kept at our registered office. However, our board of directors may restrict such transfers for common shares that are registered, listed, quoted, dealt in or have been placed in certain jurisdictions in compliance with the requirements applicable therein.

Our articles of association provide that the ownership of registered common shares is established by inscription in the relevant register. We may consider the person in whose name the registered common shares are registered in the relevant register as the full owner of such registered common shares.

In connection with a general meeting, our board of directors may forbid any entry in the relevant register of shareholders as well as any recognition of notices of transfer by us or the relevant registrar during the period starting on the Record Date and ending on the closing of such general meeting. Transfer to, and on, the register kept at our registered office may always be requested.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

LLC, with an address at 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, New York, NY 11219.

Our common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GLOB.”

104
"GLOB".


C. Material Contracts

The Company has not


On February 6, 2020, the Borrower, entered into any material contracts during the preceding two yearsSecond Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended in October 2021), pursuant to which, were outside the ordinary courseBorrower may borrow (i) up to $100 million in up to four borrowings on or prior to April 1, 2022 under a delayed-draw term loan facility and (ii) up to $250 million under a revolving credit facility. In addition, the Borrower may request increases of business.

the maximum amount available under the revolving facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100 million. The maturity date of each of the facilities is February 5, 2025. Pursuant to the terms of the Second A&R Credit Agreement, interest on the loans extended thereunder shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to either (i) LIBOR plus 1.50%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 1.75%, determined based on the Borrower’s Maximum Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement). The Borrower’s obligations under the Second A&R Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiary Globant España S.A., and are secured by substantially all of the Borrower’s now owned and after-acquired assets. The Second A&R Credit Agreement also contains certain customary negative and affirmative covenants, which compliance may limit our flexibility in operating our business and our ability to take actions that might be advantageous to us and our shareholders.


On June 4, 2020, we entered into an underwriting agreement with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, as representatives of the underwriters named therein, relating to the offer and sale of an aggregate of 2,300,000 of our common shares, including 300,000 common shares issued as a result of the underwriters' exercise in full of their over-allotment option, at a public offering price of $135.00 per common share.
On July 31, 2020, we entered into an equity purchase agreement with the equityholders of Grupo ASSA Worldwide S.A., a Spanish stock company and certain of its affiliated entities (collectively, "Grupo ASSA"), pursuant to which we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests in Grupo ASSA. The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Grupo
110


ASSA is a digital business consulting company with operations in Latin America, Europe, and the United States. The aggregate purchase price payable under the equity purchase agreement amounted to $74.5 million. The fair value of the consideration recognized in our financial statements amounted to $54.7 million, based on target achievements and price adjustments.

On December 18, 2020, we entered into an equity purchase agreement with the equityholder of BlueCap Management Consulting S.L., a Spanish limited liability company ("BlueCap"), pursuant to which we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests in BlueCap. The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. BlueCap provides leading financial institutions consulting services primarily related to strategic management of risk, capital and value. The aggregate purchase price payable under the equity purchase agreement amounted to €120 million. The fair value of the consideration recognized in our financial statements amounted to $149.5 million, based on target achievements and price adjustments.

In May 25, 2021, we entered into an underwriting agreement with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as representatives of the underwriters named therein, relating to the offer and sale of an aggregate of 1,380,000 of our common shares, including 180,000 common shares issued as a result of the underwriters' exercise in full of their overallotment option, at a public offering price of $214.00 per common share.

D. Exchange Controls

E. Taxation

The following is a summary of the material Luxembourg and U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common shares. This summary is based upon Luxembourg tax laws and U.S. federal income tax laws (including the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, rulings, judicial decisions and administrative pronouncements), all currently in effect as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or changes in wording or administrative or judicial interpretation occurring after the date hereof, possibly with retroactive effect. To the extent that the following discussion relates to matters of Luxembourg tax law, it represents the opinion of Arendt & Medernach, Luxembourg, our Luxembourg counsel, and to the extent that the discussion relates to matters of U.S. federal income tax law, it represents the opinion of DLA Piper LLP (US), our U.S. counsel.

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder”"U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of one or more of our common shares:

(a)that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes one of the following:

(i)an individual citizen or resident of the United States,

(ii)a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or

(iii)an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source;

(b)who holds the common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

(c)who owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, less than 10% of the share capital or voting shares of Globant; and

(d)whose holding is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment in Luxembourg.

(a)that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes one of the following:
(i)an individual citizen or resident of the United States,
(ii)a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, or
(iii)an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source;
(b)who holds the common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
(c)who owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, less than 10% of our share capital or voting shares; and
(d)whose holding is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment in Luxembourg.

This summary does not address all of the tax considerations that may apply to holders that are subject to special tax rules, such as U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, certain financial institutions, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, dealers and certain traders in securities, persons holding common shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction, persons who acquired their common shares pursuant to the exercise of employee shares options or otherwise as compensation, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. Such holders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. This discussion (unless indicated otherwise) does not cover any implications of Code section 965 (Treatment of deferred foreign income upon transition to participation exemption system of taxation) or Code section 245A (Deduction for foreign source-portion of dividends received by domestic corporations from specified 10% owned foreign corporations). In addition, this summary does not address all of the Luxembourg tax considerations that may apply to holders that are subject to special tax rules.

If a partnership holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership, or partner in a partnership, that holds common shares is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of owning and disposing of the common shares.

111


Potential investors in our common shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the specific Luxembourg and U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common shares in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

105

Luxembourg Tax Considerations

Introduction

The following is an overview of certain material Luxembourg tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of the common shares issued by us. It does not purport to be a complete analysis of all possible tax situations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or deposit our common shares. It is included herein solely for preliminary information purposes and is not intended to be, nor should it construed to be, legal or tax advice. Prospective purchasers of our common shares should consult their own tax advisers as to the applicable tax consequences of the ownership of our common shares, based on their particular circumstances. The following description of Luxembourg tax law is based upon the Luxembourg law and regulations as in effect and as interpreted by the Luxembourg tax authorities as of the date of this annual report and is subject to any amendments in law (or in interpretation) later introduced, whether or not on a retroactive basis. Please be aware that the residence concept used under the respective headings below applies for Luxembourg income tax assessment purposes only. Any reference in this section to a tax, duty, levy impost or other charge or withholding of a similar nature refers to Luxembourg tax laws and/or concepts only. Also, please note that a reference to Luxembourg income tax encompasses corporate income tax (impôt sur le revenu des collectivités), municipal business tax (impôt commercial communal ),), a solidarity surcharge (contribution au fonds pour l’emploil'emploi) and personal income tax (impôt sur le revenu) generally. Corporate taxpayers may further be subject to net worth tax (impôt sur la fortune), as well as other duties, levies or taxes. Corporate income tax, municipal business tax, as well as the solidarity surcharge invariably applies to most corporate taxpayers’taxpayers resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes. Individual taxpayers are generally subject to personal income tax and to the solidarity surcharge and a temporary equalization tax.surcharge. Under certain circumstances, where an individual taxpayer acts in the course of the management of a professional or business undertaking, municipal business tax may apply as well.

Luxembourg tax residency


Taxation of the holderscompany

Income tax

As the company is a fully-taxable Luxembourg company, its net taxable profit is as a rule subject to corporate income tax ("CIT") and municipal business tax ("MBT") at ordinary rates in Luxembourg.
The taxable profit as determined for CIT purposes is applicable, with minor adjustments, for MBT purposes. CIT is levied at an effective maximum rate of our common18,19% as from 2019 (inclusive of the 7% surcharge for the employment fund). MBT is levied at a variable rate according to the municipality in which the company is located (6.75% in the City of Luxembourg). The maximum aggregate CIT and MBT rate consequently amounts to 24,94% as from 2019 for companies located in the City of Luxembourg.
Dividends and other payments derived from shares

by the company are subject to income taxes, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. A holdertax credit is generally granted for withholding taxes levied at source within the limit of our commonthe tax payable in Luxembourg on such income, whereby any excess withholding tax is not refundable.

Under the participation exemption regime (subject to the relevant anti-abuse rules), dividends derived from shares willmay be exempt from income tax if (i) the distributing company is a qualified subsidiary ("Qualified Subsidiary") and (ii) at the time the dividend is put at the company's disposal, the company has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of the Qualified Subsidiary (i) of at least 10% or (ii) of an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million. A Qualified Subsidiary means (a) a Luxembourg resident fully-taxable company limited by share capital (société de capitaux), (b) a company covered by Article 2 of the Council Directive 2011/96/EU of November 30, 2011 as amended (the "EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive") or (c) a non-resident company limited by share capital (société de capitaux) liable to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg CIT.
Liquidation proceeds are assimilated to a received dividend and may be exempt under the same conditions. If the conditions of the participation exemption regime are not becomemet, dividends derived by the company from Qualified Subsidiaries may be exempt for 50 % of their gross amount if they are received from (i) a Luxembourg resident nor be deemed to befully-taxable company limited by share capital, or (ii) a company limited by share capital resident in a State with which the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg has concluded a double tax treaty and liable to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg CIT, or (iii) a company resident in a EU Member State and covered by reason onlyArticle 2 of the holding and/EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive.
112


Capital gains realized by the company on shares are subject to CIT and MBT at ordinary rates, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. Under the participation exemption regime, capital gains realized on shares of a Qualified Subsidiary may be exempt from CIT and MBT at the level of the company if at the time the capital gain is realized, the company has held or disposingcommits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of our commonat least 12 months shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of the Qualified Subsidiary (i) of at least 10% or (ii) of an acquisition price of at least €6 million. Taxable gains are defined as being the execution, performancedifference between the price for which shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or enforcement of his/her rights thereunder.

book value.

Withholding tax

Dividends paid by us to the holders of our common shares are as a rule subject to a 15% withholding tax in Luxembourg, unless a reduced withholding tax rate applies pursuant to an applicable double tax treaty or an exemption pursuant to the application of the participation exemption, and, to the extent withholding tax applies, we are responsible for withholding amounts corresponding to such taxation at its source.

If the company and a U.S. relevant holder are eligible for the benefits of the tax treaty concluded between the United State and Luxembourg (the "Treaty"), the rate of withholding on distributions is 15%, or 5% if the beneficial owner is a U.S. relevant holder is a qualified resident company as defined in Article 24 of the Treaty that owns at least 10% of the company's voting stock.
A withholding tax exemption may apply under the participation exemption if cumulatively (i) the holder of our shares is an eligible parent (an “Eligible Parent”"Eligible Parent") and (ii) at the time the income is made available, the holder of our shares has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months a direct participation of at least 10% of our share capital or a direct participation of an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Holding a participation through an entity treated as tax transparent from a Luxembourg income tax perspective is deemed to be a direct participation in proportion to the net assets held in this entity. An Eligible Parent includes (a) a company covered by Article 2 of Directive 2011/96/the EU of November 30, 2011 (the “EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive”)Directive or a Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof, (b) a company resident in a State having a double tax treaty with Luxembourg and subject to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg corporate income taxCIT or a Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof, (c) a company limited by share capital (société de capitaux) or a cooperative society (société coopérative) resident in the European Economic Area other than an EU Member State and liable to a tax corresponding to Luxembourg corporate income taxCIT or a Luxembourg permanent establishment thereof or (d) a Swiss company limited by share capital (société de capitaux) which is effectively subject to corporate income tax in Switzerland without benefiting from an exemption.
No withholding tax is levied on capital gains and liquidation proceeds.

Net wealth tax
The company is as a rule subject to Luxembourg net wealth tax ("NWT") on its net assets as determined for net wealth tax purposes. NWT is levied at the rate of 0.5% on net assets not exceeding EUR 500 million and at the rate of 0.05% on the portion of the net assets exceeding EUR 500 million. Net worth is referred to as the unitary value (valeur unitaire), as determined at January 1 of each year. The unitary value is in principle calculated as the difference between (i) assets estimated at their fair market value (valeur estimée de réalisation), and (ii) liabilities vis-à-vis third parties.
Under the participation exemption regime, a qualified shareholding held by the company in a Qualified Subsidiary is exempt for net wealth tax purposes.
A minimum net wealth tax ("MNWT") is levied on companies having their statutory seat or central administration in Luxembourg. For entities for which the sum of fixed financial assets, receivables against related companies, transferable securities and cash at bank exceeds 90% of their total balance sheet and EUR 350,000, the MNWT is set at EUR 4,815. For all other companies having their statutory seat or central administration in Luxembourg which do not fall within the scope of the EUR 4,815 MNWT, the MNWT ranges from EUR 535 to EUR 32,100, depending on the company's total balance sheet.
Other taxes
The issuance of our common shares and any other amendment of our articles of association are currently subject to a €75 fixed registration duty. The disposal of our common shares is not subject to a Luxembourg registration tax or stamp duty, unless recorded in a Luxembourg notarial deed or otherwise registered in Luxembourg.
113


Taxation of the holders of commons shares
Luxembourg tax residency of the holders of our common shares
A holder of our common shares will not become resident, nor be deemed to be resident, in Luxembourg by reason only of the holding and/or disposing of our common shares or the execution, performance or enforcement of his/her rights thereunder.
Income tax


Luxembourg resident holders

Luxembourg individual residents
Dividends and other payments derived from our common shares by resident individual holders of our common shares, who act in the course of the management of either their private wealth or their professional or business activity, are subject to income tax at the ordinary progressive rates. A tax credit may be granted, under certain circumstances, for Luxembourg withholding tax levied. 50% of the gross amount of dividends received from Globantthe company by resident individual holders of our common shares are exempt from income tax.


Capital gains realized on the disposal of our common shares by resident individual holders of our common shares, who act in the course of the management of their private wealth, are not subject to income tax, unless said capital gains qualify either as speculative gains or as gains on a substantial participation. Capital gains are deemed to be speculative and are subject to income tax at ordinary rates if our common shares are disposed of within six months after their acquisition or if their disposal precedes their acquisition. Speculative gains are subject to income tax as miscellaneous income at ordinary rates. A participation is deemed to be substantial where a resident individual holder of our common shares holds or has held, either alone or together with his spouse or partner and / or minor children, directly or indirectly at any time within the five years preceding the disposal, more than 10% of the share capital of the company whose common shares are being disposed of. A holder of our common shares is also deemed to alienate a substantial participation if he acquired free of charge, within the five years preceding the transfer, a participation that was constituting a substantial participation in the hands of the alienator (or the alienators in case of successive transfers free of charge within the same five-year period). Capital gains realized on a substantial participation more than six months after the acquisition thereof are taxed according to the half-global rate method, (i.e.(i.e. the average rate applicable to the total income is calculated according to progressive income tax rates and half of the average rate is applied to the capital gains realized on the substantial participation). A disposal may include a sale, an exchange, a contribution or any other kind of alienation of the participation.

Capital gains realized on the disposal of our common shares by resident individual holders of our common shares, who act in the course of their professional or business activity, are subject to income tax at ordinary rates. Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which our common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

106


Luxembourg fully-taxable corporate residents

Dividends and other payments derived from our common shares by Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable companies are subject to income taxes,CIT and MBT, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. A tax credit may, under certain circumstances, be granted for any Luxembourg withholding tax levied. If the conditions of the participation exemption regime are not met, 50% of the gross amount of dividends received by Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable companies from our common shares are exempt from income tax.

CIT and MBT.


Under the participation exemption regime, dividends derived from our common shares may be exempt from income taxCIT and MBT at the level of the holder of our common shares if cumulatively (i) the holder of our common shares is a Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable company and (ii) at the time the dividend is put at the holder of our common shares’shares' disposal, the holder of our common shares has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months a qualified shareholding (“("Qualified Shareholding”Shareholding"). A Qualified Shareholding means common shares representing a direct participation of at least 10% in the share capital of Globantthe company or a direct participation in Globantthe company of an acquisition price of at least €1.2 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Liquidation proceeds are assimilated to a received dividend and may be exempt under the same conditions. Common shares held through a tax-transparent entity are considered as being a direct participation proportionally to the percentage held in the net assets of the transparent entity.

Capital gains realized by a Luxembourg-resident, fully-taxable company on our common shares are subject to income taxCIT and MBT at ordinary rates, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied. Under the
114


participation exemption regime, capital gains realized on our common shares may be exempt from income tax at the level of the holder of our common shares if cumulatively (i) the holder of our common shares is a Luxembourg fully-taxable corporate resident and (ii) at the time the capital gain is realized, the holder of our common shares has held or commits itself to hold for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months our common shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of Globantthe company of at least 10% or a direct participation in Globantthe company of an acquisition price of at least €6 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which our common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

Luxembourg residents benefiting from a special tax regime

Holders of our common shares who are either (i) an undertaking for collective investment governed by the amended law of December 17, 2010, (ii) a specialized investment fund governed by the amended law of February 13, 2007, or (iii) a family wealth management company governed by the amended law of May 11, 2007 and (iv) a reserved alternative investment fund treated as a specialized investment fund for Luxembourg tax purposes governed by the amended law of July 23, 2016, are exempt from income tax in Luxembourg. Dividends derived from and capital gains realized on our common shares are thus not subject to income tax in their hands.

Taxation of

Luxembourg non-resident holders

Non-resident holders of our common shares who have neither a permanent establishment nor a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which or whom our common shares are attributable, are not liable to any Luxembourg income tax on income and gains derived from our common shares provided they own suchexcept capital gains realized on (i) a substantial participation before the acquisition or within the first six months of the acquisition thereof, or (ii) a substantial participation more than six months after the acquisition thereof by a holder of our common shares who has been a former Luxembourg resident for more than six months.

fifteen years and has become a non-resident, at the time of transfer, less than five years ago. A participation is deemed to be substantial where a shareholder holds or has held, either alone or, in case of an individual shareholder, together with his/her spouse or partner and/or minor children, directly or indirectly at any time within the five years preceding the disposal, more than 10% of the share capital of the company whose common shares are being disposed of. A shareholder is also deemed to alienate a substantial participation if he acquired free of charge, within the five years preceding the transfer, a participation that was constituting a substantial participation in the hands of the alienator (or the alienators in case of successive transfers free of charge within the same five-year period).

If the company and a U.S. relevant holder are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty, such U.S. relevant holder generally should not be subject to Luxembourg tax on the gain from the disposal of such common shares unless such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or a permanent representative of such U.S. relevant holder in Luxembourg.
Non-resident holders of our common shares which have a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which or whom our common shares are attributable, must include any income received, as well as any gain realized, on the sale, disposal or redemption of our common shares, in their taxable income for Luxembourg tax assessment purposes, unless the conditions of the participation exemption regime, as described below, are satisfied.

If the conditions of the participation exemption regime are not fulfilled, 50% of the gross amount of dividends received by a Luxembourg permanent establishment or permanent representative may be, however, exempt from income tax. Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which the common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

Under the participation exemption regime, dividends derived from our common shares may be exempt from income tax if cumulatively (i) our common shares are attributable to a qualified permanent establishment (“("Qualified Permanent Establishment”Establishment") and (ii) at the time the dividend is put at the disposal of the Qualified Permanent Establishment, it has held or commits itself to hold a Qualified Shareholding for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months. A Qualified Permanent Establishment means (a) a Luxembourg permanent establishment of a company covered by Article 2 of the EU Parent-Subsidiary Directive, (b) a Luxembourg permanent establishment of a company limited by share capital (société de capitaux)capitaux) resident in a State having a tax treaty with Luxembourg, and (c) a Luxembourg permanent establishment of a company limited by share capital (société de capitaux) or a cooperative society (société coopérative) resident in the European Economic Area other than a EU Member State. Liquidation proceeds are assimilated to a received dividend and may be exempt under the same conditions. Common shares held through a tax transparent entity are considered as being a direct participation proportionally to the percentage held in the net assets of the transparent entity.
Under the participation exemption regime, capital gains realized on our common shares may be exempt from income tax if (i) our common shares are attributable to a Qualified Permanent Establishment and (ii) at the time the capital gain is realized, the Qualified Permanent Establishment has held or commits itself to hold, for an uninterrupted period of at least 12 months, our common shares representing a direct participation in the share capital of Globantthe company of at least 10% or a direct
115


participation in Globantthe company of an acquisition price of at least €6 million (or an equivalent amount in another currency). Taxable gains are determined as being the difference between the price for which our common shares have been disposed of and the lower of their cost or book value.

Net Wealth Tax

Luxembourg resident holders of our common shares, as well as non-resident holders of our common shares who have a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in Luxembourg to which or whom our common shares are attributable, are subject to Luxembourg net wealth tax on our common shares, except if the holder is (i) a resident or non-resident individual taxpayer, (ii) a securitisationsecuritization company governed by the amended law of March 22, March 2004 on securitisation,securitization, (iii) a company governed by the amended law of June 15, June 2004 on venture capital vehicles, (iv) a professional pension institution governed by the amended law datedof July 13, July 2005, (v) a specialisedspecialized investment fund governed by the amended law of February 13, February 2007, (vi) a family wealth management company governed by the amended law of May 11, May 2007, or (vii) an undertaking for collective investment governed by the amended law of December 17, December 2010.2010 or (viii) a reserved alternative investment fund governed by the amended law of July 23, 2016. However, (i) a securitization company governed by the amended law of March 22, March 2004 on securitization, (ii) a company governed by the amended law of June 15, June 2004 on venture capital vehicles, and (iii) a professional pension institution governed by the amended law datedof July 13, 2005 and (iv) a reserved alternative investment fund treated as a venture capital vehicle for Luxembourg tax purposes and governed by the amended law of July 200523, 2016, remain subject to minimum net wealth tax.

107

Under the participation exemption, a Qualified Shareholding held in Globantthe company by an Eligible Parent or attributable to a Qualified Permanent Establishment may be exempt. The net wealth tax exemption for a Qualified Shareholding does not require the completion of the 12-month holding period.

Other Taxes

The issuance of our common shares is currently subject to a €75 fixed duty. The disposal of our common shares is not subject to a Luxembourg registration tax or stamp duty, unless recorded in a Luxembourg notarial deed or otherwise registered in Luxembourg.

Under Luxembourg tax law, where an individual holder of our common shares is a resident of Luxembourg for tax purposes at the time of his or her death, our common shares are included in his or her taxable basis for inheritance tax purposes.

On the contrary, no inheritance tax is levied on the transfer of our common shares upon the death of an individual holder in cases where the deceased was not a resident of Luxembourg for inheritance purposes.

Gift tax may be due on a gift or donation of our common shares, if the gift is recorded in a Luxembourg notarial deed or otherwise registered in Luxembourg.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

Taxation of dividends

Distributions received by a U.S. Holder on common shares, including the amount of any Luxembourg taxes withheld, other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares to all shareholders, will constitute foreign source dividend income to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Because Globant doeswe do not maintain calculations of itsour earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that such distributions (including any Luxembourg taxes withheld) will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Although it is Globant’sour intention, if it payswe pay any dividends, to pay such dividends in U.S. dollars, if dividends are paid in euros, the amount of the dividend a U.S. Holder will be required to include in income will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euro, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the payment is received by the U.S. Holder, regardless of whether the payment is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt. If the dividend is converted to U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of its receipt. If a U.S. Holder realizes gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of euro, it will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Corporate U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim thea dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us, except that certain holders of our common shares that are corporations and that directly, indirectly or constructively own 10% or more of our voting power or value may be entitled to a 100% dividends paid by Globant.received deduction under certain circumstances. The rules with respect to the dividends received deduction are complex and involve the application of rules that depend on a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances and on whether we are a PFIC (defined below), a “controlled foreign corporation” or both, among other things. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine the effect of the dividends received deduction on your ownership of our common stock. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders of common shares generally will generally be taxable at the reduced rate that otherwise applies to long-term capital gains. Non-corporate U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are subject to any
116


special rules that limit their ability to be taxed at this favorable rate. Certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares to all shareholders are not generally subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Instead of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may elect to deduct foreign taxes (including any Luxembourg taxes) in computing its taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations. An election to deduct foreign taxes (instead of claiming foreign tax credits) applies to all taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year to foreign countries and possessions of the United States. The limitations on foreign taxes eligible for credit isare calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex. Therefore, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of foreign tax credits in their particular circumstances.

Taxation upon sale or other taxable disposition of common shares

A U.S. Holder will recognize U.S. source capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of common shares, which will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder has held such common shares for more than one year. The amount of the U.S. Holder’sHolder's gain or loss will be equal to the difference between such U.S. Holder’sHolder's tax basis in the common shares sold or otherwise disposed of and the amount realized on the sale or other disposition.


Controlled Foreign Corporation

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the "2017 Tax Act") eliminated the prohibition on “downward attribution” from non-U.S. persons to U.S. persons under Section 958(b)(4) of the Code for purposes of determining constructive stock ownership under the controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) rules. As a result, our U.S. subsidiary will be deemed to own all of the stock of our non-U.S. subsidiaries held by the Company for CFC purposes. To the extent a non-U.S. subsidiary is treated as a CFC for any taxable year, each U.S. person treated as a “10% U.S. Shareholder” with respect to such CFC that held our common shares directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities (including the Company) as of the last day in such taxable year that the subsidiary was a CFC would generally be required to include in gross income as ordinary income its pro rata share of certain income of the CFC, regardless of whether that income was actually distributed to such U.S. person. For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2018, a “10% U.S. Shareholder” of a non-U.S. corporation includes any U.S. person that owns (or is treated as owning) stock of the non-U.S. corporation possessing 10% or more of the total voting power or total value of such non-U.S. corporation’s stock. The legislative history under the 2017 Tax Act indicates that this change was not intended to cause our non-U.S. subsidiaries to be treated as CFCs with respect to a 10% U.S. Shareholder that is not related to our U.S. subsidiary. However, it is not clear whether the IRS or a court would interpret the change made by the 2017 Tax Act in a manner consistent with such indicated intent. Treasury and the IRS, in issued guidance, however, have declined to provide relief to unrelated “10% U.S. Shareholders” of foreign-controlled CFCs.

Thus, investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine whether their ownership of our common shares will cause them to become a 10% U.S. Shareholder and the impact of such a classification.

Passive foreign investment company rules

Globant believes

We believe that itwe will not be a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”("PFIC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes for itsthis current taxable year and doesdo not expect to become one in the foreseeable future. However, because PFIC status depends upon the composition of a Globant’sour income and assets and the market value of itsthe assets (including, among others, less than 25% owned equity investments) from time to time, there can be no assurance that Globantwe will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. Because Globant haswe have valued itsour goodwill based on the market value of itsour equity, a decrease in the price of common shares may also result in Globantus becoming a PFIC. The composition of Globant’sour income and our assets will also be affected by how, and how quickly, Globant spends itswe spend our cash. Under circumstances where the cash is not deployed for active purposes, Globant’sour risk of becoming a PFIC may increase. If Globantwe were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held common shares, certain adverse tax consequences could apply to the U.S. Holder.

108

If Globantwe were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held common shares, gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of a common shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’sHolder's holding period for the common shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before Globantwe became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the resulting tax liability. The same treatment would apply to any distribution in respect of common shares to the extent it exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on common shares received by the U.S. Holder during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’sHolder's holding period, whichever is shorter. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment) of the common shares.

117


In addition, if Globantwe were treated as a PFIC in a taxable year in which it payswe pay a dividend or in the prior taxable year, the reduced rate discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting and to backup withholding unless the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or, in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’sHolder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts.

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable. Accordingly, we are required to file reports, including this annual report on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. However, we are allowed four months to file our annual report with the SEC instead of approximately three, and we are not required to disclose certain detailed information regarding executive compensation that is required from United States domestic issuers. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently as companies that are not foreign private issuers whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. Also, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing of proxy statements to shareholders, and our senior management, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

As a foreign private issuer, we are also exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. We are, however, still subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5. Since many of the disclosure obligations required of us as a foreign private issuer are different than those required by other United States domestic reporting companies, our shareholders, potential shareholders and the investing public in general should not expect to receive information about us in the same amount, and at the same time, as information is received from, or provided by, other United States domestic reporting companies. We are liable for violations of the rules and regulations of the SEC which do apply to us as a foreign private issuer.

You may review and copy the registration statement, reports and other information we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may also request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC.

For further information on the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Our SEC filings including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’sSEC's website athttp://www.sec.gov. This site contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The information on that website is not part of this annual report.

www.sec.gov.

I. Subsidiaries Information

Not applicable.

109


ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Our market risk exposure results primarily from concentration of credit risk, fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency rates and inflation. We do not engage in trading of derivative instruments for speculative purposes.

Concentration of Credit and Other Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and bank balances, short-term investments and trade receivables. These financial instruments approximate fair value due to short-term maturities. We maintain our cash and bank balances and short-term investments with high credit quality financial institutions. Our investment portfolio is primarily comprised of time deposits and corporate and treasury bonds. We believe that our credit policies reflect normal industry terms and business risk. We do not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties and, accordingly, do not require collateral.

118


Trade receivables are generally dispersed across our clients in proportion to the revenues we generate from them. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, our top five clients accounted for 33.0%26.7%, 27.8%30.6% and 25.4%26.1%, respectively, of our net revenues. Our top client for the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, accounted for 10.9%, 11.0% and 11.2%, respectively. Our top client for 2021, 2020 and 2019 was Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online, accounted for 12.3%, 8.7% and 6.4% of our revenues, respectively.Online. As of December 31, 2105, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, accounts receivable from Walt Disney Parks and Resorts Online represented 11.2%7.4%, 5.7%9.6% and 3.9%8.0% of our total accounts receivable, respectively.

Credit losses and write-offs of trade receivable balances have historically not been material to our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk


Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash and bank balances and our credit facilities. Our working capital facility bears interest atcredit line in the lender’s prime rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.25% to 3.50% (depending on the amount drawn). Our credit lines in ArgentinaUnited States bear interest at fixed rates ranging from 15.25% and 15.50% in local currency (equivalent to anrate between 1.5% or 1.75%. During 2020 we entered into four interest rate around 3.75% and 4%). We do not use derivative financial instrumentsswap transactions with the purpose of hedging the exposure to hedge our risk ofvariable interest rate volatility.

rate.

Based on our debt position as of December 31, 2015,2021, if we needed to refinance our existing debt, a 1% increase in interest rates would not materially impact us.

We have not been exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rates. However, our future financial costs related to borrowings may increase and our financial income may decrease due to changes in market interest rates.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Our exchange rate risk arises in the ordinary course of our business primarily from our foreign currency expenses and, to a lesser extent, revenues. We are also exposed to exchange rate risk on the portion of our cash and bank balances, investments and trade receivables that is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and on other receivables, such as Argentine tax credits.

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in U.S. dollars. Because the majority of our operations are conducted in Latin America and Asia, we incur the majority of our operating expenses and capital expenditures in non-U.S. dollar currencies, primarily the Argentine peso, Uruguayan peso, Colombian peso, Chilean peso, Mexican peso, Indian rupeesPeruvian sol and Brazilian real. 93.3%75.4% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 20152021 was generated in U.S. dollars, with the balance being generated primarily in British pounds sterlingEuros and, to a lesser extent, other currencies (including the ArgentineChilean peso, the ColombianArgentine peso and the Brazilian real)Mexican peso). The following table shows the breakdown of our revenues by the currencies in which they were generated during the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, respectively.

  Year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
By Currency                        
USD $236,788   93.3% $184,380   92.4% $140,799   88.9%
GBP  3,661   1.4%  1,631   0.8%  3,140   2.0%
Others  13,347   5.3%  13,594   6.8%  14,385   9.1%
Revenues $253,796   100.0% $199,605   100.0% $158,324   100.0%

110

When our Argentine subsidiaries receive payment in U.S. dollars for services performed under our client contracts, we are required by Argentine law to convert such amounts into Argentine pesos, as a result of which the portion of our cash and bank balances that we hold in Argentina is exposed to the fluctuations in the official exchange rate between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar. Currently, this exposure is short-term, as these funds are immediately used to pay salaries and capital expenditures primarily in Argentina. The Argentine peso has fluctuated significantly against the U.S. dollar since the end of Argentine peso/U.S. dollar parity in 2002 and experienced periods of strong devaluation. Historically, we have been able to mitigate the risk of devaluation on our cash balances and investments denominated in Argentine pesos through purchases of U.S. dollars. From October 2011 to December 2015, as Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner was re-elected as Argentina’s president, the Argentine government adopted policies that made it more difficult for Argentine enterprises to freely purchase U.S. dollars and remit U.S. dollars abroad. However, since salaries and capital expenditures were paid in Argentine pesos, there was currently limited free cash-flow generated in Argentina. During 2013, our U.S. subsidiary elected to make payment for a portion of the services provided by our Argentine subsidiaries by means of U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN purchased in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars). The BODEN were then delivered to our Argentine subsidiaries as payment for a portion of the services rendered and, after being held by our Argentine subsidiaries for between, on average, 10 to 30 days, were sold in the Argentine market for Argentine pesos. Because the fair value of the BODEN in the Argentine markets (in Argentine pesos) during the year ended December 31, 2013 was higher than the quoted U.S. dollar price for the BODEN in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina (which is the rate used to convert the transactions in foreign currency into our Argentine subsidiaries’ functional currency), we recognized a gain when remeasuring the fair value (expressed in Argentine pesos) of the BODEN into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, our Argentine subsidiaries, with cash proceeds from capitalizations, acquired U.S. dollar-denominated BODEN and BONAR in the U.S. debt markets (in U.S. dollars), held and then sold those BODEN and BONAR in the Argentine market. The proceeds obtained through these transactions were used for capital expenditures incurred to establish delivery centers in Bahia Blanca, La Plata, Mar del Plata and Tucuman, Argentina, open a new recruiting center in Buenos Aires and to finance working capital requirements. See notes 3.18.1 and 3.18.2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and “— Results of Operations — 2015 Compared to 2014” and “— Results of Operations — 2014 Compared to 2013.”

 Year ended December 31,
(in thousands)
 202120202019
By Currency      
USD$977,349 75.4 %$699,769 86.0 %563,747 85.5 %
EUR111,177 8.6 %35,454 4.4 %28,237 4.3 %
CLP57,610 4.4 %3,237 0.4 %2,315 0.4 %
ARS47,039 3.6 %33,594 4.1 %26,948 4.1 %
MXN40,064 3.1 %21,624 2.7 %19,939 3.0 %
BRL23,850 1.8 %10,795 1.3 %8,030 1.2 %
GBP20,565 1.6 %1,331 0.2 %3,012 0.5 %
COP9,803 0.8 %7,791 1.0 %6,831 1.0 %
PEN9,058 0.7 %— %— — %
Others563 — %536 0.1 %266 — %
Revenues1,297,078 100.0 %814,139 100.0 %659,325 100.0 %
119


A small percentage of our trade receivables is generated from net revenues earned in non-U.S. dollar currencies (primarily Euros, British pounds sterling, the Brazilian real, the UruguayanChilean peso, the ColombianArgentine peso, the Mexican peso, the Brazilian Real and the ArgentineColombian peso).

Our results of operations can be affected if the Argentine peso, Colombian peso, Indian Rupee, Uruguayan peso, Mexican peso, ReaisEuros or British pound appreciate or depreciate against the U.S. dollar.

A 30% depreciation

The following tables illustrate our sensitivity to increases and decreases in the U.S. dollar against the relevant foreign currency. The following sensitivity analysis includes outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items at December 31, 2021 and adjusts their translation at the year-end for changes in U.S. dollars against the relevant foreign currency.  

   Gain/(loss)
AccountCurrencyAmount% IncreaseAmount% DecreaseAmount
Net balancesArgentine pesos$12,441 30 %$(2,871)10 %$1,382 
Colombian pesos(49,425)10 %4,493 10 %(5,492)
Indian Rupees(16,670)10 %1,515 10 %(1,852)
European Union euros(61,658)10 %5,605 10 %(6,851)
Mexican pesos(12,933)10 %1,176 10 %(1,437)
Sterling pound(32,694)10 %2,972 10 %(3,633)
Uruguayan pesos(8,962)10 %815 10 %(996)
 Total(169,901)13,705 (18,879)

Our subsidiaries in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, India and Uruguay entered into foreign exchange forward and future contracts in order to mitigate the risk of fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate and reduce the impact in the financial statements.

Depreciation of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $36.4 million decrease in our operating costs. Given that we have a greater amount of Argentine peso-denominated assets than Argentine peso-denominated liabilities, a 30.0% depreciation ofPeso

During 2021, the Argentine peso against the U.S.experienced a 22.09% devaluation from 84.05 Argentine peso per U.S dollar would have resulted in a $5.6 million loss. As a result, the combined effect on our income statement would have been a $30.8 million increase in our net income for the year ended December 31, 2015.

A 30% appreciation ofto 102.62 Argentine peso per U.S dollar.


During 2020, the Argentine peso against theexperienced a 40.58% devaluation from 59.79 Argentine peso per U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $28.0 million increase in our operating costs. Given that we have a greater amount of Argentine peso-denominated assets than Argentine peso-denominated liabilities, a 30% appreciation of theto 84.05 Argentine peso againstper U.S. dollar. As explained in note 29.10 to our audited consolidated financial statements, the U.S. dollar would have resultedArgentine's subsidiaries entered into foreign exchange forward and future contracts in a $4.3 million gain. As a result,order to mitigate the combined effect on our income statement would have been a $23.7 million decreaserisk of fluctuations in our net income for the year ended December 31, 2015.

foreign exchange rate and reduce the impact in costs and expenses.


We periodically evaluate the need for hedging strategies with our board of directors, including the use of such instruments to mitigate the effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. During the year ended December 31, 2015,2021, our principal Argentine operating subsidiaries Sistemas Globales S.A., Sistemas Colombia S.A., Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Ltda., IAFH Globant IT México S. de R.L de C.V., Globant India Private Limited and IAFH GlobalSistemas Globales Uruguay S.A., entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce itstheir risk of exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency. As of December 31, 20152021 and 2014,2020, the foreign exchange forward contracts were recognized, according to IAS 39, as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.IFRS 9. We may in the future, as circumstances warrant, decide to enter into derivative transactions to reduce our exposure to appreciation or depreciation in the value of certain foreign currencies.

Wage Inflation Risk

Argentina has experienced significant levels of inflation in recent years. According to the INDEC, the consumer price index increased 9.5% in 2011, 10.8% in 2012, 10.9% in 2013, 21.7% in 2014 and 23.9% in 2015. Inflation data released by the INDEC has been criticized by economists and investors as understating inflation in Argentina. See “Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Operating in Latin America and Argentina — Argentina — Our results of operations may be adversely affected by high and possibly increasing inflation in Argentina.” According to the Consumer Price Index of the Argentine province of Santa Fe (Índice de Precios al Consumidor de la Provincia de Santa Fe), the wholesale price index increased 12.6% in 2007, 21.6% in 2008, 12.6% in 2009, 25.5% in 2010, 20.7% in 2011, 17.9% in 2012 and 16.2% in 2013. The impact of inflation on our salary costs, or wage inflation, and thus on our statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income varies depending on the fluctuation in exchange rates between the Argentine peso and the U.S. dollar. In an environment where the Argentine peso is weakening against the U.S. dollar, the impact of wage inflation will be partially offset, whereas in an environment where the Argentine peso is strengthening against the U.S. dollar, the impact of wage inflation will be increased. As of December 2015, approximately 56.6% of our employees were based in Argentina, where wages can be influenced by current inflation rates. Assuming a constant exchange rate and no ability to increase prices, for every 10.0% increase in wage inflation in Argentina we would experience an estimated decrease of approximately $6.4 million in net income for the year.

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES.

A. Debt Securities

Not applicable.

111


B. Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

120


C. Other Securities

Not applicable.

D. American Depositary Shares

Not applicable.

121


PART II.


ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES.

Not applicable.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS.

Not applicable.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2015,2021, our company’s management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation pursuant to Rule 13a-15(f)13a-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. 

Based on such evaluation, our Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that Company’sCompany's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2015.

2021.

b) Management’sManagement's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s Management

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’sOur internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’sour Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that: (i) pertains to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company’sCompany's assets; (ii) provides reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements for external reporting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of the Company’sour management and directors; and (iii) provides reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’sour assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedure may deteriorate. The Company,Our management, with the participation of itsour Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’sour internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.

We assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.2021. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria established in “Internal"Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)" issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”("COSO"). As a result of this assessment, the Company’sour management has determined that the Company’sour internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015.

112
2021.


Our management has excluded Walmeric, Atix and Navint, which were acquired on July 8, 2021, October 4, 2021 and November 30, 2021, respectively from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. In aggregate, the aforementioned entities constitute 0.9% of our consolidated assets and 0.8% of consolidated revenues as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.
c) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

We note that Section 103 of the JOBS Act, which was not enacted as part of the Exchange Act, provides that an emerging growth company is not required to comply with the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404(b). As such, this annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Price Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L., has issued an attestation report on the company’seffectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

reporting as of December 31, 2021, appearing under "Item 18. Financial Statements" on page F-3 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.  


122


d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting

As required by

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(d), under the Securities Exchange Act our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting to determine whether any change1934, as amended, that occurred during the period covered since the lastby this annual report that hashave materially affected, or isare reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, it has been determined that there has been no change during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT.

See “Directors,Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board Practices—Board Committees—Audit Committee.Committee.” Our Board of Directors has determined that Mario Vázquez qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under applicable SEC rules.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS.

Effective as of July 23, 2014, we adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable towhich sets the guidelines and principles necessary for promoting and assuring good behavior within the organization. On January 26, 2022, our principal executive, financialboard of directors approved and accounting officersadopted the 2022 Code of Ethics, which will become effective on March 1, 2022. The new code introduces new important topics, including, among others, anti-money laundering provisions, protection of Globant's image and all persons performing similar functions.proper use of social media, third party's audits and government investigations and matters of integration and diversity. A copy of that code is available on our website atwww.globant.cominvestors.globant.com/code-of-ethics. Any amendments to such code or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

The following table provides information on the aggregate fees billed by our principal accountants, Deloitteauditor, Price Waterhouse & Co. S.A.S.R.L. for the years 2021 and affiliates,2020, classified by type of service rendered for the periods indicated, in thousands of dollars:

  2015  2014 
  ($ in thousands) 
Audit Fees(1)  771   1,204 
Audit Related Fees(2)  302   24 
Tax Fees(3)  61   111 
Total  1,134   1,339 

(1)“Audit Fees” includes fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant in connection with the audit of the annual financial statements, certain procedures regarding our quarterly financial results, services in connection with statutory and regulatory filings, and all the services performed in connection with our initial public offering during 2014.

(2)“Audit Related Fees” includes fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant and not included under the prior category. These services would include, among others, due diligence related to mergers and acquisitions and internal control reviews.

(3)“Tax Fees” includes fees billed for services related to transfer pricing, initiatives and assistance with assessing compliance with tax regulations.

 20212020
 ($ in thousands)
Audit Fees (1)
$1,513 $1,216 
Audit Related Fees (2)
331 100 
Tax Services Fees (3)
— — 
All Other Fees (4)
— — 
Total1,844 1,316 
(1)"Audit Fees" includes fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant in connection with the audit of the annual financial statements, certain procedures regarding our quarterly financial results, revisions of purchase price allocations related to acquisitions and services in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.
(2)“Audit Related Fees” includes fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant and not included under the prior category. These services include, among others, and fees relating to the issuance of comfort letters and other procedures in connection with our offering of securities.
(3)“Tax Services Fees” includes fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for tax compliance, advice and planning.
(4)“All Other Fees” includes fees billed for products and services provided by the principal accountant, other than Audit Fees, Audit-Related Fees and Tax Fees.

Audit Committee Approval Policies and Procedure

In accordance with the audit committee’scommittee's charter, all fees and retention terms relating to audit and non-audit services performed by our independent auditors must be pre-approved by the audit committee. The audit committee makes annual recommendations to the general meeting of shareholders of the company regarding the appointment, replacement, base compensation, evaluation and oversight of the work of the independent auditors to be retained to audit the annual financial statements of the company and review the quarterly financial statements of the company.

The audit committee oversees the relationship with the independent auditors, including discussing with the auditors the planning and staffing of the audit and the nature and rigor of the audit process, receiving and reviewing audit reports, reviewing with the auditors any problems or difficulties the auditors may have encountered in carrying out their responsibilities and any
123


board of directors’ letters provided by the auditors and the company’s response to such letters, and providing the auditors full access to the audit committee and the board of directors to report on all appropriate matters.

113


The audit committee provides oversight of the company’s auditing, accounting and financial reporting principles, policies, controls, procedures and practices, and reviews significant changes to the foregoing as suggested by the independent auditors, internal auditors or the board of directors.

The audit committee approved all of the services described above and determined that the provision of such services is compatible with maintaining the independence of Price Waterhouse & Co. S.R.L. and Deloitte & Co. S.A. and affiliates.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES.

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS.

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT.

Not applicable.

The disclosure called for by paragraph (a) of this Item 16F was previously reported, as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, in “Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant” of our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on February 26, 2021.
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Corporate Governance Practices

Our corporate governance practices are governed by Luxembourg law (particularly the law of August 10th, 1915 on commercial companies as amended) and our articles of association.

As a Luxembourg company listed on the NYSE, we are not required to comply with all of the corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE for U.S. listed companies. We, however, believe that our corporate governance practices meet or exceed, in all material respects, the corporate governance standards that are generally required by the NYSE for U.S. listed companies. The followingBelow is a summary of the significant ways that our corporate governance practices differ from the corporate governance standards required for listed U.S. companies by the NYSE (provided that our corporate governance practices may differ in non-material ways from the standards required by the NYSE that are not detailed here):

.


Majority of Independent Directors

Under NYSE standards, U.S. listed companies must have a majority of independent directors. There is no legal obligation under Luxembourg law to have a majority of independent directors on the board of directors.

Non-management Directors’ Meetings

Under NYSE standards, non-management directors must meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions without management present and, if such group includes directors who are not independent, a meeting should be scheduled once per year including only independent directors. Luxembourg law does not require holding of such meetings. For additional information, see “Directors,Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees - Directors and Senior Management.Management.

Audit Committee

Under NYSE standards, listed U.S. companies are required to have an audit committee composed of independent directors that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act of 1934. Luxembourg law also provides for an audit committee and related rules. Our articles of association provide that the board of directors may set up an audit committee. The board of directors has set up an Audit Committee and has appointed Messrs. Mott, Odeen, Vázquez and Vázquez,Ms. Pinelli, with Mr. Vázquez serving as the chairman of our audit committee. Each of Messrs. Mott, Odeen, Vázquez and VazquezMs. Pinelli satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE as well as under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. For additional information, see “Directors,Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees — Board Practices”Practices.

124


Under NYSE standards, all audit committee members of listed U.S. companies are required to be financially literate or must acquire such financial knowledge within a reasonable period and at least one of its members shall have experience in accounting or financial administration. In addition, if a member of the audit committee is simultaneously a member of the audit committee of more than three public companies, and the listed company does not limit the number of audit committees on which its members may serve, then in each case the board must determine whether the simultaneous service would prevent such member from effectively serving on the listed company’s audit committee and shall publicly disclose its decision. No comparable provisions onUnder Luxembourg law, at least one member of the audit committee membership exist under Luxembourg law or our articles of association.

114
must be financially literate and the committee members as a whole shall have competence relevant to the sector in which the company is operating.


Standards for Evaluating Director Independence

Under NYSE standards, the board is required, on a case by case basis, to express an opinion with regard to the independence or lack of independence of each individual director. Neither Luxembourg law nor our articles of association require the board to express such an opinion.

Audit Committee Responsibilities

The NYSE requires certain matters to be set forth in the audit committee charter of U.S. listed companies. Our audit committee charter provides for many of the responsibilities that are expected from such bodies under the NYSE standard; however, the charter does not contain all such responsibilities, including provisions related to setting hiring policies for employees or former employees of independent auditors.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company havehas a corporate governance and nominating committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee.

The board of directors has set up corporate governance and nominating committee and has appointed Mssrs. Galperin, OdeenMs. Rottenberg and Vazquez,Messrs. Álvarez-Demalde and Haythornthwaite, with Mr. VazquezMs. Rottenberg serving as chairman of our corporate governance and nominating committee. Each of Ms. Rottenberg and Messrs. Galperin, VazquezÁlvarez-Demalde and OdeenHaythornthwaite satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. For additional information, see “Directors,Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Employees — Board Practices”Practices.

Compensation Committee

The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company have a compensation committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee.

The current members of our compensation committee are Mssrs. Álvarez-Demalde,Messrs. Odeen, Vázquez and Galperin,Haythornthwaite, with Mr. Álvarez-DemaldeOdeen serving as chairman. Each of Messrs. Álvarez-Demalde, Odeen, Vázquez and GalperinHaythornthwaite satisfies the “independence” requirements within the meaning of Section 303A of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. For additional information, see “Directors,Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board Practices”Practices.

Shareholder Voting on Equity Compensation Plans

Under NYSE standards, shareholders of U.S. listed companies must be given the opportunity to vote on equity compensation plans and material revisions thereto, except for employment inducement awards, certain grants, plans and amendments in the context of mergers and acquisitions, and certain specific types of plans. Neither Luxembourg corporate law nor our articles of incorporation require shareholder approval of equity based compensation plans. Luxembourg law only requires approval of the board of directors for the adoption of equity based compensation plans.

125


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Under NYSE standards, listed companies must adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. Effective as of July 23, 2014 we adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. On January 26, 2022, our board of directors approved and adopted the 2022 Code of Ethics, which will become effective on March 1, 2022. The new code introduces new important topics, including, among others, anti-money laundering provisions, protection of Globant's image and proper use of social media, third party's audits and government investigations and matters of integration and diversity. A copy of that code, as amended, is available on our website atwww.globant.com.

Chief Executive Officer Certification

A chief executive officer of a U.S. company listed on NYSE must annually certify that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of NYSE corporate governance standards. In accordance with NYSE rules applicable to foreign private issuers, our chief executive officer is not required to provide NYSE with this annual compliance certification. However, in accordance with NYSE rules applicable to all listed companies, our chief executive officer must promptly notify NYSE in writing after any of our executive officers becomes aware of any noncompliance with any applicable provision of NYSE’sNYSE's corporate governance standards. In addition, we must submit an executed written affirmation annually and an interim written affirmation each time a change occurs to the board or the audit committee.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE.

Not applicable.

115


ITEM 16I. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.

126


PART III.

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are included at the end of this annual report.

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS.

The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this annual report:

Exhibit
No.
Description
1.1Exhibit
No.
Form ofDescription
1.1
2.1Form
4.1Lease, dated May 31, 2010, by and between Laminar S.A. de Inversiones Inmobiliarias and Sistemas Globales S.A.; incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-190841)
4.2
4.34.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.44.6
4.54.7
4.8
4.9
8.14.10
4.11
4.12
127


4.13
4.14
4.15*
4.16*
4.17
4.18
8.1
12.1
12.2
13.1
13.2

11615.1
15.2
101.INSXBRL Instance Document
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*    Portions of this document (indicated by “[***]”) have been omitted because they are both not material and are the type that Globant S.A. treats as private and confidential.
128


SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Date: April 29, 2016

February 28, 2022
GLOBANT S.A.
By:/s/ Alejandro ScannapiecoGLOBANT S.A.
By:/s/ Juan Ignacio Urthiague
Name:Alejandro Scannapieco
Title:Name:Juan Ignacio Urthiague
Title:Chief Financial Officer

117


129


GLOBANT S.A.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 20152021 and 20142020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 20152021
F-2
F-3
F-6
F-3
F-7
F-5
F-9
F-6
F-10
F-8
F-12
F-10

F-1F-14



F-1





Deloitte & Co.

Globant S.A.

Florida 234, Piso 5°

C1005AAF

C.A.B.A., Argentina

Tel: (54-11) 4320-2700

Fax: (54-11) 4325-8081

www.deloitte.com/ar

Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021



F-2



glob-20211231_g2.jpg
Page 1 of 3


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



To theBoard of Directors and Shareholders of

Globant S.A.


Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Globant S.A. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as ofDecember 31, 20152021 and 2014 2020,and the related consolidated statements of profitcomprehensive income, of changes in equity and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established inInternal Control - Integrated Framework(2013)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then endedin conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under item 15. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or lossfraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Navint Partners, LLC and its affiliated entities (collectively, "Navint Group"), Atix Labs S.R.L. and Atix Labs LLC, (collectively "Atix Labs"), and Walmeric Soluciones, S.L., ("Walmeric") from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 because they were acquired by the Company in purchase business combinations during 2021. We have also excluded Navint Group, Atix Labs and Walmeric from our audit of
F-3


internal control over financial reporting. Navint Group, Atix Labs and Walmeric are consolidated subsidiaries whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting collectively represent approximately 0.9% and 0.8%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidatedfinancial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Acquisition of Walmeric Soluciones, S.L.– Valuation of Customer Relationships

As described in Note 26.14 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company completed the acquisition of Walmeric for an aggregate consideration of $53 million on July 8, 2021, of which approximately $7 million was allocated to the customer relationship intangible asset. The fair value of the customer relationship intangible asset was determined using the multi-period excess earnings method based on discounted projected net cash flows. Management’s key assumptions used in estimating future cash flows included projected revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates and the discount rate.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the acquisition of Walmeric– valuation of customer relationships is a critical audit matter are (i) there was significant judgment by management in developing the estimated fair value using the multi-period excess earnings method, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment and subjectivity in applying procedures relating to management’s fair value estimate of customer relationships acquired; (ii) significant audit effort was required in evaluating the significant assumptions relating to the estimate, including the revenue growth rates and the customer attrition rates used in the cash flow projections and the discount rate used to estimate present value of the projected future cash flows; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures and evaluating the audit evidence obtained from these procedures.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the acquisition accounting, including controls over development of the assumptions related to the valuation of the customer relationships, including revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates and the discount rate. These procedures also included, among others, (i) reading the purchase agreement and (ii) testing management’s cash flow projections used to estimate the fair value of the customer relationships, which included evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions used by management relating to the estimate, including the revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates and the discount rate. Evaluating the reasonableness of the revenue growth rates and customer attrition rates involved considering the past performance of the acquired businesses, as well as economic and industry public information. The discount rate was evaluated by considering the cost of capital of comparable businesses, other industry factors and the implied rate of return on the overall transaction. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s multi-period excess earnings method used to determine the fair value estimate of the acquired customer relationships and certain assumptions, including customer attrition rates and the discount rate.


F-4


/s/ PRICE WATERHOUSE & CO. S.R.L.


Reinaldo Sergio Cravero (Partner)


Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, Argentina
February 28, 2022


We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

F-5




glob-20211231_g3.jpg
Deloitte & Co. S.A.
Florida 234, 5° piso
C1005AAF
Ciudad Autónoma
de Buenos Aires
Argentina

Tel.: (+54-11) 4320-2700
Fax: (+54-11) 4325-8081/4326-7340
www.deloitte.com/ar


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Globant S.A.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the periodyear ended December 31, 2015. 2019 of Globant S.A. and subsidiaries (the "Company"), and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company’s operations, its changes in equity and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on thesethe Company's financial statements based on our audits.

audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our auditsaudit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not requiredmisstatement, whether due to have, nor were we engagederror or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to perform, an auditassess the risks of its internal control overmaterial misstatement of the financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing auditstatements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includesrespond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessingstatements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement presentation.statements. We believe that our auditsaudit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Globant




/s/ Deloitte & Co. S.A. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows and changes in equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Autonomous City of Buenos Aires, Argentina


February 29, 2016

Deloitte & Co. S.A.

/s/ Gabriel Gómez Paz

Partner

25, 2020


We began serving as the Company´s auditor in 2009. In 2020 we became the predecessor auditor.


Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, a UK private company limited by guarantee and(“DTTL”), its network of member firms, and their related entities. DTTL and each of which is aits member firms are legally separate and independent entity.entities. DTTL (also referred to as “Deloitte Global”) does not provide services to clients. Please seewww.deloitte.com/about for a more detailed description of the legal structure of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu LimitedDTTL and its member firms.

F-2

Deloitte Touche Tomatsu Limited is a private Company limited by guarantee incorporated in England & Wales under Company number 07271800, and its registered office is Hill House, 1 Little new Street, London, EC4a, 3TR, United Kingdom.

F-6

GLOBANT S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTSSTATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 AND 2013

2019

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

    For the year ended December 31, 
  Notes 2015  2014  2013 
            
Revenues(1)    253,796   199,605   158,324 
Cost of revenues(2) (4) 5.1  (160,292)  (121,693)  (99,603)
Gross profit    93,504   77,912   58,721 
               
Selling, general and administrative expenses(3) (4) 5.2  (71,594)  (57,288)  (54,841)
Impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries 3.7.1.1  1,820   1,505   (9,579)
Profit (Loss) from operations    23,730   22,129   (5,699)
               
Gain on transactions with bonds 3.18  19,102   12,629   29,577 
               
Finance income 6  27,555   10,269   4,435 
Finance expense 6  (20,952)  (11,213)  (10,040)
Finance income (expense), net    6,603   (944)  (5,605)
               
Other income and expenses, net(5)    605   380   1,505 
Profit before income tax    50,040   34,194   19,778 
               
Income tax(6) 7.1  (18,420)  (8,931)  (6,009)
Net income for the year    31,620   25,263   13,769 
               
Other comprehensive loss              
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:              
- Exchange differences on translating foreign operations    (1,353)  (433)  (269)
- Net fair value gain on available-for-sale financial assets    52   -   - 
Total comprehensive income for the year    30,319   24,830   13,500 
               
Net income attributable to:              
Owners of the Company    31,653   25,201   13,900 
Non-controlling interest    (33)  62   (131)
Net income for the year    31,620   25,263   13,769 
               
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:              
Owners of the Company    30,352   24,768   13,631 
Non-controlling interest    (33)  62   (131)
Total comprehensive income for the year    30,319   24,830   13,500 

F-3


  For the year ended December 31,
 Notes202120202019
Revenues51,297,078 814,139 659,325 
Cost of revenues6.1(802,090)(509,812)(405,164)
Gross profit494,988 304,327 254,161 
Selling, general and administrative expenses6.2(343,004)(217,222)(172,478)
Net impairment losses on financial assets(7,551)(3,080)(228)
Other operating income and expenses, net— (83)(720)
Profit from operations144,433 83,942 80,735 
Finance income7652 1,920 958 
Finance expense7(12,708)(10,430)(6,653)
Other financial results, net7(3,923)3,601 (5,894)
Financial results, net(15,979)(4,909)(11,589)
Share of results of investment in associates12.2(233)(622)(224)
Other income and expenses, net8(3,369)(1,887)110 
Profit before income tax124,852 76,524 69,032 
Income tax9.1(28,497)(22,307)(15,017)
Net income for the year 96,355 54,217 54,015 
Other comprehensive income (loss) net of income tax effects    
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss:    
- Exchange differences on translating foreign operations (3,733)(398)(400)
- Net change in fair value on financial assets measured at FVOCI — (373)
- Gains and losses on cash flow hedges11 281 352 
Total comprehensive income for the year 92,634 54,100 53,594 
Net income attributable to:    
Owners of the Company 96,065 54,217 54,015 
Non-controlling interest 290 — — 
Net income for the year 96,355 54,217 54,015 
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:    
Owners of the Company 92,344 54,100 53,594 
Non-controlling interest 290 — — 
Total comprehensive income for the year 92,634 54,100 53,594 
F-7

GLOBANT S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTSSTATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 AND 2013

2019

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

    For the year ended December 31, 
  Notes 2015  2014  2013 
            
Earnings per share(7)              
Basic 8  0.93   0.81   0.50 
Diluted 8  0.90   0.79   0.48 
Weighted average of outstanding shares (in thousands)              
Basic 8  33,960   30,926   27,891 
Diluted 8  35,013   31,867   28,884 

(1)Includes transactions with related parties for 6,655, 7,681 and 8,532 as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See note 21.1.
(2)Includes depreciation and amortization expense of 4,441, 3,813 and 3,215 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See note 5.
(3)Includes depreciation and amortization expense of 4,860, 4,221 and 3,941 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See note 5.
(4)Includes share-based compensation expense of 735, 35 and 190 under cost of revenues; and 1,647, 582 and 603 under selling, general and administrative expenses for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See note 5.
(5)In 2015 includes a gain of 625 related to valuation at fair value of the 22.75% of share interest held in Dynaflows as explained in note 23. In 2014 includes the gain of 472 related to the bargain business combination of Bluestar Energy S.A.C., explained in note 23. In 2013 includes the gain of 1,703 on remeasurement of the contingent consideration explained in note 27.10.1.
(6)In 2013, includes deferred income tax gain arising from the recognition of the allowance of 1,317 for impairment of tax credit. See note 7.
(7)The Company has given retroactive effect to the reverse share split in each of the years presented as explained in note 29.4.


  For the year ended December 31,
 Notes202120202019
Earnings per share    
Basic102.35 1.41 1.48 
Diluted102.28 1.37 1.43 
Weighted average of outstanding shares (in thousands)
Basic1040,940 38,515 36,586 
Diluted1042,076 39,717 37,674 
The accompanying notes 1 to 3234 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-4

F-8


GLOBANT S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS OF DECEMBER 31, 20152021 AND 2014

2020

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

    As of December 31, 
  Notes 2015  2014 
ASSETS          
Current assets          
Cash and cash equivalents    36,720   34,195 
Investments 9.1  25,660   27,984 
Trade receivables(1) 10  45,952   40,056 
Other receivables 11  18,570   14,253 
Other financial assets 23  900   - 
Total current assets    127,802   116,488 
           
Non-current assets          
Other receivables 11  20,122   916 
Deferred tax assets 7.2  7,983   4,881 
Investment in associates 9.2  300   750 
Other financial assets 23  1,221   - 
Property and equipment 12  25,720   19,213 
Intangible assets 13  7,209   6,105 
Goodwill 14  32,532   12,772 
Total non-current assets    95,087   44,637 
TOTAL ASSETS    222,889   161,125 
           
LIABILITIES          
Current liabilities          
Trade payables 15  4,436   5,673 
Payroll and social security taxes payable 16  25,551   20,967 
Borrowings 17  280   513 
Other financial liabilities 23  6,240   1,045 
Tax liabilities 18  10,225   3,446 
Other liabilities    9   173 
Total current liabilities    46,741   31,817 
           
Non-current liabilities          
Borrowings 17  268   772 
Other financial liabilities 23  15,045   263 
Provisions for contingencies 19  650   794 
Total non-current liabilities    15,963   1,829 
TOTAL LIABILITIES    62,704   33,646 
           
Capital and reserves          
Issued capital    41,050   40,324 
Additional paid-in capital    51,854   50,276 
Other reserves    (2,012)  (711)
Retained earnings    69,243   37,590 
Total equity attributable to owners of the Company    160,135   127,479 
Non-controlling interests    50   - 
Total equity    160,185   127,479 
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES    222,889   161,125 

(1)Includes balances due from related parties of 1,593 and 899 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. See note 21.1.

dollars)

  As of December 31,
 Notes20212020
ASSETS   
Current assets   
Cash and cash equivalents11427,804 278,939 
Investments12.132,581 19,284 
Trade receivables13300,109 196,020 
Other assets177,855 8,146 
Other receivables1449,194 31,633 
Other financial assets182,057 1,577 
Total current assets819,600 535,599 
Non-current assets  
Trade receivables13— 5,644 
Investments12.11,027 615 
Other assets178,583 6,954 
Other receivables1424,263 9,629 
Deferred tax assets9.258,404 41,507 
Investment in associates12.2— 3,154 
Other financial assets1825,233 15,147 
Property and equipment15133,571 101,027 
Intangible assets16102,016 86,721 
Right-of-use asset28144,581 90,010 
Goodwill26.20572,959 392,760 
Total non-current assets1,070,637 753,168 
TOTAL ASSETS1,890,237 1,288,767 
LIABILITIES  
Current liabilities  
Trade payables1963,210 35,266 
Payroll and social security taxes payable20184,464 111,881 
Borrowings2110,305 907 
Other financial liabilities1863,059 19,822 
Lease liabilities2825,917 15,358 
Tax liabilities2218,071 11,804 
Income tax payable20,318 10,511 
Other liabilities955 81 
Total current liabilities386,299 205,630 
Non-current liabilities  
Trade payables196,387 5,240 
Borrowings211,935 25,061 
Other financial liabilities1866,932 74,376 
Lease liabilities28108,568 72,240 
Deferred tax liabilities9.21,289 13,698 
Income tax payable877 — 
Contingent liabilities239,637 12,583 
Total non-current liabilities195,625 203,198 
TOTAL LIABILITIES 581,924 408,828 
Capital and reserves 
Issued capital50,080 47,861 
Additional paid-in capital 872,030 541,157 
Other reserves (6,395)(2,674)
Retained earnings 389,660 293,595 
Total equity attributable to owners of the Company1,305,375 879,939 
Non-controlling interests2,938 — 
Total equity 1,308,313 879,939 
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1,890,237 1,288,767 
The accompanying notes 1 to 3234 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-5

F-9


GLOBANT S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 AND 2013

2019

(in thousands of U.S. dollars except number of shares issued)

  

Number of

Shares

Issued(1)

  

Issued

capital

  

Additional

paid-in

capital

  

Retained

earnings

(losses)

  

Foreign

currency

translation reserve

  

Investment

revaluation

reserve

  

Attributable

to owners of

the Parent

  

Non-

controlling

interests

  Total 
                            
Balance at January 1, 2013  27,290,748   32,749   11,709   (1,511)  (9)  -   42,938   -   42,938 
Contributions by owners (see note 29.1)  527,638   633   5,815   -   -   -   6,448   -   6,448 
Issuance of shares under share-based compensation plan (see note 29.1)  1,516,724   1,820   790   -   -   -   2,610   -   2,610 
Repurchase of shares (see note 29.2)  (339,952)  (408)  (3,747)  -   -   -   (4,155)  -   (4,155)
Repurchase of options (see note 29.3)  -   -   (1,971)  -   -   -   (1,971)  -   (1,971)
Share-based compensation plan (see note 22)  -   -   793   -   -   -   793   -   793 
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax  -   -   -   -   (269)  -   (269)  -   (269)
Non-controlling interest arising  on  acquisition (see note 23)  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   623   623 
Call and put option over non-controlling interest  (see note 23)  -   -   (921)  -   -   -   (921)  -   (921)
Net income for the year  -   -   -   13,900   -   -   13,900   (131)  13,769 
Balance at December 31, 2013  28,995,158   34,794   12,468   12,389   (278)  -   59,373   492   59,865 
                                     
Issuance of shares in connection with the initial public offering (see note 29.1)  4,350,000   5,220   32,513   -   -   -   37,733   -   37,733 
Issuance of shares under share-based compensation plan (see note 29.1)  258,742   310   780   -   -   -   1,090   -   1,090 
Share-based compensation plan (see note 22)  -   -   3,541   -   -   -   3,541   -   3,541 
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax  -   -   -   -   (433)  -   (433)  -   (433)
Acquisition of non-controlling interest (see note 23)  -   -   (96)  -   -   -   (96)  (554)  (650)
Recall of call and put option over non-controlling interest  (see note 23)  -   -   1,070   -   -   -   1,070   -   1,070 
Net income for the year  -   -   -   25,201   -   -   25,201   62   25,263 
Balance at December 31, 2014  33,603,900   40,324   50,276   37,590   (711)  -   127,479   -   127,479 

F-6


 
Number of
Shares
Issued (1)
Issued
capital
Additional
paid-in
capital
Retained
earnings
Foreign
currency
translation reserve
Investment
revaluation
reserve
Attributable
to owners of
the Parent
Total
Balance at January 1, 201935,965,662 43,158 109,559 187,335 (2,097)(39)337,916 337,916 
Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 16— — — (1,972)— — (1,972)(1,972)
Issuance of shares under share-based compensation plan (see note 30.1)899,100 1,079 21,475 — — — 22,554 22,554 
Issuance of shares under subscription agreement (see note 30.1)98,857 119 7,651 — — — 7,770 7,770 
Share-based compensation plan (see note 25)— — 18,852 — — — 18,852 18,852 
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year— — — — (400)(21)(421)(421)
Net income for the year— — — 54,015 — — 54,015 54,015 
Balance at December 31, 201936,963,619 44,356 157,537 239,378 (2,497)(60)438,714 438,714 
 
Number of
Shares
Issued (1)
Issued
capital
Additional
paid-in
capital
Retained
earnings
Foreign
currency
translation reserve
Investment
revaluation
reserve and cash flow hedge reserve
Total
Issuance of shares under share-based compensation plan (see note 30.1)394,319 473 18,357 — — — 18,830 
Issuance of shares under subscription agreement (see note 30.1)226,850 272 46,026 — — — 46,298 
Common shares issued pursuant to the June 2020 public offering (see note 30.2)2,300,000 2,760 298,120 — — — 300,880 
Share-based compensation plan (see note 25)— — 21,117 — — — 21,117 
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year— — — — (398)281 (117)
Net income for the year— — — 54,217 — — 54,217 
Balance at December 31, 202039,884,788 47,861 541,157 293,595 (2,895)221 879,939 
F-10

GLOBANT S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 AND 2013

2019

(in thousands of U.S. dollars except number of shares issued)

  

Number of

Shares

Issued(1)

  

Issued

capital

  

Additional

paid-in

capital

  

Retained

earnings

(losses)

  

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve

  

Investment

revaluation

reserve

  

Attributable

to owners of

the Parent

  

Non-

controlling

interests

  Total 
                            
Balance at December 31, 2014  33,603,900   40,324   50,276   37,590   (711)  -   127,479   -   127,479 
Issuance of shares under share-based compensation plan (see note 29.1)  560,649   673   1,878   -   -   -   2,551   -   2,551 
Issuance of shares under subscription agreement (see note 23)  43,857   53   847   -   -   -   900       900 
Share-based compensation plan (see note 22)  -   -   5,903   -   -   -   5,903   -   5,903 
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax  -   -   -   -   (1,353)  52   (1,301)  -   (1,301)
Acquisition of non-controlling interest (see note 23)  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   83   83 
Call and put option over non-controlling interest  (see note 23)  -   -   (7,050)  -   -   -   (7,050)  -   (7,050)
Net income for the year  -   -   -   31,653   -   -   31,653   (33)  31,620 
Balance at December 31, 2015  34,208,406   41,050   51,854   69,243   (2,064)  52   160,135   50   160,185 

(1)Includes the effect of the retroactive application of 1-for-12 reverse share split. See note 29.4.


 
Number of
Shares
Issued
(1)
Issued
capital
Additional
paid-in
capital
Retained
earnings
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
Investment
revaluation
reserve and cash flow hedge reserve
Attributable to owners of the ParentNon-controlling interestTotal
Balance at January 1, 202139,884,788 47,861 541,157 293,595 (2,895)221 879,939 — 879,939 
Issuance of shares under share-based compensation plan (see note 30.1)449,078 539 27,065 — — — 27,604 — 27,604 
Issuance of shares under ESPP plan (note 25.4)7,453 2,331 2,340 — 2,340 
Issuance of shares under subscription agreement (see note 30.1)38,879 47 9,074 — — — 9,121 — 9,121 
Equity settled deferred consideration ( note 26)— — 2,152 — — — 2,152 — 2,152 
Common shares issued pursuant to the May 2021 public offering (see note 30.2)1,380,000 1,656 284,551 — — — 286,207 — 286,207 
Share-based compensation plan (see note 25)— — 29,209 — — — 29,209 — 29,209 
Repurchase of shares (note 25.4)(27,000)(32)(7,224)— — — (7,256)— (7,256)
Non-controlling interest arising on a business combination (note 26.14)— — — — — — — 2,648 2,648 
Put option over non-controlling interest (note 26)— — (16,285)— — — (16,285)— (16,285)
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year— — — — (3,733)12 (3,721)— (3,721)
Net income for the year— — — 96,065 — — 96,065 290 96,355 
Balance at December 31, 202141,733,198 50,080 872,030 389,660 (6,628)233 1,305,375 2,938 1,308,313 

(1) All shares are issued, authorized and fully paid. Each share is issued at a nominal value of $1.20 per share and entitles to 1 vote.

The accompanying notes 1 to 3234 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7
statements

F-11


GLOBANT S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 AND 2013

2019

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
Cash flows from operating activities            
Net income for the year  31,620   25,263   13,769 
Adjustments to reconcile net income  for the year to net cash flows from operating activities:            
Share-based compensation expense  2,382   617   793 
Current income tax  19,522   8,561   6,538 
Deferred income tax  (1,102)  370   (529)
Depreciation of property and equipment  5,872   4,902   4,967 
Amortization of intangible assets  3,429   3,132   2,189 
Allowance for doubtful accounts  205   130   922 
Allowance for claims and lawsuits  237   529   18 
Gain on remeasument of contingent consideration (note 27.10.1)  -   -   (1,703)
Gain from business combination (note 23)  (625)  (472)  - 
Accrued interest  880   378   700 
Allowance for impairment of tax credits, net of recoveries (note 3.7.1.1)  (1,820)  (1,505)  9,579 
Gain on transactions with bonds  (19,102)  (12,629)  (29,577)
Net gain arising on financial assets classified as held-for-trading  (13,453)  (3,813)  (850)
Net gain arising on financial assets classified as held-to-maturity  (4,941)  -   - 
Exchange differences  10,136   2,148   2,093 
Changes in working capital:            
Net increase in trade receivables  (6,525)  (6,336)  (5,971)
Net increase in other receivables  (32,121)  (5,679)  (2,987)
Net increase in trade payables  1,386   2,905   1,451 
Net increase in payroll and social security taxes payable  6,850   4,231   3,424 
Net increase in tax liabilities  2,752   2,375   193 
Utilization of provision of contingencies  (91)  -   (40)
Net (decrease) increase in other liabilities  (237)  148   (827)
Cash provided by operating activities  5,254   25,255   4,152 
Income tax paid  (10,569)  (10,959)  (2,941)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities  (5,315)  14,296   1,211 
             
Cash flows from investing activities            
Acquisition of property and equipment(2)  (13,595)  (11,391)  (5,047)
Proceeds from disposals of property and equipment  88   -   59 
Acquisition of intangible assets(3)  (4,222)  (2,481)  (2,335)
Proceeds (payments) related to forward contracts  7,152   (1,069)  - 
Acquisition of held-for-trading investments  (122,087)  (87,602)  (30,153)
Proceeds from held-for-trading investments  128,822   72,782   21,082 
Acquisition of held-to-maturity investments  (96,601)  -   - 
Proceeds from held-to-maturity investments  98,156   -   - 
Payments to acquire other financial assets  -   -   (182)
Payments to acquire investments in associates  -   (568)  - 
Acquisition of bonds  (46,788)  (30,648)  (57,634)
Proceeds from sale of bonds  65,890   43,277   87,211 
Acquisition of business, net of cash (note 23)(1)  (10,569)  218   (2,210)
Seller financing  (715)  (6,199)  (3,022)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  5,531   (23,681)  7,769 

F-8


 For the year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Cash flows from operating activities   
Net income for the year96,355 54,217 54,015 
Adjustments to reconcile net income for the year to net cash flows from operating activities:   
Share-based compensation expense37,031 22,423 15,357 
Current income tax (note 9.1)53,319 27,834 19,327 
Deferred income tax (note 9.1)(24,822)(5,527)(4,310)
Depreciation of property and equipment (note 15)19,799 16,037 14,542 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets (note 28)23,833 17,638 14,584 
Amortization of intangible assets (note 16)36,654 14,805 9,713 
Impairment of intangible assets (note 16)80 83 720 
Leases discount— (512)— 
Net impairment losses on financial assets7,551 3,080 228 
Remeasurement at fair value of investment in associates(1,538)— — 
Gain from sale of financial instrument (note 3.12.9)— (800)— 
Allowance for claims and lawsuits (note 23)5,769 1,598 — 
Remeasurement of contingent consideration (note 29.9.1)4,694 2,431 85 
Gain on transactions with bonds (note 3.18)(708)(9,580)(1,569)
Accrued interest9,828 6,955 4,151 
Interest received585 1,872 734 
Net loss (gain) arising on financial assets measured at FVPL8,537 3,423 (1,285)
Net loss (gain) arising on financial assets measured at FVOCI130 287 (58)
Net gain arising on financial assets measured at amortised cost (note 7)— (395)(99)
Exchange differences(5,708)3,631 8,291 
Share of results of investment in associates233 622 224 
Payments related to forward and future contracts(1,692)(3,104)(991)
Proceeds related to forward and future contracts1,368 3,039 1,017 
Payments of remeasured earn-outs related to acquisition of business— (5,218)— 
Gain arising from lease disposals(643)(180)— 
Changes in working capital:   
Net increase in trade receivables(93,019)(33,926)(38,945)
Net increase in other receivables(21,149)(10,887)(8,432)
Net (increase) decrease in other assets(1,338)6,135 (9,967)
Net increase (decrease) in trade payables10,870 (2,770)7,235 
Net increase in payroll and social security taxes payable66,670 11,488 8,766 
Net increase in tax liabilities4,595 363 2,079 
Utilization of provision for contingent liabilities (note 23)(8,113)(615)(194)
Income tax paid(50,197)(24,575)(17,055)
Proceeds received from reimbursement of income tax— — 1,572 
Net cash provided by operating activities178,974 99,872 79,735 
Cash flows from investing activities   
Acquisition of property and equipment (2)
(42,766)(29,294)(20,375)
Proceeds from disposals of property and equipment and intangibles1,249 951 102 
Acquisition of intangible assets (3)
(34,868)(24,168)(11,617)
Acquisition of investment in sovereign bonds(5,990)(16,700)(6,000)
Proceeds from investment in sovereign bonds6,698 26,280 7,569 
Payments related to forward and future contracts(13,534)(7,673)(4,842)
Proceeds related to forward and future contracts3,923 4,839 4,165 
Acquisition of investments measured at FVTPL(238,991)(436,660)(143,763)
Proceeds from investments measured at FVTPL230,236 443,005 129,910 
Acquisition of investments measured at FVOCI(49,965)(2,994)(11,684)
Proceeds from investments measured at FVOCI44,976 3,316 15,618 
Proceeds from investments measured at amortised cost— 625 — 
F-12

GLOBANT S.A.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 AND 2013

2019

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
Cash flows from financing activities            
Proceeds from issuance of shares in connection with the initial public offering(4)  -   40,455   - 
Capital contributions by owners  -   -   6,448 
Proceeds from the issuance of shares under the share-based compensation plan  2,236   1,090   2,610 
Repurchase of options  -   -   (1,971)
Proceeds from subscription agreement  900   -   - 
Repayment of borrowings  (505)  (9,690)  (3,783)
Proceeds from borrowings  -   34   4,393 
Repurchase of shares  -   -   (4,155)
Payment of offering costs  -   (3,101)  (936)
Cash provided by financing activities  2,631   28,788   2,606 
Interest paid  (633)  (320)  (535)
Net cash provided by financing activities  1,998   28,468   2,071 
             
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  311   (1,939)  (1,685)
Increase in cash and cash equivalents  2,525   17,144   9,366 
             
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year  34,195   17,051   7,685 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year  36,720   34,195   17,051 

Supplemental information

(1)Cash paid for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of subsidiaries (note 23):

Supplemental information            
Cash paid  10,726   1,357   3,436 
Less: cash and cash equivalents acquired  (157)  (1,575)  (1,226)
Total consideration paid net of cash and cash equivalents acquired  10,569   (218)  2,210 

(2)In 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were 26, 1,207 and 3,533 of acquisition of property and equipment financed with trade payables, respectively. In 2014 and 2013, there were 223 and 185 of acquisition of property and equipment financed with borrowings. In 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company paid 1,207, 3,533 and 104 related to property, plant and equipment acquired in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(3)In 2015 and 2014, there were 439 and 216 of acquisition of intangibles financed with trade payables, respectively. In 2015 and 2013, the Company paid 216 and 294 related to intangibles acquired in 2014 and 2012, respectively.

(4)Proceeds from the Initial Public Offering are disclosed in the statements of changes in Equity net of related expenses which amount 2,722.


For the year ended December 31,
202120202019
Acquisition of investments measured at amortised cost— (615)— 
Guarantee payments— — (1,038)
Payments to acquire equity instruments(5,762)(9,167)— 
Payments to acquire investments in associates(1,389)— — 
Acquisition of investment in convertible notes (note 3.12.8.1 and 3.12.8.3)(2,772)(701)(3,350)
Acquisition of business, net of cash (note 26) (1)
(144,503)(69,060)(97,298)
Payments of earn-outs related to acquisition of business(19,422)(5,999)(8,981)
Net cash used in investing activities(272,880)(124,015)(151,584)
Cash flows from financing activities   
Proceeds from the issuance of common shares pursuant to May 2021 and June 2020 Public Offering, net of costs286,207 300,880 — 
Proceeds from the issuance of shares under the share-based compensation plan (note 30.1)6,612 5,825 15,822 
Proceeds from the issuance of shares under the ESPP plan2,340 — — 
Repurchase of shares(7,256)— — 
Cash payed for the settlements of the derivative financial instruments used to hedge interest rate risk— (127)— 
Proceeds from subscription agreements (note 30.1)— 1,203 7,770 
Proceeds from borrowings (note 21)13,500 155,108 90,523 
Repayment of borrowings (note 21)(29,384)(194,332)(40,806)
Payments of principal portion of lease liabilities (note 28)(21,786)(23,237)(15,358)
Payments of lease liabilities interest (note 28)(5,415)(1,904)(475)
Interest paid (note 21)(832)(1,870)(764)
Net cash provided by financing activities243,986 241,546 56,712 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents150,080 217,403 (15,137)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year278,939 62,721 77,606 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(1,215)(1,185)252 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year427,804 278,939 62,721 
(1)Cash paid for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of subsidiaries net of cash acquired (note 26):    
Supplemental information   
Cash paid161,107 84,643 103,978 
Less: cash and cash equivalents acquired(16,604)(15,583)(6,678)
Total consideration paid net of cash and cash equivalents acquired144,503 69,060 97,300 

As of December 31, 2021, the Company issued 10,088, 10,842 and 7,032 common shares for a total amount of 2,149, 2,372 and 2,100, respectively, according to the subscription agreement included in the stock purchase agreement signed with Hybrido´s, Walmeric´s and Navint's sellers, these were non-cash transaction. As of December 31, 2020, the Company issued 20,918, 5,551 and 189,287 common shares for a total amount of 3,618, 1,123 and 40,354, respectively, according to the subscription agreement included in the stock purchase agreement signed with Grupo ASSA´s, Giant Monkey Robot´s and Bluecap Management Consulting's sellers, these were non-cash transaction.
(2)In 2021, 2020 and 2019, there were 10,129, 1,515 and 2,179 of acquisition of property and equipment financed with trade payables, respectively. In 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company paid 1,515, 2,179 and 4,316 related to property and equipment acquired in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In 2019 there were 1,862 of advances paid, there were no advances paid in 2020 and 2021. Finally, 2019 excludes 30,661 of advances reclassified from other receivables which was a non-cash transaction.
(3)In 2021 and 2020 there were 3,662 and 285 of acquisition of intangibles financed with trade payables, respectively, in 2019 there were no acquisition of intangibles financed with trade payables. In 2021 and 2019, the Company paid 285 and 217 related to intangibles acquired in 2020 and 2018, respectively.

The accompanying notes 1 to 3234 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-9

F-13


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)




NOTE 1 – COMPANY OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION


Globant S.A. is a digitally native company organized in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, primarily engaged in the designinghelping organizations to reinvent themselves and engineering of software development through its subsidiariesunleash their potential (hereinafter the “Company” or “Globant Lux”“Globant” or “Globant Group”). Globant is the place where innovation , design and engineering meet scale.

The Company specializes in providing services such as application development, testing, infrastructure management, application maintenance and outsourcing, among others.

The Company’sCompany's principal operating subsidiaries and countries of incorporation as of December 31, 20152021 were the following: Sistemas UK Limited in the United Kingdom, Globant LLC and Huddle Group Corp. in the United States of America (the “U.S.”), Sistemas Globales S.A., IAFH Global S.A., Dynaflows S.A. and Huddle Group S.A. in Argentina, Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. in Colombia, Global Systems Outs S.R.L. de C.V. in Mexico, Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. in Uruguay, TerraForum Consultoria Ltda. in Brazil, Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda. in Chile, Globant Peru S.A.C. (formerly “Bluestar Energy S.A.C.”) in Peru and Globant India Private Limited in India (formerly Clarice Technologies Pvt. Ltd.).


CountryCompany
ArgentinaSistemas Globales S.A
ChileSistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Limitada
ColombiaSistemas Colombia S.A.S
IndiaGlobant India Private Limited
MexicoIAFH Globant IT Mexico S. de R.L
PeruGlobant Peru S.A.C
SpainSoftware Product Creation S.L.
SpainBlueCap Management Consulting SL
United KingdomSistemas UK Limited
United States of AmericaGlobant LLC
United States of AmericaGlobant IT Services Corp
UruguaySistemas Globales Uruguay S.A.

The Globant GroupCompany provides services from development and delivery centersoffices located in the U.S. (San Francisco, New York and Washington), Argentina (Buenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucuman, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahia Blanca, Mendoza, Mar del Plata, Santa Fe and La Plata), Uruguay (Montevideo), Colombia (Bogota and Medellin), Brazil (São Paulo), Peru (Lima), Chile (Santiago), Mexico (Mexico City) and India (Pune and Bangalore) and it also has client management centers in the U.S. (San Francisco and Boston) and the United Kingdom (London). in:

CountryCity
ArgentinaBuenos Aires, Tandil, Rosario, Tucumán, Córdoba, Resistencia, Bahía Blanca, Mendoza, Mar del Plata and La Plata
BelarusMinsk
BrazilSão Paulo and São Jose Dos Campos
ChileSantiago
ColombiaBogotá, Medellín and Cali
FranceParis
GermanyBerlin
India Pune and Bangalore
MexicoGuadalajara, México City and Monterrey
PeruLima
RomaniaCluj
SpainMadrid, Barcelona, Málaga and Logroño
United KingdomLondon
United States of AmericaSan Francisco, New York, Seattle, Raleigh, Miami, Los Angeles and Winston Salem
UruguayMontevideo

The Company also has centers of software engineering talent and educational excellence, primarily across Latin America.

Substantially all

Most of the revenues are generated in the U.S. and United Kingdom, through subsidiaries located in those countries.the U.S. The Company´sCompany's workforce is mainly located in ArgentinaLatin America and to a lesser extent in Uruguay, MexicoIndia, Eastern Europe and Colombia. the U.S.

The Argentine, Colombian, Mexican and Uruguayan subsidiaries bill the use of such workforce to those U.S. and United Kingdom subsidiaries.

The Company’s changed itsCompany's registered office address since January 30, 2016 from 5 rue Guillaume Kroll, L-1882, Luxembourg tois 37A avenueAvenue J.F. Kennedy L-1855, Luxembourg, Luxembourg

Luxembourg.
F-14

GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)


NOTE 2 – BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”("IASB"). These consolidated financial statements are presented in thousands of United States dollars (“("U.S. dollars”dollars") and have been prepared under the historical cost convention except as disclosed in the accounting policies below.


2.1 – Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards

·Adoption of new and revised standards


Adoption of new and revised standards

The Company has adopted all of the new and revised standards and interpretations issued by the IASB that are relevant to its operations and that are mandatorily effective at December 31, 2015.2021. The applicationimpact of the new and revised standards and interpretations mentioned on these amendmentsconsolidated financial statements is described as follows.

The Company has had noadopted the following standards and interpretation that became applicable for annual periods commencing on or after January 1, 2021:

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Phase 2

This amendment did not have any material impact on the disclosures or amounts recognizedCompany's accounting policies and did not require retrospective adjustments.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company's interest rate swaps that bear interest based on LIBOR include a clause that provides alternative interest rates in the Company´s consolidated financial statements.

·New accounting pronouncements

case of a discontinuity of LIBOR.


New accounting pronouncements

The Company has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet mandatorily effective:


IFRS 9Financial Instruments1
IFRS 15Revenue from contracts with customer1
IFRS 16Leases2
Amendments to IAS 388
Definition of Accounting Estimates1
Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 16IFRS Practice Statement 2Clarification
Disclosure of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation3Accounting Policies1
Amendments to IFRS 1116Accounting of Acquisitions of Interests in Join Operations3
Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 20212
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Ventures4
Amendments to IFRS 5, 7 and IAS 9 and 34Annual improvements 2012 -2014 cycle3
Amendment to IAS 1Disclosure initiative3
Amendment to IAS 12Recognition of
Deferred Tax related to Assets for Unrealised Losses5
Amendment to IAS 7Financial reporting disclosure5

F-10and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction1


1Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Early adoption2023. Earlier application is permitted.

2Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after JanuaryApril 1, 2019. Early adoption2021. Earlier application is permitted if IFRS 15 has also been applied.

3 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted.

4 Effective date deferred indefinitely.

5 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. Early adoption is permitted.

·In November 2009, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued IFRS 9, which introduced new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. IFRS 9 was subsequently amended in October 2010 to include requirements for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities and for derecognition, and in November 2013 to include the new requirements for general hedge accounting. On July 24, 2014, the IASB published the final version of IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments'. IFRS 9, as revised in July 2014, introduces a new expected credit loss impairment model. The expected credit loss model requires an entity to account for expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. In other words, it is no longer necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognized. Also limited changes to the classification and measurement requirements for financial assets by introducing a ‘fair value through other comprehensive income’ (FVTOCI) measurement category for certain simple debt instruments. This new standard is effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018.

·On May 28, 2014 the IASB published its new revenue Standard, IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. IFRS 15 provides a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 will supersede the current revenue recognition guidance including IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and the related interpretations when it becomes effective. The core principle of IFRS 15 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer or promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Specifically, the standard introduces a five-step approach to revenue recognition:
-Step 1: Identify the contract with the customer
-Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract
-Step 3: Determine the transaction price
-Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contracts
-Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Under IFRS 15, an entity recognizes revenue when or as performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. when control


On February 12, 2021, IASB issued 'Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8)' providing a new definition of accounting estimates to help entities to distinguish between accounting policies and accounting estimates.

The management of the goods or services underlyingCompany does not anticipate that the particular performance obligation is transferred toapplication of this amendment will have a material impact on the customer. Far more prescriptive guidance has been added in IFRS 15 to deal with specific scenarios. Furthermore, extensive disclosures are required by IFRS 15. The new standardCompany's consolidated financial statements. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Early adoption2023. Earlier application is permitted.

·On January 13, 2016, the IASB issued the IFRS 16 which specifies how an IFRS reporter will recognize, measure, present and disclose leases. The standard provides a single lessee accounting model, with the distinction between operating and finance leases removed, requiring lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases unless the lease term is 12 months or less or the underlying asset has a low value to be accounted for by simply recognizing an expense, typically straight line, over the lease term. Lessors continue to classify leases as operating or finance, with IFRS 16’s approach to lessor accounting substantially unchanged from its predecessor, IAS 17. IFRS 16 supersedes IAS 17 and related interpretations. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019, with earlier application being permitted if IFRS 15 has also been applied.

·On May 12, 2014, the IASB issued a set of amendments to IAS 38 (intangible assets) and IAS 16 (property, plant, and equipment). The amendments clarify that:
oThe use of revenue-based methods to calculate the depreciation of an asset is not appropriate because revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset generally reflects factors other than the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in the asset. The amendments to IAS 16 prohibit entities from using a revenue-based depreciation method for items of property, plant and equipment.
oRevenue is generally presumed to be an inappropriate basis for measuring the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in an intangible asset. This presumption, however, can be rebutted in certain limited circumstances.

The amendments are effective prospectivelyCompany has not opted for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted.

F-11
early application.

·On May 6, 2014, the IASB issued amendments to the guidance on joint arrangements in IFRS 11. The amendments address how an entity should account for an “acquisition of an interest in a joint operation that constitutes a business”. The amendments are effective prospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016. Early adoption is permitted.

·On September 11, 2014, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28. These amendmentsclarify the treatment of the sale or contribution of assets from an investor to its associate or joint venture, as follows:
orequire full recognition in the investor's financial statements of gains and losses arising on the sale or contribution of assets that constitute a business (as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations);
orequire the partial recognition of gains and losses where the assets do not constitute a business, i.e. a gain or loss is recognized only to the extent of the unrelated investors’ interests in that associate or joint venture.

These requirements apply regardless of the legal form of the transaction, e.g. whether the sale or contribution of assets occurs by an investor transferring shares in any subsidiary that holds the assets (resulting in loss of control of the subsidiary), or by the direct sale of the assets themselves.On December 17, 2015February 12, 2021, the IASB issued an amendment'Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2)' to help preparers in deciding which accounting policies to disclose in their financial statements.


15


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that defers the effective dateamounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



The management of the September 2014 amendments to these standards indefinitely untilCompany does not anticipate that the research projectapplication of this amendment will have a material impact on the equity method has been concluded. Earlier application of the September 2014 amendments continues to be permitted.

·On September 25, 2014, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 5 and 7 and IAS 19. These amendments include annual improvements, as follows:
oadds specific guidance in IFRS 5 for cases in which an entity reclassifies an asset from held for sale to held for distribution or vice versa and cases in which held-for-distribution accounting is discontinued;
oadditional guidance to clarify whether a servicing contract is continuing involvement in a transferred asset;
oclarify that the high quality corporate bonds used in estimating the discount rate for post-employment benefits should be denominated in the same currency as the benefits to be paid;
oclarify the meaning of 'elsewhere in the interim report' and require a cross-reference.

·On December 18, 2014, the IASB issued the amendment to IAS 1 to address perceived impediments to preparers exercising their judgement in presenting their financial reports. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016, with earlier application being permitted.

·On January 19, 2016, the IASB issued the amendment IAS 12 Income Taxes to clarify the following aspects:
oUnrealised losses on debt instruments measured at fair value and measured at cost for tax purposes give rise to a deductible temporary difference regardless of whether the debt instrument's holder expects to recover the carrying amount of the debt instrument by sale or by use.
oThe carrying amount of an asset does not limit the estimation of probable future taxable profits.
oEstimates for future taxable profits exclude tax deductions resulting from the reversal of deductible temporary differences.
oAn entity assesses a deferred tax asset in combination with other deferred tax assets. Where tax law restricts the utilisation of tax losses, an entity would assess a deferred tax asset in combination with other deferred tax assets of the same type.

TheCompany's consolidated financial statements. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, January 2017,2023. Earlier application is permitted. The Company has not opted for early application.


On March 31, 2021, IASB issued 'Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021 (Amendments to IFRS 16)' extending, by one year, the May 2020 amendment that provides lessees with earlieran exemption from assessing whether a COVID-19-related rent concession is a lease modification.

The management of the Company does not anticipate that the application beingof this amendment will have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after April 1, 2021 Earlier application is permitted.

·On January 29, 2016, the IASB published amendments to IAS 7 as part of its disclosure initiative (i.e., projects to improve the effectiveness of financial reporting disclosures). The objective of the amendments is to clarify IAS 7 to improve information provided to financial statement users about an entity’s financing activities. The amendments require that an entity disclose, to the extent necessary to meet the disclosure objective, the following changes in liabilities arising from financing activities:
ochanges from financing cash flows;
ochanges arising from obtaining or losing control of subsidiaries or other businesses;
othe effect of changes in foreign exchange rates;
ochanges in fair values; and
oother changes.

The IASB defines liabilitiesCompany has not opted for early application.


On May 7, 2021, the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”) issued 'Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from financing activities as liabilities “for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities.” The amendments indicatea Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12)' clarifying that the new disclosure requirements alsoinitial recognition exemption does not apply to changestransactions in which equal amounts of deductible and taxable temporary differences arise on initial recognition.
The management of the Company does not anticipate that the application of this amendment will have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial assets that meet this definition. The amendments state that one way to meet the new disclosure requirementsstatements. This amendment is to provide “a reconciliation between the opening and closing balances in the statement of financial position for liabilities arising from financing activities. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017.2023. Earlier application is permitted.

The Company is evaluating the impact, if any, of adopting this new accounting guidance on these consolidated financial statements. Although the Company understands that the application of IFRS 9 and 15 in the future mayhas not have a material impact in the amounts reported and disclosures made in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, it is not practicable to provide a reasonable estimate of the ultimate effect until the Company performs a detailed analysis.

F-12
opted for early application.


2.2 – Basis of consolidation


These consolidated financial statements include the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. Control is achieved where the company has the power over the investee; exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the returns. All intercompany transactions and balances between the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in the consolidation process.


Non-controlling interest in the equity of consolidated subsidiaries is identified separately from the Company’s net liabilities therein.separately. Non-controlling interest consists of the amount of that interest at the date of the original business combination and the non-controlling share of changes in equity since the date of the consolidation. Losses applicable to non-controlling shareholders in excess of the non-controlling interest in the subsidiary’s equity are allocated against the interest of the Company, except to the extent that the non-controlling interest has a binding obligation and is able to make an additional investment to cover the losses.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.


Acquired companies are accounted for under the acquisition method whereby they are included in the consolidated financial statements from their acquisition date.


Detailed below are the subsidiaries of the Company whose financial statement line items have been included in these consolidated financial statements.

  Country   Percentage ownership 
  of Main As of December 31, 
Company incorporation Activity 2015  2014  2013 
Sistemas UK Limited United Kingdom Software development and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
Globant LLC United States of America Software development and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires S.R.L.(1) Argentina Investing activities  -   100.00%  100.00%
4.0 S.R.L.(1) Argentina Investing activities  -   100.00%  100.00%
Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. Colombia Software development and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
Global Systems Outsourcing S.R.L. de C.V. Mexico Outsourcing and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
Software Product Creation S.L. Spain Investing activities  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
Globant S.A. Spain Investing activities  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. Uruguay Software development and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
Sistemas Globales S.A. Argentina Software development and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
IAFH Global S.A. Argentina Software development and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda. Chile Software development and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
Globers S.A. Argentina Travel organization services  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
Globant Brasil Participações Ltda.(2) Brazil Investing activities  -   100.00%  100.00%
TerraForum Consultoria Ltda. Brazil Software development and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
ITO Holdings S.à.r.l.(3) Luxembourg Investing activities  -   -   100.00%
RW Holdings S.à.r.l.(3) Luxembourg Investing activities  -   -   100.00%
Huddle Investment LLP(4) United Kingdom Investing activities  100.00%  100.00%  86.25%
Huddle Group S.A.(4) Argentina Software development and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  86.25%
Huddle Group S.A. (4) (5) Chile Software development and consultancy  -   100.00%  86.25%
Huddle Group Corp. (4) United States Software development and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  86.25%
Globant Peru S.A.C.(6) Peru Software development and consultancy  100.00%  100.00%  - 
Globant India Privated Limited(7) India Software development and consultancy  100.00%  -   - 
Dynaflows S.A.(8) Argentina Software development and consultancy  66.73%  22.75%  - 

F-13


(1)As from January 1, 2015, Sistemas Globales Buenos Aires S.R.L. and 4.0 S.R.L. were merged with Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A., respectively.
(2)As of December 31, 2015, Globant Brasil Participações Ltda. was merged with TerraForum Consultoria Ltda.
(3)As of December 31, 2014, these companies were liquidated.
(4)The 86.25% interest in Huddle Investment LLP and its subsidiaries were acquired on October 18, 2013. On October 23, 2014, the remaining 13.75% interest was acquired (see note 23).
(5)As of December 31, 2015, Huddle Group S.A. from Chile was merged with Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda.
(6)Globant Perú S.A.C. (formerly “Bluestar Energy S.A.C.”) was acquired on October 10, 2014 (see note 23).
(7)Globant India Private Limited (formerly “Clarice Technologies Pvt. Ltd”) was acquired on May 14, 2015 (see note 23).
(8)On October 22, 2015, the Company has increased its participation in Dynaflows S.A. obtaining the control over this company (see note 23).
F-16


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



CompanyCountryMainPercentage ownership
ofActivityAs of December 31,
incorporation202120202019
Globant UK LimitedUnited KingdomCustomer referral services and software development support and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Globant, LLCUnited States of AmericaCustomer referral services and software development support and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Sistemas Colombia S.A.S.ColombiaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
IAFH Globant IT México S. de R.L. de
C.V. (1)
MexicoSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Software Product Creation S.L.SpainHolding, investment, software development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal)SpainHolding and investment activities100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A.UruguaySoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Sistemas Globales S.A.ArgentinaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
IAFH Global S.A.ArgentinaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías LimitadaChileSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Globers S.A.ArgentinaTravel organization services100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Globant Brasil Consultoria Ltda.BrazilSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Globant Peru S.A.C.PeruSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Globant India Private LimitedIndiaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Dynaflows S.A.ArgentinaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
We Are London Limited (2)
United KingdomService design consultancy-100.00 %100.00 %
Difier S.A.UruguaySoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Globant Bel LLCBelarusSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Globant Canada CorpCanadaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Globant France S.A.S.FranceSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Globant IT Romania S.R.L. (3)
RomaniaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Globant Ventures S.A.S. (4)
ArgentinaHolding and investment activities100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Software Product Creation SL Dubai Branch (5)
United Arab EmiratesSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Avanxo Servicios Informáticos España S.L (6)(7)
SpainHolding and investment activities-100.00 %100.00 %
Avanxo México Sociedad Anónima Promotora de inversión de Capital Variable (6)(8)
MexicoCloud consulting and implementation services-100.00 %100.00 %

F-17


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



CompanyCountryMainPercentage ownership
ofActivityAs of December 31,
incorporation202120202019
Avanxo Servicios S.A. de C.V. (6)(9)
MexicoCloud consulting and implementation services-100.00 %100.00 %
Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao LTDA (6)(10)
BrazilCloud consulting and implementation services-100.00 %100.00 %
Orizonta Consutoria De Negocios E Tecnologia LTDA (6)(11)
BrazilCloud consulting and implementation services-100.00 %100.00 %
Avanxo S.A. (6)(12)
ArgentinaCloud consulting and implementation services100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Avanxo - Sucursal del Perú (6)(13)
PerúCloud consulting and implementation services-100.00 %100.00 %
Avanxo Colombia (6)
ColombiaCloud consulting and implementation services100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Belatrix Global Corporation S.A. (14)(15)
SpainHolding and investment activities-100.00 %100.00 %
BSF S.A.ArgentinaAgile product development services100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Belatrix Peru S.A.C. (14)(16)
PeruAgile product development services-100.00 %100.00 %
Belatrix Colombia S.A.S. (14)(17)
ColombiaAgile product development services-100.00 %100.00 %
Globant IT Services Corp (18)
United States of AmericaAgile product development services100.00 %100.00 %100.00 %
Grupo Assa Worldwide S.A (19)
SpainHolding and IT consultancy services-100.00 %-
Grupo ASSA Corp. (19)
United States of AmericaBusiness an IT consultancy services100.00 %100.00 %-
GASA México Consultoría y Servicios S.A de C.V (19)
MexicoBusiness an IT consultancy services100.00 %100.00 %-
Grupo Assa México Soluciones Informáticas S.A de C.V (19)
MexicoBusiness an IT consultancy services100.00 %100.00 %-
Grupo Assa Colombia S.A.S (19)(20)
ColombiaBusiness an IT consultancy services-100.00 %-
CTN Consultoria Tecnologia e Negocios LTDA (19)
BrazilBusiness an IT consultancy services100.00 %100.00 %-
IBS Integrated Business Solutions Consultoria LTDA (19)
BrazilBusiness an IT consultancy services100.00 %100.00 %-
Global Digital Business Solutions em Tecnologia LTDA (19)(38)
BrazilBusiness an IT consultancy services100.00 %100.00 %-
Servicios Digitais em Tecnologia da Informacao LTDA (19)(38)
BrazilBusiness an IT consultancy services-100.00 %-
Grupo Assa Chile Ltda. (19)(21)
ChileBusiness an IT consultancy services-100.00 %-
Decision Support S.A (19)    
ArgentinaBusiness an IT consultancy services100.00 %100.00 %-
Banking Solutions S.A (19)(22)
ArgentinaBusiness an IT consultancy services100.00 %100.00 %-
Brazilian Technology Partners S.A (19)(23)
ArgentinaHolding and investment activities-100.00 %-
Globant Colombia S.A.S.        ColombiaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %-
Globant Germany GmbHGermanySoftware development and consultancy100.00 %100.00 %-
Xappia SpA (24)(25)
ChileCloud consulting and implementation services-100.00 %-
Xappia S.R.L.(24)(26)
ArgentinaCloud consulting and implementation services100.00 %100.00 %-
F-18


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



CompanyCountryMainPercentage ownership
ofActivityAs of December 31,
incorporation202120202019
Giant Monkey Robot SpA (27)(28)
ChileLive game operations, in-game economy, and mobile game development-100.00 %-
Giant Monkey Robot Inc. (27)(29)
United States of AmericaLive game operations, in-game economy, and mobile game development-100.00 %-
BlueCap Management Consulting SL (30)
SpainBusiness and financial consultancy services100.00 %100.00 %-
Globant Singapore PTE LTD. (31)
SingaporeSoftware development and
consultancy
100.00 %--
CloudShiftGroup Limited (32)
United KingdomSoftware development and
consultancy
100.00 %--
Hybrido Worldwide, S.L. (33)
SpainSoftware development and
consultancy
100.00 %--
Pixel Division, S.L. (33)(39)
SpainAdvertising services100.00 %--
Walmeric Soluciones, S.L. (34)
SpainTelecommunications, mailing and
courier services
80.00 %--
Augmented Coding Spain S.A. (35)
SpainSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %--
Sistemas Globales Costa Rica Limitada (36)
Costa RicaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %--
Augmented Coding US, LLC (37)
United States of AmericaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %--
Globant Ecuador S.A.S.(40)
EcuadorSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %--
Atix Labs S.R.L (41)
ArgentinaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %--
Atix Labs LLC(41)(42)
United States of AmericaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %--
Navint Partners, LLC(43)
United States of AmericaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %--
The Hansen Partnership Limited(43)
United KingdomSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %--
Hansen Consulting B.V.(43)
NetherlandsSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %--
Hansen Techsol Private Limited (43)
IndiaSoftware development and consultancy100.00 %--

(1)Global Systems Outsourcing S. de R.L. de C.V changed its name to IAFH Globant IT México S. de R.L de C.V on May 28, 2021.
(2)We Are London Limited is under Strike Off process.
(3)Small Footprint S.R.L. changed its name to Globant IT Romania S.R.L on April 28, 2021.
(4)Globant Ventures S.A.S is under a merger process with Sistemas Globales S.A.
(5)Software Product Creation SL Dubai Branch is dormant since February 27, 2020.
(6)In October 2019, this Company was acquired along with its subsidiaries in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Peru, Argentina and the United States ("Avanxo Group") on February 1, 2019 (see note 26.5). Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited changed its name to Avanxo Servicios Informáticos España S.L due to its redomiciliation to Spain.
(7)Avanxo Servicios Informáticos España S.L was merged with and into Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal) on May 17, 2021.
(8)Avanxo México Sociedad Anónima Promotora de Inversión de Capital Variable was merged with and into IAFH Globant IT México S.
de R.L de C.V (formerly named as Global System Outsourcing S. de R.L. de C.V.) on March 31, 2021.
(9)Avanxo Servicios S.A. de C.V., was merged with and into IAFH Globant IT México S. de R.L de C.V (formerly named as Global System Outsourcing S. de R.L. de C.V.) on March 31, 2021.
(10)Avanxo Brasil Tecnología da Informacao LTDA, was merged with and into Globant Brasil Consultoria Ltda. on August 25, 2021.
(11)Orizonta Consultoria De Negocios E Tecnologia LTDA was merged with and into Globant Brasil Consultoria Ltda. on August 25, 2021.
(12)Avanxo S.A, is under a merger process with Sistemas Globales S.A.
F-19


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



(13)Avanxo Sucursal del Perú concluded its liquidation process on December 21, 2021.
(14)Belatrix Global Corporation S.A along with its subsidiaries in Peru, Colombia, Spain, the United States and Argentina ("Belatrix Group") were acquired on August 9, 2019 (see note 26.6).
(15)Belatrix Global Corporation S.A was merged with and into Globant España S.A. on May 17, 2021.
(16)Belatrix Peru S.A.C. was merged with and into Globant Peru S.A.C. on October 29,2021.
(17)Belatrix Colombia S.A.S. was merged with and into Sistemas Colombia S.A.S on July 7, 2021.
(18)Belatrix Services Corp changed its name to Globant IT Services Corp. on April 21, 2020.
(19)Grupo Assa Worldwide S.A along with its subsidiaries in Colombia, United States, Brazil, Mexico, Argentina and Chile (“gA Group”) were acquired on July 31, 2020 (see note 26.8). Grupo Assa Worldwide was merged with and into Globant España S.A (sociedad unipersonal) on October 22,2021.
(20)Grupo Assa Colombia S.A.S. was merged with and into Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. on July 7, 2021
(21)Grupo Assa Chile Ltda. was merged with and into Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Limitada on June 7, 2021.
(22)Banking Solutions S.A is under a merger process with Sistemas Globales S.A
(23)Brazilian Technology Partners S.A. concluded its liquidation process on November 12, 2021.
(24)Xappia SpA and Xappia SRL were acquired on October 21, 2020 (see note 26.9).
(25)Xappia SpA was merged with and into Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Limitada on July 21, 2021.
(26)Xappia S.R.L. is under merger process with Sistemas Globales S.A.
(27)Giant Monkey Robot SpA and Giant Monkey Robot Inc were acquired on November 9, 2020 (see note 26.10).
(28)Giant Monkey Robot SpA was merged with and into Sistemas Globales Chile Asesorías Limitada on July 21, 2021.
(29)Giant Monkey Robot Inc. was merged with and into Globant LLC on June 16, 2021.
(30)BlueCap Management Consulting SLU was acquired on December 18, 2020 (see note 26.11).
(31)Globant Singapore was incorporated on February 3, 2021.
(32)CloudShiftGroup Limited was acquired on February 28, 2021 (see note 26.12).
(33)Hybrido Worldwide S.L along with its subsidiary in Spain (Pixel Division S.L.), were acquired on May 12, 2021 (see note 26.13).
(34)Walmeric Soluciones S.L was acquired on July 8, 2021 (see note 26.14).
(35)Augmented Coding Spain S.A was incorporated on August 24, 2021.
(36)Sistemas Globales Costa Rica Limitada was incorporated on August 9, 2021.
(37)Augmented Coding US, LLC was incorporated on August 27, 2021.
(38)Servicios Digitais em Tecnologia de Informacao LTDA was merged with and into Global Digital Business Solutions em Tecnologia LTDA on December 1, 2021.
(39)Pixel Division S.L. is under liquidation process.
(40)Globant Ecuador S.A.S was incorporated on November 11, 2021.
(41)Atix Labs S.R.L and Atix Labs LLC were acquired on October 5, 2021 (see note 26.15).
(42)Atix Labs LLC is under merger process with Globant LLC.
(43)Navint Group with subsidiaries in the United States, India, England and Wales and Netherlands, were acquired on November 30, 2021. (see note 26.16).

NOTE 3 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

3.1 – Business combinations


Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value, which is calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair values of the assets transferred to the Company, liabilities incurred by the Company to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Company in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costscharges are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.


At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recognized at their fair value, except that:

·deferred tax assets or liabilities, and assets or liabilities related to employee benefit arrangements are recognized and measured in accordance with IAS 12Income Taxes and IAS 19Employee Benefitsrespectively;and

·liabilities or equity instruments related to share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree or share-based payment arrangements of the Company entered into to replace share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree are measured in accordance with IFRS 2Share-based Paymentat the acquisition date.


deferred tax assets or liabilities, and assets or liabilities related to employee benefit arrangements are recognized and measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes and IAS 19 Employee Benefits respectively; and

liabilities or equity instruments related to share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree or share-based payment arrangements of the Company entered into to replace share-based payment arrangements of the acquiree are measured in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based Payment at the acquisition date.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquired business, and the fair value of the acquirer’sacquirer's previously held equity interest in the acquired business (if any) over the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after reassessment, the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the sum of the
F-20


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquired business and the fair value of the acquirer’sacquirer's previously held equity interest in the acquired business (if any), the excess is recognized immediately in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.


Non-controlling interests that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of the entity’sentity's net assets in the event of liquidation may be initially measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling interests’interests' proportionate share of the recognized amounts of the acquired business identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement basis is made on a transaction-by-transaction basis.

F-14


When the consideration transferred by the GroupCompany in a business combination includes assets or liabilities resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that qualify as measurement period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments against goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional information obtained during the ‘measurement period’'measurement period' (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date.


The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments depends on how the contingent consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with IAS 39, or IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent LiabilitiesIFRS 3 and Contingent Assets,IFRS 13, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognized in profit or loss.


When a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’sCompany's previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to its acquisition-date fair value and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognized in profit or loss. Amounts arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have previously been recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where such treatment would be appropriate if that interest were disposed of.


Arrangements that include remuneration of former owners of the acquiree for future services are excluded of the business combinations and will be recognized inas expense during the required service period.


3.2 – Goodwill


Goodwill arising in a business combination is carried at cost as established at the acquisition date of the business less accumulated impairment losses, if any. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to a unique cash generating unit (CGU).


Goodwill is not amortized butand is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently when there is an indication that the business may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the business is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the business and then to the other assets of the business pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the business. Any impairment loss for goodwill is recognized directly in profit or loss in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income. An impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.


The Company has not recognized any impairment loss in the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013.

2019.


3.3 – Revenue recognition


The Company generates revenue primarily from the provision of software development, testing, infrastructure management, application maintenance, outsourcing services, consultancy and second screen or similar.Services over Platforms (SoP). SoP is a new concept for the services industry that aims to deliver digital journeys in more rapid manner providing specific platforms as a starting point and then customizing them to the specific need of the customers. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.


F-21

GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)
The Company’s services are performed under both time-and-material (where materials costs consist of travel and out-of-pocket expenses) and fixed-price contracts. For revenues generated under time-and-material contracts, revenues are recognized as services are performed with the corresponding cost of providing those services reflected as cost of revenues whena single performance obligation satisfied over time, using an input method based on hours incurred. The majority of such revenues are billed on an hourly, daily or monthly basis whereby actual time is charged directly to the client.


The Company recognizes revenues from fixed-price contracts applying the input or output methods depending on the nature of the project and the agreement with the customer, recognizing revenue on the basis of the Company’s efforts to the satisfaction of the performance obligation relative to the total expected inputs to the satisfaction of the performance obligation, or recognizing revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value to the customer of the services transferred to date relative to the remaining services promised under the contract, respectively. Each method is applied according to the characteristics of each contract and client. The inputs and outputs are selected based on how faithfully they depict the percentageCompany's performance towards complete satisfaction of completion method. Under this method, revenuethe performance obligation.

These methods are followed where reasonably dependable estimates of revenues and costs can be made. Fixed-price projects generally correspond to short-term contracts. Some fixed-price contracts are recurring contracts that establish a fixed amount per month and do not require the Company to apply significant judgment in accounting for those types of contracts. In consequence, the use of estimates is recognizedonly applicable for those contracts that are on-going at the year end and that are not recurring.

Reviews to these estimates may result in increases or decreases to revenues and income and are reflected in the accountingconsolidated financial statements in the periods in which servicesthey are rendered. In instances where final acceptance offirst identified. If the product, system or solutionestimates indicate that a contract loss will be incurred, a loss provision is specified by the client, revenues are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. In absence of a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, revenues are recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflectedrecorded in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimateloss first becomes known. Fixed-price contractsprobable and reasonably estimable. Contract losses are generally recognized over a period of 12 months or less.

3.4 – Leasing

Leases are classified as finance leases wheneverdetermined to be the termsamount by which the estimated costs of the lease transfer substantially allcontract exceed the risksestimated total revenues that will be generated by the contract and rewardsare included in cost of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

F-15

Finance leases which transfer to the Company substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalised at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognized in finance costsrevenues in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. A leased assetContract losses for the periods presented in these consolidated financial statements were immaterial.


The Company also provides hosted access to software applications for a subscription-based fee. The revenue from these subscription resales contracts is depreciated overrecognized at a point in time, given that the useful lifeperformance obligation is satisfied when the contract is signed by the customer and the Company. The Company acts as an agent because the performance obligation is to arrange for the service to be provided to the customer by another party (the owner of the asset. However, if theresoftware applications). Consequently, the revenue is no reasonable certaintymeasured as the amount of the commission, which is the net amount of consideration that the Company will obtain ownershipretains after paying the other party the consideration received in exchange for the services to be provided by that party.

3.4 – Leases

As of January 1, 2019, the endCompany applied IFRS 16 where the Company assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Company recognizes a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases (leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets (assets with a value of 5 or less when new). For these leases, the Company recognizes the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight line basis over the term of the lease term, the asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term.

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has recognized some agreements related to computer leases as finance leases, considering all the factors mentioned above.

Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except whereunless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.


Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:

fixed payments, less any lease incentives receivable;
variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the lessee's incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions.

The Company remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right–of–use asset) whenever:
F-22


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



1.the lease term has changed or there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.
2.the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used).
3.a lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

The Company made adjustments related to leases that are subject to changes in the consumer price index. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, such adjustments amounted to 1,113 and 491 respectively.

Right-of-use asset are consumed. Contingent rentals arisingmeasured at cost comprising the following:
the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;
any initial direct costs and restoration costs.

Right-of-use assets are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Whenever the Company incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognized and measured under operatingIAS 37. The costs are included in the related right–of-use asset.

The right-of-use assets are presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position.

The Company applies IAS 36 Impairment of Assets to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment loss as described in note 3.10.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognized on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets are assets with a value of 5 or less when new.

In determining the periodlease term, management considers all fact and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension options and periods after termination options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended or not terminated. The assessment is reviewed if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs which they are incurred.

Inaffects this assessment and that is within the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognized as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognized as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representativecontrol of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed. The Company did not receive any lease incentives in any of the years presented.

There are no situations in which the Company qualifies as a lessor.

lessee.


3.5 – Foreign currencies

Except in the case


The functional currency of TerraForum Consultoria Ltda. (“Terraforum”) and Globers S.A., the Company and most of its subsidiaries is the other subsidiaries’U.S. dollar, except for some subsidiaries; the main subsidiaries with a functional currency different from U.S dollar are:

Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda.: the functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Brazilian Real.
Globers S.A.: the functional currency is the Argentine Peso.
IBS Integrated Business Solutions Consultoría LTDA: the functional currency is the Brazilian Real.
Global Digital Business Solutions em Tecnologia LTDA: the functional currency is the Brazilian Real.
Avanxo Colombia: the functional currency is the Colombian Peso.
BlueCap Management Consulting SL: the functional currency is the European Union Euro.
Hybrido Worldwide, S.L: the functional currency is the European Union Euro.

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollarfunctional currency (“foreign currencies”) are recognized at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslatedtranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.kept at the original translated cost. Exchange differences are recognized in profit and loss in the period in which they arise.

TerraForum

F-23


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and Globers2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



In the case of the subsidiaries with a functional currency isother than the Brazilian Real and the Argentine Peso, respectively. AssetsU.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated at current exchange closing rates at the date of that balance sheet, while income and expense are translated at the date of the transaction rate. The resulting foreign currency translation adjustment is recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in equity.

Accounting standards are applied on the equity.

assumption that the value of money (the unit of measurement) is constant over time. However, when the rate of inflation is no longer negligible, a number of issues arise impacting the true and fair nature of the accounts of entities that prepare their financial statements on a historical cost basis. To address such issues, entities apply IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies from the beginning of the period in which the existence of hyperinflation is identified. Based on the statistics published on July 17, 2018, Argentina's economy started to be considered hyperinflationary. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the 3-year cumulative rate of inflation for consumer prices in Argentina is 216% and 209%, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company assessed that the effects of inflation are not material to the financial statements, since the most significant Argentine subsidiaries have the U.S. dollars as their functional currency, except for Globers S.A.


3.6 – Borrowing costs


The Company does not have borrowings attributable to the construction or production of assets. All borrowing costs are recognized in profit and loss under finance loss.


3.7 – Taxation


3.7.1 – Income taxes – current and deferred


Income tax expense represents the estimated sum of income tax currently payable and deferred tax.


3.7.1.1 – Current income tax


The current income tax payable is the sum of the income tax determined in each taxable jurisdiction, in accordance with their respective income tax regimes.


Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income because taxable profit excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in future years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company’sCompany's liability for current income tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted as of the balance sheet dates.date of issuance. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws in force in the countries in which the consolidated entities operate.


For the fiscal years 2021 and 2020, Globant S.A, (Luxembourg) is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 20%17% on taxable income exceeding EUR 200, leading to an overall tax rate of 24.94% in Luxembourg City for FY 2020 and FY 2021 (taking into account the solidarity surtax of 7% on the CIT rate, and including the 6.75% municipal business tax rate applicable).

F-16


��

In 2008, Globant S.A. (Spain)

The holding companies located in Spain elected to be included in the Spanish special tax regime for entities having substantially all of their operations outside of Spain, known as “Empresas Tenedoras de Valores en el Exterior” (“ETVE”), on which. Globant España S.A and Global Assa Worldwide S.L (absorbed by Globant España S.A in January, 2021) were registered in 2008 and Belatrix Global Corporation S.A. (absorbed by Globant España S.A) was registered in 2013. Under the ETVE regime, dividends distributed from its foreign subsidiaries as well as any gain resulting from disposal are subject to 95% of tax free.exemption effective from January 1st, 2021. In order to be entitled to the tax exemption,benefit, among other requirements, Globant Spain’sthe main activity of the entities must be the administration and management of equity instruments from non-Spanish entities and such entities must be subject to a tax regime similar to that applicable in Spain for non-ETVEs companies. During 2014 and 2015,As of December 31, 2020 the Company’s Uruguayan and Colombian subsidiariessubsidiary distributed dividends for a total amount of 22,300 to Globant S.A. for an amountEspaña S.A.. As of 1,000 and 704 for 2014, and 2,351 and 2,160 for 2015, respectively.December 31, 2021, the Spanish Holding companies did not receive dividends distributions. If this tax exemption would not applied,apply partially, the applicable tax rate should be 20%25%.

From a taxable income perspective, the Argentine The Company´s Spanish subsidiaries represent the Company’s most significant operations. Argentine companiesSoftware Product Creation S.L., Avanxo Servicios Informaticos S.L., Bluecap Management Consulting S.L, Hybrido Worldwide S.L., Pixel Division S.L., Augmented Coding Spain S.A., and Walmeric Soluciones S.L. are subject to a 35%25% corporate income tax rate. In January 2006, Huddle Group


F-24


GLOBANT S.A. (“Huddle Argentina”)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

For the fiscal year 2021, Argentina has progressive system of corporate income tax rates ranging from 25% to 35% . For fiscal year 2020, the corporate income tax rate was 30%.

On May 2008, IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A. were notified by22, 2019, the Argentine Government through the Ministry of Economy and Public Finance that they had been included within theCongress enacted Law No. 27,506 ("Ley de Economía del Conocimiento"), which provides a promotional regime for the software industry established underKnowledge Economy, which was modified by means of Law No. 25,922 (the “Software Promotion Regime”27,570, published on October 26, 2020 ("Knowledge based Economy Law").

The two principal benefits arisingKnowledge based Economy Law is valid from Law No. 25,922 were:

a)The reduction of 60% of the income tax calculated for each year. This benefit could be applied for fiscal years ending after the notification to such subsidiaries of their inclusion in the Software Promotion Regime.

b)A tax credit of up to 70% of the social security taxes paid by such subsidiaries, under Argentine Law Nos. 19,032, 24,013 and 24,241. This credit can be used to cancel Argentine federal taxes originated from the software industry. The principal Argentine federal tax that could be cancelled with this credit was value-added-tax (“VAT”). Income tax was explicitly excluded from this benefit.

In 2011,January 1, 2020 -for the Argentine Congress passed Law No. 26,692, which maintains all benefits from Law No. 25,922 and includes additional benefits (subjectlegal entities adhered to the issuance of implementing regulations). The principal characteristicsSoftware Promotion Law- and from the publication of the Law No. 26,692 are the following:

a)The new law extends fiscal benefits contemplated by the Software Promotion Regime until December 31, 2019, providing certainty regarding these tax credits for the Argentine software industry.

b)The new law maintains the reduced income tax rate (14%, instead of the otherwise applicable income tax rate of 35%) and the tax credit equivalent of up to 70% of social security taxes, but only with respect to the portion of the business related to the promoted activities.

c)Tax credits arising from the Software Promotion Regime can still be applied against VAT and other Argentine federal taxes. Additionally, the new law allows such tax credit to be applied to cancel income taxes, up to a percentage not greater that the ratio of the taxpayer’s export revenue to its total sales.

On September 16, 2013, the Argentine Government published Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, which governs the implementation27,570 for other entities, and in both cases until December 31, 2029, and aims to promote economic activities that apply knowledge and digitization of the Software Promotional Regime, establishedinformation, supported by Law No. 25,922, as amended by Law No. 26,692. Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013, introduced the specific requirements neededadvances in science and technology, to obtain the fiscal benefits contemplated under the Software Promotion Regime, as amended by Law No. 26,692. Those requirements include, among others, minimum annual revenue, minimum percentage of employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum aggregate amount spent in salaries paid to employees involved in the promoted activities, minimum researchgoods and development expensesservices and the filing of evidence of software-related services exports.

Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 further provides that:

-from September 17, 2014 through December 31, 2019, only those companies that are accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers (Registro Nacional de Productores de Software y Servicios Informaticos) maintained by the Secretary of Industry (Secretaria de Industria del Ministerio de Industria) will be entitled to participate in the benefits of the Software Promotion Regime;

-applications for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers must be made to the Secretary of Industry within 90 days after the publication in the Official Gazette (Boletín Oficial) of the relevant registration form (which period expired on July 8, 2014);

-the 60% reduction in corporate income tax provided under the Software Promotion Regime shall only become effective as of the beginning of the fiscal year after the date on which the applicant is accepted for registration in the National Registry of Software Producers; and

F-17
improve processes.


-upon the Secretary of Industry’s formal approval of an applicant’s registration in the National Registry of Software Producers, any promotional benefits previously granted to such person under Law No. 25,922 shall be extinguished.

In addition, Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013 delegates authority to the Secretary of Industry

The entities IAFH Global S.A, Sistemas Globales S.A, BSF S.A, Decision Support S.A and the Federal Administration of Public Revenue (Administración Federal de Ingresos Publicos, or AFIP) to adopt ‘‘complementary and clarifying’’ regulations in furtherance of the implementationAtix S.A. were beneficiaries of the Software Promotion Regime.

On March 11, 2014, AFIP issued General Resolution No. 3,597. This resolution provides that, as a further prerequisiteLaw and expressed the willingness to participationcontinue in the Software Promotion Regime, a company that exports software and related services must register in a newlyregime under the Knowledge based Economy Law, accordingly. Once the formalities established Special Registry of Exporters of Services (Registro Especial de Exportadores de Servicios). On March 14, May 21 and May 28, 2014,for this purpose are fulfilled, the Company´s Argentine subsidiaries, Huddle Group S.A., IAFH Global S.A. and Sistemas Globales S.A., respectively, applied and were accepted for registration in the Special Registry of Exporters of Services. In addition, General Resolution No. 3,597 states that any tax credits generated under Law No. 25,922 by a participant in the Software Promotion Regime was only valid until September 17, 2014.

The Company’s Argentine subsidiaries submitted their applications for registrationentities will be incorporated in the National Registry of Software ProducersBeneficiaries ,and will enjoy the benefits of the Knowledge Economy Law retroactively from January 1st, 2020.


The beneficiaries of the regime will enjoy the following benefits:
– Stability in the enjoyment of benefits.
– Beneficiaries who carry exports within the promoted activity, are not subject to any withholding and/or collection VAT regimes.
– A reduced corporate income tax rate applied to the promoted activities. The reduction is applied on June 25, 2014.

the general tax rate as follows: (i) 60% for micro and small enterprises, (ii) 40% for medium-sized enterprises, and (iii) 20% for large enterprises.

– In addition, beneficiaries will be allowed to deduct as an expense, the withholding tax paid of foreign taxes, if the taxed income constitutes an Argentine source of income.
– A non-transferable tax credit of up to 70% of amounts paid for certain social security taxes (contributions) for the employees associated with the promoted activities. The credit may be offset against value-added tax liabilities within 24 months of its issuance (which can be extended for an additional 12 months with justified cause). Beneficiaries that carry out exports are authorized to use the credit against income tax liabilities in the percentage of exports reported at the time of registration. The credit will be increased to 80% to newly-onboarded employees that are: (a) women, (b) transsexual and transgender persons, (c) professionals with graduate studies in engineering, exact or natural sciences, (d) individuals with disabilities, (e) individuals who reside in unfavorable areas and/or provinces with lower relative development, (f) individuals who, before being employed, were beneficiaries of welfare programs, among other groups of interest to be added by the enforcement authority.
– A 0% rate of export duties applicable to the export of services promoted by the Law.

The entities Atix Labs, S.RL., Decision Support S.A, BSF S.A , IAFH Global S.A and Sistemas Globales S.A., were approved as beneficiaries of the Knowledge Economic Law by the Subsecretary of Knowledge Economy and incorporated into the National Registry on July 8, 2021, September 24, 2021, October 15, 2021, December 14, 2021 and February 8, 2022.

Decision Support S.A and IAFH Global S.A are considered as a medium- size enterprise with a reduction of 40% on the income tax rate while BSF S.A is considered a micro and small enterprise with a 60% of reduction. Sistemas Globales S.A. is considered as a large enterprise. For this company the benefit is a reduction of 20%.

On December 29, 2017, Argentina enacted a comprehensive tax reform (Law No. 27,430) through publication in the Official Gazette. The Law is effective from January 1, 2018. Specifically, the Law introduces amendments to income tax (both at corporate and individual levels), value added tax (VAT), tax procedural law, criminal tax law, social security contributions, excise tax, tax on fuels, and tax on the transfer of real estate.
At a corporate level, the law decreases the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 30% for fiscal years starting January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2019, and to 25% for fiscal years starting January 1, 2020 and onwards. The Law also establishes dividend withholding tax rates of 7% for profits accrued during fiscal years starting January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2019, and 13% for profits accrued in fiscal years starting January 1, 2020 and onwards. The new withholding rates apply to distributions made to shareholders qualifying as resident individuals or nonresidents.


F-25


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2013, based2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

On December 23, 2019, the Argentine Government enacted the Ley de Solidaridad Social y Reactivación Productiva No. 27,541 (the "Law on its interpretation of Regulatory Decree No. 1315/2013,Social Solidarity and consideringProductive Reactivation " or the facts"Social Solidarity Law") which declared a public emergency in economic, financial, fiscal, administrative, social security, tariff, energy, health and circumstances availablesocial matters, and also delegated legislative powers to the National Executive Power, until December 31, 2020. According to the date of issuanceSocial Solidarity Law, the corporate income tax for years commencing on or after January 1, 2020 is 30%, and the tax rate applicable to dividends is 7%, delaying the effectiveness of the consolidated financial statements for the year then ended, management believed that any25% and 13% rates until tax credits generated under Law No. 25,922 would only be valid until the effective date of registration in the National Registry of Software Producers and, consequently, due to the uncertainty regarding the actual date of registration in such registry, that there was a substantial doubt as to the recoverability of the tax credit generated by its Argentine subsidiaries under Law No. 25,922. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2013 the Company recorded a valuation allowance of 9,579 to reduce the carrying value of such tax credit to its estimated net realizable value.

years starting on January 1, 2021.

On March 26, 2015 and April 17, 2015, the Secretary and Subsecretary of Industry issued rulings approving the registration in the National Registry of Software Producers of Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. and Huddle Group S.A., respectively. In each case, the ruling made the effective date of registration retroactive to September 18, 2014 and provided that the benefits enjoyed under the Software Promotion Law as originally enacted were not extinguished until the ruling goes into effect (which have occurred upon its date of publication inJune 16, 2021, the Argentine government’s official gazette).

On May 7, 2015,Government enacted an income tax reform (Law No. 27,630), which increases the Company applied to the Subsecretary of Industry for deregistration of Huddle Group S.A. from the National Registry of Software Producers, as the subsidiary had discontinued activities since January 1, 2015. As a consequence, Huddle Group S.A. is subject to a 35% corporate income tax rate sincefor tax years commencing on or after January 1, 2015.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014,2021. The law replaced the Company recordedprevious 30% tax rate with a gain of 1,820 and 1,505 related to the partial reversal of the allowance of impairment ofprogressive tax credit generated under the abovementioned regimescale that applies as follows: a) for accumulated net taxable income up to the date5,000,000 Argentine Pesos: 25% tax rate on net taxable income, b) for accumulated net taxable income from 5,000,000 Argentine Pesos to 50,000,000 Argentine: a tax payment of the reaccreditation1,250,000 Argentine Pesos plus a 30% tax rate on accumulated net taxable income on any amount exceeding 5,000,000 Argentine Pesos, c) for accumulated net taxable income exceeding 50,000,000 Argentine Pesos: a tax payment of the14,750,000 Argentine subsidiary (Sistemas Globales S.A.) by the Secretary of Industry who stated in the respective resolutionsPesos plus a 35% tax rate on accumulated net taxable income on any amount exceeding 50,000,000 Argentine Pesos. Apart from that, the Law permanently extends the 7% withholding tax benefitsfor dividend distributions.

The Company’s Argentine subsidiaries, Globers Travel and Dynaflows, are subject to a corporate income tax rate under a progressive tax scale as they are not included within the previous regime expired on the date of the reaccreditation. After the date of the reaccreditation under the new law, the Company has not recognized any benefit under the law 25,922.

Software Promotion Regime nor Knowledge Economy Regime.


The Company’s Uruguayan subsidiary Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. is domiciled in a tax free zone and has an indefinite tax relief of 100% of the income tax rate and an exemption from VAT. Aggregate income tax relief arising under Sistemas Globales Uruguay S.A. for years ended in December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 20132019 were 1,175, 46918,835, 29,818 and 284,21,224 , respectively.

The Company’s Uruguayan subsidiary Difier S.A. is located outside tax-free zone and according to Article 163 bis of Decree No. 150/007 the software development services performed are exempt from income tax and value-added tax applicable as long as they are exported and utilized abroad, except for the financial results that are taxable at a rate of 25%. Difier S.A is 100% export-oriented.


The Colombian subsidiary Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. issubsidiaries are subject to federal corporate income tax at the rate of 25% and31%. Until December 31, 2018 the CREE (“Contribución Empresarial para la Equidad”)Company's Colombian subsidiary Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. was subject to federal corporate income tax at the rate of 9%33% and a surcharge at the rate of 4% calculated on net income before income tax. Law N°1,943 gradually reduces the corporate tax applicable till December 31, 2015. Afterrates from 33% to 30% from fiscal years 2020 to 2022.

On September 14 2021, the Colombian Government enacted the “Ley de Inversión Social” (Law No. 2,155), which introduces a tax reform, as well as adjusts the 2021 budget. Among other things, the law increases the corporate income tax rate to 35% for tax years commencing on or after January 1, 2022. This rate applies to Colombian entities, permanent establishments in Colombia and foreign taxpayers with Colombian-source income that date, the rate will be increased to 14%.

must file income tax returns in Colombia.

The Company’s U.S. subsidiaries Globant LLC and Huddle Group Corp are subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 34%21%.

The Company’s English subsidiaries Sistemas UK Limited and Huddle Investment LLP, are Fiscal years beginning before January 1, 2018 were subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 35%.


On December 22, 2017, the United States enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”) that instituted fundamental changes to the taxation of multinational corporations. The Tax Act includes significant changes to the U.S. corporate income tax system, including a federal corporate rate reduction from 35% to 21%, limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation, changes regarding net operating loss carryforwards, and the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system. Furthermore, as part of the transition to the new tax system, a one-time transition tax is imposed on a U.S. shareholder's historical undistributed earnings of foreign affiliates. The Tax Act introduces various other changes to the Internal Revenue Code.

The reform also introduces base erosion provisions for U.S corporations that are part of multinational groups. For fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2017, a U.S corporation is potentially subject to tax under the Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax provision (“BEAT”), if the controlled group of which it is a part has sufficient gross receipts and derives a sufficient level of “base erosion tax benefits”.

On December 13, 2018, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) published a proposed regulation that provides guidance regarding the BEAT application for public comments. The final document was published in the Federal Register on December 2, 2019.
The Company’s Chilean subsidiary Sistemas Globales Chile Ases. Ltda. is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 22.5%27%. For

F-26


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the year 2016,three years in the corporate income tax rate will be 24%.

F-18
period ended December 31, 2021

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)


The Company’s Brazilian subsidiary Terraforum Consultoría Ltda., appliessubsidiaries apply the taxable income method called “Lucro real”. Under this method, taxable income is based upon a percentage of profit accrued by the Company, adjusted according to the add-backs and exclusions provided in the relevant tax law. The rate applicable to the taxable income derived from the subsidiary’s activity is 24% plus 10% if the net income before income tax is higher than 120,000 reais.

240 Brazilian real for the years 2017 and onwards.


The Company’s Peruvian subsidiary, Globant Peru S.A.C. isMexican subsidiaries are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 30%.


The Company’s Mexican subsidiary, Global Systems Outsourcing S.R.L. de C.V., is subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 30%.

The Company’sCompany's Indian subsidiary Globant India Private Limited is primarily export-oriented and is eligible for certain income tax holiday benefits granted by the government of India for export activities conducted within Special Economic Zones, or SEZs. The services provided by our Pune development center are eligible for a deduction of 100% of the profits or gains derived from the export of services for the first five years from the financial year in which the center commenced the provision of services, which occurred on August 3, 2017, and 50% of such profits or gains for the five years thereafter. Certain tax benefits are also available for a further five years subject to the center meeting defined conditions. Indian profits ineligible for SEZ benefits are subject to corporate income tax at the rate of 34.61%. In addition, all Indian profits, including those generated within SEZs, are subject to the Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT), at the current rate of approximately 21.34%, including surcharges.


On February 1, 2018, the Finance Minister presented the Union Budget 2018-19. A reduction in the corporate tax rate was proposed for companies with an annual turnover of up to Rupees (Rs) 2,5 billion. In such case, the tax rate is 25% plus surcharge. Globant India Private Limited is eligible for the lower corporate tax rate.

The Indian Government introduced in September, 2019, a slew of measures through the Taxation Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, to make certain amendments in the Income-tax Act 1961 and the Finance (No.2) Act 2019.

Under the new measures, any domestic company will be able to choose to be taxed at the rate of 22% if, among other things, reject the SEZ tax holidays. Thus, the effective tax rate for these companies shall be 25.17% inclusive of surcharge & cess. Domestic companies are required to exercise the option to claim the lower tax rate from AY 2020-21 onwards in the prescribed form and manner, once the option is made it cannot be withdrawn for any subsequent year. Also, such companies shall not be required to pay Minimum Alternate Tax (‘MAT’).

The Company's subsidiary located in Belarus is resident of the High Technology Park (“HTP”). HTP residents are exempted from corporate income tax and VAT.

On December 21, 2017 the President of the Republic of Belarus published Decree N° 8 that extends the duration of the HTP’s tax incentives and the special legal regime until January 1, 2049. The Company will be benefited by the exemption as long as the regime is valid.

3.7.1.2 – Deferred tax


Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences, and deferred tax assets including tax loss carry forwards are generally recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Such deferred assets and liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit. In addition, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill.


Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, except where the entities are able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilize the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

F-27


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realized, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.


Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.


Current and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss, except when they relate to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. The Company has not recorded any current or deferred income tax in other comprehensive income or equity in any each of the years presented.

presented, except for deferred income tax arising from the share-based compensation plan, for the deferred income tax arising from hedge instruments and for the translation of deferred tax assets and liabilities arising from subsidiaries with functional currencies other than U.S. dollar.


Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.


Under IFRS, deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are classified as non-current assets (liabilities).


3.7.1.3 – Uncertain tax treatments

The Company does not have unrecognizeddetermines the accounting for tax benefits or reserve forposition when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments as follows. First, the Company determines whether uncertain tax positions are assessed separately or as a group; and then, the Company assesses whether it is probable that require disclosurea tax authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment used, or proposed to be used, by an entity in its income tax filings. If yes, the Company determines its accounting tax position consistently with the tax treatment used or planned to be used in its income tax filings. If not, the Company reflects the effect of uncertainty in determining its accounting tax position using either the most likely amount or the expected value method. The Company discloses in note to the consolidated financial statements.

statements certain matters related to the interpretation of income tax laws for which there is a possibility that a loss may have been incurred.


As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there are certain matters related to the interpretation of income tax laws for which there is a possibility that a loss may have been incurred (assessed as not probable), as of the date of the financial statements in accordance with IFRIC 23 in an amount of 4,937 and 3,543, related to assessments for the fiscal years 2015 to 2021 and 2014 to 2020, respectively. No formal claim has been made for fiscal years within the statute of limitation by Tax authorities in any of the mentioned matters, however those years are still subject to audit and claims may be asserted in the future.

3.8 – Property and equipment


Fixed assets are valued at acquisition cost, net of the related accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

F-19


Depreciation is recognized so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over their useful lives, using the straight-line method.


The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.


Lands and properties under construction are carried at cost, less any recognized impairment loss. Properties under construction are classified to the appropriate categories of property and equipment when completed and ready for intended use. Depreciation of these assets, on the same basis as other property assets, commences when the assets are ready for their intended use. Land is not depreciated.


F-28


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

An item of property and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in profit or loss.


The value of fixed assets, taken as a whole, does not exceed their recoverable value.

3.9 – Intangible assets


Intangible assets include licenses, trademarks, customer relationships, customer contracts, non-compete agreements and non-compete agreements.cryptocurrencies. The accounting policies for the recognition and measurement of these intangible assets are described below.


3.9.1 – Intangible assets acquired separately


Intangible assets with finite useful life that are acquired separately (licenses) are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis over the intangible assets estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives and amortization method are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimates being accounted for on a prospective basis.


3.9.1.1 - Cryptocurrencies

The Company accounts for its crypto assets as indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with IAS 38 "Intangible Assets". Bitcoin and Ethereum are cryptocurrencies that are considered to be an indefinite lived intangible asset because they lack physical form and there is no limit to its useful life, they are not subject to amortization but they are tested for impairment.

The Company's crypto assets are initially recorded at cost. Subsequently, they are measured at cost, net of any impairment losses incurred since acquisition. The Company performs monthly analysis to identify possible impairment. If the carrying value of the crypto asset exceeds the fair value based on the quoted price in the active exchange market, the Company will recognize an impairment loss equal to the difference between the fair value and the book value in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Gains, if any, will not be recognized until realized upon sale in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Further details are disclosed in note 16. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has recognized a loss of 80 as impairment.

3.9.2 – Intangible assets acquired in a business combination


Intangible assets acquired in a business combination (trademarks,(customer relationships, customer relationshipscontracts, non-compete agreements and non-compete agreement)software) are recognized separately from goodwill and are initially recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost).


Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses if any, on the same basis as intangible assets acquired separately.


3.9.3 – Internally-generated intangible assets


Intangible assets arising from development are recognized if, and only if, all the following have been demonstrated:

-the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;
-the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;
-the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;
-how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;
-the ability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset, and
-the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

- the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;
- the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;
- the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;
- how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;
- the ability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset, and
- the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

The amount initially recognized for internally-generated assets is the sum of expenditure incurred (including employee costs and an appropriate proportion of overheads) from the date when the intangible asset first meets the recognition criteria listed
F-29


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

above. Where no internally-generated intangible asset can be recognized, development expenditure is recognized in profit or loss in the period in which it is incurred.


Capitalized intangible assets are amortized from the point at which the asset is ready for use. Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately.

F-20
Costs associated with maintaining software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred.


3.9.4 – Derecognition of intangible assets


An intangible asset is derecognized on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are expected from use or disposal. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset, measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, and are recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has derecognized intangible assets for an amount of 412 and 507, respectively.


3.10 – Impairment of tangible and intangible assets excluding goodwill


At each balance sheet date, the Company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit or the business, as the case may be.


The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.


If the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year.


As of December 31, 2015, 20142020 and 2013, no2019 the Company recorded an impairment losses were recorded.

loss of 83 and 720, respectively, as of December 31, 2021 the Company did not recognize impairment related to internally-generated intangible assets.


3.11 – Provisions for contingencies

Contingent liabilities


The Company has existing or potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings. Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Company will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.


The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation, and the advice of the Company’s legal advisors.

advisers.


When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably. The amount of the recognized receivable does not exceed the amount of the provision recorded.


3.12 – Financial assets

Financial assets are


On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified into the following specified categories: “held-to-maturity” investments, “available-for-sale” (“AFS”) financial assets, “fairas measured at: (i) amortized cost (ii) fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) or (iii) fair value through profit or loss” (“FVTPL”) and “loans and receivables”loss (FVTPL). The classification dependsof financial assets is generally based on the naturebusiness model in which a financial asset is managed and purposeits contractual cash flow characteristics.

F-30


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

3.12.1 – Amortized cost and effective interest method

A financial asset is measured at amortized cost if both of the following conditions are met, and if it is not designated as at FVPL:
-    It is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets to collect contractual cash flow;
-    Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and is determined atinterest on the time of initial recognition.

3.12.1 – Effective interest method

principal amount outstanding.


The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of an instrument and of allocating interest income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts (including all fees on points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the instrument, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.


3.12.2 – Financial assets measured at FVTPL

Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL when the financial asset is either held for trading or it is designated as at FVTPL. FVOCI


A financial asset is classifiedmeasured at FVOCI if both of the following conditions are met, and if it is not designated as at FVPL:
-    It is held for trading if:

-It has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling it in the near term; or
-On initial recognition it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that the Company manages together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or
-It is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

F-21
within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets

-    Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding

A


The change in fair value of financial asset other thanassets measured at FVOCI is accumulated in the investment revaluation reserve until they are derecognized. When a financial asset held for trading may be designatedmeasured at FVOCI is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment.

3.12.3 – Financial assets measured at FVTPL upon initial recognition if:

-Such designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would otherwise arise; or
-The financial asset forms part of a group of financial assets or financial liabilities or both, which is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with the Company’s documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the grouping is provided internally on that basis; or
-It forms part of a contract containing one or more embedded derivatives, and IAS 39 permits the entire combined contract to be designated as at FVTPL.

FVPL

All financial assets not classified as measured at amortized cost or FVOCI as described above, are measured at FVPL.
Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognized in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset and is included in the ‘Finance income’‘Other financial results, net’ line.

3.12.3 – Available-for-sale financial assets (AFS financial assets)

AFS financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated as AFS or are not classified as (a) loans and receivables, (b) held-to-maturity investments or (c) FVTPL.

Listed redeemable notes held by the Company that are traded in an active market are classified as AFS and are stated at fair value at the end of each reporting period. Fair value is determined in the manner described in note 27.8. Changes in the carrying amount of AFS financial assets relating to changes in foreign currency rates, interest income calculated using the effective interest method are recognized in profit or loss. Other changes in the carrying amount of AFS financial assets are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of investment revaluation reserve.

The AFS financial assets denominated in a foreign currency is determined in that foreign currency and translated at the spot rate prevailing at the end of the reporting period. The foreign exchange gains and losses that are recognized in profit or loss are determined based on the amortized cost of the monetary asset. Other foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income.


3.12.4 - Held-to-maturity investments

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity dates that the Group has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Subsequent to initial recognition, held-to-maturity investments are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method less any impairment. During December, 2015, the Company has reclassified its held-to-maturity investments as available-for-sale investments, as described in note 27.8.

3.12.5 - Derivative financial instruments

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts.contracts and swaps. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss.

3.12.6 – Loansloss immediately unless the derivative is designated and receivables

Trade receivables, loans,effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.


A derivative with a positive fair value is recognized as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognized as a financial liability. Derivatives are not offset in the financial statements unless the Company has both a legally enforceable right and intention to offset. The impact of the futures and forward contracts on the Company’s financial position is disclosed in note 29. A derivative is presented as a non–current asset or a non–current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months and it is not due to be realized or settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities.

The Company designates certain derivatives as hedging instruments in respect of foreign currency risk in cash flow hedges. Hedges of foreign exchange risk on firm commitments are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

At the inception of the hedge relationship, the Company documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Company documents whether the hedging instrument is
F-31


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, which is when the hedging relationships meet all of the following hedge effectiveness requirements:
- there is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument;
- the effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship; and
- the hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item that the Company actually hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the Company actually uses to hedge that quantity of hedged item.

If a hedging relationship ceases to meet the hedge effectiveness requirement relating to the hedge ratio but the risk management objective for that designated hedging relationship remains the same, the Company adjusts the hedge ratio of the hedging relationship (i.e. rebalances the hedge) so that it meets the qualifying criteria again.

The Company designates the full change in the fair value of a forward contract (i.e. including the forward elements) as the hedging instrument for all of its hedging relationships involving forward contracts.

Movements in the hedging reserve in equity are detailed in note 30.3.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives and other receivables that have fixed or determinable paymentsqualifying hedging instruments that are not quoted in an active market are classifieddesignated and qualify as ‘loans and receivables’. Loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment.

Interest incomecash flow hedges is recognized by applyingin other comprehensive income and accumulated under the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivablesheading of cash flow hedging reserve, limited to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item from inception of the hedge. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in profit or loss, and is included in the ‘Other financial results, net’ line item. Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

3.12.7 –hedged item affects profit or loss, in the same line as the recognized hedged item.


The Company discontinues hedge accounting only when the hedging relationship (or a part thereof) ceases to meet the qualifying criteria (after rebalancing, if applicable). This includes instances when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised. The discontinuation is accounted for prospectively. Any gain or loss recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in cash flow hedge reserve at that time remains in equity and is reclassified to profit or loss when the forecast transaction occurs. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in cash flow hedge reserve is reclassified immediately to profit or loss.

3.12.5 - Investment in associates

An associate is an entity over which the Company has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control over those policies.

The results and assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in these consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, an investment in associate is initially recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize the Company’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate.

F-22


3.12.8

3.12.6 Other Financial Assets

Call option over non-controlling interest in subsidiary

On October 22, 2015, the Company was granted with a call option to acquire the remaining 33.27% interest in Dynaflows S.A, which can be exercised from October 22, 2020 till October 21, 2021. At the same moment, the Company has also agreed on a put option with the non-controlling shareholders which gives them the right to sell its remaining 33.27% interest on October 22, 2018 or October 22, 2020. As of December 31, 2015, the Company accounted for the call option at its fair value of 321 in a similar way to a call option over an entity’s own equity shares and the initial fair value of the option was recognized in equity.

Clarice Subscription agreement

On May 14, 2015, the Company signed a subscription agreement as described in note 23. According to this agreement, the Company will receive a fix amount of money in exchange of a variable number of shares of the Company. According to IAS 32:11, a financial asset has been recognized in order to reflect the contractual right to receive cash. The Company has recorded 900 as current financial asset and 900 as non-current financial asset.

3.12.9– Impairment of financial assets

Financial

The Company recognizes a loss allowance for expected credit losses on financial assets, other than those at FVTPL,FVTPL. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the respective financial instrument.
The Company always recognizes lifetime expected credit losses ("ECL") for trade receivables, using a simplified approach. The expected credit losses on these financial assets are assessedestimated using a provision matrix based on the Company’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for indicatorsfactors that are specific to debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of impairmentboth the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the end of each reporting period. Financial assets are considered to be impaireddate.

For all other financial instruments, the Company recognizes lifetime ECL when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. However, if the credit risk on the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Company measures the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12-month ECL.
F-32


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Lifetime ECL represents the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. In contrast, 12-month ECL represents the portion of lifetime ECL that is objective evidenceexpected to result from default events on a financial instrument that asare possible within 12 months after the reporting date.

A significant increase in credit risk is presumed if a resultdebtor is more than 30 days past due in making a contractual payment, unless the Company has reasonable and supportable information that demonstrates otherwise.

Definition of default

A default on a financial asset is when the counterparty fails to make contractual payments within 90 days of when they fall due, unless an entity has reasonable and supportable information to demonstrate that a more lagging default criterion is more appropriate.

Credit-impaired financial assets

A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset,have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of thethat financial asset have been affected.

For AFS equity investments,occurred. Evidence that a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost considered to be objective evidence of impairment. When an AFS financial asset is considered to be impaired, cumulative gains or losses previously recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss incredit-impaired include observable data about the period.

In respect of AFS equity securities, impairment losses previously recognized in profit or loss are not reversed through profit or loss. Any increase in the fair value subsequent to an impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. In respect of AFS debt securities, impairment losses are subsequently reversed through profit or loss if an increase in the fair valuefollowing events: a. significant financial difficulty of the investment can be objectively related to an event occurring afterissuer or the recognitionborrower;

b. a breach of contract, such as a default or past due event;
c. the lender(s) of the impairment loss.

Forborrower, for economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, having granted to the borrower a concession(s) that the lender(s) would not otherwise consider;

d. it is becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization;
e. the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties; or
f. the purchase or origination of a financial asset at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses.

It may not be possible to identify a single discrete event-instead, the combined effect of several events may have caused financial assets measured at amortized cost, the amount of the impairment loss recognized is the difference between the asset’sto become credit-impaired.

Write-off policy

Financial assets' carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.

For financial assets measured at amortized cost, if, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss to the extent that the carrying amount of the investment at the date the impairment is reversed does not exceed what the amortized cost would have been had the impairment not been recognized.

For all other financial assets, objective evidence of impairment could include:

-Significant financial difficulty to the issuer or counterparty;
-Breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;
-It becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation; or
-The disappearance of an active market for the financial asset because of financial difficulties.

Trade receivables carrying amount isamounts are reduced through the use of an allowance account.account on a case-by-case basis. When a trade receivablefinancial asset is considered uncollectible,uncollectable, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in profit and loss.

3.12.10


Measurement and recognition of expected credit losses

The measurement of expected credit losses is a function of the probability of default, loss given default and the exposure at default. The assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is based on historical data, adjusted by forward-looking information as described above. The exposure of default is represented by the asset's gross carrying amount at the reporting date.

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. Financial assets other than trade receivables, have been grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows. 

No significant changes to estimation techniques or assumptions were made during the reporting period.
3.12.7 – Derecognition of financial assets

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another party. If the Company neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Company recognizes its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to
F-33


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

pay. If the Company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Company continues to recognize the financial asset and also recognizes a collateralisedcollateralized borrowing for the proceeds received.

F-23

On derecognition

As of December 31, 2020 the Company entered in 1 factoring agreement arranged both with Banco Santander; pursuant to which Globant, LLC transferred receivables for a financial assettotal amount of 1,292, there were no factoring agreements during 2021. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company incurred in its entirety,a collection in advance benefit that some clients offer with JP Morgan and Deutsche Bank for a total amount of 1,568 and 3,843, respectively. The Company considers that it has substantially transferred the difference betweenrisks and rewards intrinsic to these receivables to the asset’s carrying amountbank and therefore they were derecognized.

3.12.8 – Convertible Notes

The Company recognizes convertible notes measured at their fair value using the summarket approach which consist in using price and relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets, liabilities or group of assets and liabilities, such as a business.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of the consideration receivedloan agreement amounted to 1,267 and receivable860 disclosed as other financial assets current, respectively, and 2,608 and 306 disclosed as other financial assets non-current, respectively.

3.12.8.1 Convertible notes - Globant España

During the cumulativeyear ended December 31, 2021, Globant España S.A. entered into 6 note purchase agreements with LookApp S.A.S, UALI Holding Limited, B2CHAT S.A.S, Avancargo Corp, Poderio S.A.S and Vozy, Inc in addition to the note purchase agreement transferred from Globant Ventures on 2020 with Drixit Technologies Inc. (the "startups"), pursuant to which Globant España S.A. provided financing facility for a total amount of 3,006. Interest on the entire outstanding principal balance is computed at annual rates ranging from 2% to 8%. Globant España S.A. has the right to convert all or any portion of the outstanding principal into equity interests of the startups.

Collokia

On May, 5, 2017, the Company and Collokia LLC, signed a loan agreement whereby the Company provides a financing facility of 100. Interest on the entire outstanding principal balance is computed at an annual rate of 2.8%. Collokia shall repay the loan in full within 18 months from the date that this agreement has been signed off. The Company has the right to convert any portion of the outstanding principal into preferred units of Collokia. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the loan agreement amounted to 130 and was disclosed as other financial assets current. On February 11, 2021 the Company through one of its subsidiary, entered into a Software License Agreement with Collokia LLC in exchange for the cancellation of the convertible note. Pursuant to the Software License Agreement, the parties agreed that Collokia LLC will grant the Company a perpetual, free, worldwide, non-exclusive, non-transferable and non-sublicensable license to use a software developed by Collokia LLC.

Wolox

On January 21, 2019 ("issuance date"), Globant España S.A. and Wolox, LLC (Wolox), agreed into a convertible promissory note purchase agreement whereby Globant España S.A. provides financing facility for 1,800.  Interest on the entire outstanding principal balance is computed at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus 2%. Wolox shall repay the loan in full within 18 months from the date as of the issuance date. Globant España S.A has the right to convert any portion of the outstanding principal into fully paid and nonassessable membership interest of Wolox. On December 31, 2020, Globant España S.A entered into an agreement to sell its participation for 2,600 to Accenture International B.V, the gain or loss that had beenarising from the sell is recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity is recognizedexpense, net line in profit or loss.

On derecognition


3.12.8.2 Convertible notes - Sistemas Globales

As of December 31, 2021, Sistemas Globales S.A. maintains, since its merger with Globant Ventures SAS, 5 note purchase agreements with Interactive Mobile Media S.A. (CamonApp), AvanCargo Corp., TheEye S.A.S., Robin and Woolabs S.A. (the "startups"), pursuant to which Sistemas Globales S.A. provided financing facility for a financial asset other than in its entirety (e.g. when the Company retains an option to repurchase part of a transferred asset), the Company allocates the previous carryingtotal amount of the financial asset between the part it continues to recognize under continuing involvement, and the part it no longer recognizes869.  Interest on the basis
F-34


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

entire outstanding principal balance is computed at annual rates ranging from 5% to 12%. Sistemas Globales S.A. has the right to convert all or any portion of the relative fair values of those parts on the dateoutstanding principal into equity interests of the transfer. startups.

3.12.9 – Equity Instruments

The difference betweenCompany recognizes equity instruments measured at their fair value using the carrying amount allocatedmarket approach which consist in using price and relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets, liabilities or group of assets and liabilities, such as a business.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of equity instruments amounted to the part that is no longer recognized22,088 and the sum of the consideration received for the part no longer recognized and any cumulative gain or loss allocated to it that had been recognized in10,478 disclosed as other comprehensive income is recognized in profit or loss. A cumulative gain or loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income is allocated between the part that continues to be recognized and the part that is no longer recognized on the basis of the relative fair values of those parts.

financial assets non-current.

3.13 – Financial liabilities and equity instruments

issued by the Company

3.13.1 – Classification as debt or equity

Debt and equity instruments issued by the Company and its subsidiaries are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.

3.13.2 – Equity instruments


An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recognized at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.


Repurchase of the Company’s own equity instruments is recognized and deducted directly in equity. No gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Company’s own equity instruments.


3.13.3 – Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities, including trade payables, other liabilities and borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs.

Financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognized on an effective yield basis.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability, or (where appropriate) a shorter period, to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Put option over non-controlling interest in subsidiary

On July 8, 2021 the Company entered into a put and call option agreement with the non-controlling shareholders over the remaining twenty percent (20%) over Walmeric Soluciones, S.L., which can be exercised by the non-controlling shareholders from March 1, 2022 till March 1, 2024. The Company did not recognized the call option since it was immaterial.

On July 8, 2021 the Company recognized in equity a put option over non-controlling interest of Walmeric for 16,285.

The amount that may become payable under the option on exercise is initially recognized at the present value of the redemption amount within other financial liabilities with a corresponding charge directly to equity. The charge to equity is recognized separately as written put options over non-controlling interests.

The liability is subsequently accreted through finance charges up to the redemption amount that is payable at the date at which the option first becomes exercisable. In the event that the option expires unexercised, the liability is derecognised with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

F-35


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

As of December 31, 2021, the Company has recognized as non-current other financial liabilities the written put option for an amount of 15,423 equal to the present value of the redemption amount. Changes in the measurement of the gross obligation will be recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

3.13.4 – Derecognition of financial liabilities

The Company derecognizes financial liabilities when, and only when, the Company’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognized and the consideration paid and payable is recognized in profit or loss.


3.14 – Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and in banks and short-term highly liquid investments (original maturity of less than 90 days). In the consolidated statements of financial position, bank overdrafts are included in borrowings within current liabilities.

Cash and cash equivalents as shown in the statement of cash flows only includes cash and bank balances.

balances and time deposits as disclosed in note 11.


3.15 – Reimbursable expenses

Out-of-pocket and travel expenses are recognized as expense in the statements of comprehensive income forin the year.year they are incurred. Reimbursable expenses are billed to customers and recorded netpresented within the line item "Revenues" in the statements of comprehensive income for the related expense.

F-24
year.


3.16 - Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consisted primarily of direct incremental accounting and legal fees related to the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) of its common shares that took place after the effectiveness of the Company’s form F-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on July 23, 2014. Upon completion of the Company’s IPO on July 23, 2014, this amount was offset against the proceeds of the offering and included in equity. For further explanation see note 29.1.

3.17 - Share-based compensation plan

The Company has a share-based compensation plan for executives and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Equity-settled share-based payments to employees are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set forth in note 22.

25.

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensedrecognized to spread the fair value of each award over the vesting period on a straight-line basis, over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will potentially vest, with a corresponding increase in equity.

3.18 – Gain on transactions with bonds

3.18.1 - Proceeds received by Argentine subsidiaries as payment for exports

During the year ended December 31, 2013, Globant LLC, a U.S. subsidiary of the Company started paying for certain services rendered by the Argentine subsidiaries of the Company through the delivery of Argentine sovereign bonds (denominated in U.S. dollars), hereinafter referred to as “BODEN”, acquired in the U.S. market (in U.S. dollars). The BODEN trade both in the U.S. and Argentine markets. The Company considers the Argentine market to be the principal market for the BODEN.

After receiving the BODEN and after holding them for a period of, on average, 10 to 30 days, the Argentine subsidiaries, sold those BODEN in the Argentine market. The fair value of the BODEN in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the year ended December 31, 2013 was higher than its quoted price in the U.S. market (in U.S. dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina, which is the rate used to convert these transactions in foreign currency into the Company’s functional currency; thus, generating a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the bonds in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

The Company has designated the BODEN at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), and it has concluded that the BODEN fall into the category of held for trading considering that they are acquired with the sole purpose of being sold in the short-term (i.e. on average, more than 10 days and less than 30 days).

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a gain amounting to 29,577, due to the above-mentioned transactions that were disclosed under the caption “Gain on transactions with bonds” in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not engage in the above described transaction.

3.18.2 - Proceeds received by Argentine subsidiaries through capital contributions

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Argentine subsidiaries of the Company, through cash received from capital contributions, acquired Argentine sovereign bonds, including BODEN and Bonos Argentinos (“BONAR”), in the U.S. market denominated in U.S. dollars. These bonds trade both in the U.S. and Argentine markets. The Company considers the Argentine market to be the principal market for these bonds.

After acquiring these bonds and after holding them for a certain period of time, the Argentine subsidiaries, sell those bonds in the Argentine market. The fair value of these bonds in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was higher than its quoted price in the U.S. market (in U.S. dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina, which is the rate used to convert these transactions in foreign currency into the Company’s functional currency; thus, generating a gain when remeasuring the fair value of the bonds in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.

F-25

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a gain amounting to 19,102 and 12,629, respectively, due to the above-mentioned transactions that were disclosed under the caption “Gain on transactions with bonds” in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

3.19


3.17 – Components of other comprehensive income

Components of other comprehensive income are items of income and expense that are not recognized in profit or loss as required or permitted by other IFRSs. The Company included gains and losses arising from translating the financial statements of a foreign operation, the gains and the incomelosses related to the valuation at fair value of the financial assets classifiedmeasured at fair value through other comprehensive income and the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives hedging instruments that are designated and qualify as available for sale.

3.20cash flow hedges.


3.18Loans granted to employees

Gain on transactions with bonds


During the last quarter of the year ended December 31, 2013,2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company's Argentine subsidiaries, through cash received from intercompany loans and repayments of intercompany loans, acquired Argentine sovereign bonds in the U.S. market denominated in U.S. dollars.  

After acquiring these bonds, the Company's Argentine subsidiaries sold those bonds in the Argentine market. The fair value of these bonds in the Argentine market (in Argentine pesos) during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was higher than its quoted price in the U.S. market (in U.S dollars) converted at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina, which is the rate used to convert these transactions in foreign currency into the Company's Argentine subsidiaries' functional currency, thus, as a result, the Company granted to its employeesrecognized a gain when remeasuring the possibility to get a loan fromfair value of the bonds in Argentine pesos into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate prevailing in Argentina.
F-36


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



During the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company withrecorded a preferential interest annual rategain amounting to 708, 9,580 and 1,569, respectively, due to the above mentioned transactions that were disclosed under the caption "Other financial results, net" in the consolidated statements of 2%, payable in 18 installments, starting in April 2014. The total amount of loans originally granted to employees arose to 1,160 distributed among 346 employees. During 2014 and 2015 no other loans were granted to employees.

comprehensive income (see note 2.2.1).

NOTE 4 – CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

In the application of the Company’sCompany's accounting policies, which are described in note 3, the Company’sCompany's management is required to make judgements,judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year of the revision and future years if the revision affects both current and future years.

The critical accounting estimates concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting year that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next year are the following:

1.Revenue recognition

The Company generate revenues primarily from the provision of software development services. The Company recognizes revenues when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. If there is an uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for the consulting services, revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved.

Recognition of revenues under fixed-price contracts involves significant judgment in the estimation process including factors relating to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting affecting the amounts of revenues and related expenses reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under this method, total contract revenue during the term of an agreement is recognized on the basis of the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the total expected labor cost. This method is followed where reasonably dependable estimates of revenues and costs can be made. A number of internal and external factors can affect these estimates, including labor hours and specification and testing requirement changes.

Revisions to these estimates may result in increases or decreases to revenues and income and are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the periods in which they are first identified. If the estimates indicate that a contract loss will be incurred, a loss provision is recorded in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. Contract losses are determined to be the amount by which the estimated costs of the contract exceed the estimated total revenues that will be generated by the contract and are included in cost of revenues in the consolidated statement of income and other comprehensive income. Contract losses for the periods presented in these consolidated financial statements were immaterial.

2.Goodwill impairment analysis

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

F-26

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. When determining the fair value of the Company’s cash generating unit, the Company utilizes the income approach using discounted cash flow. The income approach considers various assumptions including increase in headcount, headcount utilization rate and revenue per employee, income tax rates and discount rates.

Any adverse changes in key assumptions about the businesses and their prospects or an adverse change in market conditions may cause a change in the estimation of fair value and could result in an impairment charge. Based upon the Company’s evaluation of goodwill, no impairments were recognized during 2015, 2014 and 2013.

3.Income taxes

1.Income taxes
Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expenses, deferred income tax assets and liabilities requires significant judgment. The provision for income taxes includesis calculated over the net income of the company and is inclusive of federal, state, local and foreignstate taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences in each of the jurisdictions where the Company operates of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates would result in either increases or decreases in the provision for income taxes in the period of changes.


The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow the benefit of part or all of the deferred tax assets to be utilized. This assessment requires judgments, estimates and assumptions by management. In evaluating the Company’sCompany's ability to utilize its deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are recoverable. The Company’sCompany's judgments regarding future taxable income are based on expectations of market conditions and other facts and circumstances. Any adverse change to the underlying facts or the Company’sCompany's estimates and assumptions could require that the Company reduces the carrying amount of its net deferred tax assets.

4.The allowance for doubtful accounts


The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting fromevaluates the inabilityuncertain tax treatment, such determination requires the use of its clients to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined bysignificant judgment in evaluating the relative credit-worthinesstax treatments and assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items, see note 3.7.1.3.

2.Impairment of trade receivables
The Company measures ECL using reasonable and supportable forward looking information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each client, historical collections experience and other information, including the agingother. Loss given default is an estimate of the receivables. Ifloss arising on default. It is based on the financial conditiondifference between the contractual cash flows due and those that the lender would expect to receive.

Probability of customersdefault constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the Company were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairmentlikelihood of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

5.The allowance for impairment of tax credits

default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions.


F-37


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 20142021 and 2013,2020 and for the Company maintained an allowance for impairment of tax credits for estimated losses resulting from substantial doubt about the recoverability of the Software Promotion Regime tax credit. The allowance for impairment of tax credits was determined by estimating future uses of tax credits against value-added tax positions.

6.Share-based compensation plan

The Company’s grants under its share-based compensation plan with employees are measured based on fair value of the Company’s shares at the grant date and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, with a corresponding impact reflected in additional paid-in capital.

Determining the fair value of the share-based awards at the grant date requires judgments. The Company calculated the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

Fair value of the shares:For 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the fair value of the shares is based on the quote market price of the Company’s shares at the grant date. For 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as the Company’s shares were not publicly traded the fair value was determined using the market approach technique based on the value per share of private placements. The Company had gonethree years in the past through a seriesperiod ended December 31, 2021

(amounts are expressed in thousands of private placementsU.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in which new shares have been issued. The Company understood that the price paid for those new shares was a fair valuethousands of those shares at the time of the placement. In January 2012, Globant S.A.U. (Spain) had a capital contribution from a new shareholder, which included cash plus share options granted to the new shareholder, therefore, the Company considered that amount to reflect the fair value of their shares. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement resulted from the following formula: cash minus fair value of share options granted to new shareholder divided by number of newly issued shares. The fair value of the share options granted to the new shareholder was determined using the same variables and methodologies as the share options granted to the employees. After the reorganization in December 2012, shares of Globant S.A (Luxembourg) were sold by existing shareholders in a private placement to WPP. The fair value of the shares related to this private placement results from the total amount paid by WPP to the existing shareholders. 

F-27
other currencies)


Expected volatility: As the Company does not have sufficient trading history for the purpose of valuating the share options, the expected volatility for their shares was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility of the NASDAQ 100 Telecommunication Index.

Expected term: The expected life of options represents the period of time the granted options are expected to be outstanding.

Risk free rate: The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Federal Treasury yield curve with maturities similar to the expected term of the options.

Dividend yield: The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

7.Call option over non-controlling interest



As of December 31, 2015,2021 and 2019, the Company heldrecorded an impairment for an amount of 5,323 and 275, respectively, and a call option to acquire the 33.27%recovery for an amount of the remaining interest in Dynaflows S.A., which could be exercised from October 22, 2020 till October 21, 2021. The Company calculated the fair value of this option using the Black-Scholes option model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility, maturity, risk-free interest rate, value of the underlying asset and dividend yield.

Expected volatility: The Company has considered annualized volatility as multiples of EBITDA and Revenue of publicly traded companies in the technology business in the U.S., Europe and Asia from 2008.

Maturity: The combination between the call and put options (explained in note 23) implied that, assuming no liquidity restrictions as part of the Company at the moment that the option was exercisable and considering that both parties wanted to maximize their benefits, the Company would acquire the minority shareholders shares at the date that this option was exercisable. Therefore, the Company has assumed that the maturity date of call option is October 22, 2020.

Risk free rate: The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option was based on the Argentinean bonds (BONAR) with a quote in the US market with maturities similar to the expected term of the option.

Value of the underlying assets:The Company considered a multiple of EBITDA and Revenue resulting from the implied multiple in Dynaflows adjusted by the lack of control.

Dividend yield: The Company did not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

8.Recoverability of internally generated intangible asset

During the year, the Company considered the recoverability of its internally generated intangible asset which are included in the consolidated financial statements107 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 with2020, using a carrying amount of 2,497 and 1,922, respectively.

The projects continue to progress in a satisfactory manner, and customer reaction has reconfirmedprovision matrix based on the Company’s previous estimateshistorical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of anticipated revenues fromboth the project. Detailed sensitivity analysis has been carried outcurrent as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company beleives that the carrying amount of the asset will be recovered in full, even if returns are reduced. This situation will be closely monitored,has recognized and adjustments made in future periods if future market activity indicates that such adjustments are appropriate.

F-28
additional impact related to COVID-19 pandemic, see note 32.


9.Fair value measurement and valuation processes

3.Fair value measurement and valuation processes
Certain assets and liabilities of the Company are measured at fair value for financial reporting purposes.


In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Company uses market-observable data to the extent it is available. Where Level 1 inputs are not available, the Company engages third party qualified valuersestimates the fair value of an asset or a liability by converting future amounts (e.g. cash flows or income and expenses) to perform the valuation.a single current (i.e. discounted) amount. Information about the valuation techniques and inputs used in determining the fair value of various assets and liabilities are disclosed in note 27.9.

10.Useful lives of property and equipment

The Company reviews the estimated useful lives of property and equipment at the end of each reporting period. The Company determined that the useful lives of the assets included as property and equipment are in accordance with their expected lives.

11.Provision for contingencies

29.8.


4.Contingent Liabilities
Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Company will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.


The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows (when the effect of the time value of money is material).


When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, a receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

F-29


5.Purchase price allocation

The acquisition method of accounting is use to account for all business combinations. Under this method, assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the Company are measured at fair value for financial reporting purposes. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Company uses market-observable data to the extent it is available. Where Level 1 inputs are not available, the Company estimates the fair value of an asset or a liability by converting future amounts (e.g. cash flows or income and expenses) to a single current (i.e. discounted) amount. Information about the valuation techniques and inputs used in determining the fair value of various assets and liabilities are disclosed in note 29.8.

The determination of the fair value of the tangible and intangible assets involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital The fair values of the customer relationship intangible assets were determined using the multi-period excess earnings method based on discounted projected net cash flows. Management’s key assumptions used in estimating future cash flows included projected revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates, and the discount rate.

NOTE 5 – REVENUE

The following tables present the Company’s revenues disaggregated by type of contracts, by revenue source regarding the industry vertical of the client and by currency. The Company provides technology services to enterprises in a range of industry verticals including banks, financial services and insurance, media and entertainment, professional services, consumer, retail and manufacturing, technology and telecommunications, travel and hospitality and health care, among others. The Company understands that disaggregating revenues into these categories achieves the disclosure objective to depict how the nature,
F-38


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenues may be affected by economic factors. However, this information is not considered by the chief operating decision-maker to allocate resources and in assessing financial performance of the Company. As noted in the business segment reporting information in note 27, the Company operates in a single operating and reportable segment.

For the year ended December 31,
By Industry vertical202120202019
Banks, Financial Services and Insurance308,227 193,364 143,788 
Media and Entertainment272,703 187,071 156,292 
Consumer, Retail & Manufacturing197,620 105,876 85,698 
Professional Services167,997 103,133 73,282 
Technology & Telecommunications155,665 96,643 88,183 
Health Care96,334 53,781 — 
Travel & Hospitality87,567 67,634 92,773 
Other Verticals10,965 6,637 19,309 
TOTAL1,297,078 814,139 659,325 

For the year ended December 31,
By Currency(*)
202120202019
United States dollar (USD)977,349 699,769 563,747 
European euro (EUR)111,177 35,454 28,237 
Chilean peso (CLP)57,610 3,237 2,315 
Argentine peso (ARS)47,039 33,594 26,948 
Mexican peso (MXN)40,064 21,624 19,939 
Brazilian real (BRL)23,850 10,795 8,030 
Pound sterling (GBP)20,565 1,331 3,012 
Colombian peso (COP)9,803 7,791 6,831 
Peruvian Sol (PEN)9,058 — 
Others563 536 266 
TOTAL1,297,078 814,139 659,325 

(*)Billing currency.
For the year ended December 31,
By Contract Type202120202019
Time and material contracts1,062,171 698,943 544,131 
Fixed-price contracts218,846 107,033 106,386 
Subscription resales16,039 8,156 8,525 
Others22 283 
TOTAL1,297,078 814,139 659,325 

F-39


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



NOTE 56 – COST OF REVENUES AND SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

5.1


6.1 - Cost of revenues

  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes  (146,271)  (107,481)  (90,540)
Shared-based compensation expense  (735)  (35)  (190)
Depreciation and amortization expense  (4,441)  (3,813)  (3,215)
Travel and housing  (6,673)  (8,099)  (4,390)
Office expenses  (1,504)  (1,399)  (715)
Professional services  (361)  (679)  (266)
Recruiting, training and other employee expenses  (227)  (138)  (210)
Taxes  (80)  (49)  (77)
TOTAL  (160,292)  (121,693)  (99,603)

5.2

 For the year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes(745,307)(476,480)(366,594)
Shared-based compensation expense(3,568)(4,109)(4,976)
Depreciation and amortization expense(10,730)(9,759)(7,350)
Travel and housing(4,950)(6,881)(17,115)
Office expenses(6,607)(3,050)(2,583)
Professional services(23,989)(6,599)(4,440)
Promotional and marketing expenses(687)(498)(252)
Recruiting, training and other employee expenses(2,860)(2,436)(1,854)
Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets(3,392)— — 
TOTAL(802,090)(509,812)(405,164)
6.2 - Selling, general and administrative expenses

  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes  (28,029)  (19,396)  (18,374)
Shared-based compensation expense  (1,647)  (582)  (603)
Rental expenses  (9,945)  (8,830)  (8,193)
Office expenses  (9,448)  (7,809)  (7,207)
Professional services  (7,463)  (7,085)  (6,720)
Travel and housing  (3,435)  (3,380)  (3,093)
Taxes  (4,908)  (4,215)  (4,537)
Depreciation and amortization expense  (4,860)  (4,221)  (3,941)
Promotional and marketing expenses  (1,654)  (1,640)  (1,251)
Charge to allowance for doubtful accounts  (205)  (130)  (922)
TOTAL  (71,594)  (57,288)  (54,841)

F-30

 For the year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes(139,307)(86,390)(68,855)
Share-based compensation expense(38,849)(20,519)(14,912)
Rental expenses (1)
(6,045)(5,762)(5,260)
Office expenses(18,298)(13,515)(10,733)
Professional services(30,947)(23,093)(13,122)
Travel and housing(5,414)(3,878)(7,259)
Taxes(13,260)(16,596)(16,153)
Depreciation and amortization expense(45,723)(21,083)(16,905)
Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets(20,441)(17,638)(14,584)
Recruiting, training and other employee expenses(11,575)(4,389)(2,299)
Promotional and marketing expenses(10,299)(3,517)(2,102)
Legal claims(2,846)(842)(294)
TOTAL(343,004)(217,222)(172,478)


(1) Includes rental expenses from short–term leases and leases of low–value assets due to the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019.

F-40


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



NOTE 67 – FINANCE INCOME / EXPENSE

  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
Finance income            
Interest gain  8   99   38 
Gain arising for held-for-trading investments, net  13,453   3,813   850 
Gain arising for held-to-maturity investments  4,941   -   - 
Foreign exchange gain  9,153   6,357   3,547 
Subtotal  27,555   10,269   4,435 
             
Finance expense            
Interest expense on borrowings  (108)  (455)  (786)
Foreign exchange loss  (19,289)  (9,303)  (7,785)
Other interest  (888)  (973)  (1,033)
Other  (667)  (482)  (436)
Subtotal  (20,952)  (11,213)  (10,040)
TOTAL  6,603   (944)  (5,605)

EXPENSE/ OTHER FINANCIAL RESULTS

 For the year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Finance income
Interest gain652 1,920 958 
Total6521,920958
Finance expense
Interest expense on borrowings(915)(2,426)(1,226)
Interest expense on lease liabilities(5,415)(4,944)(3,464)
Other interest(4,150)(1,505)(419)
Other(2,228)(1,555)(1,544)
Total(12,708)(10,430)(6,653)
Other financial results, net
Net (loss) gain arising from financial assets measured at fair value through PL(8,537)(3,423)1,207 
Net gain (loss) arising from financial assets measured at fair value through OCI(16)72 
Gain (loss) arising from financial assets measured at amortized cost— 395 99 
Foreign exchange gain (loss), net3,900 (2,935)(8,841)
Gain on transaction with bonds708 9,580 1,569 
Total(3,923)3,601 (5,894)

NOTE 78 – OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME, NET
 For the year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Other Expense
Remeasurement of contingent consideration (note 29.9.1)(4,694)(2,431)(85)
Impairment of cryptocurrencies (note 16)(80)— — 
Fixed and intangibles assets disposals(579)(680)— 
Other(182)(84)(64)
Subtotal(5,535)(3,195)(149)
Other Income
Remeasurement at FV of investment in associates (notes 12.2 and 26)1,538 — — 
Gain from sale of financial instrument— 800 — 
Other628 508 259 
Subtotal2,166 1,308 259 
Total(3,369)(1,887)110 









F-41


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



NOTE 9 – INCOME TAXES

7.1


9.1 – INCOME TAX RECOGNIZED IN PROFIT AND LOSS

  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
Tax expense:            
Current tax expense  (19,522)  (8,561)  (6,538)
Deferred tax gain (loss)  1,102   (370)  529 
TOTAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE  (18,420)  (8,931)  (6,009)

Substantially all

 For the year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Tax expense:   
     Current tax expense(53,319)(27,834)(19,327)
     Deferred tax gain24,822 5,527 4,310 
TOTAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE(28,497)(22,307)(15,017)
Most of the revenues are generated in the U.S. and United Kingdom, through subsidiaries located in those countries.the U.S. The Company's workforce is mainly located in ArgentinaLatin America and to a lesser extent in Uruguay, MexicoIndia, Eastern Europe and Colombia. The Argentine, Colombian, Mexican and Uruguayan subsidiaries bill the use of such workforce to those U.S. and United Kingdom subsidiaries.


The following table provides a reconciliation of the statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate. Asrate:
 For the year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Profit before income tax124,852 76,524 69,032 
   
Tax calculated at the tax rate in each country(27,757)(13,253)(12,714)
Argentine Knowledge Economy Law (note 3.7.1.1) (*)
1,157 637 3,256 
Non-deductible expenses2,122 1,180 925 
Tax loss carry forward not recognized(2,873)(3,686)(2,402)
Exchange difference(1,146)(1,781)(4,365)
Effect of foreign exchange difference in tax base— (5,404)— 
Other— — 283 
INCOME TAX EXPENSE RECOGNIZED IN PROFIT AND LOSS(28,497)(22,307)(15,017)

(*) During 2020 and 2019 the operations ofenforced regime was the Argentine subsidiaries are the most significant source of net taxable income of the Company, the following reconciliation has been prepared usingSoftware Promotion Law, which was replaced by the Argentine tax rate:

F-31
Knowledge Economy Law.


  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
          
Profit before income tax  50,040   34,194   19,778 
Tax rate (note 3.7.1.1)  35%  35%  35%
Income tax expense  (17,514)  (11,968)  (6,922)
             
Permanent differences            
Argentine Software Promotion Regime (note 3.7.1.1)  15,037   5,422   3,498 
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in countries other than Argentina  1,362   185   86 
Non-deductible expenses  1,184   (491)  (225)
Tax loss carry forward not recognized  (1,681)  (965)  (416)
Gain on remeasurement of contingent liabilities  -   -   (545)
Exchange difference  (17,560)  (1,054)  (1,420)
Other  752   (60)  (65)
INCOME TAX EXPENSE RECOGNIZED IN PROFIT AND LOSS  (18,420)  (8,931)  (6,009)

7.2

9.2 – DEFERRED TAX ASSETS

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Share-based compensation plan  5,774   3,604 
Allowances and provisions  1,233   1,043 
Loss carryforward(1)  976   234 
TOTAL DEFERRED TAX ASSETS  7,983   4,881 

(1)As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s subsidiaries Global Systems Outsourcing S.R.L. de C.V. has a tax loss carry forward for an amount of 140 which expires in 2024 and Terraforum and Sistemas Chile have a tax loss carry forward for an amount of 798 and 38, respectively, which do not expire. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s subsidiaries Sistemas UK Limited and Terraforum have a tax loss carry forward for an amount of 24 and 210, respectively, and which does not expire.

F-32
AND LIABILITIES

 As of December 31,
 20212020
Share-based compensation plan30,788 19,466 
Provision for vacation and bonus24,621 10,370 
Intercompany trade payables18,613 10,247 
Property, equipment and intangibles(8,370)(5,699)
Goodwill(3,681)(2,799)
Allowance for doubtful accounts1,604 727 
Contingencies356 992 
Inflation adjustment2,357 3,080 
Others1,506 2,160 
Loss carryforward (1)
2,867 2,963 
Other Assets(1,404)(1,122)
Property, equipment and intangibles(12,142)(12,576)
TOTAL DEFERRED TAX57,115 27,809 


F-42


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



(1)As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the detail of the loss carryforward is as follows:

20212020
CompanyLoss carryforwardExpiration dateLoss carryforwardExpiration date
Globant S.A.— — 201 does not expire
Dynaflows S.A.20222022
Dynaflows S.A.38 202333 2023
Dynaflows S.A.100 202488 2024
Dynaflows S.A.29 202533 2025
Dynaflows S.A.12 2026— 
IAFH Global S.A367 2024426 2024
IAFH Global S.A683 2025586 2025
IAFH Global S.A20 2026— 
Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda. (2)
358 does not expire540 does not expire
We Are London Limited— — 56 does not expire
Globant UK Limited48 does not expire— 
Decision Support, S.A282 2026— 
Sistemas Globales S.A.2022— 
Sistemas Globales, S.A2023— 
Sistemas Globales, S.A29 2024— 
Sistemas Globales, S.A38 2025— 
Sistemas Globales, S.A449 2026— 
Augmented Coding US, LLC31 does not expire— 
Augmented Coding Spain, S.A189 does not expire— 
Atix Labs, SRL34 2026— 
Avanxo S.A.2022
Avanxo S.A.42023
Avanxo S.A.322024
Avanxo S.A.232025
BSF S.A.1512026
Avanxo México Sociedad Anónima Promotora de inversión de Capital Variable— — 379 2030
Globant India Private Limited— 472does not expire
Grupo ASSA Colombia SAS— — 84 2031
2,867 2,963 

(2)The amount of the carryforward that can be utilized for Globant Brasil Consultoría Ltda. is limited to 30% of taxable income in each carryforward year.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, no deferred tax liability has been recognized on investments in subsidiaries. The Company has concluded it has the ability and intention to control the timing of any distribution from its subsidiaries and it is probable that will be no reversal in the foreseeable future in a way that would result in a charge to taxable profit.

F-43


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



The roll forward of the deferred tax assets/(liabilities) presented in the consolidated financial position is as follows:
2021OpeningRecognised inRecognisedAcquisitions/Additions fromClosing
balanceprofit or loss (*)directly in equitydisposalsbusiness combinationsbalance
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities) in relation to:
Share-based compensation plan19,466 462 10,860 — — 30,788 
Provision for vacation and bonus10,370 13,085 — — 1,166 24,621 
Intercompany trade payables10,247 8,366 — — — 18,613 
Property, equipment and intangibles(18,275)1,271 — — (3,508)(20,512)
Goodwill(2,799)(882)— — — (3,681)
Allowance for doubtful accounts727 877 — — — 1,604 
Contingencies992 (636)— — — 356 
Inflation adjustments3,080 (723)— — — 2,357 
Other assets(1,122)(282)— — — (1,404)
Others2,160 (654)— — — 1,506 
Subtotal24,846 20,884 10,860 — (2,342)54,248 
Loss carryforward2,963 217 — (313)— 2,867 
TOTAL27,809 21,101 10,860 (313)(2,342)57,115 

(*) Includes foreign exchange loss of 3,721.

2020OpeningRecognised inRecognisedAcquisitions/Additions fromClosing
balanceprofit or loss (*)directly in equitydisposalsbusiness combinationsbalance
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities) in relation to:
Share-based compensation plan11,587 (76)12,416 (4,461)— 19,466 
Provision for vacation and bonus6,533 3,829 — — 10,370 
Intercompany trade payables3,553 6,694 — — — 10,247 
Property, equipment and intangibles1,163 (7,065)— — (12,373)(18,275)
Goodwill(1,752)(1,047)— — — (2,799)
Allowance for doubtful accounts928 (224)— — 23 727 
Contingencies714 215 — — 63 992 
Inflation adjustments1,186 1,408 — — 486 3,080 
Other assets(1,028)(94)— — — (1,122)
Others917 247 — — 996 2,160 
Subtotal23,801 3,887 12,416 (4,461)(10,797)24,846 
Loss carryforward2,039 1,219 — (295)— 2,963 
TOTAL25,840 5,106 12,416 (4,756)(10,797)27,809 
(*) Includes foreign exchange loss of 421.

F-44


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



NOTE 810 – EARNINGS (LOSSES) PER SHARE

The earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows.

  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
Net income for the year attributable to owners of the Company  31,653   25,201   13,900 
Weighted average number of shares (in thousands) for the purpose of basic earnings per share (1)  33,960   30,926   27,891 
Weighted average number of shares (in thousands) for the purpose of diluted earnings per share(1)  35,013   31,867   28,884 
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE $0.93  $0.81  $0.50 
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE $0.90  $0.79  $0.48 

(1)The Company has given retroactive effect to the number of shares to reflect the new capital structure after the reverse share split described in note 29.4.

follows:

 For the year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Net income for the year attributable to owners of the Company96,065 54,217 54,015 
Weighted average number of shares (in thousands) for the purpose of basic earnings per share40,940 38,515 36,586 
Weighted average number of shares (in thousands) for the purpose of diluted earnings per share42,076 39,717 37,674 
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE$2.35 $1.41 $1.48 
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE$2.28 $1.37 $1.43 
The following potential ordinary shares are anti-dilutive and are therefore excluded from the weight average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share:

For the year ended December 31,
202120202019
Shares not-deemed to be issued in respect of employee options30 19 

NOTE 9 –INVESTMENTS

9.111Current investments

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Mutual funds(1)  9,848   12,526 
CEDIN(1)  1,274   - 
LEBACs(2)  14,538   15,458 
TOTAL  25,660   27,984 

(1)Held for trading investment.
(2)Available for sale investment. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and amount of 5,125 and 2,089 are required to maintain as collateral of future contracts explained in 27.10.3.

9.2CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 As of December 31,
20212020
Cash and bank balances425,823 278,722 
Time deposits1,981 217 
TOTAL427,804 278,939 

NOTE 12 – INVESTMENTS
12.1 – Investments
 As of December 31,
Current20212020
Mutual funds (1)
27,585 19,284 
Commercial Papers (2)
4,996  
TOTAL32,581 19,284 
(1)Measured at fair value through profit or loss.
(2)Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.
F-45


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



 As of December 31,
Non current20212020
Contribution to funds (3)
1,027 615 
TOTAL1,027 615 

(3)On November 30, 2020, the Company signed a contribution agreement with Vistra ITCL and Pentathlon Ventures LLP, through which the Company committed to invest an aggregate amount approximately 2,000, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has payed 1,027 and 615, respectively.

12.2 – Investments in associates

Investment in Dynaflows S.A.


Collokia investment
As of December 31, 2014,2020, the Company had a 22.7%19.5% of participation in Dynaflows S.A. and accounted for this investment using the equity method considering thatCollokia LLC.

On February 25, 2016, the Company had significant influence over the operating and governance decisions of Dynaflows S.A. Assigned a result of a change in participation since October 22, 2015, explained in note 23subscription agreement with Collokia LLC, through which Collokia LLC agreed to these consolidated financial statements, it is no longer appropriate to classify the investment as “Investment in associates” and has been included in these financial statements through consolidationincrease its capital by issuing 55,645 preferred units, from the datewhich the Company obtains controlacquired 20,998 at the price of Dynaflows.

CHVG investment

The Company owns the 40%$23.81 per share for a total amount of total shares of CHVG S.A. (“CHVG”) and accounted for500. After this investment using the equity method.

F-33

Collokia investment

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014,subscription, the Company has a 12.48%19.5% of participation in Collokia LLC for ana total amount of 300800 and accounted for this investment using the equity method considering that the Company has significant influence over the operating and governance decisions of Collokia LLC, as the participation in the board of director, the approval of budget and business plan, among other decisions.

Assets, liabilities


On January 6, 2021, the Company signed an Assignment of Membership Interest Agreement with Mr. Pablo Brenner to transfer all of its membership units in Collokia LLC by exercising the Company's Put Option Right. On January 12, 2021, Collokia LLC's management acknowledged and resultsapprove the transfer, and acknowledged and accepted the withdrawal of Globant España S.A. as member of the Company.

Acamica investment

On January 26, 2016, the Company signed a subscription agreement with Ignacio Moreno, Tomás Escobar, Gonzalo Orsi and Juan Badino (jointly "the Founders"); Fitory S.A., a company organized under the laws of Uruguay; Wayra Argentina S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Argentina; Stultum Pecuniam Ventures LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of Washington, United States; Ms. Eun Young Hwang ("Rebecca"); Acamica S.A., a company organized under the laws of Argentina ("Acamica Argentina") and Acamica Inc, a corporation organized under the laws of the state of Delaware, United States ("Acamica US" and together with Acamica Argentina, the "Acamica Group Companies") whereas the Founders own 100% of the capital share of Acamica Group Companies and formed a new company organized under the laws of Spain ("Holdco") which owned 100% of the capital shares of Acamica US and 97% of the capital shares of Acamica Argentina.

On January 3, 2017, pursuant to the terms of the subscription agreement the Company made a capital contribution of 750 to the Acamica Tecnologías S.L. (previously referred as Holdco) in exchange for alla 20% ownership stake in the above mentioned investments entity. On May 17, 2018, the Company signed a new share purchase and subscription agreement with Fitory S.A., Stultum Pecunian Ventures, LLC, Wayra Argentina S.A., Eun Young Hwang and Acámica Tecnologías S.A. Pursuant to such agreement, the Company purchased additional shares for an amount of 3,250. As of December 31, 2015, 20142020, the Company has a 47.5% of participation in Acámica Tecnologías S.L. The investment is accounted using the equity method considering that the Company has significant influence over the operating and 2013governance decisions of Acamica Tecnologías S.L., as the participation in the board of director, the approval of budget and business plan, among other decisions.

On April 22, 2021, the Company signed a subscription agreement alongside Fitory S.A., Wayra Argentina S.A., Stultum Pecunian Ventures LLC, Eun Young Hwang and Digital House Group Ltd ("Digital House"), pursuant to which the investors agree to sell their participation in Acamica to Digital House in exchange for the allotment and issuance of shares. However prior to the closing, on April 29, 2021, the Company made an additional contribution to Acamica for an amount of 1,095,
F-46


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years thenin the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



increasing its participation to 51.93% obtaining temporary control of Acamica. On June 29, 2021, the subscription agreement was closed.

The Company's share on the profit or loss or other comprehensive income of all the above-mentioned investments for the years ended 2018 and 2017 were not significant individually nor in the aggregate.

aggregate, except for the impairment recognized in Collokia in 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company share on the profit or loss for the investment in Acamica a loss of 233 and 622, respectively.     

NOTE 1013 – TRADE RECEIVABLES

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Accounts receivable(1)  43,080   34,742 
Unbilled revenue  3,310   5,557 
Subtotal  46,390   40,299 
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts  (438)  (243)
TOTAL  45,952   40,056 

(1)Includes amounts due from related parties of 1,593 and 899 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (see note 21.1).

Rollforward

 As of December 31,
 20212020
Current
Accounts receivable (1)
274,907 181,658 
Unbilled revenue31,379 20,117 
Subtotal306,286 201,775 
Less: Allowance for expected credit losses(6,177)(5,755)
TOTAL300,109 196,020 
Non-current
Accounts receivable (1)
— 5,644 
TOTAL 5,644 
(1)As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no amounts due from related parties (see note 24.1).
Allowance for expected credit losses

The following tables detail the risk profile of trade receivables based on the Company's provision matrix as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

December 31, 2021Trade receivables - days past due
< 3031 - 6061 - 9091-120121-180181 - 365> 365Risk clientsTotal
Expected credit loss rate0.59%1.20%2.66%8.20%31.50%67.63%100.00%100.00%
Estimated total gross carrying amount at default24,028 12,458 5,168 1,695 2,642 920 702 3,452 51,065 
Lifetime ECL142 150 138 139 832 622 702 3,452 6,177 
December 31, 2020Trade receivables - days past due
< 3031 - 6061 - 9091-120121-180> 180Total
Expected credit loss rate0.80%2.00%3.50%7.80%20.30%79.50%
Estimated total gross carrying amount at default27,787 3,982 1,159 191 534 2,635 36,288 
Lifetime ECL222 80 41 15 108 2,095 2,561 

The movements in the allowance are calculated based on lifetime expected credit loss model for doubtful accounts

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
          
Balance at beginning of year  (243)  (194)  (154)
Additions (1)  (205)  (130)  (922)
Additions related to business combinations (note 23)  (109)  -   - 
Write-off of receivables  117   43   876 
Translation  2   38   6 
Balance at end of year  (438)  (243)  (194)

(1)The impairment recognized represents the difference between the carrying amount of these trade receivables and the present value of the recoverable amounts included those expected in liquidation proceeds. The Company does not hold any collateral over these balances. In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Company considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from the date credit was initially granted up to the end of the each fiscal year.

Aging2021 and 2020.

F-47


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of past due not impairedDecember 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



The following table shows the movement in ECL that has been recognized for trade receivables

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
60-90 days  645   1,612 
91+ days  167   461 
Balance at end of year  812   2,073 

in accordance with the simplified approach:

 As of December 31,
 202120202019
Balance at beginning of year(5,755)(3,676)(3,957)
Additions related to Travel and Hospitality clients (note 32)(2,228)(3,194)— 
(Additions) Recoveries, net (note 4.2)(5,323)107 (275)
Write-off of receivables7,129 980 556 
Translation— 28 — 
Balance at end of year(6,177)(5,755)(3,676)
The average credit period on sales is 6070 days. No interest is charged on trade receivables.receivables, except for certain customers to which financing facilities have been given with the corresponding financing charge. The Company reviews past due balances on a case-by-case basis. The Company has recognized analways measures the loss allowance for doubtful accounts of some individually trade receivables at an amount equal to lifetime ECL. The expected credit losses on trade receivables are estimated using the provision matrix by reference to past default experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor's current financial position, adjusted for factors that are considered not recoverablespecific to the debtors, general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate and 100% against all receivables over 180 days because historical experience has been that receivables that are pastan assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date. As of December 31, 2020 the expected credit losses increased considerably due beyond 180 days are usually not recoverable.

F-34
to the outbreak of Coronavirus ("COVID-19") at the beginning of the fiscal year, see note 32.

Aging of impaired trade receivables

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
60-90 days  258   - 
91-180 days  175   - 
180+ days  5   243 
Balance at end of year  438   243 

NOTE 1114 – OTHER RECEIVABLES

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
Other receivables        
Current        
Tax credit - VAT  8,615   9,748 
Tax credit - Software Promotion Regime (note 3.7.1.1)  3,832   2,626 
Income tax credits  732   484 
Other tax credits  729   319 
Advanced to suppliers (*)  3,303   50 
Prepaid expenses  955   498 
Loans granted to employees (note 3.20)  59   500 
Other  345   28 
TOTAL  18,570   14,253 

(*)

 As of December 31,
 20212020
Other receivables  
Current  
     Tax credit - VAT2,904 4,358 
     Tax credit - Software Promotion Regime— 493 
     Income tax credits12,213 7,053 
     Tax credit - Knowledge Law (note 3.7.1.1)18,645 7,230 
     Other tax credits1,920 674 
     Guarantee deposits455 — 
     Advances to suppliers2,750 2,142 
     Prepaid expenses10,029 6,625 
     Loans granted to employees105 77 
     Other173 2,981 
     TOTAL49,194 31,633 
F-48


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2015 includes 3,0472021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



 As of December 31,
20212020
Non-current  
     Tax credit - VAT1,193 392 
     Income tax credits10,671 3,037 
     Tax credit - Software Promotion Regime (note 3.7.1.1)— 
     Tax credit - Knowledge Law (note 3.7.1.1)5,951 1,784 
     Other tax credits100 145 
     Guarantee deposits4,390 3,091 
     Loans granted to employees101 101 
     Prepaid expenses1,172 1,348 
     Other677 — 
Subtotal24,263 9,898 
Allowance for impairment of tax credits— (269)
TOTAL24,263 9,629 

As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded a recovery for an amount of 269, 7 and 47, respectively, based on assumptions about expected credit losses. The Company uses judgment in making these assumptions based on existing regulatory conditions as well as forward looking estimates, which are described as follows. The tax credits included in the allowance for impairment are mainly related to advanceArgentine taxation. The Company estimated the future VAT credit and VAT debit that comes from domestic purchases and sales, respectively. Since exports are zero-rated, any excess portion of the credit not used against any VAT debit is reimbursable to acquired building as explained in note 20

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
Non-current        
Tax credit - Software Promotion Regime (note 3.7.1.1)  -   5,657 
Advanced to suppliers (note 20)  18,779   - 
Other tax credits  258   181 
Guarantee deposits  1,085   735 
Subtotal  20,122   6,573 
Allowance for impairment of tax credits  -   (5,657)
TOTAL  20,122   916 

Rollforwardthe Company, through a special VAT recovery regime. However, according to VAT recovery rules, there are certain limitations on the amount that may be reimbursed and the Company considered any VAT credit that cannot be reimbursed to be an impairment.


Roll forward of the allowance for impairment of tax credits

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Balance at beginning of year  (5,657)  (9,579)
Recovery (note 3.7.1.1)  1,820   1,505 
Write-off tax credits  3,620   - 
Translation  217   2,417 
Balance at end of year  -   (5,657)

F-35

 As of December 31,
 202120202019
  
Balance at beginning of year269 378 675 
(Recovery) additions (note 4.4)(269)(7)(47)
Foreign exchange— (102)(250)
Balance at end of year 269 378 

NOTE 1215 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The Company reviews the estimated useful lives of property and equipment at the end of each reporting period. The Company determined that the useful lives of the assets included as property and equipment are in accordance with their expected lives.

F-49


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



Property and equipment as of December 31, 20152021 included the following:

  Computer equipment
and software
  Furniture and
office supplies
  Office fixtures  Buildings  Lands  Properties under
construction
  Total 
Useful life (years)  3   5   3   50             
Cost                            
Values at beginning of year  10,030   2,692   14,142   4,204   -   6,629   37,697 
Additions related to business combinations (note 23)  51   25   113   -   -   -   189 
Additions  4,302   393   1,504   -   2,354   3,859   12,412 
Additions through finance lease (note 26)  2   -   -   -   -   -   2 
Transfers  118   376   4,204   -   -   (4,698)  - 
Deletions  (69)  -   (24)  -   -   -   (93)
Currency translation difference  (83)  (47)  (146)  -   -   -   (276)
Values at end of year  14,351   3,439   19,793   4,204   2,354   5,790   49,931 
                             
Depreciation                            
Accumulated at beginning of year  7,154   2,110   9,148   72   -   -   18,484 
Additions  1,785   366   3,637   84   -   -   5,872 
Deletions  (3)  -   (2)  -   -   -   (5)
Currency translation difference  (66)  (42)  (32)  -   -   -   (140)
Accumulated at end of year  8,870   2,434   12,751   156   -   -   24,211 
Carrying amount  5,481   1,005   7,042   4,048   2,354   5,790   25,720 

 Computer equipment and softwareFurniture and office suppliesOffice fixturesVehiclesBuildingsLandsProperties under constructionTotal
Useful life (years)353550 
Cost 
Values at beginning of year50,332 10,084 51,568 79 13,907 2,354 49,803 178,127 
Additions related to business combinations (note 26.18)269 781 456 273 — — — 1,779 
Additions17,644 3,709 1,372 — 64 — 28,591 51,380 
Disposals(1,462)(418)(506)(138)— — (322)(2,846)
Transfers— — 15,454 — — — (15,454)— 
Translation17 51 (42)26 — — (4)48 
Values at end of year66,800 14,207 68,302 240 13,971 2,354 62,614 228,488 
Depreciation       
Accumulated at beginning of year32,647 6,651 36,601 17 1,184 — — 77,100 
Additions10,571 2,073 6,811 36 308 — — 19,799 
Disposals(1,216)(279)(460)(54)— — — (2,009)
Translation22 30 (37)12 — — — 27 
Accumulated at end of year42,024 8,475 42,915 11 1,492 — — 94,917 
Carrying amount24,776 5,732 25,387 229 12,479 2,354 62,614 133,571 
Property and equipment as of December 31, 20142020 included the following:

  Computer equipment
and software
  Furniture and
office supplies
  Office fixtures  Buildings  Lands  Properties under
construction
  Total 
Useful life (years)  3   5   3   50             
Cost                            
Values at beginning of year  7,543   2,091   12,017   -   -   6,696   28,347 
Additions related to business combinations (note 23)  105   -   -   -   -   -   105 
Additions  2,206   545   1,579   1,692   -   3,020   9,042 
Additions through finance lease (note 26)  246   -   -   -   -   -   246 
Transfers  (46)  91   530   2,512   -   (3,087)  - 
Currency translation difference  (24)  (35)  16   -   -   -   (43)
Values at end of year  10,030   2,692   14,142   4,204   -   6,629   37,697 
                             
Depreciation                            
Accumulated at beginning of year  6,071   1,790   5,763   -   -   -   13,624 
Additions  1,106   356   3,368   72   -   -   4,902 
Currency translation difference  (23)  (36)  17   -   -   -   (42)
Accumulated at end of year  7,154   2,110   9,148   72   -   -   18,484 
Carrying amount  2,876   582   4,994   4,132   -   6,629   19,213 

F-36

 Computer equipment and softwareFurniture and office suppliesOffice fixturesVehiclesBuildingsLandsProperties under constructionTotal
Useful life (years)353550
Cost
Values at beginning of year38,939 9,599 50,357 108 13,821 2,354 34,171 149,349 
Additions related to business combinations (note 26.18)1,075 222 139 29 — — — 1,465 
Additions10,900 625 810 — 10 — 16,285 28,630 
Disposals(592)(489)(71)(58)— — (46)(1,256)
Transfers— 89 442 — 76 — (607)— 
Translation10 38 (109)— — — — (61)
Values at end of year50,332 10,084 51,568 79 13,907 2,354 49,803 178,127 
Depreciation
Accumulated at beginning of year25,277 5,344 30,290 28 877 — — 61,816 
Additions7,837 1,464 6,413 16 307 — — 16,037 
Disposals(496)(250)(35)(31)— — — (812)
Translation29 93 (67)— — — 59 
Accumulated at end of year32,647 6,651 36,601 17 1,184 — — 77,100 
Carrying amount17,685 3,433 14,967 62 12,723 2,354 49,803 101,027 

NOTE 13–16 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS


The Company reviews the estimated useful lives of intangible assets at the end of each reporting period. The Company determined that the useful lives of the assets included as intangible assets are in accordance with their expected lives.

F-50


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



If any impairment indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. The discount rate use is the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

During the year, the Company considered the recoverability of its internally generated intangible asset which are included in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 with a carrying amount of 32,227 and 18,537, respectively.

The Company has recognized an impairment of 83 and 720 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 no impairment was recognized. The impairment was recognized as a result of the Company's evaluation of such internal developments, upon which the Company projected lower future cash flows from the related intangible assets.
Intangible assets as of December 31, 20152021 included the following:

  Licenses and internal
developments
  Trademarks and
customer
relationships
  Non-compete
agreement
  Total 
Useful life (years)  5   10   3     
Cost                
Values at beginning of year  7,889   4,868   586   13,343 
Additions related to business combinations (note 23)  296   -   -   296 
Additions  4,445   -   -   4,445 
Currency translation difference  (19)  (534)  -   (553)
Values at end of year  12,611   4,334   586   17,531 
                 
Amortization                
Accumulated at beginning of year  5,648   1,083   507   7,238 
Additions  2,598   752   79   3,429 
Currency translation difference  (17)  (328)  -   (345)
Accumulated at end of year  8,229   1,507   586   10,322 
Carrying amount  4,382   2,827   -   7,209 


 Licenses and internal developmentsCustomer relationships and contractsNon-compete agreementsCryptocurrencies(*)Total
Useful life (years)51 - 93 
Cost 
Values at beginning of year72,538 74,792 834 — 148,164 
Additions related to business combinations (note 26.18)2,031 12,046 127 — 14,204 
Additions from separate acquisitions7,316 — — 1,216 8,532 
Additions from internal development29,713 — — — 29,713 
Disposals(12,565)— — — (12,565)
Translation(2)— — 
Values at end of year99,036 86,836 961 1,216 188,049 
Amortization and impairment
Accumulated at beginning of year47,360 13,459 624 — 61,443 
Additions21,244 15,093 317 — 36,654 
Impairment loss recognized in profit or loss— — — 80 80 
Disposals(12,153)— — — (12,153)
Translation— — — 
Accumulated at end of year56,460 28,552 941 80 86,033 
Carrying amount42,576 58,284 20 1,136 102,016 
(*) As of December 31, 2021, the Company´s crypto assets are comprised by Bitcoin and Ethereum.
F-51


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



Intangible assets as of December 31, 20142020 included the following:

  Licenses and internal
developments
  Trademarks and
customer
relationships
  Non-compete
agreement
  Total 
Useful life (years)  5   10   3     
Cost                
Values at beginning of year  5,198   4,604   586   10,388 
Additions related to business combinations (note 23)  -   472   -   472 
Additions  2,697   -   -   2,697 
Currency translation difference  (6)  (208)  -   (214)
Values at end of year  7,889   4,868   586   13,343 
                 
Amortization                
Accumulated at beginning of year  3,367   795   85   4,247 
Additions  2,287   845   -   3,132 
Transfers  -   (422)  422   - 
Currency translation difference  (6)  (135)  -   (141)
Accumulated at end of year  5,648   1,083   507   7,238 
Carrying amount  2,241   3,785   79   6,105 

F-37

 Licenses and internal developmentsCustomer relationships and contractsNon-compete agreementsTotal
Useful life (years)51 - 93 
Cost 
Values at beginning of year48,318 25,285 586 74,189 
Additions related to business combinations (note 26.18)813 49,507 248 50,568 
Additions from separate acquisitions7,065 — — 7,065 
Additions from internal development17,388 — — 17,388 
Disposals(1,025)— — (1,025)
Translation(21)— — (21)
Values at end of year72,538 74,792 834 148,164 
Amortization and impairment   
Accumulated at beginning of year35,473 11,020 586 47,079 
Additions12,328 2,439 38 14,805 
Impairment loss recognized in profit or loss83 — — 83 
Disposals(518)— — (518)
Translation(6)— — (6)
Accumulated at end of year47,360 13,459 624 61,443 
Carrying amount25,178 61,333 210 86,721 

NOTE 1417GOODWILL

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
Cost        
Balance at beginning of year  12,772   13,046 
Additions (note 23)  20,461   - 
Translation  (701)  (274)
Balance at end of year  32,532   12,772 

OTHER ASSETS

The Company bills customers and receives invoices from suppliers based on a billing schedule established in the subscription resales contracts. Therefore, the outstanding balance of other assets includes the right to consideration related to subscriptions that have not yet been invoiced by the Company, and trade payables includes the expenses accrual for the cost that have not yet been invoiced by the suppliers.

The outstanding balance of other assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:
As of December 31,
20212020
Other assets
Current
Unbilled Subscriptions7,855 8,146 
Non-current
Unbilled Subscriptions8,583 6,954 











F-52


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



NOTE 18 – OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

As of December 31,
20212020
Other financial assets
Current
Convertible notes1,267860
Foreign exchange forward contracts758492
Guarantee deposits— 190 
Others32 35 
TOTAL2,0571,577
Non-current
Convertible notes2,608306
Equity instruments22,08810,478 
Interest rate SWAP534— 
Guarantee deposits— 4,363 
Others— 
TOTAL25,23315,147
Other financial liabilities
Current
Other financial liabilities related to business combinations (note 26)61,56119,729
Foreign exchange forward contracts1,49893 
TOTAL63,05919,822
Non-current
Other financial liabilities related to business combinations (note 26)51,50973,639
Put option on minority interest of Walmeric (note 26)15,423 — 
Interest rate SWAP— 737 
TOTAL66,93274,376
18.1 Equity Instruments

Digital House investment

On December 31, 2020, Globant España S.A. entered into a share purchase agreement along side other two partners to acquire between the three of them 614,251 shares of Digital House Group Ltd, which 204,750 correspond to Globant España S.A, such amount was acquired for 9,167. On April 22, 2021, the Company entered into a subscription agreement pursuant to which the investors sell their participation in Acamica in exchange for an increase in Digital House's investment for 5,848. Additionally on September 30, 2021, the Company paid an additional 862, increasing it's investment to 15.8%. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has a 15.8% and 15% equity interest on Digital House, respectively, and the amount disclosed is 15,877 and 9,167 as other financial assets non-current, respectively.

ELSA investment

On January 15, 2021, Globant España, signed a stock purchase agreement and acquired 4% of ELSA, Corp., for 2,700.

V.U investment

On April, 23, 2021, Globant España, signed a stock purchase agreement and acquired 3% of VU Inc., for 2,200.
F-53


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)



Singularity investment

On July 8, 2019 ("issuance date"), Globant España S.A. and Singularity Education Group, agreed into a note purchase agreement whereby Globant España S.A. provides financing facility for 1,250. Interest on the entire outstanding principal balance is computed at an annual rate of 5%. Singularity Education Group shall repay the loan in full within 1 year from the effective date. Globant España S.A has the right to convert any portion of the outstanding principal into Conversion Shares of Singularity Education Group. As of December 31, 2019, the fair value of the loan agreement amounted to 1,280 and is disclosed as other financial assets current.

On August 27, 2020 Globant España S.A decided to convert all the outstanding principal into shares as mentioned in the previous note purchase agreement, Singularity Education Group issued through purchase conversion 10,655,788 shares at $0.1231 per share for a total amount of 1,311, such amount is disclosed as other financial asset non-current.

NOTE 19 – TRADE PAYABLES

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Suppliers  1,794   3,075 
Expenses accrual  2,642   2,598 
TOTAL  4,436   5,673 

 As of December 31,
20212020
Current
Suppliers22,166 16,928 
Advanced payments from customers7,954 — 
Expenses accrual33,090 18,338 
TOTAL63,210 35,266 
As of December 31,
20212020
Non current
Expenses accrual6,387 5,240 
TOTAL6,387 5,240 

NOTE 1620 – PAYROLL AND SOCIAL SECURITY TAXES PAYABLE

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Salaries  4,246   4,742 
Social security tax  4,343   3,965 
Accrued vacation and bonus  16,708   12,021 
Directors fees  44   136 
Other  210   103 
TOTAL  25,551   20,967 

F-38

 As of December 31,
 20212020
Salaries12,815 12,018 
Social security tax25,412 22,140 
Provision for vacation, bonus and others146,000 77,015 
Directors fees214 139 
Other23 569 
TOTAL184,464 111,881 













F-54

GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 1721 – BORROWINGS

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Current        
Bank and financial institutions (note 25)  280   513 
TOTAL  280   513 
         
Non-current        
Bank and financial institutions (note 25)  268   772 
TOTAL  268   772 

The principal balances of outstanding borrowings under lines of credit with banks and financial institutions were as follows:
 As of December 31,
 20212020
Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico Industrial (Spain)1,484 — 
Banco Santander (Spain)850 — 
Banco Supervielle (Argentina)71 188 
Banco Santander (Argentina)9,835 — 
HSBC Bank and Citibank - Syndicated loan (United States)— 25,028 
Banco ICBC (Argentina)— 752 
TOTAL12,240 25,968 

Such balances were included as current and non-current borrowings in the consolidated statement of financial position as follows:
 As of December 31,
 20212020
Current
Bank loans10,156 907 
Other loans149 — 
Sub-Total10,305 907 
Non-current
Bank loans600 25,061 
Other loans1,335  
Sub-Total1,935 25,061 
TOTAL12,240 25,968 

On November 1, 2018, Globant, LLC, the Company's U.S. subsidiary, entered into an Amended and Restated ("A&R") Credit Agreement by and among certain financial institutions, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender. The A&R Credit Agreement amended and restated the Credit Agreement dated as of August 3, 2017. Under the A&R Credit Agreement, Globant, LLC could have borrowed (i) up to 50,000 in a single borrowing on or prior to May 1, 2019 under a delayed-draw term loan facility and (ii) up to 150,000 under a revolving credit facility. In addition, Globant, LLC could have requested increases of the maximum amount available under the revolving facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed 100,000. The maturity date of the facilities was October 31, 2023. Pursuant to the terms of the A&R Credit Agreement, interest on loans extended thereunder shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 1.75%. Globant, LLC’s obligations under the A&R Credit Agreement were guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiary Globant España S.A., and are secured by substantially all of Globant, LLC’s now owned and after-acquired assets. The A&R Credit Agreement contained certain customary negative and affirmative covenants.

On February 6, 2020, Globant, LLC, our US subsidiary (the "Borrower"), entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”), by and among certain financial institutions listed therein, as lenders, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender. Under the Second A&R Credit Agreement, which amends and restates the existing A&R Credit Agreement dated as of November 1, 2018, the Borrower may borrow (i) up to $100 million in up to 4 borrowings on or prior to August 6, 2021 under a delayed-draw term loan facility and (ii) up to $250 million under a revolving credit facility. In addition, the Borrower may request increases of the maximum amount available under the revolving facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100 million. The maturity date of each of the facilities is February 5, 2025. Pursuant to the terms of the Second A&R Credit Agreement, interest on the loans extended thereunder shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to either (i) LIBOR plus 1.50%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 1.75%,
F-55

GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

determined based on the Borrower’s Maximum Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement). The Borrower’s obligations under the Second A&R Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and its subsidiary Globant España S.A., and are secured by substantially all of the Borrower’s now owned and after-acquired assets. The Seconds A&R Credit Agreement principally contains the following covenants: delivery of certain financial information; payment of obligations, including tax liabilities; use of proceeds only for transaction costs payments, for lawful general corporate purposes and working capital; Globant, LLC's Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not be less than 1.25 to 1.00; Globant, LLC's Maximum Total Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.00 to 1.00; Globant, LLC or any of its subsidiaries shall not incur in any indebtedness, except for the ones detailed in the agreement; Globant, LLC or any of its subsidiaries shall not assume any Lien; advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed 50 outstanding at any time; restricted payments not to exceed 10,000 per year; Globant, LLC shall not maintain intercompany payables owed to any of its Argentina Affiliates except to the extent (i) such payables are originated in transactions made in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the aggregate amount of such payables do not exceed an amount equal to 5 times the average monthly amount of such Affiliates’ billings for the immediately preceding 12 month period; Globant, LLC's capital expenditures limited to 10% the Company's consolidated net revenue per year and Globant, LLC's annual revenue is to remain at no less than 60% of the Company's consolidated annual revenue; among others.

Movements in borrowings are analyzed as follows:
 As of December 31,
 202120202019
Balance at the beginning of year25,968 51,386 — 
Borrowings related to business combination (note 26.18) (1) (4)
2,538 13,969 1,290 
Proceeds from new borrowings (2) (5)
13,500 155,108 90,523 
Payment of borrowings (3) (5)
(30,216)(196,202)(41,570)
Accrued interest (4)
915 2,299 1,226 
Foreign exchange (4)
(375)(592)(83)
Translation (4)
(90)— — 
TOTAL12,240 25,968 51,386 

(1)Corresponds to 2 loan agreements granted by the Centro para el Desarrollo Tecnológico e Industrial (CDTI) of Spain to Walmeric with maturity dates on September 30, 2025 and January 25, 2030; and also to a borrowing with Banco Santander with maturity date on April 2025 granted to Hybrid. These borrowings do not have covenants. During the year ended December 31, 2021 through the business combinations the Company acquired borrowings mainly with Corrum, Banco Macro, HSBC, ICBC, Banco Provincia, BBVA, Aurum Fundo de Investimentos and Itau, with maturity date between October 9, 2020 and July 30, 2021. These borrowings do not have covenants.

(2)    On October 23, 2021, Sistemas Globales, S.A borrowed 10,061 from Banco Santander and will mature in October 2022. On March 23, 2020, March 24, 2020, and April 1, 2020, Globant, LLC borrowed 64,000, 11,000 and 75,000, respectively, under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2020. This loan will mature on February 5, 2025.

(3) During the year ended December 31, 2021, the main payments were 25,000 by Globant LLC related to the principal amount of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the main payments were 523 paid on March 26, 2020 by Avanxo Colombia related to the principal amount of the borrowing with Banco Santander and 126,927 paid by Globant, LLC related to the principal amount and interest of the A&R Credit Agreement. During August and September, 2020, the Company proceed to pay 12,636 of the borrowings related to Grupo Assa acquisition. On October 31, 2020 and December 31,2020 Globant, LLC paid 20,188 and 30,080, respectively, related to the A&R Credit Agreement.

(4) Non-cash transactions.

(5) Cash transactions.
F-56


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

NOTE 18 –TAX22 – TAX LIABILITIES

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Income tax  6,833   1,702 
Periodic payment plan  20   166 
VAT payable  1,102   493 
Personal Assets Tax – Substitute taxpayer  863   444 
Software Promotion Law - annual rate  1,060   575 
Other  347   66 
TOTAL  10,225   3,446 

 As of December 31,
 20212020
Current
Periodic payment plan379 107 
VAT payable9,927 4,599 
Wage withholding taxes3,354 2,721 
Personal properties tax accrual1,139 1,062 
 Taxes payable related to LEC1,385 687 
Sales taxes payable100 189 
Other1,787 2,439 
TOTAL18,071 11,804 

NOTE 1923PROVISIONS FOR CONTINGENCIES

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of its business. The Company has recordedrecords a provision for labor, regulatory and commercial claims where the risk of loss is considered probable. The final resolution of these potential claims is not likely to have a material effect on the results of operations, cash flow or the financial position of the Company.


Breakdown of reserves for lawsuits claims and other disputed matters include the following:

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Reserve for labor claims  650   794 
TOTAL  650   794 

F-39

 As of December 31,
 20212020
Reserve for labor claims53 
Reserve for commercial claims— 2,400 
Reserve for regulatory claims9,632 10,130 
TOTAL9,637 12,583 


Roll forward is as follows:

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Balance at beginning of year  794   271 
Additions  490   740 
Recovery  (253)  (211)
Write-off of contingencies  (91)  - 
Translation  (290)  (6)
Balance at end of year  650   794 

NOTE 20 – ADVANCES

 As of December 31,
Reserve for labor claims202120202019
Balance at beginning of year53 91 678 
Additions72 907 
Recovery(10)(50)(1,247)
Utilization of provision for contingencies(38)— (99)
Foreign exchange(8)(60)(148)
Balance at end of year5 53 91 

F-57


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO ACQUIRE BUILDINGS

On December 4, 2015, our Argentine subsidiaries Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A., entered into a Purchase Agreement with IRSA Inversiones y Representaciones Sociedad Anónima (“IRSA”) to acquire four floors representing approximately 4,896 square meters in a building to be constructed in a premium business zone of the City of Buenos Aires, Argentina.

In consideration for the property the subsidiaries agreed to pay IRSA the following purchase price: (i) AR$ 180,279 on the date of signing of the purchase agreement, equivalent to 18,779 at such date; (ii) 8,567 during a three-year term beginning in June 2016; and (iii) the remaining 3,672 at the moment of transfer of the property ownership, after finalization of the building.

THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2015, 18,7792021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are includedexpressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 As of December 31,
Reserve for regulatory claims202120202019
Balance at beginning of year10,130 1,511 2,184 
Additions (3)
863 176 219 
Additions related to business combinations— 9,124 — 
Recovery(258)— (879)
Utilization of provision for contingencies(509)(615)(95)
Foreign exchange(594)(66)82 
Balance at end of year (4)
9,632 10,130 1,511 

 As of December 31,
Reserve for commercial claims202120202019
Balance at beginning of year2,400 1,000 — 
Additions (1)
5,166 1,400 1,000 
Utilization of provision for contingencies (2)
(7,566)— — 
Balance at end of year 2,400 1,000 

(1)On August 8, 2019, Certified Collectibles Group, LLC (“CCG”) and its affiliates filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division, (Civil Action No. 19-CV-1962) against Globant S.A. and Globant, LLC, arising from a dispute relating to a service contract. After several discussions, on July 30, 2021, the parties filed a notice of settlement with the court. The claim was settled in 7,250 (of which 2,700 were covered by insurance reimbursement accounted for in Other Receivables line).

(2) On September 15, 2021, the Company made the first of 2 installment payments related to the settlement with Certified Collectibles Group, LLC. On November 30, 2021 the second installment was paid leaving the liability fully settled.

(3)     Since 2018, certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries have been under examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") regarding payroll and employment taxes primarily in connection with services performed by employees of certain of our subsidiaries in the United States from 2013 to 2015. On May 1, 2018, the IRS issued 30-day letters to those subsidiaries proposing total assessments of 1,400 plus penalties and interest for employment taxes for those years. Our subsidiaries filed protests of these consolidated financial statements as other receivables non-current.

Additionally,proposed assessments with the IRS on July 16, 2018. Following discussions with the IRS, during the year 2015fourth quarter of 2021, the IRS and our subsidiaries have reached a preliminary agreement on the proposed assessments which would amount to 1,300 including applicable interests and penalties. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has given other advancesis awaiting for final confirmation from the IRS to acquire a building in La Plata and Tucumán, Argentina, for anpay the amount of 3,047 includedthe assessment and settle this matter definitely.

(4) Between 2010 and 2014, certain of Grupo Assa’s Brazilian subsidiaries were subject to 2 examinations by the Ministry of Labor (“MTE”) and the Brazilian Internal Revenue Service (“RFB”) in relation to the potential hiring of employees as independent contractors. As a result of such examinations, the MTE and the RFB initiated different administrative proceedings against Grupo Assa’s Brazilian subsidiaries, seeking to collect payment of taxes and social security contributions allegedly owed by the companies, and impose certain associated fines. As of December 31, 2021, some of these consolidated financial statementsadministrative proceedings are still ongoing while others have derived in judicial proceedings, the recognized liability as other receivables current.

of December 31, 2021 is 7,670. Under the Equity Purchase Agreement entered into for the acquisition of Grupo ASSA Worldwide S.A. and its affiliates (collectively, “Grupo Assa”), certain of the above mentioned proceedings are subject to indemnification provisions from the sellers.

NOTE 2124 – RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

21.1


24.1WPP

The Company provides software and consultancy services to certain WPP subsidiaries. Outstanding receivable balances asRelated parties

As of December 31, 20152021 and 20142020 there are as follows:

F-40
no outstanding balances with related parties to disclose.


  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Added Value  171   - 
Burson Marsteller  18   33 
Fbiz Comunicação Ltda.  -   56 
Frontier Communication  571   105 
Grey Global Group Inc.  95   83 
Group M Worldwide Inc  163   125 
Ibope Argentina  80   - 
JWT  163   71 
Kantar Media  -   76 
Kantar Operations  67   88 
Kantar Retail  8   - 
Mindshare  2   - 
Qualicorp  31   - 
Rockfish Interactive Corporation  -   7 
TNS  172   202 
Young & Rubicam  52   53 
Total  1,593   899 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, 20142021 and 2013,2020, the Company did not recognized revenues from operations with related parties.
F-58


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

During the year ended December 31 2019, the Company recognized revenues for 6,655, 7,6811,419, as follows:

 For the year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.(*)
— — 1,257 
Mercado Libre S.R.L.(*)
— — 162 
Total  1,419 

(*) Morgan Stanley and 8,532, respectively,Mercado Libre S.R.L were no longer considered a related party as follows:

F-41
of December 31, 2020. As of that date disclosure of revenues as related parties from these customers is not required.

  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
          
Acceleration eMarketing  12   -   - 
Added Value  361   -   - 
AkQA  -   -   266 
Blue State Digital  41   -   - 
Burson Marsteller  261   121   - 
Digitarias  -   -   43 
Fbiz Comunicação Ltda.  267   518   - 
Geometry Global  2   146   - 
Grey Global Group Inc.  1,011   974   635 
Group M Worldwide Inc  868   1,137   1,741 
Hogarth  -   -   40 
IBOPE Argentina  6   -   - 
IBOPE Pesquisa de Mídia Ltda  288   -   - 
JWT  957   839   921 
Kantar Group  282   1,754   306 
Kantar Media  -   -   254 
Kantar Operations  -   -   213 
Kantar Retail  69   -   - 
Kantar World Panel  -   -   1,897 
Mindshare  71   168   423 
Ogilvy & Mather Brasil Comunication  -   49   - 
Qualicorp  275   -   - 
Rockfish Interactive Corporation  77   193   122 
Tenthavenue Media ltd  69   -   - 
TNS  1,086   1,207   1,229 
VML  -   31   - 
Wunderman CATO Johnson S.A  -   24   - 
Young & Rubicam  652   520   442 
Total  6,655   7,681   8,532 

21.2

24.2 – Compensation of key management personnel

The remuneration of directors and other members of key management personnel during each of the three years are as follows:

  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
          
Salaries and bonuses  4,211   3,639   4,153 
Total  4,211   3,639   4,153 

 For the year ended December 31,
 202120202019
Salaries and bonuses6,7096,6436,914
Total6,7096,6436,914
The remuneration of directors and key executives is determined by the Board of Directors based on the performance of individuals and market trends.


During 2014,2019, the Company granted 296,1674,000 share options at a strike price of $10. $52.10.
During 2015,2019, the Company granted 30,00082,800, 2,400 and 273,000 share options2,390 restricted stock units at a strikegrant price of $22.77$87.44, $52.10 and $28.31,$69.77, respectively.

F-42

During 2020, the Company granted 88,350, 895, 740 and 52,660 restricted stock units at a grant price of $130.99, $140.00, $170.00 and $189.53, respectively.
During 2021, the Company granted 55,500, 5,000, 1,564, 540, 702 and 468 restricted stock units at grant prices of $298.47, $297.49, $267.19, $232.11, $213.57 and $328.96, respectively.

NOTE 22–25 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

22.1


25.1 – Share-based compensation plan

Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments to employees and non-employee directors is determined based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. Fair value is calculated using Black & Scholes model.

The 2012 share-based compensation agreement was signed by the employees on June 30, 2012. Under this share-based compensation plan, during the year 2014, other share-based compensation agreements were signed for a total of 55,260 options granted.

Each employee share option converts into one ordinary share of the Company on exercise. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of the option. The options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiry (seven years after the effective date).

All options vested on the date of modification of the plan or all other non-vested options expire within seven years after the effective date or seven years after the period of vesting finalizes.

In July 2014, the Company adopted a new Equity Incentive Program, the 2014 Plan.


Pursuant to this plan, on July 18, 2014, the first trading day of the Company common shares on the NYSE, the Company made the annual grants for 2014 Plan to certain of the executive officers and other employees. The grants included 589,000 share options with a vesting period of 4 years, becoming exercisable a 25% of the options on each anniversary of the grant date through the fourth anniversary of the grant. Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments is determined based on the fair value of the awards at the grant date.

Each employee share option converts into one1 ordinary share of the Company on exercise. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of the option. The options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiry (ten years after the effective date).

Under this share-based compensation plan, during the year 2015,2019, other share-based compensation agreements were signed for a total of 789,9484,000 options granted.

F-59


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

In addition, on December 1, 2021, our compensation committee, as administrator, approved the granting of awards in the form of Stock-Equivalent Units to be settled in cash or common shares ("SEUs Plan"), or a combination thereof, under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The purpose of the SEUs Plan is to provide an incentive to attract, retain and reward talent in the IT industry and to prompt such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Company. The SEUs Plan provides all eligible employees the opportunity of receiving a grant of SEUs with a unit value equal to the market value of one common share of the Company, to be settled in cash or common shares of the Company. As of the date of this annual report we granted no SEUs.

Share-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments to employees and non-employee directors is determined based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. Fair value is calculated using Black & Scholes model.

During the years 2021 and 2020, as part of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company granted awards to certain employees in the form of Restricted Stock Units ("RSUs"), having a par value of $1.20 each, with a specific period of vesting. Each RSU is equivalent in value to 1 share of the company´s common stock and represents the Company´s commitment to issue 1 share of the Company's common stock at a future date, subject to the term of the RSU agreement.

Until the RSUs vest, they are an unfunded promise to issue shares of stock to the recipient at some point in the future. The RSUs carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights. RSU's vesting is subject to the condition that the employee must remain in such condition as of the vesting date.

The Company may determine a percentage of RSU, as part of the full year compensation package payment.

These RSUs agreements have been recorded as Equity Settled transactions in accordance to IFRS 2, and they were measured at fair value of shares at the grant date.

The following reconcilesshows the evolution of the share options outstanding from the beginning offor the years ended at December 31, 20152021 and 2014:

  As of December 31, 2015  As of December 31, 2014 
  Number of
options
  Weighted
average
exercise price
  Number of
options
  Weighted
average
exercise price
 
             
Balance at the beginning of year  1,724,614   5.92   1,497,466   4.56 
Options granted during the year  789,948   28.29   644,260   10.05 
Forfeited during the year  (35,674)  15.49   (158,370)  8.40 
Exercised during the year  (545,649)  4.10   (258,742)  4.21 
Balance at end of year  1,933,239   15.40   1,724,614   5.92 

F-43
2020:

 As of December 31, 2021As of December 31, 2020
 Number of optionsWeighted average exercise priceNumber of optionsWeighted average exercise price
Balance at the beginning of year857,643 31.57 1,051,602 31.82 
Forfeited during the year— — (18,687)40.57 
Exercised during the year(213,686)30.93 (175,272)33.24 
Balance at end of year643,957 31.79 857,643 31.57 
The following tableshows the evolution of the RSUs for the years ended at December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 As of December 31, 2021As of December 31, 2020
 Number of RSUWeighted average grant priceNumber of RSUWeighted average grant price
Balance at the beginning of year664,345 101.25 624,896 64.05 
RSU granted during the year168,669 276.51 309,384 147.22 
Forfeited during the year(18,130)111.37 (50,888)98.18 
Issued during the year(235,392)89.18 (219,047)59.37 
Balance at end of year579,492 164.73 664,345 101.25 



F-60


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

The following tables summarizes the share-based compensation planRSU at the end of the year:

Grant date Excerise
price ($)
  Number of stock
options
  Number of stock
options vested as
of December 31,
2015
  Fair value at
grant date ($)
  Fair value vested
($)
  Expense as of
December 31,
2015 ($) (*)
 
                   
2006  0.95   18,799   18,799   102   102   - 
                         
2007  0.71   236,538   236,538   1,343   1,343   52 
   1.40   7,737   7,737   39   39   40 
                         
2009  2.08   -   -   -   -   85 
                         
2010  2.48   8,015   8,015   32   32   19 
   2.93   1,402   1,402   5   5   - 
   3.38   94,474   94,474   313   313   163 
                         
2011  2.71   92,225   92,225   357   357   154 
   3.38   -   -   -   -   88 
                         
2012  6.77   3,651   3,651   6   6   20 
   7.04   17,182   17,182   27   27   23 
                         
2013  12.22   24,999   15,000   65   39   24 
   14.40   2,395   1,436   4   3   1 
                         
2014  10.00   548,848   129,916   1,826   432   512 
   13.20   10,096   1,902   20   4   9 
                         
2015  22.77   30,000   -   221   -   54 
   28.31   685,600   -   4,752   -   562 
   29.34   44,598   14,525   301   98   125 
   34.20   18,000   -   155   -   5 
                         
Subtotal      1,844,559   642,802   9,568   2,800   1,936 
                         
Non employees stock options                        
                         
2012  6.77   22,170   22,170   35   35   7 
2013  12.22   22,170   22,170   52   52   16 
2014  10.00   44,340   26,604   87   52   31 
                         
Subtotal      88,680   70,944   174   139   54 
Total      1,933,239   713,746   9,742   2,939   1,990 

(*) Total share-based compensation


Grant dateGrant price ($)Number of Restricted Stock UnitsFair value at grant date ($)
Expense as of December 31, 2021 ($) (*)
2017from 36.30 to 42.00— — 16 
2018from 46.00 to 55.0783,567 3,887 5,427 
2019from 52.10 to 103.75129,716 11,337 6,421 
2020from 104.25 to 189.53198,016 29,912 18,864 
2021from 184.00 to 328.96157,169 43,192 6,966 
Subtotal568,468 88,328 37,694 
Non employees RSU
2020from 104.25 to 189.533,750 711 565 
2021from 184.00 to 328.967,274 2,068 386 
Subtotal11,024 2,779 951 
Total579,492 91,107 38,645 

F-61


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for year 2015 includes 392 related to the shares granted to one employee explainedthree years in note 29.1.

the period ended December 31, 2021

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

The following tables summarizes the share options at the end of the year:

Grant dateExercise price ($)Number of stock optionsNumber of stock options vested as of December 31, 2021Fair value at grant date ($)Fair value vested ($)
Expense as of December 31, 2021 (*)
201410.0070,313 70,313 236 236 — 
2015from 28.31 to 34.20135,007 135,007 940 940 — 
2016from 29.01 to 39.37283,887 283,887 2,225 2,225 — 
2017from 36.30 to 38.167,500 7,500 64 64 198 
2018from 44.97 to 55.07118,250 71,750 2,400 1,461 3,019 
201952.102,000 — 45 — 110 
Subtotal 616,957 568,457 5,910 4,926 3,327 
Non employees stock options      
2016from 29.01 to 39.3727,000 27,000 248 248 — 
Subtotal27,000 27,000 248 248  
Total643,957 595,457 6,158 5,174 3,327 
(*) Includes social security taxes.

Deferred income tax asset arising from the recognition of the share-based compensation plan amounted to 5,65730,788 and 3,60419,466 for the years ended December 31, 20152021 and 2014,2020, respectively.

F-44


F-62


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

25.2 - Share options exercised and RSU vested during the year:

  As of December 31, 2015  As of December 31, 2014 
  Number of
options exercised
  Exercise  
price
  Number of
options exercised
  Exercise
 price
 
             
Granted in 2006  15,040   0.95   -   - 
Granted in 2007  104,996   0.71   -   - 
Granted in 2007  8,811   1.40   -   - 
Granted in 2009  19,501   2.08   -   - 
Granted in 2010  11,085   2.26   -   - 
Granted in 2010  6,689   2.48   1,660   2.48 
Granted in 2010  18,108   2.93   -   - 
Granted in 2010  59,460   3.38   10,823   3.38 
Granted in 2011  -   -   1,922   2.48 
Granted in 2011  69,548   2.71   -   - 
Granted in 2011  17,293   3.38   -   - 
Granted in 2012  -   -   214,337   3.61 
Granted in 2012  113,851   6.77   -   - 
Granted in 2012  74,492   7.04   -   - 
Granted in 2012  14,341   9.02   30,000   9.02 
Granted in 2014  11,610   10.00   -   - 
Granted in 2014  824   13.20   -   - 
Balance at end of the year  545,649       258,742     


 As of December 31, 2021As of December 31, 2020
 Number of options exercisedExercise  
price
Number of options exercisedExercise
 price
Granted in 201433,687 10.00 3,826 10.00 
Granted in 201537,409 28.31 37,706 28.31 
Granted in 20154,000 34.20 — 34.20 
Granted in 2015— 29.34 1,001 29.34 
Granted in 201630,000 29.01 34,146 29.01 
Granted in 201652,840 32.36 47,343 32.36 
Granted in 201710,000 38.16 20,000 38.16 
Granted in 2017— 36.30 7,500 36.30 
Granted in 20185,000 44.97 5,000 44.97 
Granted in 201838,250 46.00 13,750 46.00 
Granted in 20181,500 50.92 1,500 50.92 
Granted in 2018— 55.07 2,500 55.07 
Granted in 20191,000 52.10 1,000 52.10 
Balance at end of the year213,686  175,272  
The average martketmarket price of the share amounted to 26.78251.18 and 13.03150.29 for year 2015years 2021 and 2014,2020, respectively.

22.3






























F-63


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

The following tables summarizes the RSU vested during the years 2021 and 2020:

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Number of RSUs vestedGrant priceNumber of RSUs vestedGrant price
Granted in 2017500 36.30 500 36.30 
Granted in 2017— 37.00 45,242 37.00 
Granted in 20171,625 42.00 1,625 42.00 
Granted in 201889,617 46.00 91,658 46.00 
Granted in 20181,000 55.07 1,000 55.07 
Granted in 20181,000 52.74 1,000 52.74 
Granted in 20182,500 50.92 2,500 50.92 
Granted in 2019600 52.10 600 52.10 
Granted in 201966,318 87.44 69,392 87.44 
Granted in 20191,000 94.93 1,000 94.93 
Granted in 2019750 103.75 750 103.75 
Granted in 20203,125 137.57 3,125 137.57 
Granted in 2020— 152.49 655 152.49 
Granted in 20202,336 104.25 — 104.25 
Granted in 202041,046 130.99 — 130.99 
Granted in 2020895 140.00 — 140.00 
Granted in 2020740 170.00 — 170.00 
Granted in 20201,500 184.72 — 184.72 
Granted in 202018,408 189.53 — 189.53 
Granted in 202157 213.57 — 213.57 
Granted in 20212,375 232.11 — 232.11 
Balance at end of the year235,392 219,047 

25.3 - Fair value of share-based compensation granted

Determining the fair value of the stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. The Company calculated the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’sCompany's shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

The Company estimated the following assumptions for the calculation of the fair value of the share options:

  Granted in  Granted in  Granted in 
Assumptions 2015 for 2014 plan  2014 for 2014 plan  2014 for 2012 plan 
Stock price  28.29   10   10 
Expected option life  6 years   6 years   4 years 
Volatility  20%  28%  21%
Risk-free interest rate  1.76%  2.42%  1.35%

See Note 4

AssumptionsGranted in
2019 for 2014 plan
Stock price52.10
Expected option life6 years
Volatility40%
Risk-free interest rate3.10%

There were no granted stock options as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

F-64


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for a descriptionthe three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

The Company's grants under its share-based compensation plan with employees are measured based on fair value of the assumptions.

F-45
Company's shares at the grant date and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, with a corresponding impact reflected in additional paid-in capital.


The Company calculated the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company's shares, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

Fair value of the shares: For 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the fair value of the shares is based on the quote market price of the Company's shares at the grant date.

Expected volatility:The expected volatility of the Company's shares is calculated by using the average share price volatility of the Company since January 1, 2016 to the date of grant.

Expected term: The expected life of options represents the period of time the granted options are expected to be outstanding.

Risk free rate: The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Federal Treasury yield curve with maturities similar to the expected term of the options.

Dividend yield: The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

25.4 - Employee Share Purchase Plan

In March 2021, the Company adopted the Globant S.A. 2021 Employee Share Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"), with effect as of March 1, 2021. This plan is additional to the 2012 long-term incentive plan and the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The ESPP provides eligible employees with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of the Company's common shares.

The ESPP permits participants to purchase Common Shares through payroll deductions defined by the employee up to a maximum percentage set in each country of their eligible compensation. The ESPP will typically be implemented through consecutive six-month offering periods. Amounts deducted and accumulated from participant compensation will be used to purchase Common Shares at the end of each offering period. Under the terms of the ESPP, the purchase price of the shares shall not be less than 90.0% of the lower of the fair market value of a Common Share on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date. Subject to adjustment as provided by the ESPP and unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee, the purchase price for each offering period shall be 90% of the fair market value of a Common Share on the purchase date. As of December 31, 2021, as a result of offerings to the employees the Company has repurchased 27,000 shares from which 7,453 have been delivered.

NOTE 2326 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Acquisition of Huddle Group

On October 11, 2013, the Company, by accepting the Offer Letter dated October 11, 2013, executed and submitted by Pusfel S.A., a company organized and existing under the laws of Uruguay and ACX Partners One LP, a limited partnership organized and existing under the laws of England (“ACX”, and together with Pusfel, the “Sellers”), entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to purchase 86.25% of the capital interests of Huddle Investment LLP, a company organized and existing under the laws of England (“Huddle UK”) (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”). Huddle UK owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the capital stock and voting rights of the following subsidiaries: Huddle Group S.A., a corporation (sociedad anónima) organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Argentina (“Huddle Argentina”); Huddle Group S.A., a corporation (sociedad anónima) organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Chile (“Huddle Chile”); and Huddle Group Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington (“Huddle US”, and together with Huddle Argentina and Huddle Chile, the “Huddle Subsidiaries”, and together with Huddle UK, the “Huddle Group”). The closing of the transaction contemplated in the Stock Purchase Agreement took place on October 18, 2013 (the “Closing Date”).

The Huddle Group is engaged in the software development, consulting services and digital applications. As of the date of the Offer letter the total headcount of the Huddle Group was 156 employees distributed in four different locations: Argentina, Chile, United States and United Kingdom.

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement was 8,395. Such purchase price may be subject to adjustments based on the future performance of the Huddle Group, and will be payable to the Sellers in seven installments, pro rata to each of the sellers’ ownership percentage (62.802% and 37.198% in the case of ACX and Pusfel, respectively), as follows:

-On October 21, 2013 and November 4, 2013, the Company paid a total of 3,436 including interest.

-Second installment: On April 21, 2014, the Company paid a total of 2,156, including interests.

-Thirdinstallment: Based on the gross revenue and gross profit achieved by the Huddle Group for the year 2013, the Company paid on April 22, 2014, 861 and recognized as of December 31, 2013, a gain for 109 arisen on the remeasurement of the liability, included in “Other income and expense, net”.

-Fourth installment: On October 25, 2014, the Company paid 870, including interests.

-Fifth installment: On April 2, 2015, the Company paid 647, including interests.

-The sixth installment of 187 shall be paid no later than March 31, 2016.

-The seventh installment of 115 shall be paid no later than the fifth anniversary date of Closing Date.

The consideration transferred for Huddle Group acquisition was calculated as follows:

Purchase PriceAmount
Down payment3,019
Installment payment5,117(a)(b)
Total consideration8,136

(a)Net present value of future installment payments including interest.

(b)The outstanding balance as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to 275 and 658, respectively, including interest; classified 183 and 395 as current and 92 and 263 as non-current other financial liabilities, respectively.

F-46

Minority interest purchase agreement

On October 11, 2013, the Company, by accepting the Offer Letter dated October 11, 2013, executed and submitted by Gabriel Eduardo Spitz (“Mr. Spitz”), entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Minority Interest SPA”) to purchase an additional 13.75% of the capital interests of Huddle UK (the “Spitz Interest”). According to this agreement, the consideration for the purchase of Spitz interest was agreed to be paid in common shares of the Company to be transferred in three tranches, subject to adjustments based on the future performance of the Huddle Group. If in each tranche the Huddle Group didn’t achieve the target defined in the Minority Interest SPA, the Company was not obliged to buy any portion of Spitz interest.

Additionally, pursuant to the shareholder’s agreement, the Company agreed on a put option over the 13.75% of the remaining interest in Huddle UK effective on April 1, 2016 or in the event of the death or full permanent disability of the non-controlling shareholder, pursuant to which the non-controlling shareholder shall have the right (the "Put Option") to sell and Globant shall purchase all, but not less than all the shareholder’s non-controlling interest. The aggregate purchase price to be paid by Globant upon exercise of the Put Option shall be equal to the price resulting from valuing the Company at six (6) times EBTTDA according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option.

The Company implemented the IFRIC Interpretation DI/2012/2 “Put Options Written on Non-controlling Interests” issued in May 2012 that requires a financial liability initially measured at the present value of the redemption amount in the parent’s consolidated financial statements for written puts on non-controlling interest. Subsequently, the financial liability is measured in accordance with IAS 39.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company recognized as non-current other financial liabilities the written put option for an amount of 1,905 equal to the present value of the amount that could be required to be paid to the counterparty discounted at an interest rate of 6.5%. Changes in the measurement of the gross obligation were recognized in profit or loss.

Pursuant to the shareholder’s agreement, the Company also agreed on a call option over non-controlling interest effective on April 1, 2016 or in the event of termination of employment of the non-controlling shareholder for any reason pursuant to which the Company shall have the right to purchase and the non-controlling interest shareholder shall sell all but not less than all the shareholder’s non-controlling interest then owned by the non-controlling shareholder. The Company calculated the fair value of call option on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the maturity, exercise price, spot, risk-free and standard deviation.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company accounted for the call option at its fair value of 984 in a similar way to a call option over an entity’s own equity shares and the initial fair value of the option was recognized in equity.  

On October 23, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement to amend the Minority Interest SPA, to purchase the remaining 13.75% of the capital interests of Huddle UK (the “Spitz Interest”). Pursuant to this amendment, Mr. Spitz transferred to the Company the remaining 13.75% of the capital interests of Huddle UK. The consideration for the purchase of Spitz interest, was the amount resulting from valuating Huddle UK at 0.7 times its annual gross revenue for the twelve-month period ended on December 31, 2014 (“2014 Gross revenue”) multiplied by 0.1375; provided that if the 2014 Gross revenue was higher than 7,800, then the purchase price shall be an amount equivalent to 0.8 times the 2014 Gross revenue multiplied by 0.1375. The consideration shall in no case be less than 650. As of December 31, 2014, the consideration amounts to 650 and will be payable in three installments, as follows:

-First installment: the amount of 100 was paid on October 23, 2014.

-Second installment: the amount of 225 was paid on February 28, 2015.

-Third installment: shall consist of 50% of the total consideration, paid in the Company shares no later than September 30, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, this installment was still outstanding. This installment was cancelled in January 2016.

As a consequence of this amendment, the call and put option explained above were recalled and the Company increased its percentage of shares in Huddle UK to 100%. The carrying amount of the non-controlling interest was adjusted to reflect this transaction. The difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interest was adjusted, and the fair value of the consideration paid was recognized directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the parent.

Acquisition of Bluestar Energy

On October 10, 2014, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) with AEP Retail Energy Partners LLC to purchase the 100% of the capital stock of BlueStar Energy Holdings, Inc, a Delaware corporation (“BSE Holding”), whose only material asset is 100% of the capital stock of BlueStar Energy S.A.C., a Peruvian company (“BlueStar Peru”). BlueStar Peru is engaged in the business of providing information technology support services to the retail electric industry.

F-47

The aggregate purchase price under the SPA amounted to 1,357, equal to the net working capital of BlueStar Energy Holding, Inc. as of the acquisition date. Jointly with this SPA, the Company signed with AEP Energy Inc. a consulting services agreement, to provide software services in the United States and other jurisdictions for the following three years. The fair value of this agreement was recognized as an intangible asset as of the date of acquisition for an amount of 472, which originated a gain for a bargain business combination for the same amount included in “Other income and expense, net”.

As of December 21, 2014 the Company changed the legal name of Bluestar Energy S.A.C. to Globant Peru S.A.C.

26.1 Acquisition of Clarice Techonologies

Technologies

On May 14, 2015 (“("closing date”date"), Globant España S.A. (Spain) acquired Clarice Technologies PVT, Ltd (“Clarice”("Clarice"), a company organized and existing under the laws of India. Clarice is an innovative software product development services company that offers product engineering and user experience (UX) services and has operations in the United States and India. As of the closing date, the total headcount of Clarice was 337 employees distributed in India and United States. The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of Clarice.


On August 5, 2015 the Company changed the legal name from Clarice to Globant India Private Limited ("Globant India").
The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”("SPA") amounted to 20,184.20,184, which included certain earn out payments agreed with the sellers.
F-65


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Based on the targets achieved by Globant India for the period between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018, the Company paid on March 14, 2019, 3,135.

Based on the targets achieved by Globant India for the period between January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2019, the Company
paid on June 22, 2020, 1,585.

On April 5, 2019, the Company issued 7,654 common shares for an amount of 400.

On June 22, 2020 the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 1,580.As of December 31, 2020 the consideration was fully settled.

26.2 Acquisition of Ratio

On February 28, 2017, Globant, LLC acquired 100% of shares of Ratio Cypress, LLC ("Ratio"), a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, United States. Ratio offers design, development and quality assurance services necessary to build and manage robust digital products and video streaming solutions for major media companies. Total headcount of Ratio was 45 employees with operations in United States.

The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of Ratio.

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement ("SPA"), amended on March 2, 2018, amounted to 9,529, including certain earn our payments.

On February 15, 2019, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 2,019, to the sellers.

On February 18, 2020, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 903 for targets achievement by Ratio during the period commencing on January 1, 2019 and ending on December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2020 the consideration was fully settled.

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

26.3 Acquisition of PointSource

On June 1, 2017, Globant, LLC acquired 100% of shares of PointSource, LLC ("PointSource"), a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida, United States. PointSource offers digital solutions to its customers which include design, digital strategy, development and marketing services. Total headcount of PointSource was 97 employees with operations in United States.

The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of PointSource.

The aggregate purchase price under the Stock Purchase Agreement ("SPA") amounted to 28,629.

In May, 2018, the Company signed an amendment to the SPA, pursuant to which a new fixed-payment was established, in replacement of previous payment subject to targets achievements. As of December 31, 2018, gain arising from the change in the fair value of the liability amounted to 5,506 and it was recognized in the line of Other income and expense, net.

On February 28, 2019, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 750 to the sellers.

On February 28, 2020, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 1,088 to the sellers, related to the target achievements during the period commencing on January 1, 2019 and ending on December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2020, the consideration was fully settled.
F-66


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

26.4 Acquisition of Small Footprint

On August 20, 2018, Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal) and Globant, LLC signed a pre-closing Asset Purchase Agreement (“APA”) with Small Footprint Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of North Carolina, United States, pursuant to which Globant España acquired 100% of shares of Small Footprint S.R.L., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of Romania, and Globant, LLC acquired the assets and properties used or held for use in connection with the business of Small Footprint Inc. Both transactions were treated as a single business combination according to IFRS 3. The closing date took place on October 15, 2018, which is the date the Company acquired control over Small Footprint.

The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of Small Footprint.

The aggregate purchase price under the APA amounted to 7,397. Such purchase price may be subject to adjustments based on the future performance of ClariceSmall Footprint and wasis payable to the sellersseller as follows:

1.First Closing: As of the closing date, the sellers transferred 10,200 shares representing 76.13% of the shares to the Company for an aggregate consideration of 9,324 paid by the Company to the sellers on May 14, 2015.

2.Staggered Acquisition: The remaining 23.87% of the shares shall be transferred to the Company and the remaining purchase price shall be paid to each of the Sellers in three tranches, in the following manner, provided that the remaining purchase price paid out to each of the sellers shall be the higher of the following:

2.1.Fair Market Value of such shares, calculated in accordance with the methodology prescribed by the Reserve Bank of India by an appointed chartered accountant; or

2.2.The consideration as detailed below:

2.2.1.The second share transfer tranche, comprising 1,249 shares representing 9.32% of the shares of Clarice shall be transferred by the sellers to the Company no later than July 15, 2016, in consideration for the payment of the minimum share price for such shares, defined as 835.97 per share for this tranche, plus an amount of 3,455, comprising 2,241 and 1,214, both subject to the achievement of certain financial and capacity targets by Clarice.

2.2.2.The third Share transfer tranche, comprising 1,249 of the shares representing 9.32% of the shares of Clarice, shall be transferred by the sellers to the Company no later than July 14, 2017, in consideration for the payment of the minimum share price for such shares, defined as 859.61 per share for this tranche, plus an amount of 3,455, comprising 1,774 and 1,681, both subject to the achievement of certain financial and capacity targets of Clarice.

2.2.3.The fourth share transfer tranche comprising the transfer of 700 shares representing 5.23% of the shares of Clarice shall be transferred by the sellers to the Company no later than on June 20, 2018, in consideration for payment of the minimum share price for such shares, defined as 946.46 per share for this tranche, plus an amount of 1,938, subject to the achievement of certain capacity target by Clarice.

All financial targets


First earn-out payment: On March 1, 2019, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 3,066 to the sellers.

Second earn-out payment: On February 13, 2020, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 2,140 to the sellers given the achievement of billable headcount target during the year 2019 and capacity targets payments shallsuch amount was recognized as remuneration expense.

Third earn-out payment: Not later than February 15, 2021, the amount of 1,610 considering the billable headcount target achievement by Small Footprint during the period commencing on January 1, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020 which was identified as an arrangement that includes remuneration of former owners of the acquiree for future services and consequently, it was excluded from the business combination and have been recognized in expense during the required service period. On February 19, 2021, the Company paid 1,491 to the sellers related to the achievement of billable headcount during 2020.

As of December 31, 2021, the were no outstanding amounts.

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense for each period.

26.5 Acquisition of Avanxo

On January 17, 2019, the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the shareholders of Avanxo (Bermuda) Limited (“Avanxo”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase all of Avanxo’s share capital subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement. Avanxo is a cloud consulting and implementation company headquartered in Bermuda, with operations in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Peru, Argentina and the United States. The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of Avanxo.
The Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and conditions to closing, including non-objection to the Acquisition by the Colombian antitrust authority (Superintendencia de Industria y Comercio), which was received in January, 2019. The transaction closed on February 1, 2019 (acquisition date).

Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the total consideration payable by the Company to Avanxo’s shareholders, assuming a debt-free and cash-free balance sheet, is 44,460. Such purchase price may be subject to a working capital adjustment, reduction for uncollected accounts receivables and the conditionamounts of the Earn-Out Payments (as defined below) that sellers whobecome due and payable.
Up-front payment: On February 1, 2019, the Company paid an aggregate consideration of 40,939 to the seller. The working capital and the minimum cash adjustments amounted to 1,205 and were employeepaid in May, 2019.
Earn-out payments: the total amount of Claricethe earn-out payments was 7,618 and will be payable in 2 installments, at the dateend of acquisition, remain as employee of Globant or any associated entityeach of the Companyyears ending December 31, 2019 and 2020, and is subject to upwards or downwards adjustment based on Avanxo’s achievement of specified revenue, gross margin and operating margin targets for each of the due dateyears
F-67


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of such payment.

The Company has concluded that asDecember 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the same SPA all parties have agreed the transferperiod ended December 31, 2021

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

ending December 31, 2019 and 2020 (the “Earn Out Payments”) that apply only to certain sellers. Of total amount of the 100%earn-out payments, 2,318 was considered part of the sharespurchase price and 5,300 was identified as an arrangement that includes remuneration of Clariceformer owners of the acquiree for future services and consequently, it was excluded from the business combination and will be recognized in different stages,expense during the transaction should be considered as one, and thereforerequired service period.

As of March 24, 2020, the Company has accountedpaid 1,159 related to the acquisition fortarget achievements during the 100%period commencing January 1, 2019 and ending on December 31, 2019.

As of March 29, 2021, the Company paid 1,153, related to the target achievements during the period commencing January 1, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020.

At the Company's sole option, the Company will be entitled to pay a portion of the Total Consideration through the issuance and delivery of common shares, of Clarice and the consideration involved is the sumas follows: (i) up to 865 of the amount paidpayable on the closing of the Acquisition and (ii) at closing date and the three installments payables in years 2016, 2017 and 2018.

F-48

The consideration transferred for Clarice acquisition was calculated as follows:

Purchase priceAmount
Down payment9,324
Installment payment2,483(a)
Contingent consideration8,377(a)
Total consideration20,184

(a)As of December 31, 2015 included as 4,418 and 6,682 as Other financial liabilities current and non-current, respectively.

Clarice sellers’ subscription agreement

On May 14, 2015, the Company signed two agreements whereas agreedtime of payment of any Earn Out Payments, up to issue to the subscribers, as detailed below, and the subscribers agree to subscribe from the Company the25% of such Earn Out Payment. The number of common shares set forth below:

F-49

First agreement

First tranche

Subscribers   Shares  Price  Price per share 
Saandee Chawda Employee  9,746   200   20,52 
Mayuri Saandeep Chawda Spouse  9,746   200   20,52 
Shashank Despande Employee  9,746   200   20,52 
Priya Shashank Despande Spouse  9,746   200   20,52 
Total    38,984         

Secondthat may be issued and third tranches

Second and third tranchesdelivered to Avanxo´s selling shareholders will duebe determined based on May 2016 and May 2017. The Company shall issue additional shares at a price equal to the volume weighted average trading price (“VWAP”) (derived from the trading price of the shares as quoted in the NYSE) for the 60-trading60 calendar day period ending on the second trading day prior to closing of each share subscription. Common shares issued pursuant to the Second tranche issue date. Such numbersexercise of sharesthis option will be allocated among the subscribers in the proportion in which they were allocated in the First tranche. The number of the Second Tranchesubject to a 12-month lock-up period. These common shares are expected to be issued to eachin reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. On February 1 and February 20, 2019, the subscribers shall be the lower of (i) 80% of the maximum amount ofCompany issued 14,778 common shares that such subscriber is eligible to purchase under applicable law and (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing 200 by the Second tranche 60-day VWAP.

Total estimated amount is 800 second tranche and 800 third tranche. Total amounted to 2,400.

Second agreement

First tranche

Beneficiary   Shares  Price  Price per share 
Anup Mehta Employee  4,873   100   20,52 

Second and third tranches

Second and third tranches are on May 2016 and May 2017. The Company shall issue additional shares for an aggregate consideration of 100 equal the quotient obtained by dividing 100 by the Second tranche 60-day VWAP.

As of December 31, 2015, 43,857 shares were issued for a total amount of 900.

Both agreements are forward contracts to issue845; and, sell a variable number ofon April 20, 2020 and May 7, 2020, the Company issued 6,346 and 2,730 common shares, respectively, for a fixedtotal amount of cash, thus according to IAS 32, the Company recorded a financial liability and a financial asset for the shares to be issued and the payment to be received, respectively, for an amount978 as part of 1,800.

this subscription agreement (note 30.1).


As of December 31, 20152021, the consideration was fully settled.

The fair value of the consideration transferred for Avanxo acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:
Purchase priceAmount
Down payment42,144 
Contingent consideration2,158 (a)
Total consideration44,302

(a) As of December 31, 2021 the consideration was fully settled. As of December 31, 2020 included 1,145 as Other financial liabilities current.

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expensed.

26.6 Acquisition of Belatrix

On August 9, 2019, Globant S.A. (the “Company”), through certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the equityholders of Belatrix Global Corporation S.A., a Spanish stock company (“Belatrix”), pursuant to which the Company recorded 900 aspurchased all of the outstanding equity interests in Belatrix and its subsidiaries (the “Acquisition”). The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Belatrix is a current financial assetsoftware and as a current financial liabilityapplications development company with operations in Argentina, Peru, Colombia and 900 as a non-current financial assetthe United States. The purpose of the acquisition is related to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and as a non-current financial liability.

Acquisitionthe assembled workforce of Dynaflows

On October 22, 2015,Belatrix.

Upon the closing of the Acquisition, the Company acquired from Alfonso Amat, Wayra Argentina S.A., BDCINE S.R.L., Laura A. Muchnik, Facundo Bertranou, Mora Amatpaid 61,468 in cash to the sellers and, Fabio Palioff (jointly “the Sellers) 9,014pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the sellers subscribed for 5,000 of the Company’s common shares, which represents 38.5%were valued based on the volume weighted average trading price of the capital stock of Dynaflows S.A. Before this acquisition,Company’s common shares during the Company had 22.7%60-day period until two days prior to the closing date. A portion of the upfront cash consideration is being held in escrow for potential adjustments related to working capital, stockaccounts receivable, minimum cash and other matters. An additional amount of Dynaflows3,000 is payable to the sellers by October 31, 2020, subject to Belatrix’s achievement of specified revenue targets for the period from August 1, 2019 through July 31, 2020, and classified it is subject to upwards adjustment based on overachievement of such targets. Of total amount of the earn-out payments, 2,091 was considered part of the purchase price and 909 was identified as investmentan arrangement that includes remuneration of former
F-68


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in associates. Through this transaction, the Company gainedperiod ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

owners of the control of Dynaflows S.A. As a consequence,acquiree for future services and consequently, it was excluded from the Company accounted for this acquisition in accordance with IFRS 3 as a business combination achievedand will be recognized in stages and as such,expense during the required service period.

During 2020, the Company remeasured its previously held equity interest in Dynaflows at its acquisition datethe fair value of the contingent consideration related to the earn-outs, considering the over-achievement of targets established by the Share Purchase Agreement. Loss arising from the change in fair amounted to 3,633 and recognize the resulting gain for an amount of 625 inis disclosed as Other income and expense, net.

net as of December 31, 2020.
On October 16, 2020, the Company paid 6,305 related to the achievements during the period commencing on August 1, 2019 and ending on July 31, 2020.

As of December 31, 2020, the consideration was fully settled.

The fair value of the consideration transferred for Belatrix acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:
F-50
Purchase priceAmount
Down payment61,468 
Contingent consideration4,165 (a)
Total consideration65,633


The aggregate purchase price under

(a) As of December 31, 2020 the Stockconsideration was fully settled.

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

26.7 Acquisition of BI Live

On October 16, 2019, Globant S.A. (the “Company”), through its subsidiary Sistemas Globales S.A., entered into an Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) amountedwith BI Live S.R.L., an Argentine company, pursuant to ARS 13,316 (1,402)which the Company purchased certain assets and 414, payable in two installments, as following:

rights of BI Live (the “Acquisition”). The first installment amounted to ARS 13,316 (1,402) paid attransaction closed on November 11, 2019. The purpose of the closing date

The second installment amounted to 414 due six months after the closing date

The second installment shall be paid in Argentine pesos considering the exchange rate equivalentacquisition is related to the quotient between thebenefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market price in Argentina pesos of the bonds BONAR X, series C,development and the market price in US dollarsassembled workforce of the bonds BONAR X, series C, atBI Live.


Upon the closing of the acquisition, the Company paid 366 in cash to the sellers. An additional amount of up to 3,000 is payable to the sellers by February 21, 2021, 2022 and 2023, subject to BI Live’s achievement of specified growth and operating margin targets for the years 2020, 2021 and 2022, and it is subject to adjustment based on the achievement of such targets. The fair value of the contingent payment is 535 as of December 31, 2020. The primarily reason for the purchase is to expand to SAP software consulting and innovation services.

On February 26, 2021, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 503 to the sellers related to the target achievements during the period commencing January 1, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020.

As of March 31, 2021, the Company signed an amendment of the agreement with the sellers of BI Live, pursuant to which the remaining payments were modified and agreed upon fixed payments in replacement of the previous contingent considerations. As a result of the amendment the Company recognized a loss of 372 and is disclosed as Other income and expense, net as of December 31, 2021.

The fair value of the consideration transfer for BI Live acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:
Purchase priceAmount
Down payment366 
Contingent consideration512 (a)
Total consideration878

(a) As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 included 210 and 138 as Other financial liabilities current, respectively, and 202 and 397 as Other financial liabilities non-current, respectively.


F-69


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

26.8 Acquisition of Grupo Assa

On July 31 2020, Globant S.A., through certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the equityholders of Grupo ASSA Worldwide S.A., a Spanish stock company (Sociedad Anónima) and certain of its affiliated entities (collectively, “Grupo ASSA”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase all of the outstanding equity interests in Grupo ASSA (the “Acquisition”). The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Grupo ASSA is a digital business consulting company with operations in Latin America, Europe, and the United States.

As consideration for the equity interests of Grupo ASSA, the Company agreed to pay:
(i) 45,000 on the closing date subject to purchase price adjustments related to working capital, accounts receivable and other matters (the “Closing Payment”)
(ii) 17,000 on the 24th month anniversary of the closing date (the “Deferred Payment’)
(iii) an additional amount of 12,500 subject to upwards or downwards adjustment based on Grupo ASSA's achievement of specified revenue and gross margin targets for the period from August 1, 2020 through December 31,2020, no later than March 31, 2021.

Pursuant to the terms of the transaction, 42,000 of the Closing Payment, minus the difference between the Estimated Cash at Closing and the Cash required, as defined in the share purchase agreement, which amounted to a total of 25,156, was paid in cash, and the sellers agreed to subscribe for up to 20,000 of the Company’s common shares as follows:
(i) 3,618 from the Closing Payment on the closing date (the “Tranche 1 Shares”)
(ii) 17,000 from the Deferred Payment, subject to adjustment for contingencies, on the 24th month anniversary of the closing date (the “Tranche 2 Shares”); provided that the issuance of a portion of the Tranche 2 Shares may be deferred for an additional 12-month period, to cover for certain contingencies, until the 36th month anniversary of the closing date. All subscribed shares shall be issued at a subscription price per share based on the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s common shares during the 60-day period prior to the applicable date of issuance.

As of December 31, 2020, the payment.

Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to the earn-outs, considering the non-achievement of targets established by the Share Purchase Agreement. Gain arising from the change in fair

amounted to 1,202 and is disclosed as Other income and expense, net as of December 31, 2020.

As of March 31, 2021, the Company paid 11,289, related to the target achievements during the period commencing August 1, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020.

The fair value of the consideration for Grupo ASSA acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:

Purchase priceAmount
Down payment28,774 
Working capital adjustment(2,493)
Contingent consideration12,283 (a)
Installment payment16,131 
Total consideration54,695

(a) As of December 31, 2021 included 13,865, as Other financial liabilities current, net of the indemnification asset as explained in note 26.22. As of December 31, 2020 included 11,218, the net of the contingent consideration and its remeasurement plus interest accrued, as Other financial liabilities current, and 13,343 as Other financial liabilities non-current (installment payment plus interest accrued net of the indemnification asset as explained in note 26.21).

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

26.9 Acquisition of Xappia

On October 21, 2020, Globant S.A. (the “Company”), through certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement with the equity holders of Xappia S.R.L., an Argentine company and Xappia SpA, a Chilean company
F-70


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

("Xappia Argentina" and "Xappia Chile"), pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase all of the outstanding equity interests in Xappia Argentina and Xappia Chile. On the same date, the Company madethrough one of its subsidiaries, Globant Brasil Consultoria Ltda., entered into a capital contributionPurchase Agreement with the equity holder of 868 (ARS 8,250,000)Xappia Brasil Servicios de Assessoria Empresarial LTDA. ("Xappia Brazil"), a Brazilian company, pursuant to Dynaflowswhich the Company purchased certain rights title and interest of Xappia Brasil. The Share Purchase Agreement was signed on October 30, 2020 and the transaction closed on November 13, 2020. The purpose of the purchase was to increase Salesforce delivery capabilities to our South American clients.

As consideration for the equity interest of Xappia Argentina and Xappia Chile and asset acquisition of Xappia Brazil, the Company agreed to pay:
(i) 3,500 on the closing date subject to any deduction or withholding detailed in the agreement ("the Closing Cash Payment");
(ii) 3,500 less any deduction or withholding as provided in the agreement that should be paid as follows: (1) an amount of 1,750 will be paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the sellers on the fourth (4) month anniversary of the Closing (the "G-Shares Tranche 1"), (2) an amount of 750 will be paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the sellers, on the twelfth (12) month anniversary of the Closing (the "G-Shares Tranche 2"), (3) an amount of 1,000 will be paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the sellers on the thirtieth (30) month anniversary of the Closing (the "G-Shares Tranche 3"). All subscribed shares shall be issued at a subscription price per share based on the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s common shares during the 60-day period prior to the applicable date of issuance;
(iii) An additional amount of up to 3,000 is payable to the sellers by issuing 9,190 shares.

After both agreementsJune 30, 2021 and 2022, subject to Xappia Argentina, Xappia Chile and Xappia Brazil’s achievement of specified growth and operating margin targets for the years 2020 and 2021, and it is subject to adjustment based on the achievement of such targets.


On June 29, 2021, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 2,410 to the sellers related to the target achievements during the period commencing January 1, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to the earn-outs, considering the previous equity interest heldover-achievement of targets established by the CompanyShare Purchase Agreement. Loss arising from the change in fair
amounted to 1,025 and is disclosed as Other income and expense, net as of 22.7%,December 31, 2021.

The fair value of the Company holdsconsideration for Xappia acquisition at the 66.73% of participation in Dynaflows.

The consideration transferred for Dynaflows acquisition date was calculated as follows:


Purchase priceAmount
Down paymentPurchase priceAmount1,402
InstallmentDown payment4,136414
Working capital adjustment(149)
Contingent consideration3,868(a)
Installment payment3,402 
Total consideration11,2571,816(a)


(a) As of December 31, 20152021 and 2020 included as 4142,478 and 4,761 as Other financial liabilities current.

Minoritycurrent, respectively, and 966 and 2,382 as Other financial liabilities non-current, respectively.


Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

26.10 Acquisition of Giant Monkey Robot

On November 9, 2020, Globant S.A (the "Company"), through its subsidiary Globant España S.A, entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with the equity holders of Giant Monkey Robot, Inc., an American stock company, pursuant to which the Company purchased all of the outstanding interests in Giant Monkey Robot Inc. and its only subsidiary, Giant Monkey Robot SpA ("GMR Chile"), a Chilean stock company. The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Giant Monkey Robot is mainly a game developing Company, experts in complex technology solutions and experienced in supporting an maintaining live operation games for several platforms.


F-71


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

As consideration for the equity interest purchase agreement

On October 22, 2015,of Giant Monkey Robot, the Company agreed to pay:

i) 4,000 on the closing date plus or minus any adjustments, deductions or withholding detailed in the agreement ("the Closing Cash Payment");
ii) 1,123 were paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the sellers at closing date. All subscribed shares were issued at a subscription price per share based on the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s common shares during the 60-day period prior to the applicable date of issuance;
(iii) An additional amount of up to 4,500 is payable to the sellers by June 30, 2021 and 2022, subject to GMR Chile's achievement of specified growth target for the years 2020 and 2021, and it is subject to adjustment based on the achievement of such targets. Pursuant to the terms of the transaction. 4,248 was paid in cash on November 9, 2020.

On June 30, 2021, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 2,547 to the sellers related to the target achievements during the period commencing January 1, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to the earn-outs, considering the over-achievement of targets established by the Share Purchase Agreement. Loss arising from the change in fair
amounted to 1,407 and is disclosed as Other income and expense, net as of December 31, 2021.

The fair value of the consideration for Giant Monkey Robot acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:

Purchase priceAmount
Down payment5,370
Contingent consideration4,374 (a)
Total consideration9,744

(a) As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 included 3,343 and 2,467 as Other financial liabilities current, respectively, and as of December 31, 2020, 1,924 as Other financial liabilities non-current.

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

26.11 Acquisition of BlueCap Management Consulting

On December 18, 2020, Globant S.A. (the “Company”), through certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the equityholder of BlueCap Management Consulting S.L., a Spanish limited liability company (sociedad limitada) (“BlueCap”), pursuant to which the Company purchased all of the outstanding equity interests in BlueCap (the “Acquisition”). The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. BlueCap provides leading financial institutions consulting services primarily related to strategic management of risk, capital and value.

Upon the closing of the Acquisition, the Company paid:
(i) 43,200 euros paid in cash (plus/minus the shortfall or excess in BlueCap’s estimated cash at December 31, 2020 versus minimum required cash, as defined in the Purchase Agreement at such date);
(ii) 28,800 euros were paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the seller. The shares issued at closing were valued based on the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s common shares during the 60-trading-day period ended 10 days prior to the closing date;
(iii) 14,000 euros less any working capital, accounts receivables and other matters adjustments, sett-off or deductions as provided in the Purchase Agreement no later than March 31, 2022;
(iv) 8,400 euros less any working capital, accounts receivables and other matters adjustments, sett-off or deductions as provided in the Purchase Agreement no later than March 31,2023;
(v) 5,600 euros less any working capital, accounts receivables and other matters adjustments, sett-off or deductions as provided in the Purchase Agreement no later than August 31,2024;
F-72


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

(vi) Additional amounts may be payable to the seller by March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023 of up to 10,000 euros on each such date, subject to BlueCap’s achievement of specified revenue and operating margin targets for the period from January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021 (in the case of the first payment) and the period from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2022 (in the case of the second payment). Each such contingent payment is subject to upwards adjustment based on overachievement of the financial targets and to deduction for seller-indemnified losses in accordance with the Purchase Agreement.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to the earn-outs, considering the over-achievement of targets established by the Share Purchase Agreement. Loss arising from the change in fair
amounted to 1,226 and is disclosed as Other income and expense, net as of December 31, 2021.
The fair value of the consideration for BlueCap acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:

Purchase priceAmount
Down payment93,951
Contingent consideration22,557(a)
Installment payment33,036 
Total consideration149,544

(a) As of December 31, 2021 included 28,203 and 25,341 as Other financial liabilities current and non-current, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, included 55,593 as Other financial liabilities non-current.

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense.

26.12 Acquisition of Cloudshiftgroup Limited

On February 28 2021, Globant S.A., through certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the equity holders of Cloudshiftgroup Limited ("Cloudshift"), a British stock company, pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase all of the outstanding equity interests in Cloudshift (the “Acquisition”). The transaction was simultaneously signed and closed. Cloudshift is a Salesforce platinum partner which provides Salesforce advisory and implementation services in the United Kingdom.

As consideration for the equity interests of Cloudshift, the Company agreed to pay (amounts in thousands of pounds sterlings):
i.23,346 pounds sterling on the closing date (the “Closing Payment”);
ii.666 pounds sterling within 10 days of receipt, related to acquired invoices pending to collect from Edwardian London Management Services Limited, detailed as the Delayed Debtor Payment from Edwardian London Management Services Limited in the agreement;
iii.614 pounds sterling within 10 business days of written demand, related to the options tax relief, generated by the exercised options before the acquisition, to be utilized as soon as possible; detailed as the Option Tax Consideration in the Purchase Agreement;
iv.260 pounds sterling after receiving confirmation from Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs (HMRC) about the Delayed Valuation Consideration detailed in the agreement; and
v.an additional amount of 11,500 pounds sterling is payable to the sellers by February 2022 and 2023, subject to upwards or downwards adjustment based on Cloudshift's achievement of specified revenue and gross margin targets, out of which 1,155 will be recognized as remuneration due to the terms of the Purchase Agreement.

On April 30, 2021 and July 9, 2021, the Company paid a total of 922 related to the installment payment.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to the earn-outs, considering the over-achievement of targets established by the Share Purchase Agreement. Loss arising from the change in fair
amounted to 460 and is disclosed as Other income and expense, net as of December 31, 2021.

The fair value of the consideration transferred for the Acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:
F-73


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Purchase priceAmount
Down payment32,551 
Contingent consideration14,236(a)
Installment payment2,096 
Total consideration48,883

(a) As of December 31, 2021, included 8,594 and 7,199 as Other financial liabilities current and non-current, respectively.
Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense for each period.

26.13 Acquisition of Hybrido Worldwide

On May 11, 2021, the Company through its subsidiary Software Product Creation, S.L., entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with the equity holders of Hybrido Worldwide, S.L. ("Habitant"), a Spanish limited liability corporation, pursuant to which the Company purchased all of the outstanding equity interests in Hybrido Worldwide, S.L. and its subsidiary, Pixel Division, S.L., a Spanish limited liability corporation. Habitant specializes in providing consultancy services on digital marketing, strategy and digital sales for its clients.

As consideration for the equity interests of Hybrido Worldwide, S.L., the Company agreed to pay (amounts in thousands of Euro):
i.8,820 euros on the closing date subject to any adjustments or withholding detailed in the agreement (the "Closing Cash Payment");
ii.3,780 euros subject to any adjustments, set off, deductions or withholding detailed in the agreement will be paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the sellers at the price per share equal to USD 214.69. The common shares shall be issued by Globant S.A. and subscribed by the sellers within the following calendar: (a) 1,780 euros on the closing date; (b) 1,000 euros on March 31, 2024; and ( c) 1,000 euros on December 31, 2025; the last two being recognized on the closing date as Equity settled agreement in the statement of changes in equity, since the amount of the common shares to be issued is already settle in the subscription agreement.
iii.2,700 euros subject to upwards or downwards adjustment based on Hybrido Worldwide's (on a consolidated basis with its subsidiary) achievement of both revenue and operating margin targets for the period from January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021, no later than March 31, 2022;
iv.2,700 euros subject to upwards or downwards adjustment based on Hybrido Worldwide's (on a consolidated basis with its subsidiary) achievement of both revenue and operating margin targets for the period from January 1, 2022 through December 31,2022, no later than March 31, 2023.

On September 30, 2021, the Company paid 389, related to the working capital adjustment.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to the earn-outs, considering the over-achievement of targets established by the Share Purchase Agreement. Loss arising from the change in fair
amounted to 204 and is disclosed as Other income and expense, net as of December 31, 2021.

The fair value of the consideration transferred for the Acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:
Purchase priceAmount
Down payment12,853
Working capital adjustment404
Contingent consideration6,838 (a)
Installment payment2,152 
Total consideration22,247

(a) As of December 31, 2021, included as 3,365 and 3,278 as Other financial liabilities current and non-current, respectively.

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense for each period.



F-74


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

26.14 Acquisition of Walmeric Soluciones, S.L.

On July 8, 2021 Globant, S.A (the "Company"), through its subsidiary Software Product Creation, S.L., entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with the equity holders of Walmeric Soluciones, S.L. a Spanish limited liability company, pursuant to which the Company purchased eighty per cent (80%) of the share capital of Walmeric Soluciones, S.L. The Share Purchase Agreement was simultaneously signed and closed on July 8, 2021. Walmeric is a firm specialized in developing marketing automation technology combining lead management, online marketing and sales enablement, it offers a multi-channel marketing platform focused on lead to revenue management with strong B2B2C expertise.

As consideration of the equity interest of Walmeric Soluciones, S.L. the Company agreed to pay:
i.36,000 euros plus the Estimated Net Cash at the closing date amounting to 3,525 euros in cash by irrevocable wire transfer in immediately available funds to the to the Sellers’ bank accounts;
ii.5,600 euros subject to any adjustments, set offs, deductions, or withholdings as provided in the agreement, that should be paid as follows: (a) an amount of 2,000 will be paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the Sellers on the Closing Date (the “First G-Shares Subscription Date”); (b) an amount of 1,000 euros will be paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the Sellers on the second anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Second G-Shares Subscription Date”); (c) an amount of 2,000 euros will be paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the Sellers on the third anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Third G-Shares Subscription Date”) and (d) an amount of 600 euros will be paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the Sellers on December 30, 2025 (the “Fourth G-Shares Subscription Date”).

An amount of 3,600 euros out of the cash for Globant shares as set forth in the "Escrow Amount" was deposited by Software Product Creation, S.L. on the date hereof into a bank account of the Notary.
The Company has recognized a non-controlling interest for 2,648 measured at its fair value at the time of the closing date of the transaction for the 20% of the remaining share capital of Walmeric.

The fair value of the consideration transferred for the Acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:

Purchase priceAmount
Down payment53,424 
Total consideration53,424

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense for each period.

Call and Put Option Agreement over non-controlling interest

On July 8, 2021 Software Product Creation, S.L. (the "Majority Shareholder") and Globant, S.A., with Internet Business Intelligent Insite, S.L. and Next Generation Communication Services, S.L. (jointly referred to as the "Minority Shareholder") entered into a Shareholders Agreementput and call option agreement over the remaining 20 percent (20%) of Walmeric Soluciones, S.L (the “Minority Interest SHA”"Option shares"), with Alfonso Amatthe purpose to set out the terms and Mora Amat (the “non-controlling shareholders”) to agree onconditions of: (i) a put option over the 33.27%Option Shares to be granted by Software Product Creation, S.L. in favor of the remaining interestMinority Shareholders; and (ii) a call option over the Option Shares to be granted by the Minority Shareholders in favor of Dynaflows effectiveSoftware Product Creation, S.L.

The Minority Shareholders and the Software Product Creation, S.L. shall be entitled to exercise the Yearly Options under the following conditions and within the following calendar:

i.Subject to and based on the thirdachievement of the 2021 Targets, the 2022 Put Option or fifth anniversarythe 2022 Call Option may be exercised by the Minority Shareholders or SPC (as the case may be) (i) from the date of acquisition, pursuant1 March 2022 to which the non-controlling shareholders shall have the right31 March 2022; or (ii) from 1 March 2023 to 31 March 2023; or (iii) from 1 March 2024 to 31 March 2024 (the "Put Option") to sell"2022 Option Exercise Period" and, the Company shall purchase all, but not less than allrelevant Yearly Option, the shareholder’s non-controlling interest. The aggregate purchase price"2022 Yearly Option");

ii.Subject to and based on the achievement of the 2022 Targets, the 2023 Put Option or the 2023 Call Option may be paidexercised by the Company upon exercise ofMinority Shareholders or SPC (as the Putcase may be) (i) from 1 March 2023 to 31 March 2023; or (ii) from 1 March 2024 to 31 March 2024 (the "2023 Option shall be equal toExercise Period" and, the price resulting from valuingrelevant Yearly Option, the Company at the following:

In case the put option is exercised in the third anniversary, 50% of the total of: 1) eight (8) times EBITDA multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option; plus 2) four (4) times Revenue multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option;

In case the put option is exercised in the fifth anniversary, the total of: 1) eight (8) times EBITDA multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option; plus 2) four (4) times Revenue multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option;

The Company implemented the IFRIC Interpretation DI/2012/2 “Put Options Written on Non-controlling Interests” issued in May 2012 that requires a financial liability initially measured at the present value of the redemption amount in the parent’s consolidated financial statements for written puts on non-controlling interest. Subsequently, the financial liability is measured in accordance with IAS 39.

"2023 Yearly Option"); and


F-75


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2015,2021 and 2020 and for the Company hasthree years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

iii.Subject to and based on the achievement of the 2023 Targets, the 2024 Put Option or the 2024 Call Option may be exercised by the Minority Shareholders or SPC (as the case may be) from 1 March 2024 to 31 March 2024 (the "2024 Option Exercise Period" and, the relevant Yearly Option, the "2024 Yearly Option").

The Parties agree and accept that the total purchase price for the Option Shares in case of exercise of the Yearly Options shall be determined as follow: (i) 2022 Yearly Option Purchase Price for 4,000 euros; (ii) 2023 Yearly Option Purchase Price for 4,000 euros and (iii) 2024 Yearly Option Purchase Price for 4,000 euros; all subject to adjustments based on Walmeric Soluciones, S,L achievement of specific growth and EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) targets.

As of the date of the closing the company recognized as non-current other financial liabilities the writtenin equity a put option for an amountover non-controlling interest of 7,37116,285 equal to the present value of the amount that could be required to be paid to the counterparty discounted at anand interest rate of 3.5%0.95%. Changes in the measurement of the gross obligation will be recognized in profit or loss.

Pursuant to the shareholder’s agreement, As of December 31, 2021, the Company also agreed on has recognized as non-current other financial liabilities the written put option for an amount of 15,423.


26.15 Acquisition of Atix Labs

On September 22, 2021 Globant, S.A (the "Company"), through its subsidiary Globant LLC, Globant España call option over non-controlling interest effective afterS.A and Software Product Creation, S.L., entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with the fifth anniversary from the closing date till the sixth anniversary from the closing dateequity holders of Atix Labs S.R.L, an Argentine company, and Atix Labs LLC, an American company ("Atix Labs"), pursuant to which the Company shall have the rightagreed to purchase all of the outstanding equity interests in Atix Labs. The Share Purchase Agreement was signed on September 24, 2021 and the non-controllingtransaction closed on October 4, 2021. Atix Labs is a professional services company specialized in blockchain.

As consideration of the equity interest shareholdersof Atix Labs the Company agreed to pay:

(i) 2,000 less any deductions or withholdings as provided in the Purchase Agreement on the closing ("Closing Cash Payment");
(ii) 1,700 less any deductions or withholdings as provided in the Purchase Agreement, that shall sell all but notbe paid to the Sellers as follows: (a) an amount of 850 will be paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the Sellers on the tenth month anniversary of the Closing Date (the “G-Shares Tranche 1”) and (b) and amount of 850 will be paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the Sellers on the twenty-four month anniversary of the Closing Date (the “G-Shares Tranche 2”).
(iii) 550 less any deductions or withholdings as provided in the Purchase Agreement, shall be payable to the Sellers no later than allMarch 31, 2022 subject to the shareholder’s non-controlling interest then ownedachievement by the non-controlling shareholders. Atix Division of both of the revenue and operating margin targets for the period from October 1, 2021 through December 31,2021.
(iv) 1,300 less any deductions or withholdings as provided in the Purchase Agreement, shall be payable to the Sellers no later than March 31, 2023 subject to the achievement by the Atix Division of both of the revenue and operating margin targets for the period from January 1, 2022 through December 31,2022.

The Company calculated the fair value of call option on the grantconsideration transferred for the Acquisition at the acquisition date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the maturity, exercise price, spot, risk-free and standard deviation. See Note 4 for a description of the assumptions.

was calculated as follows:
F-51
Purchase priceAmount
Down payment2,000
Working capital adjustment67
Contingent consideration2,090(a)
Installment payments1,639
Total consideration5,796


(a)As of December 31, 2015,2021, included as 1,503 and 2,316 as Other financial liabilities current and non-current, respectively.

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense for each period.

26.16 Acquisition of Navint Group

On November 14, 2021 Globant, S.A (the "Company"), through its subsidiary Globant España S.A entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with the equity holders of Navint Partners, LLC, an American company and
F-76


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

certain of its affiliated entities (collectively "Navint Group"), pursuant to which theCompany agreed to purchase all of the outstanding equity interest in Group Navint. The Share Purchase Agreement was signed on November 14, 2021 and the transaction transaction closed on November 30, 2021. The purpose of the purchase was to reinforce and expand Salesforce's services.

As consideration of the equity interest of Navint Group the Company agreed to pay:

(i) 62,596 plus or minus any adjustments, escrows, deductions or withholdings as provided in the Purchase Agreement on the closing ("Closing Cash Payment");
(ii) 3,984 plus or minus any adjustments, escrows, deductions or withholdings as provided in the Purchase Agreement, that shall be paid through the issuance of common shares of the Company to the Sellers on the Closing Date (the “G-Shares”);
(iii) 2,000 less any deductions, set off or withholdings as provided in the Purchase Agreement, shall be payable to the Sellers no later than March 31, 2022 subject to the achievement by the Navint Group of both of the revenue and gross margin targets for the period from November 1, 2021 through December 31,2021;
(iv) 7,210 less any deductions, set off or withholdings as provided in the Purchase Agreement, shall be payable to the Sellers no later than March 31, 2023 subject to the achievement by the Navint Group of both of the revenue and gross margin targets for the period from January 1, 2022 through December 31,2022.
(v) 7,210 less any deductions, set off or withholdings as provided in the Purchase Agreement, shall be payable to the Sellers no later than March 31, 2024 subject to the achievement by the Navint Group of both of the revenue and gross margin targets for the period from January 1, 2023 through December 31,2023.

As of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements, due to the recent of this acquisition, the accounting for this acquisition is incomplete; hence, the Company has accounted fornot included in this footnote the call option at itsfollowing disclosures as required by such standard, as follows:

• Fair value of the total consideration transferred since the Company has not completed the fair value analysis of 321 inthe consideration transferred as of the date of issuance of these financial statements.

• The amounts recognized as of the acquisition date for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the total amount of goodwill (including a similar way to a call option over an entity’s own equity sharesqualitative description of the factors that make up the goodwill recognized and the initialamount of goodwill that will be deducted for tax purposes) and other intangibles, as applicable.

• The gross contractual amounts of the acquired receivables, and the best estimate at the acquisition date of the contractual cash flows not expected to be collected. For each contingent liability to be recognized, if any, an estimate of its financial effect, an indication of the uncertainties relating to the amount or timing of any outflow and the possibility of any reimbursement, and the reasons why the liability cannot be measured reliably, if applicable.

• The amount of revenues and profit or loss of the acquired subsidiary since the acquisition date, and the amount of revenues and profit or loss of the combined entity as if the acquisition has been made at the beginning of the reporting period, since the acquired subsidiary did not have available financial information prepared under IFRS at the acquisition date. The preparation of this information under IFRS has not been completed as of the date of issuance of these financial statements.

The preliminary fair value of the optionconsideration transferred for the Acquisition at the acquisition date was calculated as follows:
Purchase priceAmount
Down payment66,900
Working capital adjustment(1,727)
Installment payments1,727
Contingent consideration12,207 (a)
Total consideration79,107

(a) As of December 31, 2021, included as 12,207 as Other financial liabilities non-current.

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense for each period.

F-77


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in equity.  

the period ended December 31, 2021

(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

26.17 Outstanding balances

Outstanding balances of other financial liabilities related to the abovementionedabove mentioned acquisitions as of December 31, 20152021 and 20142020 are as follows:

  As of December 31, 2015  As of December 31, 2014 
   Other financial
liabilities -
current
   Other financial
liabilities - non
current
   Other financial
liabilities -
current
   Other financial
liabilities - non
current
 
                 
Huddle Group  183   92   395   263 
Huddle Group - Minority interest agreement  325   -   650   - 
Clarice  4,418   6,682   -   - 
Subscription agreement  900   900   -   - 
Dynaflows  414   -   -   - 
Put option on minority interest of Dynaflows  -   7,371   -   - 
Total  6,240   15,045   1,045   263 

 As of December 31, 2021As of December 31, 2020
 Other financial liabilities - currentOther financial liabilities - non currentOther financial liabilities - currentOther financial liabilities - non current
Avanxo— — 1,145 — 
BI Live210 202 138 397 
Grupo ASSA13,865 — 11,218 13,343 
Xappia2,478 966 4,761 2,382 
Giant Monkey Robot3,343 — 2,467 1,924 
Bluecap28,203 25,341 — 55,593 
Cloudshift8,594 7,199 — — 
Hybrido Worldwide3,365 3,278 — — 
Put option on minority interest of Walmeric— 15,423 — — 
Atix Labs1,503 2,316   
Navint— 12,207   
Total61,561 66,932 19,729 73,639 
The significant inputs are disclosed in note 29.9.1

26.18 Purchase Price Allocation

Assets


As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair values of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and goodwill, of CloudShiftGroup Limited, Hybrido Worldwide S.L., Walmeric Soluciones S.L, Atix Labs and the preliminary fair values of the assets acquired, liabilities incurredassumed and goodwill of Navint Group determined at the date of acquisition in the business combinations above mentioned are as follows:

  Huddle Group  Bluestar Energy  Clarice  Dynaflows 
Current Assets                
Cash and cash equivalents  1,226   1,575   153   4 
Investments  -   -   1,232   - 
Trade receivables  1,475   -   1,983   82 
Other receivables  54   471   1,731   7 
                 
Non current assets                
Porperty and equipment  233   105   180   9 
Intangibles  2,210   472   54   242 
Deferred tax  -   -   5   49 
Other receivables  915   42   227   1 
Goodwill(1)  4,226   -   17,702   2,759 
                 
Current liabilities                
Trade and other payables  (378)  (360)  (620)  (17)
Borrowings  (441)  -   -   - 
Tax liabilities  -   (194)  (1,734)  (95)
Payroll and social security  (761)  (282)  (727)  (67)
Other liabilities  -   -   (2)  - 
                 
Non controlling interest  (623)  -   -   (83)
Gain from bargain business combination(2)  -   (472)  -   - 
Fair value of previous interest held  -   -   -   (1,075)
Total consideration  8,136   1,357   20,184   1,816 

(1)Goodwill arising from Huddle Group, Clarice and Dynaflows are not deductible for tax purposes.

(2)As the total amount paid for Bluestar Energy is less than the fair value of the assets and liabilities recognized at the date of acquisition, the Company has recorded a gain from bargain business combination.

F-52


 2021 acquisitions
CloudshiftHabitantWalmericAtix LabsNavint
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents6,373 713 6,913 228 2,377 
Investments— — 113 — — 
Trade receivables3,803 4,719 3,963 474 4,760 
Other receivables90 322 108 256 341 
Non current assets
Other receivables— 48 44 — 516 
Other financial assets— — — — 
Property and equipment337 634 57 21 730 
Intangibles(1)
299 1,907 8,824 495 2,679 
Deferred tax922 — — — — 
Goodwill (2)
39,037 19,206 43,903 4,954 72,413 
F-78


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables(845)(2,849)(2,540)(238)(1,252)
Tax liabilities(486)(432)(734)(204)(256)
Payroll and social security(235)(499)(1,027)(133)(2,531)
Other liabilities(412)(1)— — — 
Borrowings— (176)(25)— — 
Non current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities— (434)(2,103)(57)(670)
Borrowings— (911)(1,426)— — 
Non-controlling interest— — (2,648)— — 
Total consideration48,883 22,247 53,424 5,796 79,107 

 2020 acquisitions
Grupo ASSABluecapOther Acquisitions
Current Assets  
Cash and cash equivalents3,486 9,944 2,153 
Investments— 6,258 
Trade receivables11,228 2,046 2,585 
Other receivables4,046 3,218 454 
Indemnification asset2,970 — — 
Non current assets
Other receivables207 — — 
Property and equipment838 384 243 
Intangibles(1)
11,277 34,093 4,931 
Right-of-use asset513 — — 
Deferred tax1,771 — 37 
Goodwill (2)
63,682 126,059 14,731 
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables(4,259)— (341)
Tax liabilities(8,085)(6,491)(897)
Payroll and social security(6,453)(17,444)(1,670)
Borrowings(10,390)— — 
Non current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities(2,849)(8,523)(1,233)
Lease liabilities(584)— — 
Borrowings(3,579)— — 
Contingencies(9,124)— — 
Total consideration54,695 149,544 21,001 

(1)As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the amount of 11,701 and 42,703 have been allocated to customer relationships, respectively, and 2,402 and 7,598 as other intangibles, respectively.
(2)As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, 179,513 and 204,472 , are not deductible for tax purposes, respectively.
F-79


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Goodwill has arisen in the acquisition of Huddle Group because the cost of the equity interest acquired included a control premium. In addition, the consideration paid for this acquisition effectivelythese acquisitions included amounts in relation to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, customer relationships, future market development and the assembled workforce of Huddle Group.acquired companies. Only the customer contracts and relationships, internally used software and non-compete agreements are recognized as intangibles.intangible, in the acquisitions of Navint, Atix Labs, Walmeric, Habitant, Cloudshift, Bluecap, GMR, Xappia and Grupo Assa. The other benefits are not recognized separately from goodwill because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

Goodwill arose in the acquisition of Clarice and Dynaflows because the cost of the equity interests acquired included control premium. In addition, the consideration paid for these acquisitions effectively included amounts in relation to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth, future market development and the assembled workforce of Clarice. These benefits are not recognized separately from goodwill because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

The fair values of the receivables acquired do not differ from their gross contractual amount.

Acquisition related expenses were not material and were recognized directly as expense for each period.

26.19 Impact of acquisitions on the results of the Company

The net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes a loss of 60 attributable to the business generated by the Huddle Group. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 included 2,112 related to the business of that company. Had the business combination of the Huddle Group been effected at January 1, 2013, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 166,076, the net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 would have been 13,696 and earnings per share would have amounted to $0.50.

The net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes a gain of 393 attributable to the business generated by Bluestar Energy. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 included 1,058 related to the business of that company. Had the business combination of Bluestar Energy been effected at January 1, 2014, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 203,345, the net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 would have been 25,655 and earnings per share would have amounted to $0.83.

The net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes 1,623 attributable to the business generated by Clarice. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes 7,084 related to the business of that company. Had the business combination been effected at January 1, 2015, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 263,393, the net profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 would have been 33,890 and basic and diluted earnings per share would have amounted to 1.00 and 0.97, respectively.

The net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes a loss of 98 attributable to the business generated by Dynaflows. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes 194 related to the business of that company. Had the business combination been effected at January 1, 2015, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 254,382, the net profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 would have been 31,471 and basic and diluted earnings per share would have amounted to 0.93 and 0.90, respectively.


Directors consider these “pro-forma”"pro-forma" numbers to represent an approximate measure of the performance of the combined groupCompany on an annualized basis and to provide a reference point for comparison in future periods.


The net income for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes a gain of 4,717 attributable to the business generated by Cloudshift, Habitant, Walmeric, Atix Labs and Navint. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes 29,670 related to the business of those companies.

Had the 5 business combinations made in 2021, Cloudshift, Habitant, Walmeric, Atix Labs and Navint, been performed on January 1, 2021, the consolidated revenue of the Company would have been 1,336,691 and the net income for the year ended December 31, 2021, would have been 97,032.

26.20 Goodwill

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to net assets acquired less liabilities assumed.

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently when there is an indication that the cash generating unit ("CGU") may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use.

The Company first determines the value of the unit using the market approach. For the purposes of the calculation, the Company considers the value of the shares in the market.

In addition, the Company measures the CGU based on value-in-use calculations, which requires the use of various assumptions including revenue growth, gross margin, terminal growth rate and discount rates. The assumptions considered by the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, were the following: projected cash flows for the following five years for both years, the average growth rate considered was 27.0% and 23.0%, respectively, and the rate used to discount cash flows was 9.6% and 10.10%, respectively. The long-term rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the projected period as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, was 4% and , respectively 3%, respectively. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's fair value less cost of disposals and value in use.

Very material adverse changes in key assumptions about the businesses and their prospects or an adverse change in market conditions may cause a change in the estimation of recoverable value and could result in an impairment charge. Based upon the Company's evaluation of goodwill, no impairments were recognized during 2021, 2020 and 2019.









F-80


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

A reconciliation of the goodwill from opening to closing balances is as follows:
 As of December 31,
 20212020
Cost  
Balance at beginning of year392,760 188,538 
Additions related to new acquisitions (note 26.18)179,513 204,472 
Translation(73)17 
Measurement period adjustment759 (267)
Balance at end of year572,959 392,760 

26.21 Effects of offsetting on acquisition

As part of the acquisition of Grupo ASSA, the sellers agreed to indemnify the Company for the outcome of certain contingencies. As a result, the Company has recognized an indemnification asset for a total amount of 2,883 and 2,970, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The consideration for this acquisition includes 16,748 and 16,313 (17,000 measured at present value) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which are subject to adjustments, deductions and withholdings related to the indemnified contingencies. Consequently, the Company has off-set the indemnification asset against the amount payable to the sellers.

As of December 31, 2021
Gross amountGross amount set offNet amount presented
in the balance sheetin the balance sheet
Other financial liabilities16,748 2,883 13,865

As of December 31, 2020
Gross amountGross amount set offNet amount presented
in the balance sheetin the balance sheet
Other financial liabilities16,313 2,970 13,343

NOTE 2427 – SEGMENT INFORMATION

Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) in deciding on how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is considered to be the Company’s chief executive officer (“CEO”). The CEO reviews financial informationoperating profit presented on an entity level basis for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance. Therefore, the Company has determined that it operates in a single operating and reportable segment.

The Company provides services related to application development, testing, infrastructure management and application maintenance.

F-53


F-81


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

The following table summarizes revenues by geography:

  For the year ended December 31, 
  2015  2014  2013 
North America            
United States of America  208,203   160,376   126,038 
Canada  4,209   2,721   2,805 
Subtotal North America  212,412   163,097   128,843 
Europe            
Spain  3,671   1,795   2,389 
Ireland  1,787   1,649   1,431 
United Kingdom  6,468   5,546   8,122 
Luxembourg  205   1,130   543 
Others  1,377   1,584   379 
Subtotal Europe  13,508   11,704   12,864 
Asia            
India  1,392   -   - 
Japan  42   -   - 
Subtotal Asia  1,434   -   - 
Latin America and others            
Argentina  7,574   4,248   5,484 
Brazil  2,084   3,078   3,848 
Colombia  1,436   3,069   3,913 
Chile  12,424   8,974   1,756 
Uruguay  1,184   3,626   1,571 
Others  1,740   1,809   45 
Subtotal Latin America and others  26,442   24,804   16,617 
TOTAL  253,796   199,605   158,324 

Onegeography, based on the customers' location:  

 For the year ended December 31,
 202120202019
North America   
United States of America803,934 558,528 483,228 
Canada26,970 15,622 13,125 
Subtotal North America830,904 574,150 496,353 
Europe
Spain94,459 32,977 26,134 
United Kingdom27,156 17,100 15,672 
Belgium8,705 2,924 — 
Switzerland5,710 1,785 — 
France2,600 1,224 267 
Luxembourg4,777 1,292 937 
Germany1,424 939 437 
Netherlands3,604 1,461 2,723 
Others2,867 2,078 614 
Subtotal Europe151,302 61,780 46,784 
Asia
India10,442 2,670 2,157 
Indonesia— — 1,157 
Japan8,514 5,338 1,062 
United Arab Emirates401 248 277 
Others1,558 93 — 
Subtotal Asia20,915 8,349 4,653 
Latin America and others
Argentina87,756 53,667 32,295 
Colombia14,357 13,302 14,355 
Chile86,809 50,707 29,547 
Mexico53,455 25,928 20,623 
Perú15,695 11,648 6,251 
Brazil20,821 11,976 7,964 
Panama744 737 128 
Uruguay755 144 17 
Dominican Republic3,788 869 126 
Australia5,223 287 — 
Paraguay2,823 231 
Others1,731 364 221 
Subtotal Latin America and others293,957 169,860 111,535 
TOTAL1,297,078 814,139 659,325 

The revenues by geography were determined based on the country where the sale took place.

NaN single customer accounted for 12.3% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015. However, no single customer accounted for 10% or more10.9%, 11.0% and 11.2% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 20142021, 2020 and 2013.

2019.


F-82


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

The following table summarizes non-current assets other than deferred taxes as stated in IFRS 8, paragraph 33.b, by jurisdiction:

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Argentina  47,652   21,956 
Spain  18,155   1,509 
United States of America  1,844   1,558 
Brazil  2,344   3,057 
Uruguay  722   1,351 
Luxembourg  7,565   6,064 
Colombia  4,372   2,431 
Mexico  3,128   1,685 
Other countries  1,322   145 
TOTAL  87,104   39,756 

F-54

 As of December 31,
 20212020
Spain540,237 396,970 
Argentina165,163 104,929 
United States of America66,701 68,767 
United Kingdom52,185 293 
Colombia50,785 43,237 
México30,445 20,761 
India21,521 11,350 
Uruguay15,546 12,971 
Peru6,883 3,986 
Chile6,660 4,877 
Belarus6,157 — 
Luxembourg4,226 4,226 
Brazil3,783 2,702 
Other countries758 3,692 
TOTAL971,050 678,761 


NOTE 2528BORROWINGS

25.1 – Bank and financial institutions

The principal balances of outstanding borrowings under lines of credit with banks and financial institutions were as follows:

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
HSBC bank (Argentina)  99   252 
Banco Santander Rio (Argentina)  289   654 
Banco del Chaco (Argentina)  -   17 
Banco Galicia (Argentina)  -   2 
Banco Ciudad (Argentina)  -   2 
Phenix  - Leasing (Argentina)  5   82 
Apple Financial Services (United States)  48   72 
Financial institution - Leasing (Uruguay)  103   195 
Bradesco (Brasil)  4   9 
TOTAL  548   1,285 

Such balances were included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Current borrowings  280   513 
Non-current borrowings  268   772 
TOTAL  548   1,285 

Movements in borrowings are analyzed as follows:

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
Balance at the beginning of year  1,285   11,795 
Proceeds of new borrowings  -   257 
Payment of borrowings  (613)  (10,010)
Accrued interest  108   (6)
Foreign exchange  (232)  (751)
TOTAL  548   1,285 

25.1.2 —Argentine subsidiary’s loan agreements

The Company, through its Argentine subsidiary, Sistemas Globales S.A., entered into several loan agreements with HSBC, Santander Rio, Galicia, Ciudad, Phenix and Nuevo Banco del Chaco.

Balances as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were the following:

F-55
LEASES

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
       
HSBC bank (Argentina)  99   252 
Banco Santander Rio (Argentina)  289   654 
Banco del Chaco (Argentina)  -   17 
Banco Galicia (Argentina)  -   2 
Banco Ciudad (Argentina)  -   2 
Phenix  - Leasing (Argentina)  5   82 
TOTAL  393   1,009 

These loans contain accelerating clauses applicable to Sistemas Globales S.A. that would cause outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable mainly under the following circumstances: 1) upon default on any of the commitments assumed under the loan agreement; 2) upon Sistemas Globales S.A. becoming insolvent or bankrupt; 3) if Sistemas Globales S.A. is unable to comply with its obligations; 4) if any governmental authority confiscates, nationalizes or expropriates some or all assets or all equity interest of Sistemas Globales S.A.; 5) if the board of directors of Sistemas Globales S.A. authorizes the liquidation of the entity; 6) if Sistemas Globales S.A. does not comply with duly tax payments; 7) if Sistemas Globales S.A. pledges its equity shares; or 8) if Sistemas Globales S.A. grants a pledge or mortgage on its assets.

As of December 31, 2015, Sistemas Globales S.A. was in compliance with all the covenants included in the financing agreements.

NOTE 26 – OPERATING AND FINANCE LEASES

The Company is obligated under various operating leases for office spacespaces and office equipment. Total

Movements in right-of-use assets and lease expense incurred under these leases was approximately 10,461; 8,830 and 8,193 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized some agreements related to computer leases as finance leases ending in the year 2016. Thus, the amount of computer equipment and software included 2 and 246 under finance lease agreements,liabilities as of December 31, 20152021 and 2014, respectively. 2020 were as follow:

Right-of-use assetsOffice spacesOffice equipmentsComputersTotal
January 1, 202176,374 9,486 4,150 90,010 
Additions46,237 14,972 17,873 79,082 
Disposals(575)— — (575)
Depreciation (note 6)(17,368)(2,354)(4,111)(23,833)
Foreign currency translation(103)— — (103)
December 31, 2021104,565 22,104 17,912 144,581 
Lease liabilities
January 1, 202187,598
Additions (1)
74,011 
Foreign exchange difference (1)
(4,031)
Foreign currency translation (2)
(89)
Interest expense (1)
5,415 
Payments (2)
(27,201)
Disposals(1,218)
December 31, 2021134,485

F-83


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Right-of-use assetsOffice spacesOffice equipmentsComputersTotal
January 1, 202051,625 6,642 514 58,781 
Additions41,341 3,388 4,743 49,472 
Additions from business combinations (note 26.18)513 — — 513 
Disposals(672)— (43)(715)
Depreciation (note 6)(16,030)(544)(1,064)(17,638)
Translation(403)— — (403)
December 31, 202076,374 9,4864,15090,010

Lease liabilities
January 1, 202061,363
Additions (1)
49,472 
Additions from business combinations (note 26.18)584 
Foreign exchange difference (1)
(1,916)
Foreign currency translation (2)
(301)
Interest expense (1)
4,944 
Payments (2)
(25,141)
Disposals(895)
Discounts (note 32)(512)
December 31, 202087,598

(1)Non-cash transactions.
(2)Cash transactions.

The related liability arises to 161 and 359, out of which 79 and 237 are classified as current borrowings; and 82 and 122 as non-current borrowings,Company has some lease contracts that have not yet commenced as of December 31, 20152021 and 2014, respectively.

Future fixed minimum annual2020. The future lease commitmentspayments for these lease contracts are disclosed as follows atfollows:


As of December 31, 2021
YearAmount
2022141 

As of December 31, 2020
YearAmount
202171 
202271 
202371 
202471 
202571 
202671 
202771 
202871 
202971 

The outstanding balance of the lease liabilities as of December 31, 2015:

Year Amount 
    
2016 6,871 
2017  4,548 
2018  2,753 
2019  1,711 
2020  371 

F-56
2021 and 2020 is as follows:

F-84


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

As of December 31,
Lease liabilities20212020
Current25,917 15,358 
Non-current108,568 72,240 
TOTAL134,485 87,598 

The maturity analysis of lease liabilities is presented in note 29.5.

The expense related to short-term and low-value leases was not material.

NOTE 2729 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

27.1


29.1 - Categories of financial instruments

  As of December 31, 
  2015  2014 
Financial assets        
Cash and cash equivalents  36,720   34,195 
HFT assets  11,122   12,526 
Available-for-sale assets  14,538   15,458 
Other financial assets  1,221   - 
Loans and receivables  84,644   55,225 
         
Financial liabilities        
Amortized cost        
Trade payables  4,436   5,673 
Payroll and social security taxes  25,551   20,967 
Borrowings  548   1,285 
Other financial liabilities(1)  21,285   1,308 
Tax liabilities  10,225   3,446 
Other liabilities  9   173 

As of December 31, 2021
FVTPLFVTOCIAmortised cost
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents— — 427,804 
Investments
Mutual funds27,585 — — 
Commercial Papers— 4,996 — 
Contribution to funds— — 1,027 
Trade receivables— — 300,109 
Other assets— — 16,438 
Other receivables— — 5,901 
Other financial assets
Convertible notes3,875 — — 
Foreign exchange forward contracts608 150 — 
Equity instruments— 22,088 — 
Interest rate SWAP534 
Others— — 35 

As of December 31, 2021
FVTPLFVTOCIAmortised cost
Financial liabilities
Trade payables— — 69,597 
Borrowings— — 12,240 
Other financial liabilities
Foreign exchange forward contracts1,392 106 — 
Other financial liabilities related to business combinations63,886 — 49,184 
Put option on minority interest of Walmeric— — 15,423 
Lease liabilities— — 134,485 
Other liabilities— — 955 
F-85


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2015,2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other financial liabilities includes 8,451 related to contingent liability arose in Clarice acquisition, which is measured at fair value (see note 27.10.1).

At the end of the reporting years, there were no loans or receivables designated at fair value through profit or loss. The carrying amounts reflected above represents the Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk for such loans and receivables.

27.2currencies)


As of December 31, 2020
FVTPLFVTOCIAmortised cost
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents— — 278,939 
Investments
Mutual funds19,284 — — 
Contribution to funds— — 615 
Trade receivables— — 201,664 
Other assets— — 15,100 
Other receivables— — 6,250 
Other financial assets
Convertible notes1,166 — — 
Foreign exchange forward contracts327 165 — 
Guarantee payments related to the future lease of a property under construction— — 4,553 
Equity instruments— 10,478 — 
Others— — 35 
Financial liabilities
Trade payables— — 40,506 
Borrowings— — 25,968 
Other financial liabilities
Foreign exchange forward contracts93 — — 
Other financial liabilities related to business combinations43,724 — 49,644 
Interest rate SWAP605 132 — 
Lease liabilities— — 87,598 
Other liabilities— — 81 

29.2 - Market risk

The Company is exposed to a variety of risks: market risk, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, and liquidity risk.

The Company’sCompany's overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Company’sCompany's financial performance. The Company does not use derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to risks.

27.3risks, apart from those mentioned in note 29.10 and 29.11.

29.3 - Foreign currency risk management

The Company undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies; consequently, exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise.

Except for the subsidiaries mentioned in TerraForum and Globers, the subsidiary’sNote 3.5, the functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. In 2014, 93%2021, 75.4% of the Company’sCompany's revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars. Because the majority of its personnel are located in Latin America, the Company incurs the majority of its operating expenses and capital expenditures in non-U.S. dollar currencies, primarily the ArgentineColombian peso, Mexican peso, Chilean peso, Peruvian sol, Uruguayan peso and Brazilian Reais, Mexican pesos, Peruvian Solesreal. Operating expenses are also significantly incurred in Indian Rupee, Great Britain Pound and Colombian peso.

European Union Euros.


F-86


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Foreign exchange sensitivity analysis


The Company is mainly exposed to Argentine pesos, Colombian pesos, Indian rupees, European Union euros, Mexican pesos, Sterling pounds and Uruguayan pesos.

The following table detailstables illustrate the Company’sCompany's sensitivity to a 30% increaseincreases and decreasedecreases in the U.S. dollar against the relevant foreign currency. The following sensitivity analysis includes outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items at December 31, 20152021 and adjusts their translation at the year-end for a 30% changechanges in U.S. dollars against the relevant foreign currencycurrency. 

   Gain/(loss)
AccountCurrencyAmount% IncreaseAmount% DecreaseAmount
Net balancesArgentine pesos12,441 30 %(2,871)10 %1,382 
Colombian pesos(49,425)10 %4,493 10 %(5,492)
Indian Rupees(16,670)10 %1,515 10 %(1,852)
European Union euros(61,658)10 %5,605 10 %(6,851)
Mexican pesos(12,933)10 %1,176 10 %(1,437)
Sterling pound(32,694)10 %2,972 10 %(3,633)
Uruguayan pesos(8,962)10 %815 10 %(996)
 Total(169,901)13,705 (18,879)

As explained in note 29.10, the subsidiaries in Argentina, Colombia, United States, India, Mexico, Chile and Uruguay entered into foreign exchange forward and future contracts in order to mitigate the same change that affects net income as certain costs are incurredrisk of fluctuations in Argentine pesos.

F-57
the foreign exchange rate and reduce the impact in the financial statements.


         Gain/(loss) 
Account Currency  Amount   30% Increase   30% Decrease 
               
Net balances Argentine pesos  18,807   (4,340)  5,642 
  Total  18,807   (4,340)  5,642 

         Gain/(loss) 
Account Currency  Amount   30% Increase   30% Decrease 
               
Costs Argentine pesos  (121,384)  28,012   (36,415)
  Total  (121,384)  28,012   (36,415)

The estimated effect in net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to a 30% increase inequity of the U.S. dollar fluctuation against the Argentine pesorelevant foreign currency as of December 31, 2021, is a gain of 23,672 and such effect due to a 30% decrease in the U.S. dollar against the Argentine peso is a loss of a 30,773.

not material.


Depreciation of the Argentine Peso

On December 17, 2015,

During 2021, the Argentine peso experienced a 42%22.09% devaluation from 9.83584.05 Argentine peso per USU.S dollar to 13.95102.62 Argentine peso per USU.S dollar. Since it occurred during

During 2020, the last days of the year 2015, this fluctuation did not cause any significant impact in the Company’s costs and expenses generated by the Company’s Argentine subsidiaries inpeso experienced a 40.58% devaluation from 59.79 Argentine pesos, as expressed inpeso per U.S. dollars, neither on the Company's revenues, as revenues are mostly indollar to 84.05 Argentine peso per U.S. dollars for the year ended 2015. However, this fluctuation caused a significant foreign exchange loss of 4,967 related to net exposure of monetary assets and liabilities nominated in Argentine pesos.

27.4dollar.


29.4 - Interest rate risk management

The Company’sCompany's exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to its cash and bank balances and its credit facilities. The Company´sCompany's credit linesline in Argentinathe U.S. bear interest at a fixed rates ranging from 15.25% and 15.50% in local currency (equivalent to an interest rate around 3.75% and 4%). Thebetween 1.5% or 1.75% depending on the amount borrowed, as of December 31, 2021 the Company does not use derivative financial instrumentsmaintain debt related to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. During the beginning of 2021 the Company chose to discontinue the hedge its riskaccounting of the remaining interest rate swap acquired during 2020, since the hedged future cash flows were no longer expected to occur. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has recognized a gain of 132 and a loss of 132 included in the line item "Other comprehensive income", respectively, and a net gain of 837 and a net loss of 127 through results of profit and loss, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 the Company recognize a loss of 605 through results of profit and loss as consequence of the discontinuation of the hedge accounting for 3 of the 4 swaps. Hedges of interest rate volatility.

27.5risk on recognized liabilities are accounted for as cash flow hedge.


Interest rate swap liabilities are presented in the line item "Other financial liabilities" within the statements of financial position.


F-87


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Interest rate swap contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Floating rateFixed rateFair value
Maturity DateNotionalreceivablepayableassets / (liabilities)
Instruments for which hedge accounting has been discontinued
March 11, 202415,0001month LIBOR0.647 %70 
March 31, 202315,0001month LIBOR0.511 %10 
March 12, 202420,0001month LIBOR0.566 %132 
April 30, 202425,0001month LIBOR0.355 %322 
Fair value as of December 31, 2021534 
Hedge instrument
April 30, 202425,0001month LIBOR0.355 %(132)
Fair value as of December 31, 2020(132)
Instruments for which hedge accounting has been discontinued
March 11, 202415,0001month LIBOR0.647 %(230)
March 31, 202315,0001month LIBOR0.511 %(123)
March 12, 202420,0001month LIBOR0.566 %(252)
Fair value as of December 31, 2020(605)

29.5 – Liquidity risk management

The Company’sCompany's primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operating activities and borrowings under credit facilities. See note 25.1.1.

21.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Company’sCompany's liquidity position on the basis of expected cash flow.

The table below analysesanalyzes financial liabilities into relevant maturity groups based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

  Expected Maturity Date 
  2016  2017  2018  Thereafter  Total 
                
Borrowings  201   190   -   -   391 
Interest to be paid  45   15   -   -   60 
Finance leases  79   78   -   -   157 
Other financial liabilities  6,240   5,253   2,421   7,371   21,285 
TOTAL  6,565   5,536   2,421   7,371   21,893 

27.6

 Expected Maturity Date
 202220232024ThereafterTotal
Trade payables63,210 3,824 2,554 10 69,598 
Borrowings13,320 556 556 884 15,316 
Lease liabilities31,360 31,194 25,522 66,240 154,316 
Other financial liabilities(*)
48,242 42,024 23,661 — 113,927 
TOTAL156,132 77,598 52,293 67,134 353,157 

(*) The amounts disclosed in the line of other financial liabilities do not include foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate SWAP and 19,364 related to business combinations payments through subscription agreements.


F-88


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

29.6 - Concentration of credit risk

The Company derives revenues from clients in the U.S. (approximately 82%62%) and clients related from diverse industries. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 20142021, 2020 and 2013,2019, the Company’sCompany's top five clients accounted for 33.0%26.7%, 27.8%30.6% and 25.3%26.1% of its revenues, respectively. One single customer accounted for 12.3% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015. However, no single customer accounted for 10% or more10.9%, 11.0% and 11.2% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 20142021, 2020 and 2013.

F-58
2019. Credit risk from trade receivables is considered to be low because the Company minimize the risk by setting credit limits for its customers, which are mainly large and renowned companies. Cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments are considered to have low credit risk because these assets are held with widely renowned financial institutions (see note 13) .


27.7

29.7 - Fair value of financial instruments that are not measured at fair value

The

Except as detailed in the following table, the carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities related to cash and bank balances, investments, trade receivables, other current and non-current receivables, trade payables, payroll and social security taxes payables, tax liabilities and other liabilities included in the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 20152021 and 2014, approximate to their fair values. Other financial liabilities, including borrowings,2020, are subsequently measured at amortised cost considering the effective interest rate method, which approximate to itsa reasonable approximation of fair value due to their short-term maturity.

27.8 Available-for-sale investments

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company acquired “Letras del Banco Central” (LEBAC) with SBS Sociedad de Bolsa S.A. LEBAC are short-term securities issued and tendered by the Argentine Central Bank, nominated in Argentine pesos, and can be purchased with cash through banks or stock brokering companies. LEBAC do not pay interest during the lifeshort time of the instrument. Instead, LEBAC are bought at a discount from their face value, which is the amount the instrument will be worth at its settlement. When these instruments reach their maturity, the investor receives an amount equal to the face value of the instrument.

The purpose of this transaction is to ensure a fixed return in Argentine Pesos.

According to IAS 39, held-to-maturity investments (HTM) are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity that the entity has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. HTM investments are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less impairment losses. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the life of the financial instrument to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

According to the nature, intention and ability of the Company to hold those LEBACs until maturity, they were initially classified as held-to-maturity investments. However, during December, 2015, the Company sold some of those LEBACs and consequently, changed the classification of the remaining LEBACs. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, LEBACs are classified as Available-for-sale investments, since it was not permitted to classify investments as held-to-maturity in accordance with IAS 39. The gain of 52, net of tax effect, resulting after the date of reclassification was recorded as Other comprehensive income.

Changes in the carrying amount of AFS financial assets relating to changes in foreign currency rates, interest income calculated using the effective interest method are recognized in profit or loss. Other changes in the carrying amount of AFS financial assets are recognized in other comprehensive income.

27.9realization.  

As of December 31, 2021As of December 31, 2020
Carrying amountFair valueCarrying amountFair value
Non-current assets
Other receivables
Guarantee deposits4,390 4,177 3,091 3,039 
Other assets8,583 7,810 6,954 6,278 
Non-current liabilities
Trade payables6,387 5,899 5,240 4,735 
Borrowings1,935 1,847 25,061 25,382 

29.8 - Fair value measurements recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into a three-level fair value hierarchy as mandated by IFRS 13, as follows:

Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted market prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices).

Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities.

F-59

F-89

  As of December 31, 2015 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
Financial assets                
Mutual funds  -   9,848   -   9,848 
CEDIN  -   1,274   -   1,274 
LEBACs  -   14,538   -   14,538 
Call option on minority interest (see note 23)  -   -   321   321 
                 
Financial liabilities                
Contingent consideration  -   -   8,451   8,451 
Put option on minority interest (see note 23)  -   -   7,371   7,371 

  As of December 31, 2014 
  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 
Financial assets            
Mutual funds  -   12,526   -   12,526 
LEBACs  -   15,458   -   15,458 



GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

 As of December 31, 2021
 Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial assets    
Mutual funds (1)
— 27,585 — 27,585 
Commercial Papers4,996 — — 4,996 
Foreign exchange forward contracts— 758 — 758 
Convertibles notes— — 3,875 3,875 
Equity instrument— — 22,088 22,088 
Interest rate SWAP— 534 — 534 
Financial liabilities
Contingent consideration— — 63,886 63,886 
Foreign exchange forward contracts— 1,498 — 1,498 
 As of December 31, 2020
 Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial assets    
Mutual funds (1)
— 19,284 — 19,284 
Foreign exchange forward contracts— 492 — 492 
Convertibles notes— 130 1,036 1,166 
Equity instrument— — 10,478 10,478 
Financial liabilities
Contingent consideration— — 43,724 43,724 
Foreign exchange forward contracts— 93 — 93 
Interest rate SWAP— 737 — 737 
(1) Mutual funds are measured at fair value through profit or loss, based on the changes of the fund's net asset value.
There were no transfers of financial assets between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 23 during the period.

The Company has applied the market approach technique in order to estimate the price at which an orderly transaction to sell the asset or to transfer the liability would take place between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable (i.e., similar) assets, liabilities or a group of assets and liabilities.

27.10


When the inputs required by the market approach are not available, the Company applies the income approach technique. The income approach technique estimates the fair value of an asset or a liability by converting future amounts (e.g. cash flows or income and expenses) to a single current (i.e. discounted) amount. When the income approach is used, the fair value measurement reflects current market expectations about those future amounts.

29.9 Level 3

27.10.1

29.9.1 Contingent consideration

As explaineddescribed in note 23,26.5, the acquisition of ClariceAvanxo (Bermuda) Limited ("Avanxo"), included a contingent consideration agreement which wasis payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to reduction upon the occurrence of certain events relating among other things, to the acquired company’scompany´s gross revenue, gross profitmargin and capacity.

operating margin.


F-90


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2015,2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

As of December 31, 2020, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Avanxo amounted to 8,847.1,159. Based on our estimations as of that date, the potential minimum amounts of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement were between 185 and 370, respectively. In addition, the actual amounts to be paid under the contingent consideration arrangement may be increased proportionally to the target's achievements and are not subject to any maximum amount. Finally, the fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 1,145 as of December 31, 2020, was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. On March 29, 2021 an amount of 1,153 was paid leaving the contingent consideration fully settled.

As described in note 26.6, the acquisition of Belatrix Global Corporation S.A, included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's revenue. As of December 31, 2020, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to Belatrix described above. As of December 31, 2020, loss arising from the change in fair value of the contingent consideration amounted to 3,633 and is included as Other income and expenses, net.

As of December 31, 2019, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Belatrix amounted to 4,097. Based on our estimations as of those dates, the potential minimum amounts of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement were between 4,192 and 4,097, respectively. In addition, the actual amounts to be paid under the contingent consideration arrangement, may be increased proportionally to the target's achievements and are not subject to any maximum amount. Finally, the fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 4,221 as of December 31, 2019 was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. On October 16, 2020, the Company paid 7,795 leaving the contingent consideration fully settled.

As described in note 26.7, the acquisition of BI Live included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's revenue, revenue growth and operating margin.

As of December 31, 2020, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to BI Live amounted to 423. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was between 5,145710 and 9,8513,000, as of December 31, 2015.2020. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 8,451535 as of December 31, 20152020, was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

An amount of 503 was paid on February 26, 2021, leaving the contingent consideration fully settled.


As of March 31, 2021, the Company signed an amendment of the agreement with the sellers of BI Live, pursuant to which the remaining payments were modified and agreed upon fixed payments in replacement of the previous contingent considerations.

As described in note 26.8, the acquisition of Grupo ASSA included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's revenue and gross margin. As of December 31, 2013,2020, the Company remeasured the fair value of the contingent consideration related to the acquisitionGrupo ASSA. As of Terraforum, considering that the gross revenue and gross profit target established by the third and forth payments, as defined in the purchase agreement, was not met. Thus, no further payment was required. GainDecember 31, 2020, gain arising from the change in fair value of the contingent consideration amounted to 1,703.

27.10.2 Put1,202 and call option on minority interests

The discounted consideration of the put option over non-controlling interest of Dynaflows of 7,371is included as Other income and expenses, net.


As of December 31, 2015,2020, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Grupo ASSA amounted to 11,289. Such amount was estimated by discounting:

In case the put option is exercised in the third anniversary, 50% of the total of: 1) eight (8) times EBTTDA multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option; plus 2) four (4) times Revenue multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option;

In case the put option is exercised in the fifth anniversary, the total of: 1) eight (8) times EBTTDA multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option; plus 2) four (4) times Revenue multiplied by 0.50 according to the Company's most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the Put Option.

F-60

The expected payment is determined by considering the possible scenarios. The significant unobservable inputs used are: (i) forecasted EBITDA and Revenue of the Dynaflows’s most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the put option, and (ii) risk-adjusted discount rate (3.5%).

Changing one or more of the significant unobservable inputs used in the reasonably possible alternative assumptions would have the following effects:

  Increase (Decrease) in
unobservable input
  Increase (Decrease) in
put option
 
Risk-adjusted discount rate  0.5%  (60)
   (0.5)%  60 
Forecasted EBITDA & Revenue  5%  369 
   (5)%  (369)

paid on March 31, 2021. The fair value of the call option on minority interestcontingent consideration arrangement of 32111,218 as of December 31, 2015,2020 was estimated by using the Black & Sholes method considering the EBITDA and Revenue of the Dynaflows’s most recent audited annual financial statements at the time of the delivery of such exercise of the call optiondiscounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.


As described in note 26.9, the acquisition of Xappia included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's revenue and gross margin. As of December 31, 2021, loss arising from the change in the fair value of the contingent consideration amounted to 1,025 and is included as Other income and expense, net.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Xappia amounted to 2,567 and 3,980, respectively. Based on our estimations as of those dates, the potential minimum amounts of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement were between 2,567 and 3,980, respectively. In addition, the actual amounts to be paid under the contingent consideration arrangement, may be increased proportionally to the target's achievements and are not subject to any maximum amount. The expected paymentfair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 2,478
F-91


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

and 3,878 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, was estimated by discounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. On June 29, 2021, the Company paid the aggregate consideration of 2,410 to the sellers, related to the target achievements during the year 2020.

As described in note 26.10, the acquisition of GMR included a contingent consideration agreement which is determinedpayable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's revenue. As of December 31, 2021, loss arising from the change in the fair value of the contingent consideration amounted to 1,407 and is included as Other income and expense, net.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to GMR amounted to 3,403 and 4,547, respectively. Based on our estimations as of those dates, the potential minimum amounts of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was 3,403 and 4,547, respectively. In addition, the actual amounts to be paid under the contingent consideration arrangement, may be increased proportionally to the target's achievements and are not subject to any maximum amount. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 3,343 and 4,391 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively was estimated by consideringdiscounting to present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate.

On June 30, 2021, the possible scenarios. The significant unobservable inputs used are: (i) forecasted EBITDA and RevenueCompany paid the aggregate consideration of Dynaflows’s most recent2,547 to the sellers, related to the target achievements during the year 2020

As described in note 26.11, to the Company's audited annualconsolidated financial statements atfor the timeyear ended December 31, 2020, the acquisition of Bluecap included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's revenue and operating margin. As of December 31, 2021, loss arising from the change in the fair value of the deliverycontingent consideration amounted to 1,226 and is included as Other income and expense, net.

As of such exerciseDecember 31, 2021 and 2020, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Bluecap amounted to 22,409 and 24,419, respectively. Based on our estimations as of those dates, the potential minimum amounts of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement were 22,409 and 24,419, respectively. In addition, the actual amounts to be paid under the contingent consideration arrangement, may be increased proportionally to the target's achievements and are not subject to any maximum amount. The fair value of the call option,contingent consideration arrangement of 22,405 and (ii) risk-adjusted22,557 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, was estimated by using a probabilistic framework such as Montecarlo simulation were each iteration was discounted to present value using a discount rate (0.5%)rate.

As described in note 26.12, the acquisition of Cloudshift included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's revenue and operating margin. As of December 31, 2021, loss arising from the change in the fair value of the contingent consideration amounted to460 and is included as Other income and expense, net.

Changing one or more


As of December 31, 2021, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Cloudshift amounted to 14,638. Based on the Company's estimations as of those dates, the potential minimum amounts of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was 14,638. In addition, the actual amounts to be paid under the contingent consideration arrangement may be increased proportionally to the target's achievements and are not subject to any maximum amount. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 14,635 as of December 31, 2021, was estimated by using a probabilistic framework such as Montecarlo simulation were each iteration was discounted to present value using a discount rate.  

As described in note 26.13, the acquisition of Hybrido Worldwide included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's revenue and operating margin. As of December 31, 2021, loss arising from the change in the fair value of the contingent consideration amounted to 204 and is included as Other income and expense, net.

As of December 31, 2021, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Hybrido Worldwide amounted to 7,597. Based on the Company's estimations as of those dates, the potential minimum amounts of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was 7,597. In addition, the actual amounts to be paid under the contingent consideration arrangement may be increased proportionally to the target's achievements and are not subject to any maximum amount. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 6,716 as of December 31, 2021, was estimated using a
F-92


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

probabilistic framework such as Montecarlo simulation were each iteration was discounted to present value using a discount rate.

As described in note 26.14, the acquisition of Walmeric did not include a contingent consideration agreement.

As described in note 26.15, the acquisition of Atix Labs included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's revenue and operating margin

As of December 31, 2021, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Atix Labs amounted to 2,152. Based on the Company's estimations as of those dates, the potential minimum amounts of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was 2,152. In addition, the actual amounts to be paid under the contingent consideration arrangement may be increased proportionally to the target's achievements and are not subject to any maximum amount. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 2,102 as of December 31, 2021, was estimated using a probabilistic framework such as Montecarlo simulation were each iteration was discounted to present value using a discount rate.

As described in note 26.16, the acquisition of Navint included a contingent consideration agreement which is payable on a deferred basis and which will be subject to the occurrence of certain events relating to the acquired company's revenue and operating margin

As of December 31, 2021, the nominal value of contingent consideration related to Navint amounted to 13,466. Based on the Company's estimations as of those dates, the potential minimum amounts of all future payments that the Company could be required to make under this agreement was 13,466. In addition, the actual amounts to be paid under the contingent consideration arrangement may be increased proportionally to the target's achievements and are not subject to any maximum amount. The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of 12,207 as of December 31, 2021, was estimated using a probabilistic framework such as Montecarlo simulation were each iteration was discounted to present value using a discount rate.

The following table shows the results from remeasurement of the contingent considerations described above:
For the year ended December 31,
202120202019
Increase of the contingent consideration of Belatrix— (3,633)— 
Increase of the contingent consideration of PointSource— — (16)
Increase of the contingent consideration of Avanxo— — (4)
Increase of the contingent consideration of Clarice— — (3)
Increase of the contingent consideration of Ratio— — (62)
Decrease of the contingent consideration of Grupo Assa— 1,202 — 
Increase of the contingent consideration of Bi Live(372)  
Increase of the contingent consideration of Bluecap(1,226)  
Increase of the contingent consideration of GMR(1,407)  
Increase of the contingent consideration of Xappia(1,025)  
Increase of the contingent consideration of Cloudshift(460)  
Increase of the contingent consideration of Habitant(204)—  
TOTAL(4,694)(2,431)(85)









F-93


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

The following table summarizes the quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in level 3 fair value measurements:

DescriptionFair Value at December 31, 2021Unobservable inputsRange of inputsRelationship of unobservable inputs to Fair Value
Contingent consideration63,886Risk adjusted discount rateBetween 1.76% and 4.11%An increase in the discount rates by 1% would decrease the fair value by $728 and a decrease in the discount rates by 1% would increase the fair value by $377
Contingent consideration63,886Expected revenuesBetween 969 and 42,784An increase in the expected revenues by 10% would increase the fair value by $17,076 and a decrease in the expected revenues by 10% would decrease the fair value by $13,615
Contingent consideration63,886Expected operating marginBetween 17.35% and 35.18%An increase in the expected operating margin by 10% would increase the fair value by $1,876 and a decrease in the expected operating margin by 10% would decrease the fair value by $8,580

29.9.2 Convertible notes

As described in note 3.12.8, the reasonably possible alternative assumptions would haveCompany entered into several convertible notes that include the right to convert the outstanding amount into equity shares of the invested companies. The fair value of such convertible notes was estimated using unobservable inputs. The amounts of gains and losses for the period related to changes in the fair value of the convertible notes were not material.

29.9.3. Reconciliation of recurring fair value measurements categorized within Level 3

The following effects:

  Increase (Decrease) in
unobservable input
  Increase (Decrease) in
call option
 
Risk-adjusted discount rate  0.25%  4 
   (0.25)%  (4)
Forecasted EBITDA & Revenue  5%  (14)
   (5)%  14 

27.10.3table shows the reconciliation of recurring fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:
Financial AssetsFinancial liabilities
Convertible notesEquity instrumentContingent consideration
December 31, 20193,425 — 9,252 
Fair value remeasurement (1)
— — 2,431 
Acquisition of business (1)
— — 43,082 
Acquisition of investment (2)
— 9,167 — 
Exercise of conversion option (1)
(1,311)1,311 — 
Instrument sold (2)
(1,800)— — 
Payments (2)
701 — (11,400)
Interests (1)
21 — 359 
December 31, 20201,036 10,478 43,724 


F-94


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Financial AssetsFinancial liabilities
Convertible notesEquity instrumentContingent consideration
December 31, 20201,036 10,478 43,724 
Fair value remeasurement (1)
— — 4,322 
Acquisition of business (1)
— — 35,371 
Acquisition of investment (3)
— 11,610 — 
Payments (2)
2,772 — (17,902)
Interests (1)
67 — 1,285 
Foreign exchange difference (1)
— — (2,714)
Others (1)
— — (200)
December 31, 20213,875 22,088 63,886 

(1) Non-cash transactions.
(2) Cash transactions included in investing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
(3) 5,762 were Cash transactions included in investing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows, 5,848 were Non-cash transactions related to the exchange of Acamica's investment with Digital House investment.

29.10 Foreign exchange futures and forward contracts


During the years ended December 31, 20152021, 2020 and 2014,2019, the ArgentinianArgentine subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. have acquired foreign exchange futures contracts withthrough SBS Sociedad de Bolsa S.A. (SBS) in U.S. dollars, with the purpose of hedging the possible decrease of assets’assets' value held in Argentine Pesos due to the risk of exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency. The foreign exchange futures contracts were recognized, according to IAS 39,IFRS 9, as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. For the years ended December 31, 20152021, 2020 and 20142019 the Company has recognized a loss of 355, 144 and a gain of 7,152 and a loss of 1,069,383, respectively.


These futures contracts have daily settlements, in which the futures value changes daily. Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. recognize daily variations in SBS primary accounts, and the gains or losses generated by each daily position through profit or loss. Thus, at the closing of each day, according to the future price of the exchange rate U.S. Dollar – Argentine peso, the companies perceive a gain or loss for the difference. As future contracts have daily settlements, hence fairof December 31, 2021, the accrued valuation of the last day of the month will be settled with the bank in the first day of the next month, so the value recognize in the financial statements is the amount pending to settle with the bank for the last day valuation, as of December 31, 20152021 there were no outstanding future contracts. As of December 31, 2020 the Company maintained 3 foreign exchange futures contracts with a maturity date of January 31, 2021 and 2014 was zero.

7 recognize as Other financial liabilities in the balance sheet.

Pursuant to these contracts, Sistemas Globales S.A. and IAFH Global S.A. are required to maintain collaterals in an amount equal to a percentage of the notional amounts purchased until settlement of the contracts. As of December 31, 2015, Globant S.A.2020, Sistemas Globales held a 10% of the value of those collaterals in LEBACsMutual funds in SBS primary account. This ensures minimal funding, in case SBS has to transfer funds to “Mercado"Mercado a Término de Rosario S.A”S.A" (ROFEX) if losses are generated by daily settlements. This amount must also remain restricted during the term of the contracts. As of December 31, 2015, both2020, collaterals regarding the transactions are restricted assets for an amount of 5,125952 in LEBACsMutual funds included as investments.

On As of December 10, 2015, a new president assumed in Argentina. This new government considered that prices included in some future contracts signed during31, 2021, the previous governmentCompany did not reflectmaintain any collaterals for futures contracts.


During 2021 and 2020, certain subsidiaries from Argentina, Uruguay, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and India, acquired foreign exchange forward contracts with certain banks in U.S. dollars, with the real marketpurpose of hedging the possible decrease of assets' value as compared with similar assets.

F-61

Consequently, on December 14, 2015, ROFEX and Argentina Clearing S.A., issued the Communication No. 657 which applies to future contracts signed from September 29, 2015 with maturity date till June 2016. This Communication stated that for the future contracts includedheld in the rangelocal currences from each country, due to the risk of dates previously mentioned,exposure to fluctuations in those foreign currencies. Those contracts were recognized, according to IFRS 9, as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. For the gain or losses generated by each daily positionyears ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized a net loss of 10,673 and 3,783, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the foreign exchange forward contracts that were recognized as financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss should be calculated considering an additional ARS 1.25 for dollar to the original price agreed for those contracts signed between September 30, 2015 and October 27, 2015; and ARS 1.75 for dollar to the original price agreed for those contracts signed from October 28, 2015.

Additionally, on December 16, 2015, the AFIP issued General Resolution No. 3818, which stated a regime of income tax withholdings to be applied to the gain obtained for future contracts transactions considering the market pricewere as of December 23, 2015. These withholding should be used to compensate future income tax payments from the Company’s Argentine subsidiaries. follows:

F-95


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2015 total withholding amount2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

CurrencyForeign currencyNotional foreignFair value assets /
Settlement datefrom contractsrate from contractscurrency rate(liabilities)
January 31, 2022Mexican Peso21.9620.65 255 
February 28, 2022Indian Rupee75.5375.52 76 
February 28, 2022Colombian peso4,037.004,005.31 119 
March 31, 2022Colombian peso4,053.104,021.61 119 
March 31, 2022Colombian peso4,040.504,021.55 39 
Fair value as of December 31, 2021608
January 28, 2021Colombian Peso3,530.133,433.13 226 
January 28, 2021Colombian Peso3,475.253,431.93 101 
Fair value as of December 31, 2020327
CurrencyForeign currencyNotional foreignFair value assets /
Settlement datefrom contractsrate from contractscurrency rate(liabilities)
January 31, 2022Pound Sterling0.730.74(156)
January 31, 2022Colombian Peso3,902.253,993.60(138)
January 31, 2022European Union Euro0.860.88(410)
January 31, 2022Uruguayan Peso44.3644.93(64)
January 31, 2022Argentinian Peso106.98106.92(3)
January 31, 2022Argentinian Peso108.70106.92(87)
January 31, 2022Argentinian Peso110.85106.92(134)
January 31, 2022Argentinian Peso107.16106.92(12)
February 25, 2022Argentinian Peso115.35111.35(136)
February 28, 2022European Union Euro0.860.88(212)
February 28, 2022Chilean Peso855.45850.55(40)
Fair value as of December 31, 2021(1,392)
January 29, 2021Argentine Peso90.5087.60(86)
Fair value as of December 31, 2020(86)

The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing models. The models incorporate various inputs including: foreign exchange spot, interest rates curves of the respective currencies and the term of the contract.

29.11 Hedge accounting

During 2021 and 2020, certain subsidiaries from Argentina, Uruguay, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and India entered into foreign exchange forward and future contracts to 3,037.

NOTE 28 — CONTINGENCIES

On February 10, 2012, Federacion Argentina de Empleados de Comercio y Servicios (‘‘FAECYS’’) filed a lawsuit againstmanage the Company’s Argentine subsidiary, Sistemas Globales S.A.,foreign currency risk associated with the salaries payable in which FAECYS is demanding the applicationlocal currency of its collective labor agreementeach country. The Company designated those derivatives as hedging instruments in respect of foreign currency risk in cash flow hedges. Hedges of foreign exchange risk on firm commitments are accounted for as cash flow hedges.


The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives and other qualifying hedging instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated under the heading of cash flow hedging reserve, limited to the employees of that subsidiary. According to FAECYS’s claim, Sistemas Globales should have withheld and transferred to FAECYS an amount of 0.5%cumulative change in fair value of the gross monthly salaries of Sistemas Globales’s employeeshedged item from October 2006 through October 2011.

Although the Company believes Sistemas Globales has meritorious defenses to this lawsuit, no assurance can be provided as to what the ultimate outcome of this matter will be. In the opinioninception of the Company’s management and its legal advisors, an adverse outcome from this claim is not probable. Consequently, no amount has been accrued at December 31, 2015. Management estimates that the amount of possiblehedge. The gain or loss as of the date of issuance of these financial statements ranges between 700 and 750, including legal costs and expenses.

The Company’s US subsidiary, Globant LLC, is currently under examination for fiscal year 2012 by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding transfer pricing matters and others relatedrelating to the activities performed by the Company’s subsidiariesineffective portion is recognized immediately in profit or loss, and is included in the US. Such examination is currently‘finance income’ or ‘finance expense’ line items. Amounts previously recognized in progressother comprehensive income and its outcome cannot be anticipated as of today. Nevertheless, Company’s management estimates that it is not likely that an issue arises with a material effect on the financial position and results of operations.

In December 2015 the Company received a civil investigative demand from the U.S. Attorney's Office for the Northern District of Texas for the production of recordsaccumulated in connection with an investigation in relation to certain visa applications made on behalf of some of the Company’s non-U.S. employees in connection with their visits to the United States. The Company has produced the documents and records requested in the civil investigative demand and intends to continue cooperating fully with the U.S. Attorney's Office. At this time, Company’s management cannot make any predictions about the final outcome of the investigation.

equity are reclassified

F-96


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2015,2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss, in the same line as the recognized hedged item (i.e. Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes).

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company is alsohas recognized a partynet loss of 136 and 272, respectively, included in Salaries, employee benefits and social security taxes and a net loss of 131 and a net gain of 165, respectively, included in other comprehensive income.

During 2020, Globant, LLC entered into 4 interest rate swap transactions with the purpose of hedging the exposure to variable interest rate related to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with certain labor claimsfinancial institutions. By the end of that year the Company chose to discontinue 3 of the 4 interest rate swap transaction. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company chose to discontinue the remaining interest rate swap since the hedged future cash flows were no longer expected to occur. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized a gain of 132 and a loss of 132 respectively, included in the line item "Other comprehensive income". The Company designated those derivatives as hedging instruments in respect of interest rate risk in cash flow hedges. Hedges of interest rate risk on recognized liabilities are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

Foreign currency forward contract and interest rate swap assets and liabilities are presented in the line ‘Other financial assets’ and ‘Other financial liabilities’ within the statement of financial position.

The following table detail the foreign currency forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2021:

Hedging instruments - Outstanding contracts
CurrencyForeign currencyNotional foreignFair value assets /
Settlement datefrom contractsrate from contractscurrency rate(liabilities)
January 25, 2022Indian Rupee75.5074.50
January 27, 2022Indian Rupee74.6874.55
January 27, 2022Indian Rupee74.6774.55
January 27, 2022Indian Rupee74.6874.55
February 23, 2022Indian Rupee75.6774.74
February 24, 2022Indian Rupee75.7674.7814 
February 24, 2022Indian Rupee75.7674.7820 
February 24, 2022Indian Rupee75.7674.78
March 31, 2022Colombian Peso4064.864021.2188 
Fair value as of December 31, 2021150 
January 15, 2021Mexican Peso20.1519.93 22 
January 27, 2021Indian Rupee73.7273.31
January 27, 2021Indian Rupee73.7273.31
January 27, 2021Indian Rupee73.7273.31
January 27, 2021Indian Rupee73.7173.31
January 28, 2021Colombian Peso3,490.103,433.08133 
January 29, 2021Uruguayan Peso42.5142.47
Fair value as of December 31, 2020165 

F-97


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where the riskexpressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of loss is considered possible. The final resolution of these claims is not likely to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

other currencies)


CurrencyForeign currencyNotional foreignFair value assets /
Settlement datefrom contractsrate from contractscurrency rate(liabilities)
January 31, 2022Colombian Peso3,967.653,993.75(52)
February 28, 2022Colombian Peso3,978.054,004.91(54)
Fair value as of December 31, 2021(106)

NOTE 2930 — CAPITAL AND RESERVES

29.1


30.1 Issuance of common shares

On


During the year ended December 31, 2015, 545,6492021, 213,686 common shares were issued after vested options arising from the 2012 and 2014 share-based compensation plan were exercised by some employees. Options were exercised at an average price of 4.1030.93 per share amounting to a total of 2,236.

On April 30, 2015,6,612.


During the year ended December 31, 2021, 168,669 Restricted Stock Units (RSU) were granted to certain employees and directors of the Company grantedand 235,392 RSU's were vested at an average price of 89.18 per share amounting to one employee thirty thousand (30,000)a total of 20,992 (non-cash transactions).

On November 30, 2021, the Company issued 7,032 common shares for a total amount of 2,100 as part of the subscription agreement included in the stock purchase agreement signed with Navint's sellers.

On November 17, 2021, the Company issued 2,502 common shares for a total amount of 750 as part of the subscription agreement included in the stock purchase agreement signed with Xappia's sellers.

On July 8, 2021, the Company issued 10,842 common shares for a total amount of 2,372 as part of the subscription agreement included in the stock purchase agreement signed with Walmeric's sellers.

On May 11, 2021, the Company issued 10,088 common shares for a total amount of 2,149 as part of the subscription agreement included in the stock purchase agreement signed with Hybrido Worldwide's sellers. As part of the subscription agreement the Company recognized 2,152 as equity settled agreement, related to be carried outcommon shares that the Company will issued in two tranches: fifteen thousand (15,000)the future.

On March 15, 2021, the Company issued 8,415 common shares delivered during April 2015 andfor a total amount of 1,750 as part of the remaining fifteen thousand (15,000) shares will be delivered on 1 April 2016. Shares were granted at a price of 21.01 per share.

Onsubscription agreement included in the stock purchase agreement signed with Xappia's sellers.


During the year ended December 21, 2014, 258,74231, 2020, 175,272 common shares were issued in respect ofafter vested options arising from the 2012 share basedand 2014 share-based compensation plan were exercised by 15certain employees. Options were exercised at an average price of $ 4.2133.24 per share.

On July 23, 2014,share amounting to a total of 5,825.


During the year ended December 31, 2020, 309,384 RSUs were granted to certain employees and directors of the Company successfully completedand 219,047 RSUs were vested at an average price of 59.37 per share amounting to a total of 13,005 (non-cash transaction).

On December 18, 2020, the initial public offering (IPO) ofCompany issued 189,287 common shares for a total amount of 40,354 as part of the subscription agreement included in the New York Stock Exchange. Thestock purchase agreement signed with Bluecap.

On November 10, 2020, the Company issued 4,350,0005,551 common shares atfor a price of $ 10 per share, raising an overalltotal amount of approximately 40,455, net1,123 as part of underwriting discountsthe subscription agreement included in the stock purchase agreement signed with Giant Monkey Robot.

On August 3, 2020, the Company issued 20,918 common shares for ana total amount of 3,045. After3,618 as part of the deduction of IPO related expensessubscription agreement included in the stock purchase agreement signed with Grupo ASSA's sellers.

On May 7, 2020, the Company issued 2,730 common shares for ana total amount of 2,722, the net increase of capital and shared premium from the offering totaled 37,733. In addition, certain294 as part of the existing shareholders sold 2,377,500subscription agreement included in the stock purchase agreement signed with Avanxo's sellers.
F-98


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of their shares, at a priceDecember 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of $ 10 per share.

F-62
U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)


On July 15, 2014,April 20, 2020, the Company increased its issued capital in an6,346 common shares for a total amount of $ 12.60 that has been paid out684 as part of available reserves currently recordedthe subscription agreement included in the accountsstock purchase agreement signed with Avanxo's sellers.

On March 10, 2020, the Company issued 2,018 common shares for a total amount of 225 as part of the Company.

On November 28, 2013, 1,064,880subscription agreement included in the stock purchase agreement signed with Ratio's sellers.


During the year ended December 31, 2019, 717,240 common shares were issued underafter vested options arising from the 2012 share basedand 2014 share-based compensation plan were exercised by 57some employees. Options were exercised at an average price of $ 2.04 per share. Additionally, the Company delivered 111,892 common shares, held as treasury stock until that date, in respect of vested options arising from the 2012 share based compensation plan, exercised by 8 employees. Options were exercised at an average price of $ 0.84 per share.

Additionally, on January 28, 2013, 339,952 common shares were issued after in respect of options arising from the 2012 share-based compensation plan were exercised by 115 employees. Options were exercised at an average price of $ 1.822.06 per share amounting to a total of 622.

In January 2013, WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three S.à.r.l (“WPP”) subscribed 527,638 common shares with nominal value of $1.20 each and additional paid-in-capital of 5,815 for a total of 6,448. The Company used these proceeds to retire 20% of the existing options and to acquire shares held by certain employees and Endeavor Catalyst Inc.

29.2 Repurchase of shares

In April 2013, the Company repurchased 339,952 shares from its employees for an amount of 4,155, recorded as a reduction in equity.

29.3 Repurchase of options

15,822.


During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 192,676 share options from its2019, 309,539 Restricted Stock Units (RSU) were granted to certain employees and deducted them directly from additional paid in capital for an amount of 1,971. No gain or loss was recognized on the purchase of share options.

29.4 Reverse Share Split

On June 18, 2014, the extraordinary general meeting of shareholdersdirectors of the Company conditionally approved (a) the reclassificationCompany. During 2019, 181,860 RSUs were vested at an average price of the existing 10 classes of shares of the Company into a single class of common shares all having the same economic and voting rights and (b) the amendment of the Company’s issued share capital of 34,794 to reflect 28,995,158 common shares having a nominal value of 1.2037.00 per share in each case, conditional upon and with effect solely from and after the approval at a subsequent extraordinary general meeting of shareholder of the Company of a change in the nominal value of the existing shares of the Company from 0.10 per shareamounting to 1.20 per share and, concurrently therewith, the effecting of a 1-for-12 reverse share split so that the existing shares of the Company having a nominal value of 0.10 per share shall be exchanged against new common shares of the Company having a nominal value of 1.20 per share, such subsequent extraordinary general meeting occur not later than the business day prior to the business day on which the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 effective. All issued and outstanding shares and options exercisable for shares have been adjusted to reflect this reclassification and reverse share split for all periods presented.

29.5 Second public offerings

On March 30, 2015 the Company successfully completed its secondary public offering. Registration statement relating to the offering became effective on March 26, 2015. On March 27, 2015, the underwriters of the previously announced secondary public offering of 3,473,382 common shares exercised in full their option to purchase an additional 521,008 common shares from certain of the selling shareholders to cover over-allotments as provided in the underwriting agreement among the Company, the selling shareholders and the underwriters. Including the additional shares, a total of 3,994,3906,732 (non-cash transaction).


On August 9, 2019, the Company issued 51,471 common shares for a total amount of 5,000 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Belatrix´s seller.

On April 5, 2019, the Company issued 7,654 common shares for a total amount of 400 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Clarice´s sellers.

On March 21 and March 18, 2019, the Company issued 7,517 common shares for a total amount of 449 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Ratio´s sellers.

On March 18, 2019, the Company issued 13,895 common shares for a total amount of 868 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Small Footprint´s sellers.

On February 20 and February 1, 2019, the Company issued 14,778 common shares for a total amount of 845 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Avanxo´s sellers.

On February 15, 2019, the Company issued 3,542 common shares for a total amount of 208 as part of the subscription agreement stated in the stock purchase agreement signed with Pointsource´s sellers.

30.2 Public offerings and agreements
On June 9 2020, 2,300,000 common shares were issued and sold in the offering. The common shares were sold to the public at a price of 18.50 per share. The Company did not receive any135 for a net proceeds fromof 300,880, which were listed on the saleNew York Stock Exchange. Costs associated with the proceed consisted of common shares by the selling shareholders.

agents commissions, legal and professional fees and listing fees.


On July 8, 2015 the Company successfully completed a new secondary public offering. Registration statement relating to the offering became effective on July 8, 2015. On July 9, 2015, the underwriters of the previously announced a new secondary public offering of 3,500,000 common shares exercised in full their option to purchase additional 525,000 common shares from certain of the selling shareholders to cover over-allotments as provided in the underwriting agreement among the Company, the selling shareholders and the underwriters. Including the additional shares, a total of 4,025,000May 28 2021, 1,380,000 common shares were issued and sold in the offering. The common shares were sold to the public at a price of 28.31 per share. The Company did not receive any214 for a net proceeds fromof 286,207, which were listed on the saleNew York Stock Exchange. Cost associated with the proceed consisted of common shares by the selling shareholders.

F-63
agents commissions, legal and professional fees and listing fees.


As of December 31, 2015, 22,045,136 2021, 40,375,915common shares of the Company's share capital are registered with the SEC and quotingquoted in the New York Stock Exchange.


30.3 Cash flow hedge reserve

The movements in the cash flow hedge reserve were as follows:
F-99


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Foreign
currency risk
20212020
Balance at beginning of the year281 352 
Loss arising on changes in fair value of hedging instruments during the period(578)(948)
Loss reclassified to profit or loss – hedged item has affected profit or loss308 877 
Balance at end of the year11 281 

NOTE 30 -31 — APPROPRIATION OF RETAINED EARNINGS UNDER SUBSIDIARIES´ LOCAL LAW

LAWS AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTION OF DIVIDENDS


In accordance with Argentine and Uruguayan Law, the Argentine and Uruguayan subsidiaries of the Company must appropriate at least 5% of net income foroff the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of their respective share capital stock amounts.

On June 16, 2021, the Argentine Government enacted an income tax reform (Law No. 27,630) which, among other things, permanently extends the 7% withholding tax for dividend distribution.

On December 29, 2017, Argentine Law No. 27,430 amending the income tax law was enacted. According to the amendments, for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2018 the distribution of dividends is now subject to a 7% withholding for 2018 and 2019 and 13% withholding for 2020 onwards. The Equalization Tax, which levied distributions made out of previously untaxed income, was eliminated.

On December 23, 2013, the Argentine government adopted a new double taxation treaty with Spain, which applied retroactively from January 1, 2013. According to this treaty, the tax applicable on dividends distributed by our Argentine Subsidiaries to the Spain Holdco, is limited to 10% on the gross amount of dividends distributed.

As of December 31, 2015,2021, the legal reserve amounted to 925434 for allthe Company´s Argentine subsidiaries, Sistemas Globales S.A, IAFH Global S.A, BSF S.A, Globers S.A, Decision Support S.A, Atix Labs S.R.L, and Dynaflows S.A, and as of that date, wasthe legal reserve of Sistemas Globales S.A, Globers S.A and Decision Support S.A were all fully constituted.


As of December 31, 2015,2021, the legal reserve amounted to 4245 for the Company’s Uruguayan subsidiarySistemas Globales Uruguay S.A and Difier S.A, and as of that date only Sistemas Globales Uruguay was fully constituted.

In accordance with


According to the Bylaws of Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. and Globant Colombia S.AS., the Colombian law,subsidiaries of the Company’s Colombian subsidiaryCompany must appropriate at least 10% of the net income forof the year to a legal reserve until such reserve equals 50% of its respective capital stock amount.share capital. As of December 31, 2015,2021, there was a legal reserve of 0.4 that360 constituted by Sistemas Colombia S.A.S. Regarding Avanxo Colombia, the Colombian branch of Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal) - as successor company of Avanxo Servicios Informáticos España S.L. after its merged with and into Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal), there is no requirement for the Colombian branch to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve and, therefore, as of December 31, 2021, there was fully constituted.

no legal reserve constituted. Globant Colombia S.A.S, did not have a legal reserve as of December 31, 2021.


Colombian Law No 1,819, published on December 29, 2016, introduced a withholding tax of 5% on dividend distributions to non-resident. This new fiscal obligation is not applicable to our shareholder due to the tax treaty agreement between Colombia and Spain, entered in force on October 28, 2008. 

Under Spanish law, Globant Spainthe Spanish subsidiaries of the Company must appropriate 10% of its standalone profit to a legal reserve until such reserve equals to 20% of their respective share capital stock amounts.amount. As of December 31, 2015,2021, the legal reserve amounted to 12,449 for Globant España S.A. (sociedad unipersonal), Software Product Creation S.L., Grupo Assa Worldwide S.A., Bluecap Management Consulting S.L., Hybrido Worldwide S.A. and Walmeric Soluciones S.A., and as of that date, the legal reserve of Bluecap Management Consulting S.L, Hybrido Worldwide S.A and, Walmeric Soluciones S.A were all fully constituted. There was no legal reserve had been constituted.

constituted for Pixel Division S.L. and Augmented Coding Spain S.A as of December 31, 2021.

F-100


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

In accordance with Brazilian Law, 5%there is no requirement for limited liability companies to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. Accordingly, the net profit shall be allocated to form the Legal Reserve, which may not exceed 20% of the capital. The corporation may refrain from allocating resources to the legal reserve during any fiscal year in which the balance of such reserve, exceeds 30% of the capital. The Company’sCompany's Brazilian subsidiarysubsidiaries did not have a legal reserve as of December 31, 2015.

2021.

Under Luxembourg law, at least 5% of our net profitsprofit per year must be allocated to the creation of a legal reserve until such reserve has reached an amount equal to 10% of our issued share capital. If the legal reserve subsequently falls below the 10% threshold, at least 5% of net profits againprofit must be allocated toward the reserve. If the legal reserve exceeds 10% of our issued share capital, the legal reserve may be reduced.reduced in proportion so that it does not exceed 10% of our issued share capital. The legal reserve is not available for distribution. As of December 31, 2015, no2021, the legal reserve had been constituted.

amounted to 891.


As for the restrictions on the distribution of dividends paid by the Company to the holders of our common shares are as a rule subject to a 15% withholding tax in Luxembourg, unless a reduced withholding tax rate applies pursuant to an applicable double tax treaty or an exemption pursuant to the application of the participation exemption, and, to the extent withholding tax applies, we are responsible for withholding amounts corresponding to such taxation at its source.

In accordance with Peru corporate law, subsidiary of the CompanyPeruvian Companies must appropriatereserve at least 10% of its net income forof the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20% of theirits respective amount of capital stock amounts.stock. As of December 31, 2015, there is no2021, the legal reserve amounted to 281 for Globant Peru S.A.C. that was partially constituted.

In accordance with


According to Mexican law, subsidiaryLaw, the Mexican subsidiaries of the Company must appropriate at least 5% of net income forof the year to a legal reserve, until such reserve equals 20%the fifth portion of their respective share capital stock amounts. As of December 31, 2015,2021, the legal reserve amounted to 15 for GASA Mexico Consultoría y Servicios S.A de C.V. which was fully constituted. As of December 31, 2021, the legal reserve amounted to 658 for the Company's Mexican subsidiaries IAFH Globant México IT S. de R.L. de C.V., Grupo Assa Mexico Soluciones Informáticas S.A de C.V, and GASA Mexico Consultoría y Servicios S.A de C.V.

Regarding India Law, the Companies Act, 2013 does not mandate any fixed quantum of profits to be transferred or allocated to the reserves of a company. Despite there is no legalmandatory provision, as of December 31, 2021, the Globant India Private Limited's and Hansen Techsol Private Limited had a general reserve constituted.

that amounted to 267.


In accordance with Indian law, our Indian subsidiary must set off all losses incurred by it (including carried over losses from the previous financial year) and make a provision for depreciation (including depreciation for the previous year if it was not already provided for) against the profits earned by it prior to declaring any dividends. Since the declaration of dividends under Indian law is discretionary, our Indian subsidiary is not required to allocate a specific portion of its annual profits to a designated legal reserve for purposes of declaring dividends.

In the United Kingdom there is no requirement for the UK subsidiaries to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. Despite there is no mandatory provision, as of December 31, 2021, The Hansen Partnership Limited´s general reserve amounted to 743.

In Germany there is no requirement for German subsidiaries to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve.

In Netherlands there is no legal obligation to allocate part of the profits from the Company to a legal reserve.

In Chile there is not obligedno requirement for Chilean Company to appropriate any fixed quantumallocate profits for the creation of profit to a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2015,2021, there was no legal reserve constituted.

According to French law, a minimum of 5% of the profit of the year must be allocated to a reserve account named "legal reserve", until such reserve amounts 10% of the share capital of the French subsidiary of the Company. As of December 31, 2021, the legal reserve amounted to 176 for the Company’s Indian subsidiary.

Globant France S.A.S.


In accordance with Chileanthe law of Belarus, the Belorussian subsidiary of the Company must allocate an amount up to 25% of annual payroll to a reserve fund for salaries. The source for creating this fund is not obligedthe profit remaining at the disposal of the subsidiary after paying taxes and other obligatory payments. As of December 31, 2021, there was no such reserve constituted.

F-101


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

In the United States there is no requirement for the Company's U.S. subsidiaries to appropriate any fixed quantumallocate profits for the creation of profit to a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2015,2021, there was no legal reserve constituted.

According to Romanian Companies Law, the Romanian subsidiary of the Company has the obligation to allocate each year at least 5% of its profit to a reserve fund, until the value of the fund is at least 20% of the Romanian Company's share capital. As of December 31, 2021, the reserve fund of the company was of Romanian Leu ("RON") 58.

In Canada there is no requirement for the Canada's Company subsidiary to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2021, there was no legal reserve constituted.


In the United Arab Emirates there is no requirement for Software Product Creation´s branch office in Dubai to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2021, there was no legal reserve constituted.

In Costa Rica 5% of the net profits for each year must be allocated to the formation of a legal reserve. Such obligation will cease when that reserve reaches 10% of the capital. As of December 31, 2021, there was no legal reserve constituted.

In Singapore there is no mention on the allocation of profits or any restrictions on the companies. As of December 31, 2021, there was no legal reserve constituted.

In Ecuador there is no requirement for the Ecuador’'s Company subsidiary to allocate profits for the creation of a legal reserve. As of December 31, 2021, there was no legal reserve constituted.

NOTE 32 – COVID-19 IMPACT ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared a pandemic of the outbreak of Coronavirus ("COVID-19"), due to its rapid spread throughout the world, having affected, at that time, more than 110 countries. As of December 31, 2020, tens of countries had declared state of national health emergency, which measures had caused a substantial disruption in the global economy. It is difficult to estimate the full extent and duration of the impacts of the pandemic on businesses and economies. However, by the end of the year most countries have resume progressively with all economic activities.

On March 27, 2020, the International Accounting Standards Board (the "IASB") published a document for educational purposes, to help support the consistent application of accounting standards during a period of enhanced economic uncertainty arising from the COVID-19 pandemic. In that publication, the IASB indicated that they had engaged closely with the regulators to encourage entities to consider that guidance. The financial reporting issues, reminders and considerations highlighted in this publication are the following: going concern, financial instruments, asset impairment, governments grants, income taxes, liabilities from insurance contracts, leases, insurance recoveries, onerous contract provisions, fair value measurement, revenue recognition, events after the reporting period, other financial statements disclosure requirements and other accounting estimates.

On May 28, 2020, the "IASB" published 'Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions (Amendment to IFRS 16)' amending the standard to provide lessees with an exemption from assessing whether a COVID-19-related rent concession is a lease modification. As a practical expedient, a lessee may elect not to assess whether a rent concession related to COVID-19 is a lease modification. A lessee that makes this election shall account for any change in lease payments resulting from the rent concession the same way it would account for the change applying this Standard if the change were not a lease modification. The Company determined to apply the practical expedient to all the lease contracts of office spaces and has recognized as of December 31, 2020 a discount for 512 included in rental expenses.

The Company has determined, after analyzing the possible impact of the economic situation in the financial statements, that an assessment of the treatment of expected credit losses ("ECLs") was necessary, since IFRS 9 should not be applied mechanically and prior assumptions may no longer hold true in the current environment.

At the beginning of the year 2020, for the purpose of measuring ECLs and for determining whether significant increase in credit risk had occurred, the Company grouped financial instruments on the basis of shared credit risk characteristics, and, specifically, grouped our trade receivables considering the industry verticals.

F-102


GLOBANT S.A.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021
(amounts are expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except where expressly indicated that amounts are stated in thousands of other currencies)

Considering that the tourism sector was one of the hardest-hit by the outbreak of COVID-19, with impacts on both travel supply and demand, in 2020 the Company had to adjust the estimations of ECLs for trade receivables from customers within the “Travel & Hospitality” as well as for the rest of our customers, since at the time of our review, there were some indications of change in payment terms and, to a lesser extent, the probability of non-payment due to the effects of COVID-19 pandemic.

The Company has assessed whether the impact of COVID-19 has led to any other non-financial asset impairment, including goodwill, and has concluded, that there is no indication that the cash-generating unit may be impaired. Based on the sensitivity analysis performed, there were no significant changes in any of the used key assumptions that would have resulted in an impairment charge. The Company will continue to monitor developments closely.

Finally, as required by IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements, the Company has evaluated its ability to continue as a going
concern taking into consideration the existing and anticipated effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on the Company’s activities and has concluded that, since its business outlook, cash and liquidity position remain strong, the going concern assumption is appropriate.

NOTE 3133 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated transactions occurring after December 31, 2015 in accordance to IAS 10 ‘Events after the reporting period’, throughsubsequent events until February 29, 2016, which is the date that the consolidated financial statements were made available for issuance.

31.1 Subscription agreement with Acamica

On January 26, 2016, the Company signed a subscription agreement with Ignacio Moreno, Tomás Escobar, Gonzalo Orsi and Juan Badino (jointly “the Founders”); Fitory S.A., a company organized under the laws of Uruguay; Wayra Argentina S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Argentina; Stultum Pecuniam Ventures LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of Washington, United States; Ms. Eun Young Hwang (“Rebecca”); Acamica S.A., a company organized under the laws of Argentina (“Acamica Argentina”) and Acamica Inc, a corporation organized under the laws of the state of Delaware, United States (“Acamica US” and together with Acamica Argentina, the “Acamica Group Companies”) whereas the Founders own 100% of the capital share of Acamica Group Companies and shall form a new company organized under the laws of Spain (“Holdco”) which shall own 100% of the capital shares of Acamica US and 97% of the capital shares of Acamica Argentina. After the incorporation of the Holdco, the Company shall make a capital contribution to the Holdco for an amount of 750 in four equal tranches of 187.5. After these capital contributions, the Company will have 20% of total shares of the Holdco. As of the16, 2022, date of issuanceapproval of these consolidated financial statements, no payments were made, thus, no investment has been recorded byto assess the Company. Acamica Group companies are engagedneed for potential adjustments or disclosures in e-learning courses business.

31.2 Subscription agreementthese consolidated financial statements in accordance with Collokia

On February 25, 2016,IAS 10 "Events after the reporting period". The Company signed a subscription agreement with Collokia LLC, through which Collokia LLC agreeddoesn't have any subsequent events to increase its capital by issuing 55,645 preferred units, from which the Company acquired 20,998 at the price of $23.81 per share for a total amount of 500. After this subscription, the Company has a 19.5% of participation in Collokia LLC.

F-64
report.


NOTE 3234 – APPROVAL OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Consolidated Financial Statements were approved by the Board of Directors on February 29, 2016. 

16, 2022. 


Martín Migoya

President

F-65
F-103